CHAPTER NINE

Why is ‘climate change’ being hoaxed?

Evil people rely on the acquiescence of naive good people to allow them to continue with their evil – Stuart Aken

The answer to the question posed in the chapter heading is once again very simple and armed with this knowledge everything else falls into place. We are looking at a global example of No-Problem-Reaction-Solution. The Cult was only able to invade Iraq in 2003 by lying about ‘weapons of mass destruction’ which they knew didn’t exist. Without the lie they had no excuse to do what had long been planned. The climate hoax is another no-problem that gives the Cult the pretext for almost every aspect of the Hunger Games Society and the agenda for extreme Orwellian control. The NO-P-R-S goals of the Climate Cult and the ‘pandemic’ lockdowns are indivisible.

All the strands come together in the end because everything is connected. I have laid out the Hunger Games structure of a world government controlling other global institutions and dictating to every community through superstates like the European Union and regional entities underneath overseeing an utterly dependent human population. This won’t just happen – it has to be made to happen and for that you need reasons/excuses to do what you want like a ‘climate crisis’ and a global pandemic. If those excuses are not naturally-occurring you need to make them up. You lie in other words and … the BIGGER the lie the more will believe it. The problem must relate to the solution and when you want a global solution in the form of world government etc. you need global problems for which your solution can be applied. A planet-wide hoax about human-caused climate change and a ‘pandemic’ fit that bill perfectly. The scammers can claim that the only way to ‘save the world and humanity’ is to centralise global power in a world government and institutions to stop any ‘bad people’ from taking actions that threaten human existence by producing the gas of life or infecting others with a ‘virus’ (which doesn’t exist as we will see). How can they stop the ‘bad people’? Well, a world army would come in handy don’t you think? Do people really believe that the climate change hoax and pandemic hoax are random happenings when they both demand centralisation of power and draconian imposition by the state which have been the aim of the Cult all along? Watch eventually for demands that an external military force be used to impose climate change measures on countries that don’t play ball. Hey, I have another idea. The threat of extinction is so ‘existential’ that we need a police/military state to keep people in line to protect everyone else and we must take control of the upbringing of children to ‘educate’ (indoctrinate) them into being good citizens obedient to their masters who know how to save the planet. We certainly don’t need parents getting in the way. So many things that humans do, including breathing, are dangerous. The police/military surveillance state must watch every World Citizen’s every move and every citizen must watch every other citizen and report on them immediately about anything the surveillance state may have missed (nothing in the end). Dystopia is vital – our very existence depends upon it. Those good people who obey will be rewarded and those who still have a mind of their own will be tracked, recorded, punished or eliminated (see China).

The only way to save the world and humanity from imminent extinction is for everything to be controlled. This includes your energy use, what you eat, where you go, how you go, if you go, and what you say and think. Travel must be restricted to electric autonomous vehicles controlled and tracked by computers that decide where you can go and when (or if). Flying must be eliminated (except for the elite) to save us all. With so little travel possible in the interests of preventing extinction it would be more efficient and better for the Earth if people were organised in sectors like in those Hunger Games movies with only the elite and their police/military operatives able to pass between them without securing permission. Work must be taken over by far more efficient and less carbon-producing (they claim) artificial intelligence leaving the population in general unable to earn a living (see also ‘pandemic’). The state is kind, however, and they will be paid a meagre ‘guaranteed income’ in return for slavery and total obedience. Don’t believe for a second that you will be able to rebel. We will know what you plan before you do through mind-reading technology tracking your brain activity. Humans are very dangerous and they must be vastly reduced in number. Billions must be removed for the good of the rest and we must introduce a maximum length of life in the interests of the young. Birth rates must be controlled and dictated by the world state with forced abortion for women who are pregnant without the right paperwork. In the end there will be no parental procreation or parenthood as I will come to in a later chapter. If you think this is extreme to the point of fantasy you should read my other books and see in detail the evidence and documentation for all that I have described here. Observe what is demanded by the New Woke Climate Cult in the form of Extinction Rebellion and the Green New Deal of American of congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez supported by private-jet flying Democratic presidential candidate Bernie Sanders with its price tag of $16 trillion. We also have the EU version of the Ocasio-Cortez plan in the ‘European Green Deal’. Something similar would be supported by Joe Biden who clearly has serious cognitive problems and the most obvious signs of some form of dementia. Even so when Sanders pulled out of the race in April, 2020, Biden was given a free run to be the Democratic candidate barring some unforeseen circumstances like people realising in large enough numbers that Biden is unfit to run. The corrupt Wall Street-owned Biden would be an empty vessel for his handlers to dictate policy although his blatantly failing mental capacities would give Israel-owned Trump an excellent chance of a second term unless the effects of ‘virus’ lockdown can shield Biden from that exposure to enough of the voting population. The hate-Trump mentality would also vote for a traffic light rather than him. The Cult often likes second-term presidencies when the presidential puppet does not have to temper his policies to win another election and in Trump’s case that could mean policy on Iran which Israel (Sabbatian-Frankists) want to destroy. Trump is utterly controlled by Israel and its masters with ultra-Zionist Stephen Miller, his senior advisor for policy, right up there as the most influential of his handlers. A truly New Woke president will be in the plan at some point, however, as New Wokers become ever more significant at the polling booth and Trump (74 as I write), Biden (77) and the failed Sanders (78) have the look of the last of the line before a new and seriously Woke political generation are planned to take over.

Figure 273: Well said, George.

If the ‘carbon-neutral’ demands of these suicide notes are implemented industrial society as we’ve known it will be over, finished, kaput, through curtailed energy production and CO2 bans alone. Billions of jobs would be lost and the Hunger Games Society would be installed (words written before the ‘pandemic’ which rushed forward exactly the same agenda). It is madness and unfortunately there is nothing more blind to its fate than madness. I don’t use the term as some kind of metaphor for stupidity. I really do mean madness, as in lunacy (Fig 273 ). Despite these consequences most politicians are falling over themselves to comply at some level with carbon neutral demands whether that be by 2025, 2030 or, at most, 2050. Simon Bramwell, co-founder of Extinction Rebellion, was filmed calling on New Woke to ‘bring down civilisation’. He wanted to see humanity return to a ‘wild’ and ‘feral’ state: ‘… it is part of our duty in my opinion that we’ve also got to not only take down civilisation but shepherd ourselves and incoming generations back into a state of wilding as it were, into like a feral consciousness that is also one of the biggest tasks remaining to us.’ A definition of ‘feral’ is: ‘Characteristic of wild animals; ferocious; brutal.’ Bramwell said modern eco-activism was finding it impossible to convince people to go ‘without food’ or ‘see their child die because we don’t simply have the machinery and technology to keep them alive any longer’ – ‘So we have to offer them something else along as sic these trajectories of civil disobedience and direct sabotage of civilisation.’ Gail Bradbrook, a former partner of Bramwell and a co-founder of Extinction Rebellion, is a career activist with numerous connections to NGOs, major corporations, banks and very rich people.

Environmental catastrophe – thanks to ‘Greens’

CO2 obsession, like all obsessions, ignores the consequences. Take the Climate Cult’s support for vehicles run by electricity (still largely produced from fossil fuel) and their lithium batteries which have created human and environmental devastation in the Democratic Republic of Congo where New Woke Apple, Google, Tesla, Microsoft and Dell have been accused of exploiting child labour by families who say their children were killed or severely injured mining cobalt used in lithium batteries and coltan used in cell phones and other electronics. Tens of thousands of children are involved in the cobalt and coltan trade – some as young as four – and all spend their days breathing toxic fumes. An Amnesty International report said most cobalt miners in the Congo lacked basic protective equipment like face masks, work clothing and gloves while many employed on pittance ‘wages’ complained of frequent coughing or lung problems. An article in Forbes magazine described the plight of a child named Lukasa who starts a 12-hour day at 5am for pay of less than $9. He hacks at ore by hand and carries it on his back in an hour trek to a trading post where he sells it to Chinese traders who make massive profits literally off his back. Lukasa then walks another two hours to his home. The Democratic Republic of Congo has been ravaged by war that has killed millions. It is called a ‘civil war’ when in fact it is a war for control of ‘smart’ resources and has destroyed rainforests, the ancient life-style of indigenous people and threatened to make wildlife species extinct. Where are you Climate Cult?? Oh, yes, on the bloody phone demanding electric cars.

It is disgusting modern slavery and here’s the kicker for the Climate Cult – making lithium batteries for electric cars and other technology is a major emitter of carbon dioxide . A report in IndustryWeek said: ‘Just to build each car battery – weighing upwards of 500 kilograms (1,100 pounds) in size for sport-utility vehicles – would emit up to 74% more CO2 than producing an efficient conventional car if it’s made in a factory powered by fossil fuels in a place like Germany …’ Now contemplate the pollution, child exploitation and CO2 consequences of every vehicle in the world eventually being electric and autonomous. I know that CO2 production is not dangerous, but the Climate Cult thinks it is and still supports mass mining of cobalt for electric vehicles to ‘fight climate change’. Then there is the environmental problem of what happens when batteries are expired after less than ten years. Researchers including Professor Andrew Abbott at Leicester University have calculated that the one million electric cars sold in Britain in 2017 will produce 250,000 metric tons, or half a million cubic metres, of unprocessed battery pack waste. What will that be globally when all vehicles are electric?? How very green. Beautiful landscapes and seascapes are being destroyed by highly inefficient ‘green’ wind turbines that kill birds, disturb wildlife and destroy silence with their loud noise. The blades can be bigger than a jumbo jet wing and there are tens of thousands already past their working life with only landfills to deal with them. Some 8,000 will have to be disposed of in the next four years in the United States while 3,800 a year have to be dealt with in Europe according to Bloomberg. These figures reflect the number built a decade ago and there are far more now that will be coming up for disposal. Save the world by trashing it. Many millions of acres of forest have been cut down to locate the turbines and a Freedom of Information Act request revealed that in a small country like Scotland almost 14 million trees across 17,283 acres have been felled for the turbines since the year 2000. These are trees that take CO2 out of the atmosphere and clearly the CO2 hysteria is a monumental hoax. Wind turbines also technologise the natural environment which technocrats would love.

How the Climate Cult was birthed by billionaires

New Wokeness and the Climate Cult have not emerged with such speed by random chance. They have been long in the making and in Everything You Need To Know I have laid it all out at length. In brief we can pick up the story in 1968 with the creation of the Club of Rome although it goes back much further. The Club of Rome is a cusp organisation in The Web which stands at the point where the hidden levels of the Cult meet the seen. Cusp entities like the Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations and Trilateral Commission have their own specific role and with the Club of Rome this has been from the start to exploit environmental concerns to justify the transformation of global society. The Club published a report in 1972 warning about environmental disaster by the year 2000 – an outcome supported by a computer model that Club of Rome co-founder Aurelio Peccei would later admit was encoded to produce the desired predictions. This would be the recurring technique for climate change propaganda using computer models. Italian industrialist Peccei said in the Club’s 1991 publication, The First Global Revolution : ‘In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill.’ The document emphasised that these things were caused by human intervention and so …. here we go … ‘The real enemy, then, is humanity itself.’ Bingo – the narrative and the target was set. The Club of Rome includes global political leaders (and former), government officials, diplomats, scientists, economists, business leaders and, very significantly, United Nations bureaucrats. The Cult-created UN is a stalking horse for world government through the Totalitarian Tiptoe and both the climate change hoax and the ‘solution’ to the hoax are being orchestrated through the United Nations as a No-Problem-Reaction-Solution. Richard Haass, president of the Cult-controlled Council on Foreign Relations, has said that world government is needed with national sovereignty reduced to ‘fight’ global warming: ‘Moreover, states must be prepared to cede some sovereignty to world bodies if the international system is to function … states would be wise to weaken sovereignty in order to protect themselves …’

Figure 274: Annual meeting of Naivety Anonymous

A major event in the emergence of the Climate Cult came with the 1992 Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, which was hosted by Cult asset and Canadian oil multimillionaire Maurice Strong who fronted for the Rothschild and Rockefeller dynasties. Strong believed that the United Nations should become a world government. He was appointed a founding director of the UN Environment Programme (UNEP) and from the 1980s became the promotor of human-caused climate change or ‘global warming’ as it was then before temperatures stopped rising. Strong’s UNEP was behind the creation of the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) which has been the central body in the climate change hoax ever since. He also established the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). Through this body he hosted the Rio ‘Earth Summit’ attended by 108 world leaders and 20,000 ‘green activists’. Maurice Strong, remember, was a big-time Cult operative. The UN Framework Convention on Climate Change is the organising force for the series of conferences in Kyoto (1997), Copenhagen (2009). Paris (2015) and Glasgow (2020) pressing governments to impose laws to reduce emissions of the gas of life. Strong saw out his last years in China where he had been close to the Communist Party leadership going back to Chairman Mao. He moved there after being exposed for being paid $1 million from the UN’s Oil for Food programme which was supposed to be a mechanism to trade oil to feed starving people in Iraq. This is the same Maurice Strong who claimed to be a (multimillionaire) ‘socialist’ and became the darling of what would become New Woke. George Soros plays a similar and more expansive role today and New Wokers still can’t see through it (Fig 274 ). Strong was appointed to a series of other influential positions to serve the Cult including Senior Advisor to the UN Secretary General, Senior Advisor to the World Bank, Chairman of the Earth Council, Chairman of the World Resources Institute, Under-Secretary-General of the United Nations and Co-Chairman of the Council of the World Economic Forum which would become a major promotor of Greta Thunberg. This is what happens to your career when you are a Cult asset.

An insider speaks

Figure 275: The World in our hand – perfect symbolism for what the game is.

I have written over the years about the warnings of George Hunt, an accountant and investment consultant, who was an official host of the Fourth World Wilderness Conference in Colorado in 1987 attended by Maurice Strong along with Edmond de Rothschild, David Rockefeller and executives from the World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF) who were there because they cared so deeply about the environment and the poor. It was nothing to do with stealing land from the poor in the name of saving the world. Well, actually, it was – see my book The Perception Deception . Hunt’s experience of these mega-criminals and others led him to realise that the so-called environmental movement was a Rothschild/Rockefeller global banker front driven by what I refer to as the Cult. He said the global population was described by a banker attendee as the ‘canon fodder that populates the Earth’. Hunt made a video a month ahead of the June, 1992, Earth Summit in which he called out the game before it even became public. You can still find the video on the Internet. He pointed out that the logo of the summit was a hand holding the world with the slogan ‘In Our Hands’ which given the Cult’s obsession with symbolism was a statement of intent in itself (Fig 275 overleaf). The official name was UNCED (United Nations Conference on Environment and Development) and was pronounced ‘unsaid’. That’s a ditto. Hunt described those behind the Earth Summit in these terms:

The same World Order Cult families that planned World War One and World War Two, that tricked the Third World countries to borrow funds and rack up the enormous debts, the same World Order that stole much of the money borrowed by Africans and other nations and hid it in Geneva banks. They are the persons who financed Hitler and purposely create war and debt to bring societies into their control. The World Order crowd are not a nice group of people.

Hunt said in 1992 that ‘the world environment movement will soon be in the hands of the World Order’ if its supporters did not act on what was happening. They didn’t, of course, and they have been, as Hunt predicted, absolutely absorbed by the ‘World Order’ elite to become the New Woke Climate Cult with its teenage ‘spiritual leader’ Greta Thunberg. Hunt said:

I learned later that the World Order refers to the coming one-world government as the Fourth World. A world controlled by the World Order where there is no more First, Second and Third World … just a boundary-less planet which is called the Fourth World Wilderness. Yogis and shamans refer to it as the Fourth World Wilderness, the lostness of the mind. The lostness of the mind refers to the collective consciousness. Persons will be coerced through lies, drugs, fear and pain to surrender their selves, their egos, to the collective consciousness.

I stress here that while I speak of us being expressions of The One we are both the collective and the individual point of attention. We must not concede that sense of individuality and personal sovereignty to any group-think or collective mind which the Cult plans to be a technological hive-mind controlled by artificial intelligence. Hunt said the ‘Fourth World’ will be a return to a society much like the Caesars or Babylon or the Fourth Reich. He said this society was described in Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World and Brave New World Revisited and George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four. The new World Order sought to create a society out of the ashes of chaos, a collectivist Fourth World complete with collectivist religion, collectivist finance and unchecked world national socialism. Hunt said in 1992:

The World Order will offer Gaia, Mother Earth, to the masses as the Big Brother image to worship in the Fourth World. Maurice Strong has already set up a 140,000 acre project in Creston, Colorado, to develop this Earth religion system. Projects are funded by the Rockefeller Fund among other foundations. The Earth Summit will link environment with industry, the Lords of the UNCED conference will be the masters of who gets what and when if we don’t do something about it quickly.

I repeat: George Hunt was speaking in 1992 . How sobering when you see what is happening today. Hunt described how Maurice Strong identified Edmond de Rothschild as the creator of the environment movement and perhaps Climate Cult supporters will now understand why billionaires like Soros, a Rothschild lackey, are falling over themselves in support. Greta Thunberg crossed the Atlantic on a yacht once named the Edmond de Rothschild sailed by an elite crew with connections to the Monaco royal family. How very ‘of the street’.

UN double whammy

The United Nations is working a pincer movement on behalf of the Cult. On one side you have the UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) which drives the hysteria by lying incessantly about human impact on the climate. On the other you have UN Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030 which seek to transform global society into a centralised Orwellian state to ‘meet the challenge of climate change’. When you think that the United Nations was created by the Cult as a Trojan horse for world government dictatorship the game becomes transparent. One UN agency hoaxes the problem and others promote the solution. The IPCC is not a scientific organisation, but a political one and its claims and behaviour are dictated by politicians, activists and place-people – not by scientists who are merely the prop. Some ‘scientists’ say what the IPCC demands when they lift their snouts from the money-trough while other genuine scientists either have their work misrepresented in IPCC ‘reports’ or are ignored all together. Many scientists mentioned in IPCC documents have complained of being misquoted and having their opinions distorted as I have detailed in other books. Another sleight-of-hand is for IPCC reports detailing alleged ‘scientific findings’ to be preceded by a ‘summary’ of those findings. These ‘summaries’ are written by the IPCC hierarchy to misrepresent or exaggerate what is in the main report in the knowledge that the world’s media will, almost in its entirety, use the summary as the basis for its reporting. For many years the IPCC was headed by a railway engineer, Rajendra Pachauri, who was succeeded by Hoesung Lee, a South Korean former economist with ExxonMobil and brother of former Prime Minister of South Korea Lee Hoi-chang. The IPCC is indeed a political not a scientific organisation churning out propaganda about climate change to justify the imposition of global centralised tyranny. Christiana Figueres, who is UN to her DNA, was executive secretary of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change for six years and in 2020 published a book with her ‘strategic advisor’ and ‘climate change’ political lobbyist, Tom Rivett-Carnac, from a family of aristocrats. The book, The Future We Choose: Surviving the Climate Crisis , naturally ticked all the boxes. Figueres parroted climate change orthodoxy, endorsed Extinction Rebellion and Greta Thunberg, and promoted ‘civil disobedience’ as ‘a moral choice’ to pressure politicians to act on climate change. She even names Martin Luther King as an example when she could not have named anyone less appropriate. King was campaigning for freedom and not, as with the Climate Cult, demanding it be deleted. Funny how the establishment promotes ‘civil disobedience’ to advance the climate hoax, but those who engage in such activities in support of freedom, fairness and justice are labelled ‘enemies of the state’. How would King have responded to an article posted on the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) website headed ‘Climate crimes must be brought to justice’. These ‘crimes’ highlighted by British academic Catriona McKinnon turn out to be refusing to believe in the UN climate hoax. McKinnon is yet another confirmation that academia, once a noble profession, is now a very sick joke. This genius wrote:

Criminal sanctions are the most potent tools we have to mark out conduct that lies beyond all limits of toleration or none in the case of New Woke. Criminal conduct violates basic rights and destroys human security. We reserve the hard treatment of punishment for conduct that damages the things we hold most fundamentally valuable. Climate change is causing precisely such damage …

… I have proposed that international criminal law should be expanded to include a new criminal offence that I call postericide. It is committed by intentional or reckless conduct fit to bring about the extinction of humanity. Postericide is committed when humanity is put at risk of extinction by conduct performed either with the intention of making humanity go extinct, or with the knowledge that the conduct is fit to have this effect.

When a person knows that their conduct will impose an impermissible risk on another and acts anyway, they are reckless. It is in the domain of reckless conduct, making climate change worse, that we should look for postericidal conduct.

From this bizarre journey through what passes for McKinnon’s thought processes comes the demand that challenging climate hoax orthodoxy should be a criminal offence under international law. The fascistic nature of such a demand will not have penetrated her New Woke self-obsession. McKinnon published a book entitled The Ethics of Climate Governance – the ethics of global governance would be more like it. No wonder UNESCO promoted her article. By the way, surely Cambridge academic Patricia MacCormack must be guilty of McKinnon’s ‘postericide’ given that she says: ‘The only solution for climate change is letting the human race become extinct.’ Ah, no, you see MacCormack and McKinnon are both New Woke and believe in the climate change hoax and that is always a get out of jail card.

Greenpeace co-founder Patrick Moore, an open-and-shut case of ‘postericidal conduct’, emphasises another deception in the climate change racket. The IPCC’s brief is not to investigate the causes of climate change, but only human causes. No wonder it basically ignores the Sun. It is specifically focused on alleged human causes because that’s the answer the Cult needs for its manipulation. If IPCC personnel found there was no significant human impact there would be no reason for its existence and they would lose their share of what the Climate Change Business Journal estimated to be $1.5 trillion a year even at the time of the UN Paris climate conference in 2015. It will be much more now. American writer Upton Sinclair said: ‘It is difficult for a man to understand something when his salary depends upon his not understanding it.’ This is another Cult technique to pressure its gofers to do and say what the Cult wants or lose their income. The IPCC outrageously claims to be dedicated to providing the world with objective, scientific information when its controlling core is a climate Mafioso. Scientist and engineer David Evans, a full-time or part-time consultant for eleven years to the Australian Greenhouse Office (now the Department of Climate Change), has a far more accurate assessment of what is a fantastic conspiracy to deceive. He said the theory of human-caused global warming was based ‘on a guess that was proved false by empirical evidence during the 1990s’, but most scientists wouldn’t say so when ‘the gravy train was too big, with too many jobs, industries, trading profits, political careers, and the possibility of world government and total control riding on the outcome’ (my emphasis). With that Evans hit the nail bang on the sweet spot. This is what the hoax of the human-caused ‘climate crisis’ is really all about. He said that ‘governments and their tame climate scientists now outrageously maintain the fiction that carbon dioxide is a dangerous pollutant’ when the evidence they are wrong was overwhelming.

Agenda 21/2030

These two interconnected UN ‘agendas’ are the major means through which the Cult is exploiting the climate change lie to impose its Hunger Games structure of global control. Agenda 21 was launched by Maurice Strong (the Rothschilds and Rockefellers) at the Rio Earth Summit in 1992. Agenda 2030 was established by the UN General Assembly in 2015. Agenda 21 refers to centrally-controlling everything in the 21st century while Agenda 2030 is a series of 17 target ‘goals’ which, if implemented in the way planned, would achieve the global dictatorship demanded by Agenda 21. In short they are two versions of the same conspiracy. Agenda 21 has been accepted and promoted across the world right down into local councils. Check your council or state and see if they are implementing Agenda 21 and ‘sustainable development’. The latter might seem at first to be laudable. Why wouldn’t we want human activity to be ‘sustainable’ in the long term? BIG RED FLAG AND BRIGHT FLASHING LIGHTS: That’s not the United Nations or Cult definition of the word. To them it means the excuse to impose world dictatorship. These are the ‘sustainable development goals’ and headings of Agenda 2030:

1. No Poverty

2. Zero Hunger

3. Good Health and Well-being

4. Quality Education

5. Gender Equality

6. Clean Water and Sanitation

7. Affordable and Clean Energy

8. Decent Work and Economic Growth

9. Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure

10. Reducing Inequality

11. Sustainable Cities and Communities

12. Responsible Consumption and Production

13. Climate Action

14. Life Below Water

15. Life On Land

16. Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions

17. Partnerships for the Goals

Once again these would appear to be supportable ambitions except that we are looking at a constantly-used Cult technique that tells people what they want to hear without revealing the real reason for what is planned. We should always filter claims to ‘care about humanity’ with the knowledge that those behind the UN are Death Cultists motivated by horrific intent. Why would practicing Satanists and paedophiles of the Cult with a pathological hatred for humans want those ‘goals’ to be achieved including no poverty or hunger? These are the controllers of global finance that have created poverty and hunger and use both as political tools. The Devil is not so much in the alleged ‘goals’; it is in the means to achieve them (or the illusion of achieving them more to the point). This is how Agenda 21 intends to do that as outlined in its own documents:

• End national sovereignty

• State planning and management of all land resources, ecosystems, deserts, forests, mountains, oceans and fresh water; agriculture; rural development; biotechnology; and ensuring ‘equity’

• The state to ‘define the role’ of business and financial resources

• Abolition of private property

• ‘Restructuring’ the family unit

• Children raised by the state

• People told what their job will be

• Major restrictions on movement

• Creation of ‘human settlement zones’

• Mass resettlement as people are forced to vacate land where they live

• Dumbing down education

• Mass global depopulation in pursuit of all the above

This is the very wish-list of the Cult that I have been exposing for more than 30 years and the US Green New Deal proposed by New Woke Democrat extremists is a political manifesto to implement Agenda 21/2030 as are similar versions of the ‘Deal’ around the world. This is what the UN Agendas and the Green New Deals really mean behind their Orwell-speak:

An end to national sovereignty:

I don’t really need to elaborate on this one after what I have said already about the plan to delete countries for a structure of world government, superstates and regions. Maps already exist for a regionalised Europe with countries eliminated and America is being regionalised by the Tiptoe technique through 500 regional councils in the 50 states called Councils of Governments (COGs) and Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs). The next stage, the Smart Region Initiative (SRI), was launched in Arizona in 2019 with a view to expansion across the country.

State planning and management of all land resources, ecosystems, deserts, forests, mountains, oceans and fresh water; agriculture; rural development; biotechnology; and ensuring ‘equity’:

This is the centralised control of everything that I have been warning about and it’s already happening with some American states even claiming ownership of rainwater that falls on private land.

The state to ‘define the role’ of business and financial resources:

This means the central control of all finance and business and the end of private enterprise not supported by the World State. The systematic targeting of small mom and pop businesses and much bigger ones with taxation and regulation is aimed at destroying them all eventually so that only giant Cult corporations answering to the Cult world government will control everything – see Amazon for a start and survey the world since the ‘virus’ lockdowns for the extraordinary acceleration of this goal. Global financial dictatorship is the role of the planned world central bank with the European Central Bank, World Bank and International Monetary Fund all Totalitarian Tiptoes to that end and the same with the cashless single global digital currency that I have been saying was coming since the early 1990s. This is today being implemented with the disappearance of cash (again accelerated by its insane demonisation as a source of ‘catching the virus’). The economic sales-pitch of ‘sustainable development’ includes an ‘end to poverty’ which really means a re-distribution of wealth to make the mega-rich even richer and Western middle and working classes seriously poorer. Another pledged goal of ‘eliminating hunger’ (as if the Cult cares) is to justify health-destroying genetically-modified crops requiring stupendous amounts of pesticides and herbicides to grow and the end of eating meat.

Abolition of private property:

This is the central control of all property (except for the elite) with rents so high that people are forced into the micro-’apartments’ that are now being built around the world. Calls for an end to private property ownership have now started in line with this plan. Young people are being prevented from entering the property market by sky-high prices, student debt and other financial suppression. Rockefeller family insider Dr Richard Day told those Pittsburgh paediatricians in 1969:

Privately-owned housing will become a thing of the past. The cost of housing and financing housing would gradually be made so high that most people couldn’t afford it … Young people would more and more become renters, particularly in apartments or condominiums.

People would not be able to buy homes and gradually more and more of the population would be forced into small apartments the micro-apartments. Small apartments which would not accommodate very many children.

The last point is part of a depopulation agenda and Day also indicated the control aspects of telling you where you are going to live:

Ultimately, people would be assigned where they would live and it would be common to have non-family members living with you. This by way of your not knowing just how far you could trust anybody. This would all be under the control of a central housing authority. Have this in mind … when they ask, ‘How many bedrooms in your house? How many bathrooms in your house? Do you have a finished game room?’ This information is personal and is of no national interest to government under our existing Constitution. But you’ll be asked those questions …

Dictating where people live is happening in the Cult blueprint for the world – China.

‘Restructuring’ the family unit

The end of the family is a constant theme of Cult-related documents and organisations. The deletion of ever more parental rights which are handed to state institutions like schools and social services is this aspect of the agenda unfolding in plain sight without the dots being connected. Remember how student debt campaigner Wayne Johnson said the loan crisis was leading to the ‘ever-increasing destruction of the fabric of America’ with people ‘not getting married, not having children’. It’s all calculated cause and effect.

Children raised by the state

This is obviously related to the end of the family and the longer term plan is for the end of even human procreation as I will be coming to. Fantastic numbers of children now being literally stolen from loving parents by social services through outrageous misrepresentation and lies in secret ‘family courts’ is this plan at work. Insider Aldous Huxley described the end of parenthood in his prophetic Brave New World .

People told what their job will be:

George Orwell wasn’t kidding in his portrayal of a Big Brother world in which every aspect of human life is dictated including work slavery.

Major restrictions on movement:

Why do you think Cult-serving and manipulated climate extremists are targeting flying and car use? Look at the effect on movement of the ‘pandemic’. This further explains the obsession with imposing autonomous vehicles in which the computer limits where you can go. Governments are banning the sale of petrol and diesel vehicles in favour of anything-but Green electric power because that is the stepping-stone to full-blown electric autonomous vehicles. ‘Saving the planet’ is only an excuse to advance this agenda. Britain is committed to banning new petrol and diesel vehicles from 2035 while others including Denmark, Ireland, the Netherlands and Sweden go for 2030. The knock-on effect for employment in the auto-industry can be seen with predictions of massive job losses due to the nature of electric car production. Where do those people go? Did I mention the Hunger Games Society?

Creation of ‘human settlement zones’:

Translated from the Orwellian this means people being forced into tightly-packed mega-cities of round-the-clock surveillance and micro-apartments that I have described. Their code-name is ‘Smart Cities’ (once again see China). Tightly-packed teeming cities of human chaos and misery will also provide low-vibrational energy centres on which the Cult ‘gods’ can feed.

Mass resettlement as people are forced to vacate land where they live:

Another reference to what is now happening with the destruction of rural communities, businesses and job opportunities, removal of shops and banks, plus increased transport costs, to pressure people to head for the cities.

Dumbing down education:

This has already been achieved and is programming the mentality of New Wokeness in which ‘education’ is confused with indoctrination and downloading the Cult perception program is perceived as ‘knowing it all’. Ponder the following climate change excuse for ‘dumbing down education’ from the United Nations (again) Education, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO):

Generally, more highly educated people who have higher incomes can consume more resources than poorly educated people who tend to have lower incomes. In this case more education increases the threat to sustainability.

Are you getting it yet New Wokeness?

Mass global depopulation in pursuit of all of the above:

With the advent of the AI world humans are no longer required by the Cult in such numbers and even more so with the end of procreation. The plan for a mass cull of the global population appears in many Cult-related documents under terms like ‘population control’ and a ‘sustainable population’. There are many ways this is being done through the systematic undermining of immune systems through food, drink, vaccines and radiation fields, and this really becomes a cinch once human brains are connected to AI. Those you want to remove are just a press of a button away or the click of a mouse.

Figure 276: The Pied Piper of Stockholm.

The horrific multi-faceted agenda for humanity outlined here is being justified by the ‘climate emergency’ and an ‘existential threat’ to humanity which isn’t actually happening . We are looking at mass-hysteria which is defined as ‘mass psychogenic illness, collective hysteria, group hysteria, or collective obsessional behavior, which transmits collective illusions of threats, whether real or imaginary, through a population in society as a result of rumours and fear’. Mass hysteria is another example of wave entanglement with individual hysteria feeding the entangled collective to generate group hysteria. Pump-primers shout fire and the crowd starts running while others keep shouting fire ongoing in science, academia and media. Everybody’s shouting fire and so there must be a fire even if no one can see the smoke (see ‘virus’ hysteria). The term ‘hysteria’ is such a perfect description of what is happening that a panel of German linguists decided to ‘ban’ it in relation to climate change. They choose a new word or phrase to ‘ban’ every year and went for ‘climate hysteria’ on the grounds that it ‘defames climate protection efforts and the climate protection movement, and discredits important discussions about climate protection’. This is Orwell’s Newspeak which deletes words that allow the ‘wrong’ opinions to be articulated. The ‘panel’s’ other banned words and terms include ‘alternative facts’, ‘do-gooder’, ‘liar press’ and ‘welfare tourism’ (a description of migrants exploiting the welfare system). I’m sure you have no problem seeing the pattern. Another head-shaker is that those eventually sitting at the centre of the target for freedom-deletion are the very people demanding in organisations like Extinction Rebellion that their own mass slavery – and that of their children and grandchildren – is implemented while anyone arguing against that should be silenced (Fig 276 overleaf). I do not exaggerate when I say that great swathes of humanity are descending into mental illness although thank goodness far from everyone. Patrick Moore was right when he said of the green insanity movement: ‘I fear for the end of the enlightenment. I fear an intellectual Gulag with Greenpeace as my prison guards.’ That is exactly the plan, but it doesn’t have to be. The idea has been to indoctrinate the young through constant climate programming in schools and universities to ensure the Big Lie is so ingrained that they will accept and even demand the Cult agenda for total global control of every man, woman and child.

Heeere’s Greta (right on cue)

The Swedish 16-year-old Greta Thunberg was wheeled out specifically to rally the young to rebel against their elders in climate protests that insist freedom is deleted for the rest of their lives. I don’t say for a second that Thunberg knows this. She is a tragic puppet and her story connected to organisations pressing the Cult agenda while she won’t know there is a Cult never mind she is doing its bidding. She is, however, revealing in her arrogance ever-increasing signs of believing her own publicity and hype. Thunberg doesn’t seem to know much at all and only parrots a stream of mantras and platitudes such as ‘listen to the science’ when she has no idea what ‘the science’ is. She never expands on ‘the science’ and mainstream media sycophants never ask her. The ‘science is settled’ mantra is utter bullshit and leads to people who would otherwise question climate change orthodoxy to stay quiet in fear of being accused by climate propagandists of ‘denying the science’. The theme applies especially to those in the academic arena who have jobs to protect. What if the ‘science’ wasn’t ‘science’ at all? What if it’s only a script written by the Cult to which most of mainstream ‘science’ has long sold its soul? Well, it is. Greta Thunberg has been diagnosed with obsessive-compulsive disorder, autism and Asperger’s syndrome and been credited with mystical powers by her Climate Cult mother, Malena Ernman, a super-New Woke Swedish singer, while her father Svante Thunberg is a talent agent and managing director of a media company. Greta’s ‘powers’ are claimed to include the ability to see carbon dioxide with the naked eye and how it flows out of chimneys and changes the atmosphere. I kid you not. Does she see the plants grow bigger and stronger, too, when CO2 increases? What absurdity although perfect if you want to create a new religious icon. Exploiting a 16-year-old connects with the young and gives her a free-ride with the mainstream media despite the impact of her elite-orchestrated words and actions being global in nature and fundamental to the transformation of human society. By contrast German teenager Naomi Seibt who once bought the climate change lie and then spoke out after seeing through the hoax is treated rather differently. The girl dubbed the ‘anti-Greta Thunberg’ is highly articulate and well-researched which means she does not get invited to elite events. Instead she is presented through implication and association as some kind of white nationalist extremist and of course the ubiquitous ‘anti-Semitic’ by the usual suspects that include, as always, the ‘anti-establishment’ establishment-to-its-DNA London Guardian . I bet you’re in shock. We should have a live public debate between Thunberg and Seibt for all young people to watch. An Internet video reveals a code that Thunberg uses whenever she is questioned in the street about ‘the science’. She takes off her hat and immediately a minder steps in to whisk her away. She is watched over by unpleasant and aggressive plain clothes security guards sometimes outnumbering protestors with her in Sweden. These heavies will not let anyone with real questions anywhere near her. Who is paying for them? Who is financing the whole Thunberg phenomenon? Members and agents of the One-percent are certainly involved in the bankrolling of this most blatant of propaganda operations. I recommend the YouTube video Greta Thunberg Incorporated: The Exposé to see the arrogant, authoritarian thugs among her ‘security’.

Is anyone really so naive as to believe it’s a coincidence that a 16-year-old protesting alone in Sweden suddenly finds herself invited by the One-percent to speak at their elite World Economic Forum conference in Davos, Switzerland, and berate them about climate change? Or that she was given a platform to speak to the world at the Climate Cult-orchestrating United Nations? Or that she was sailed across the Atlantic to get to the UN in a ridiculous stunt by those connected to the Monaco royal family in a multi-million yacht that used to be called the Edmond de Rothschild – the man Maurice Strong said was the creator of the environmental movement? Or that a crew filming a high-profile documentary followed her from the time she was sitting ‘alone’ in her ‘spontaneous’ one-girl protest outside the Swedish parliament? Or that the person who ‘discovered by chance’ her ‘lone protest’ was public relations and financial expert Ingmar Rentzhog who has close connections to the Club of Rome that hatched the climate change hoax from the start? He claims to have come across Thunberg ‘by chance’ minutes after she started her first ‘school strike protest’ outside the Swedish parliament. I’m laughing already. Rentzhog trained with the Climate Reality Project led by climate change global propagandist Al Gore and founded the social media platform ‘We Don’t Have Time’ to promote the climate change narrative. Two months after Rentzhog ‘discovered’ Greta in 2018 the Club of Rome held a joint conference with Rentzhog and ‘We Don’t Have Time’. The person who encouraged Thunberg to start her ‘school strike’ and protest at the parliament was the head of Extinction Rebellion in Sweden who had said they needed a cute young face ‘to get help from young people to increase the pace of the transition to a sustainable society’.

Figure 277: Greta and parents promoting Antifa, a violent ‘anti-hate’ hate group so beloved of New Woke.

Figure 278: Pawn in a game she doesn’t begin to understand.

Figure 279: Saint Greta, the Climate Goddess.

I guess another coincidence is that a Thunberg climate change mentor is German climate politician Luisa-Marie Neubauer who is an asset of the ONE Movement funded by other Cult assets like Bill Gates and George Soros (yes, them again) and involving their mate, virtue-signalling rock singer Bono. Soros funds other Thunberg-connected organisations. Luisa-Marie Neubauer has appeared with Thunberg at many public events. ONE is among the most obvious of New Woke astroturf operations you could imagine. The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation website describes ONE as an organisation that ‘pursues its goals through policy advocacy, grassroots mobilization, communications, and creative campaigning’ which is straight off the pages of the New Woke manipulation manual. The website continues: ‘ONE also mobilizes its 3.2 million members to pressure policymakers to increase their effort, accountability, and transparency in the fight against disease and poverty, particularly in Africa.’ Multi-billionaires care so deeply about poverty, you see. ONE makes ‘the most of technology and social media … and has … also become a leading force in educating the public about global health and development and in changing perceptions about aid and its impact’. If we translate that from the bullshit ONE campaigns for the Cult agenda just like the Open Society network of Soros. Thunberg and her parents profess to be ‘anti-fascist’ in their ‘intersectionality’ with other New Woke sectors and all three have been photographed in t-shirts promoting the violent ‘anti-fascist’ fascist group, Antifa (Fig 277 ). ‘I didn’t know’, said Greta. Oh, really – what about your parents? Human-caused climate change is an elite scam and why wouldn’t there be all these elite connections to its propaganda princess? Thunberg is just their unknowing and increasingly arrogant stooge. In my view her climate extremist parents should be ashamed of how they allow her to be exploited and have played such a central role in that. Her obsessive-compulsive disorder can be clearly seen in her unquestioning obsession with a climate end-of-the-world and it’s sad to witness such outrageous exploitation (Fig 278 ). The Cult of Greta now includes a huge painting of her looking down in distain over New Woke and shit-infested San Francisco and her every public move is documented by the media in a colossal exercise in public relations programming – especially of the young (Fig 279 ). A further crucial part of the elite promotion of Thunberg is to drive a wedge between old and young, adults and children. This was her carefully-scripted speech to the UN in 2019 and all elements of the Climate Cult agenda are there:

My message is that we’ll be watching you. This is all wrong. I shouldn’t be up here. I should be back in school on the other side of the ocean Well, go then. Yet you all come to us young people for hope. How dare you! Divide young and old by blaming the old for something that’s not happening. You have stolen my dreams and my childhood with your empty words. No, Greta, those exploiting you have stolen your childhood. And yet I’m one of the lucky ones. People are suffering. People are dying not from human-caused climate change they’re not. Entire ecosystems are collapsing not from human-caused climate change they’re not. We are in the beginning of a mass extinction no, we’re not, and all you can talk about is money and fairy tales of eternal economic growth which the Cult wants to delete for the mass of the population. How dare you! Ditto to you, Greta.

For more than 30 years, the science has been crystal clear like hell it has. How dare you continue to look away and come here saying that you’re doing enough, when the politics and solutions needed are still nowhere in sight. You say you hear us and that you understand the urgency. But no matter how sad and angry I am, I do not want to believe that. Because if you really understood the situation and still kept on failing to act, then you would be evil. And that I refuse to believe. So how evil are those seeking to terrify the young that their world is going to end when it’s all a gigantic hoax to delete their freedom for life?

The popular idea of cutting our emissions in half in 10 years only gives us a 50% chance of staying below 1.5 degrees, and the risk of setting off irreversible chain reactions beyond human control chain-reactions that don’t exist. Fifty percent may be acceptable to you. But those numbers do not include tipping points made up to explain the lack of CO2 impact, most feedback loops ditto, additional warming hidden by toxic air pollution or the aspects of equity and climate justice more bunkum. They also rely on my generation divide, divide sucking hundreds of billions of tons of your CO2 the gas of life out of the air with technologies that barely exist. So a 50% risk is simply not acceptable to us – we who have to live with the consequences divide, divide.

To have a 67% chance of staying below a 1.5 degrees global temperature rise – the best odds given by the Cult-created Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change – the world had 420 gigatons of CO2 left to emit back on Jan. 1st, 2018. Today that figure is already down to less than 350 gigatons. How dare you pretend that this can be solved with just ‘business as usual’ and some technical solutions? With today’s emissions levels, that remaining CO2 budget will be entirely gone within less than eight and a half years.

There will not be any solutions or plans presented in line with these figures here today, because these numbers are too uncomfortable. And you are still not mature enough to tell it like it is but you are Greta by repeating the crap you have been told to say?. You are failing us. But the young people are starting to understand your betrayal divide, divide. The eyes of all future generations are upon you divide, divide. And if you choose to fail us, I say: We will never forgive you divide, divide.

We will not let you get away with this. Right here, right now is where we draw the line. The world is waking up. And change is coming, whether you like it or not.

Figure 280: The Cult is desperate to turn the young against the old.

Figure 281: The plan is now so transparent. (Image Gareth Icke.)

Yes, Greta, the Cult’s change is coming if we and your generation believe garbage like that. We are witnessing yet another inversion in which children tell adults what they should do. There are many stupid adults, large numbers of which are in politics. There are some aware children who have not allowed the Cult to program their perceptions (Greta Thunberg is not one of them). But the idea that children know better in general than intelligent adults with decades of experience is absurd. When I was six, twelve and sixteen I would not have dreamed of telling the world what should be done because, like those of the same age today, I hadn’t lived long enough to credibly know. The young-old inversion has a clear motive for the Cult: Children and young people today have been subjected to the perception program at its most extreme and it wants those perceptions to prevail and transform society in its image. Program the kids and then have their will imposed on adults who will have known life and experience before child-programming reached its current extremes. No one ever asks Greta Thunberg how many hundreds of millions will die if her carbon targets are met through loss of jobs, food and warmth. The climate hoax divides advocates and ‘deniers’ and splits young from old on the grounds that the old are responsible for the ‘existential threat’ to the young (Fig 280 ). The German branch of the school strike organisation Fridays for Future, officially founded and copyrighted by Greta Thunberg, promoted this agenda when it tweeted: ‘Why do grandparents talk to us each year? They won’t be around much longer.’ German public broadcaster WDR produced a song video featuring a choir of young girls castigating older people for climate change and eating meat. It referred to an imaginary grandma as ‘an environmental pig’ and warned we ‘will not let you get away with this’. WDR called it ‘satire’ in the face of a disgusted public reaction when it was clearly calculated. ‘Satire’ is the excuse often used when attempts at indoctrination become too blatant and people see through it. The ‘how dare you?’ rant about older generations by 16-year-old Cult puppet Thunberg was also an example of this theme. Yes, Greta, how dare older people and the long-gone create an industrial society that allows multimillion dollar yachts to be built for your propaganda stunts and aircraft to quietly – shhhhh – fly your sailing crew back home across the Atlantic while you posture your carbon self-purity? The Cult’s desire to start a war between young and old has many motivations. One is that older people were born long before the climate change hoax began and many can see through the manipulation and contradictions. They must be perceived by the young as the villains and the enemy to be vanquished rather than wisdom and experience worth listening to (Fig 281 ).

Increasing the hype

Figure 282: Why would the One-percent invite Greta Thunberg to berate them on climate change? This is why.

Figure 283: Same song-sheet, different singers.

Thunberg was invited again in 2020 to the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland, a 100 percent front for the One-percent and the Cult behind the climate change hoax and the creation of an Orwellian, AI-controlled, Orwellian global state (Fig 282 ). Why would these multi-billionaires invite a 16-year-old to castigate them at their own conference for the second year in a row and repeat the crap that ‘our world is still on fire’? This chapter alone has answered that question and they will drop her like a stone when she has served their purpose. She outrageously claimed that if we don’t do what she said we are not acting ‘as if you loved your children above all else’. She added that ‘we don’t want these things done in 2050, 2030, or even 2021 – we want this done now’. Who is this ‘we’? The One-percenters watching her speak at Davos for sure and certainly not the general public. Donald Trump appeared at the elite propaganda-fest to deliver a speech warning against believing the climate ‘prophets of doom’ in a clear reference to Thunberg sitting in the audience. He was, however, pretty much a lone voice. Instead we had another burst of baloney from Prince Charles who remember said in 2009 that we had twelve years to save the world from irretrievable climate and ecosystem collapse (Fig 283 ). Charles travelled to Davos in a private jet and electric car to make a speech promoting the demands of the Climate Cult. In the less than two weeks before the speech Charles had flown four times in private jets and a helicopter with the aircraft flying a total of 16,000 miles at a cost to the UK taxpayer of $280,000. This is a man who has flown 125 miles in a helicopter to make a speech about the dangers of aircraft emissions. Without a hint of embarrassment he presented himself at Davos as an environmental champion and called for ‘eco-taxes’, a world economy with nature at its centre (while reducing CO2 that sustains nature), and new AI technologies – all from the Cult’s letter to Santa, or Satan. He of course championed ‘sustainability’ and proposed a transformation of the global economy justified by climate change that precisely reflected the Cult agenda. He said:

Now it is time to take it to the next level. In order to secure our future and to prosper we need to evolve our economic model.

Figure 284:The year by which the Cult wants its agenda pretty much in place.

So many deadlines for the end of the world through ‘runaway’ climate change have come and gone, but like all good cults they just keep announcing a new date when the last one passed without incident. The latest doomsday is around 2030 which is a highly significant date that turns up in many guises. It was mentioned yet again by Prince Charles in his Davos speech. Here are three other examples: When the latest date of ‘twelve years to save the planet’ was first announced that would take us to around 2030. The UN list of goals to save the planet from climate change by transforming global society into a centralised dictatorship is called Agenda 2030. The year given by Google executive Ray Kurzweil and other Silicon Valley technocrats for connecting the human brain to artificial intelligence is 2030 (Fig 284 ). Is this yet another coincidence? What do you think when AI is being promoted as an answer to climate change? The hoax has hog-tied almost every politician into some level of compliance. There are the majority who buy the lie and say ‘something must be done’ and the rest who may be somewhat or totally sceptical, but still feel they have to go along with the farce for electoral or reputational reasons. This is what happens once the Cult has decreed and implanted the ‘norm’. Even people who see through it are mostly too intimidated to say so.

Then there is the feeling that the orthodoxy wouldn’t be repeated so incessantly if there was nothing to it. Not every fact may be true, this mentality says, but there must be some basis of truth or why would everyone keep repeating the same claims? Well, when a disease is (genuinely) spreading – in this case a perceptual disease – does everyone get the same disease? Yes. Everyone in the establishment was repeating that Iraq had weapons of mass destruction. Was there any truth to that whatsoever? No. Once people grasp that human-caused climate change and its alleged catastrophic consequences is a mega-scam – not some of it, all of it – the mist clears and the monumental deceit is in plain sight.

Wake up Wokers. You are being hypnotised, mesmerised and shafted and I care about that enough to take your abuse when freedom for the rest of your lives at stake.

CHAPTER TEN

Are you New Woke?

Whom the gods would destroy, they first make mad – Euripides

How strange that the gas of life is depicted as the gas of death while China, the world’s biggest industrial producer of CO2, is not the focus of Climate Cult outrage. China’s emissions in 2019 were more than the United States, European Union and Japan combined and reportedly some 27 percent of the world total.

Outrage instead is reserved only for Western countries which, crazy as it may be, are making efforts to reduce their ‘carbon footprint’. One commentator said of Greta Thunberg: ‘I don’t see her in Beijing or Delhi.’ There is a reason for that. China is the blueprint for global control and must not be criticised by those who seek to globally emulate this New Woke utopia. Oh, no, New Wokers might cry, we don’t want to be like China. The evidence proves otherwise. Demand after dystopian demand by the New Woke and Climate Cult mentality is straight from the playbook of the Chinese Communist Party and Stalinist Russia come to that – and so is every aspect of the ‘virus’ lockdowns. Chairman Mao who forced communism on China’s immense population in 1949 was a Cult operative and in the decades that have followed the country has been the incubator for the global technological surveillance dictatorship. The Second World War was a Cult-manipulated Problem-Reaction-Solution that brought pre-planned colossal political change. China became communist; Stalin’s Russia swept across Eastern Europe; Israel was established; and the United Nations and other globally-centralised institutions were created on the Tiptoe to world government. Brutal centralised political and military control in China had allowed the Cult’s Orwellian society to advance more quickly than in the West where they still (until the ‘virus’ lockdowns) had to pay lip-service to freedom and ‘democracy’. In China when they want to impose a new stage of dystopian control they simply do it (and now so does the West). If you want to see what is planned for the rest of the world tomorrow look at China today and therefore we have ‘New Woke’ billionaires and corporations owned by the Cult, including Google, working closely with the Chinese dictators while claiming to care about ‘values’. A report in the Wall Street Journal described how US tech giants including Google and IBM are supporting China’s multibillion-dollar surveillance industry: ‘US companies, including Seagate Technology PLC, Western Digital Corp. and Hewlett Packard Enterprise Co., have nurtured, courted and profited from China’s surveillance industry … Several have been involved since the industry’s infancy.’ IBM was exposed for collaborating with the Nazis and their concentration camps (the Cult has no borders). The emulation of China in the West is now in overdrive thanks to the pandemic scam. China is where Maurice Strong ended up, the instigator for the Rothschilds and Rockefellers of the climate change hoax. We are led to believe that China is a self-contained entity and the Western world is on the other ‘side’. Not at the Cult level they’re not. Where did the ‘virus pandemic’ publicly start? China.

‘Capitalism’ is cartelism

A question quite understandably asked is why would the Cult and its One-percent which have secured predominance through capitalism want a global society based on communism and Marxism? It would appear to be a contradiction, but it’s not. First of all the Cult wants its own form of centralised tyranny called a technocracy or government and control of society and industry by an elite of technical experts with no ballot box required. This is the global control system fast-emerging out of Silicon Valley. I will be explaining the background to the technocracy and for now I’ll stay with the familiar communism/Marxism of which technocracy is a technological impersonation and expansion. All are interchangeable with fascism. The experience for the population is the same – top-down dictatorship. A second answer to why the One percent would want a communistic-type society when they appear to be ‘capitalists’ is that the Cult has secured global power through cartelism not capitalism . If you take capitalism to be a free market in which the most efficient, effective and creative win the day then that is absolutely not the world that we live in. When Cambridge academic Patricia MacCormack denounces the hierarchy of ‘capitalism’ as the problem and the reason that human existence must cease she is missing this very point. There are many flaws in leaving everything to the ‘free market’ and I don’t believe that essential public services should be subjected to often vicious and people-destroying ‘free-market capitalism’. Even worse, however, is when the market is not even close to being ‘free’ in the first place. The Cult is not interested in ‘free’ markets when it seeks complete control of everything. Instead it has constantly sought to impose its monopoly over every aspect of human life through ever-expanding corporations that destroy or buy-out opposition until capitalism is replaced by rigged-market cartelism. Prices are kept low to undercut competitors until monopoly is secured and then those prices (or censorship in the case of social media and Google/YouTube/Facebook/Twitter) begin to soar. You don’t like the new price? Too bad. Who else are you going to buy from? You don’t like our censorship? Where else are you going to go? Limitless Cult money means that its corporations don’t have to make a profit on the way to monopoly while ‘competing’ companies have to watch the bottom line and can’t compete. Amazon, Google, YouTube, Twitter and Facebook are examples and we have the cartels of Big Pharma, Big Biotech, Big Oil, Big Media, Big Food, and so on. They become so powerful – and so lavish with their political donations – that they own governments no matter what politicians may say in public. Facebook’s Mark Zuckerberg is ‘questioned’ on Capitol Hill by politicians that take Facebook political donations. It’s called democracy apparently.

Figure 285: A man who says this ploughs tens of billions into ‘social justice’ and New Woke groups worldwide? Don’t worry – he’s not playing them like a stringed instrument or anything.

If you compare Cult cartelism with Cult communism/Marxism they are the same accumulation of power at the centre, or the top in MacCormack’s hierarchy. Anyone think that the leadership elite in communist China don’t live a vastly more privileged lifestyle than the rest of the population? Or that the same didn’t happen in Stalinist Russia and every other Marxist utopia? Why do New Wokers think that communism/Marxism/socialism has been responsible for the deaths of some 100 million people amid mass-murder in Cambodia, Siberian gulags, and ‘re-education’ camps of the Chinese Cultural Revolution? Western cartelism and Chinese communism are the same elite control systems with communism even more effective as an elite blueprint. Cartels in the West have to be manipulated into place through a sequence of acquisition and deletion of competition while with communism you have an imposed hierarchical structure of top-down control through which the government dictatorship enforces its will over everything and everyone. What is a communist/Marxist government except a single gigantic cartel ? The Cult prefers communist structures for this reason and it is working to impose a technological version of that on the entire world with the climate change and ‘pandemic’ hoaxes as the predominant excuse for its imposition. Marxism is not ‘government of the people’ but government of the Cult with the added bonus of enforcement by a police/military state. Perhaps it may now dawn on New Wokers why a ruthless ‘capitalist’ (cartelist) like George Soros would pour tens of billions into New Woke and climate change organisations while saying this: ‘I am basically there to make money, I cannot and do not look at the social consequences of what I do.’ He’s scamming you Wokers and big-time (Fig 285 overleaf). The perceptual game has been to sell the idea that you either believe in capitalism or communism/socialism. What they don’t want you to know is that either way the Cult and its elite are always in control. Which ‘polarity’ do you want to rule you because either way it will be us . I coined the term in the 1990s of ‘opposames’ to describe apparent opposites that are in fact the same. Communism and fascism which are different names for the same basic control system are obvious cases. From this perspective you will not be shocked to hear that Karl Marx (1818-1883), the official originator of Marxism, was a Cult asset and gofer. In particular he was a front man for the major network within the Cult known as Sabbatian-Frankism which is represented by, among so many others, the Saudi Arabian fake royal family and the controlling networks of government, intelligence agencies and military in Israel with their serious influence on government, intelligence agencies and military in the United States and worldwide. I reveal in The Trigger the Cult background to Karl Marx and the creation of Marxism.

How New Woke was created

The Cult has established an army of naïve New Wokers to campaign for socialism, the don’t-scare-the-children name for Marxism, and it has been coordinated through control of ‘education’. Rebecca Friedrich, a 28-year teacher in the United States who also worked with teacher unions, has detailed in her book, Standing Up To Goliath , how those unions have been imposing political indoctrination on children. It turns out that this agenda is precisely what I am exposing to be the Cult agenda. Soviet KGB defector Yuri Bezmenov described decades ago in 1985 how a four-step technique works to subjugate societies for communism. He called the first stage ‘demoralisation’ which he said took 15 to 20 years and involves at least three generations of students being indoctrinated in schools and colleges with the desired perception and ideology while other information is suppressed and demonised. The ideology must not be challenged or questioned and accepted to be self-evident truth. Bezmenov said of the demoralisation stage:

Exposure to true information does not matter anymore. A person who is demoralised is unable to assess true information – the facts tell nothing to him. Even if I shower him with information, with authentic truth, with documents, with pictures, even if I take him by force to the Soviet Union and show him concentration camps he will refuse to believe it until he gets a kick in the back bottom realises he has been had by a Marxist government taking over his country. When the military boot crashes then he will understand.

I keep emphasising that when the dystopian society which New Wokers demand is in place they will be the first to feel its boot up their arse. Try doing what Extinction Rebellion does in London on the streets of Beijing. Yuri Bezmenov said of such ‘revolutionaries of the people’: ‘They think they will come to power, but that will never happen, of course.’ They are only Cult fodder to impose its will before they, too, will be targeted or eliminated. It’s already happening with feminists once high in the New Woke hierarchy now attacked for having the wrong opinion about transgender activists dismantling the freedoms of women. There are many areas and subjects on which I would disagree with Victor Davis Hanson, an American military historian and professor emeritus of Classics at California State University, Fresno, but he was absolutely right in an article in 2019 about the way ‘revolutionaries’ become the targets of their own ‘revolution’. He said that ‘liberalism and progressivism’ (actually New Wokeism which has hijacked liberalism) will go the same way. Winston Churchill talked of how ‘each one hopes that if he feeds the crocodile enough the crocodile will eat him last’. I tell the story in The Trigger about how the Jacobins were a Cult front which hijacked the French Revolution and were behind what is known as ‘The Terror’ in France in 1793 and 1794 which killed 17,000 ‘enemies of the Revolution’. Victor Davis Hanson wrote:

Once liberalism and progressivism give way to Jacobinism – and they often do, as we have seen in revolutionary France, China, and Russia – no leftist is safe from the downward spiral to ideological cannibalism. Yesterday’s true believer is today’s counter-revolutionary and tomorrow’s enemy of the people …

… the voices of the sane and the moderate are usually crushed in revolutionary cycles where extremism operates on its own logic and trajectory – until chaos and cannibalism finally lead even to the extremists’ own suicide.

We have reached the point in Bezmenov’s demoralisation where creations of the New Woke perceptual download are entering politics as with Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and her Green New Deal Marxism. The influence of her mindset has turned the Democrats into the New Woke Party increasingly dominated by the likes of Ocasio-Cortez and the rest of the so-called ‘Squad’ – Representatives Ilhan Omar of Minnesota, Ayanna Pressley of Massachusetts and Rashida Tlaib of Michigan. The same has happened to the Labour, Liberal Democrat, Green and Scottish National Parties in the UK and their like across the world. This is certainly the case in Germany and Sweden where New Woke parties have opened the doors to the Cult’s mass migration agenda and dubbed anyone who questions the impact as Nazis, bigots and racists. US President Abraham Lincoln said: ‘The philosophy of the school room in one generation will be the philosophy of government in the next.’ Oh, how the Cult knows that. Bezmenov’s demoralisation stage is followed by what he called ‘destabilisation’, ‘crisis’ and ‘normalisation’ by which time what would earlier have been dismissed as crazy is now the new normal and society is transformed. Can anyone really deny that this has happened in those same 15 to 20 years (actually even less) with the extremes of climate change hysteria, political correctness, censorship, mass immigration, and immensely expanded definitions of racism, sexism and gender? New Wokeness is calling for everything required for the Hunger Games world to become reality: Economic devastation, de-industrialisation and global control to ‘save us from climate change’; political correctness to make the population silence itself to block exposure of what is happening; censorship of non-Woke information and opinions by Cult corporations cheered by New Wokers when before the Bezmenov sequence young people were protesting to demand freedom of speech; mass immigration and open borders to fulfil the Cult plan for divide and rule and deletion of countries; and the transformation of the sense of gender for deeply sinister reasons that I’ll be coming to.

It may seem that I am condemning those that call themselves ‘Woke’ when actually I’m not doing that. I am not condemning the people , but exposing their actions and behaviour which is a different thing. I understand why they do and say what they do. Their perceptions have been programmed from the day they were born and ever more emphatically as they have passed through the ‘education’ indoctrination machine. The programming has been merciless and unceasing and I have been saying for years that we are looking at the most perceptually-manipulated generations in known human history now technology and social media are employed to that end. It is amazing that so many young people have seen through the program given how fierce and extreme it has been and they must summon the courage to speak out and refuse to have their world and campuses transformed into tyrannies by New Woke insanity. Would you condemn a computer for doing what someone else has encoded it to do? This would be crazy and with the scale of today’s human programming that analogy is valid. I am pointing out the consequences of New Woke behaviour and the facts that are kept from them. I am offering another way of viewing the world to maybe stimulate some self-reflection on how The Program is impacting upon society. I don’t condemn them . I feel sorry for them for what they are being subjected to by a psychopathic and satanic system that cares nothing for their wellbeing and uses them as imposition fodder.

Re-education is working

A poll of American 18-24-year-olds in 2019 found that 61 percent were open to a ‘socialist society’ and another found that 70 percent of millennials (born approximately between 1981 and 1996) would be ‘somewhat or extremely likely’ to vote for a socialist candidate. Two others found that 42 percent of Americans aged 18 to 39 would vote for a socialist president and that nearly 50 percent of young Americans would like a socialist government. The openly-socialist multi-millionaire, private jet passenger Bernie Sanders had young people as his support base to be the Democrat contender to face Trump in the 2020 election. He failed, but you can see the trend and ‘socialism’ (communism/fascism/technocracy) will be pushed even more in the wake of the ‘Covid-19’ hoax as we shall see. The other associated finding is that young people have a diminishing respect for capitalism. Those for socialism and against capitalism have their origins in ‘educational’ indoctrination (another version of communist ‘re-education’) and in the economic consequences that the Cult has imposed upon them. First you tell young people that cartelism is capitalism and indebt them for much of their lives with student loans from ‘capitalist’ companies. This understandably turns them against capitalism which they mistake for cartelism while they are also indoctrinated at school and university into believing that socialism (communism/Marxism) is the panacea for all their ills. Marginalisation and misrepresentation of history purposely suppresses the horrendous reality of Marxist/socialist totalitarian regimes on the grounds that those who do not learn from the mistakes of history are destined to repeat them. After all, repeating them from the Cult’s point of view is the whole idea and this time on a global scale. The Cult wants people to see how unfair society is because it adds to demands for ‘change’ in the form of socialist ‘change’ which is nothing more than changing the nature of One-percent control. The theme appeared to be further emphasised in a survey of 34,000 people by the US Zionist Edelman communications company across 28 countries in which 56 percent said capitalism is doing more harm than good. Damage done by cartelism masquerading as capitalism is far worse and I note that with capitalism (the misrepresentation of capitalism) as a target of the Cult this ‘survey’ and its findings were perfectly timed. The Cult both inverts the truth at every turn and seeks to present everything as a choice between black and white, literally and symbolically. You must choose between capitalism (cartelism) and socialism (communism). The fact that it’s possible to protect the poor and needy (with a view to them not being poor and needy), have public control of essential services and a vibrant truly free market without cartels is not something that enters the equation. Nor is the fact that devolving power from the centre for people to make decisions about their lives within their own communities is a nightmare for cults and elites when it denies them the centralisation of power essential for the few to control the many. Every solution is more centralisation when the opposite is the case (as usual). Global bodies should be vehicles for cooperation between countries and communities – not centrally-directed dictatorships.

Figure 286: Mirror anyone?

Many New Wokers demand equality of outcome which is the death knell for freedom, vibrant creativity and drive. The Soviet Union had equality of outcome in that everything was shite for the general population. Equality of outcome always creates a race to the bottom which is what the Hunger Games Society requires to impose a world where everyone is equally poor and dependent on the One-percent to drop their crumbs. Equality of opportunity is surely what we should pursue with the understanding that not everyone is equally talented in every aptitude or skill. You can’t do something if you can’t do it. I repeat: You can’t do something if you can’t do it . This statement must be among the most unchallengeable you could imagine although not for New Wokers who leave rationality on the coat-hook when they enter any situation. To them everything is the result of discrimination, racism, sexism, homophobia, transphobia, any ism or phobia will do (Fig 286 ). It has nothing to do with ability, drive or expertise. A black woman actress not getting the part to play a white man is simply racism. It’s the only possible explanation. Okay, that example is extreme, but when you see how far we have descended into New Woke insanity how long before that, too, is true? How more extreme is that than a bloke with a dick in Canada insisting that female staff at a women’s beauty parlour wax his dangly bits because he chooses to self-identify as a woman? If I had said only a few years ago that schools around the world would have drag queens reading stories to very young children for the purpose of gender confusion and indoctrination people would have said that was too farfetched and could never happen. Oh, yes it could – and is. Cult indoctrination and extremism has no limits. It was even claimed with extraordinary stupidity that Prince Harry’s missus Meghan Markle was forced out of Britain through racism (New Woke orthodoxy) relating to her mixed race when in fact it emerged that she had been planning the move to North America virtually all along. Lawyer Shola Mos-Shogbamimu, a monumental New Woker from what I can see, was doing the rounds of television studios (how very privileged) promoting this line of ‘racism’ against the mega-privileged private jet climate campaigner Markle. Mos-Shogbamimu describes herself as ‘a political and women’s rights activist who teaches intersectional feminism to female refugees and asylum seekers, scrutinizes government policies from a gender and diversity inclusion perspective, and co-organises women’s marches and social campaigns’. Well, that just about covers everything. She was asked for examples of ‘racism’ against Markle and her reply was standard New Woke: ‘Stop asking me – it’s not my job to teach you about racism.’ In other words she didn’t have any. When a ‘race and ethnicity lecturer’ called Rachel Boyle claimed on a BBC show that Markle’s departure to Canada was a result of ‘racism’ the British actor Laurence Fox told her: ‘It’s not racism … We are the most tolerant lovely country in Europe.’ Boyle responded: ‘What worries me about your comment is you are a white privileged male.’ We now live in a press-enter society founded on tidal-wave levels of brainwashing. When anything happens you press enter and New Woke says racist, sexist, transphobic or climate denier. Fox’s reaction to the claim that he was an example of white privilege was right on the money:

Oh my God. I can’t help what I am, I was born like this, it’s an immutable characteristic: to call me a white privileged male is to be racist – you’re being racist.

The New Woke mentality is permanently firewalled from that self-realisation and instead members of Fox’s family were targeted for abuse and one was spat at in the street by an ‘anti-hate’ hater. Fox quit Twitter in the face of the abuse fearing it would damage his career and the ability to provide for his family. At the same time he was getting widespread support from the non-New Woke majority that don’t have access to mainstream microphones. By far the largest number of people – even among the young most subjected to the programming – don’t buy the extremes of New Woke. The domination of the media narrative and fake grassroots, elite-funded, astroturf groups give a seriously false impression of what the population in general believe. A black lady called June Sarpong, so oppressed by white privilege that she is the BBC’s Director of Creative Diversity (don’t ask), said of Laurence Fox: ‘He couldn’t possibly know what it’s like to be a person of colour.’ Nor could Ms Sarpong know what it was like to be a black slave in apartheid America or South Africa. Claims you often hear from New Wokers that racism is worse than ever today is such an insult to those who experienced full-blown slavery. There are imbalances that still need to be addressed – of course, there always are, and that is also true for white people; but to claim that racism today is more extreme than ever is so obviously a fantasy that it requires no further comment. Jordan Peterson, the Canadian clinical psychologist and professor of psychology at the University of Toronto, has attracted both widespread support and New Woke abuse for his defence of masculinity and true racial equality. He summed up the reverse racism that I am highlighting here:

The idea that you can target an ethnic group with a collective crime, regardless of the specific innocence or guilt of the constituent elements of that group – there is absolutely nothing that is more racist than that. It’s absolutely abhorrent.

Halleluiah to that and you can see why New Woker racists hate him.

Press-enter for crazy

Figure 287: Don’t tell me anything I don’t want to hear.

Figure 288: Fortunately it is not a whole generation. Many young people have seen through the manipulation, but it’s the others that dominate the microphones to promote the Cult agenda they don’t even know exists.

Figure 289: NOOOO! I only want to hear what I have been programmed to believe.

Figure 290: Being offended – the quickest way to hand your power to others.

Figure 291: The ‘you must be offended by everything’ Program. You’re offended? Then choose not to be.

New Wokers have been enslaved in software minds by those that encode the software with the required sense of reality. Codes go on being expanded into ever-greater extremes of ridiculous as they are literally guided through wave entanglement with Cult manipulation along the path to complete mental illness. Daily perceptual programming (‘education’) throughout their formative years has achieved this supported by their friends and peers affirming the programming that they have also been downloading. Major Internet information sources like YouTube algorithmically offer ‘recommendations’ that match their search history to discourage access to other information and opinions. New Woke students are described as ‘snowflakes’ over their demands for safe spaces where they can’t be subjected to other views (Fig 287 ). The cancel culture of de-platformed censorship achieves the same end of I am right never being subjected to challenge. I refer to the phenomenon as Generation Jelly although it’s not really a generation (Fig 288 ). Large numbers of young people don’t fall for it, but enough do and they are re-writing human society because they have the whole Cult-controlled system and establishment behind them. Demands for ‘safe spaces’ in colleges and universities are expressions of the fast-emerging monoculture myopia and the same with protests that ban or ‘de-platform’ speakers who have a different view (Fig 289 ). One commentator said: ‘Very often we New Wokers cancel people, destroy people, for saying what everyone thought until 24 hours ago.’ New Wokers become locked in an information bubble which becomes their perceptual Bubble. If all they see and hear is their own perceptual programming played back to them no wonder they are convinced at how right and all-knowing they are. We have the indoctrination of the New Woke belief and its imposition on the public by the New Woke Thought Police. The law is that no one must offend or upset those in the New Woke hierarchy of victimhood by saying anything New Woke does not agree with (Fig 290 ). This perfectly serves the Cult agenda of destroying freedom of speech. Meanwhile, if you attack or criticise people and beliefs that are not in the official victim hierarchy (like white men and Christianity) you can be as abusive and racist as you like and the ‘inclusive’, ‘anti-racist’, mob will cheer you on. We all know how stupendously extreme the protection of Woke ‘victims’ has become to destroy human language and discourse in line with Orwell’s Big Brother state. The breathtaking absurdity of PC ‘transgression’ is constantly plumbing still new depths of extremism and ludicrousness. Some are so crackers that even Wokers call them ‘microaggressions’ which are defined by Columbia University psychology professor Derald Wing Sue as ‘brief and everyday slights, insults, indignities and denigrating messages sent to people of colour by well-intentioned white people’. From what I have seen ‘all white people are privileged racist Nazis’ doesn’t seem to be listed as a ‘microaggression’ never mind a macro one. Maybe I missed that meeting. Anything connected to another culture is now ‘cultural appropriation’ and this includes wearing a sombrero sold to you by a Mexican in a tourist shop. The Mexican wants to sell it to you, but Wokers say you should not buy it because they are offended on the Mexicans’ behalf even when Mexicans are not offended. PC is the world of victimless invented ‘crimes’ in which those not affected dictate what people should be offended about (Fig 291 ). This gathers momentum the more the victim culture manipulates through repetition and intimidation and the more people become offended about more and more things that didn’t offend them before. Being offended by people demanding you are silenced doesn’t count. To be offended is to hand your power to that which offends you and this is Planet Cuckoo when being offended is simply a choice . You can choose not to be . There you go – sorted. The professionally offended should have followed me around for 30 years if they want to see what ridicule and abuse is like. Have I been offended? No . I choose not to be offended by anything – least of all by ridicule and abuse from bubble-wrap minds. There is no more profound confirmation of your balance and self-security than being able and willing to laugh at yourself which New Woke can’t do, so seriously does it take itself. I don’t understand the sequence of being offended when I don’t experience it. Someone says something you don’t like or agree with. Okay, and ? Have your say if you feel it’s necessary (it usually isn’t) and get on with your life. Why scramble your emotional state and wavefield state by the irrelevance of being offended ?

Methodical madness

Figure 292: I’m against everything!!!! (Image by Ben Garrision at Grrrgraphics.com .)

If we really cared about the wellbeing of children and young people we would not be protecting them from things they are told to be offended about. We would be encouraging them to be strong, sovereign, individuals who don’t give a shit, never mind take offence, at what anyone says to them or about them. New Wokeness is a virulent, contagious, psychological virus unless you are conscious beyond mind and the five senses. This is the reason we need to understand why New Wokers think and act as they do. They are prisoners of New Wokeness – a perceptual computer virus. Tim Hunt, a Nobel Prize-winning British biochemist, was vilified and had his career severely damaged for a so-called ‘misogynistic joke’ that turned out to be nothing like it was reported to be by a professionally-offended New Woker. What is said, or more to point meant , doesn’t matter. How New Woke perceives what is said, while permanently scanning the environment for potential offence, is all that matters for fast-asleep Wokers (Fig 292 ). A doctor in England praised a father for stepping in ‘manfully’ to bring his daughter for an appointment when his wife couldn’t make it, but the doctor and his hospital apologised after the family complained that ‘manfully’ was sexist (the father was a man). It apparently implied that ‘women are there to do the childcare’ and not men. The complainants are deeply sad people if they think saying ‘manfully’ to a man is a subject for complaint and all doctors seeing what happened will no longer be focusing fully on the medical problem of the patient. They will be carefully prepreparing every statement in their mind before delivering the words. All over the world in every walk of life this verbal tenterhooks and eggshell-interaction is being experienced and destroying natural discourse, driving wedges between people, and causing ongoing daily anxiety with concern about anything you say. This is again what the Cult requires and New Wokers deliver. Here are just a few of millions of examples of discourse contraction that keep people in a state of constant anxiety to avoid saying the ‘wrong’ thing:

Oxford University’s Equality and Diversity Unit tried to accuse people who avoid eye contact with others of ‘racist microaggression’; transgender campaigners condemn such phrases like ‘born a man’ or ‘born a woman’ as inaccurate and offensive; ‘biologically male’ and ‘biologically female’ are deemed ‘problematic’ by a US gay rights ‘media monitoring’ group; Suffolk County Council in the UK stopped using traditional ‘Cat’s eyes removed’ warning signs over fears that people thought real cats may have been killed to manufacture these reflective road safety devices; applause was banned by the National Union of Students’ Women’s Campaign over concerns that it could ‘trigger anxiety’ among nervous students with whooping and cheering also targeted. Instead people are told to ‘applaud’ with ‘jazz-hands’ which means waving your hands in the air silently like a bunch of prats; braided hairstyles on white people are ‘cultural appropriation’; the word ‘exotic’ is apparently ‘a major verbal microaggression’ with ‘nasty racial underpinnings’ (me neither); ‘Fat-liberation activists’ say the term ‘fat’ shames people ‘who might not fit the conventional beauty standards of our society’, but if you are fat and okay with that you can ‘reclaim’ the word as your ‘empowering identity’; a guide released by The New School, a private college in New York, said the size of chairs was deemed a microaggression against overweight people. I take it they mean chairs that are not big enough for fat arses; Lucy Delap, a lecturer in British history at Cambridge, says that words including ‘genius’, ‘brilliant’ or ‘flair’ should be discouraged as they carry ‘assumptions of gender inequality and also of class and ethnicity’. Ms Delap can at least be sure that no one will ever accuse her of being a genius; migrants entering a country illegally cannot be called ‘illegal’, but ‘all white people are racist Nazis’ is still okay; anyone who cooks and names their dish ‘Jamaican Stew’ or ‘Tunisian Rice’ while not being Jamaican or Tunisian is guilty of microaggressions in the form of ‘cultural appropriation’ which also includes any white woman wearing hoop earrings. People from Jamaica cooking an ‘English breakfast’ are fine, though. Phew; a student at Louisiana State University wrote that women styling their eyebrows to make them appear thicker (‘eyebrow culture’) is an example of ‘cultural appropriation’; ‘Mother’ is a no, no, because it offends transgender activists. The British Medical Association advised members that mothers-to-be should be referred to as ‘pregnant people’ to avoid offence and ‘celebrate diversity’ if not sanity; any term that includes the word ‘man’ is definitely a felony you sexist bastard; singer Ellie Goulding was accused of racism after tweeting a picture of herself wearing an Native American headdress – ‘Don’t mock a dying race, you insensitive and ignorant excuse of a person’ responded a Woker; referring to the United States as a ‘land of opportunity’ is a microaggression because it ‘asserts that race or gender does not play a role in life’s successes’; a lecturer at Harvard Law School was told by a student not to use the word ‘violate’ as in law violation on the grounds that it might trigger traumatic fears about rape; others said rape law should not be taught to protect law students from ‘distress’. These students are going to make super lawyers and judges then; Sussex University Students’ Union warned against using the pronouns ‘he’ and ‘she’ to avoid assumptions about identity. ‘They’ and ‘Them’ are said to be the correct, gender-neutral terms. It’s good that I don’t go there because I’d tell them to stick it up their arse. This phrase avoids microaggressions by the fact that everybody has one – but give them time; ‘Where are you from?’ or ‘Where were you born?’ could be racist microaggressions according to the University of California, Berkeley, as ‘a covert way to say you don’t belong here’; the Student Federation at the University of Ottawa banned yoga sessions. Apparently they were Western ‘cultural appropriation’ of a practice with its origins in Indian Hinduism and there were ‘cultural issues involved in the practice’ that related to ‘oppression, cultural genocide and diasporas due to colonialism and western supremacy’; Clemson University’s diversity training decrees that to be told to be ‘on time’ is a microaggression as ‘time may be considered fluid’ in some cultures; a ‘Seattle councilman’ (shouldn’t that be ‘person’?) expressed concern that hosing down human excrement on sidewalks might be insensitive ’because it brought back images of the use of hoses against civil-rights activists’.

STOP! STOP! Have mercy, please. Only a short while ago you would have been laughed into oblivion if you said any of these things would happen never mind that they would increasingly be the norm.

The dark side of ludicrous

It is easy just to shake the head, laugh and dismiss all this as monumental craziness with the usual ‘political correctness gone mad’ and not to see it as that relevant in the overall scheme of things. Oh, but it is. The tidal wave of insanity is transforming human society and discourse and rapidly re-writing the language in exactly the way that Orwell described in Nineteen Eighty-Four. Confirmation of the real intent comes with a $1.5 million grant by the US military to develop a device to allow AI to identify ‘microaggressions’. Why would the military with its focus on killing people be so concerned about people being upset by microaggressions? Well, of course, it wouldn’t. Behaviour modification is the motivation in all of this. The money is being handed to associate professors Christoph Riedl and Brooke Foucault Welles to embark on a three-year project to develop a microaggression sensor. My timbers would be shivered if it doesn’t already exist. Riedl said:

The vision that we have is that you would have a device, maybe something like Amazon Alexa, that sits on the table and observes the human team members while they are working on a problem, and supports them in various ways. One of the ways in which we think we can support that team is by ensuring equal inclusion of all team members.

Put another way: Modify behaviour and give AI an ever greater say in decision-making until it is making all the decisions. Now the reason for such military (Cult) interest becomes clear. We are heading down a dark and dangerous road and we have reached the point where the New Woke Independent in the UK published a parody article it believed to be real calling for hate laws to be imposed on comedians who tell the ‘wrong’ jokes. The article was submitted under a fake name and not checked out even though its real author, comedian Andrew Doyle, said the content was ‘clearly a hoax’. Doyle has become well known for his invented character of New Woker Titania McGrath through which he exposes New Woke extremism. The article was published suggesting comedians become subject to hate laws because it promoted the Independent’s own stance. New Woke tyranny is now so extreme that parody is dying in the face of real life. An example is the British feminist writer Vicky Spratt who said that men who are not willing to date Woke women was an ‘insidious’ trend that will inevitably lead to women being killed by terrorists. How do you make men go out with women they are not attracted to – state-enforced dating? How about a Western version of arranged marriages? A confirmation of the sinister nature of the New Woke mindset and its imposition came from Kyle Jurek, a ‘field organiser’ for the openly-socialist Bernie Sanders campaign to be US president. Jurek was caught on camera by the Project Veritas undercover journalism operation saying this about America under a Sanders New Woke government:

Germany had to spend billions re-educating their fucking people to not be Nazis … we’re probably going to have to do the same fucking thing here. That’s kind of what Bernie’s fucking like … ‘Hey, free education for everybody’, because we’re going to have to teach you not to be a fucking Nazi.

Figure 293: Inclusivity is not enough because that’s not the Cult agenda.

Who decides what constitutes a ‘fucking Nazi’? They do. Those decisions are made by black and white minds that are blind to context or shades of grey. It is or it isn’t. You are or you’re not. You are an ‘us’ or a ‘them’. Tyranny was imposed by Orwell’s Big Brother’s police state in ways akin to the brutal and notorious Stasi secret police in communist East Germany which enforced the dictatorship and employed an army of spies among the population to inform on those who ‘transgressed’. PC censorship, surveillance cameras and fingerprint/eye-reading technology in schools and colleges are specifically designed to make Big Brother tyranny the ‘norm’ so the adults that children and students become will accept the same norms in global society. Today colleges have organisations under names like ‘diversity units’ that impose reeducation PC orthodoxy on students while encouraging, even paying, other students to spy on their friends and colleagues and report PC transgressions to the authorities. This includes reporting academics for being non-PC in lectures and their comments. Many have been fired or forced to step down for the mildest of statements and as they have gone those that remain are frozen in fear of transgressing in any way. Britain’s University of Sheffield announced plans to hire 20 of its own students to police language on campus that could be seen as ‘racist’ (opening your mouth is enough). They are being paid £9.34 an hour as ‘race equality champions’ to seek out microaggressions which it defines as ‘comments or actions that might be unintentional, but which can cause offence to a minority group’. What about offence to a majority group? Oh, no, that doesn’t matter. It’s not about equality and inclusivity – exclusivity is what New Woke is after (Fig 293 ). Sheffield vice-chancellor Koen Lamberts, who will not have enough self-awareness to see that his policy mimics Stasi-like political tyrannies, said the initiative sought to ‘change the way people think about racism’. More like simply changing the way people think as in East Germany, the Soviet Union, North Korea and China. Among the university’s targeted microaggressions is anyone asking why everything has to be a race issue and why people are searching for things to be offended about. Impose your tyranny and then make it an offence to question the tyranny. Another microaggression that must be stamped out apparently is ‘being compared to black celebrities that I look nothing like’. I wonder when such people plan to grow up? Not soon, I’ll wager.

The tyranny of ‘I am right’

If New Wokers believe themselves to be all-knowing then everyone who disagrees with them must by definition be wrong or motivated by racial and sexual bias or other dark motives. The only right becomes I am right – there is no other possibility. New Wokers despise for this reason freedom of speech for those with different ‘wrong’ views. If I am right then it follows that those who disagree with me are wrong and what is the point of freedom of speech for those that are wrong especially when humanity faces the existential threat from climate change and mortal dangers from rampant racism and sexism? Freedom of speech must be deleted to protect our freedom. It’s so obvious and given that I am right it must be true. These attitudes have both been downloaded from a multitude of Cult sources and been further ingrained through the encouragement of narcissism and a sense of entitlement where me, me, me is the only show in town. These are some officially-recognised traits in what is termed narcissistic personality disorder. Observe the behaviour of extreme New Wokers and you’ll see the stupendous correlation:

• An exaggerated sense of self-importance (I am right) .

• A sense of entitlement (I am right and what I say must be acted upon).

• Require constant, excessive admiration (I am right and you must recognise that and look up to me as your moral and intellectual superior).

• Expect to be recognised as superior even without achievements that warrant it (I am right and what I say requires no factual basis. I am right is enough).

• Exaggerate achievements and talents (I am right because I am all• knowing).

• Believe they are superior and can only associate with equally special people (We are right ).

• Monopolise conversations and belittle or look down on people they perceive as inferior (I am right and if you disagree with me you must be inferior).

• Expect special favours and unquestioning compliance with their expectations (I am right and you must do what I say – see Greta Thunberg).

• Take advantage of others to get what they want (I am right and so what I am right about must be enforced even if it means crushing people).

• An inability or unwillingness to recognize the needs and feelings of others (I am right and if you challenge that fact we will target you with abuse, demonisation, a Twitter storm and efforts to get you fired and destroy your life and your family’s life).

• Behave in an arrogant or haughty manner, coming across as conceited, boastful and pretentious (I am right , er, that’s it).

• Become impatient or angry when they don’t receive special treatment (I am right and you must dismantle the industrial system immediately no matter what the consequences because I say so ).

• Significant interpersonal problems and easily feeling slighted (I am right and you say I’m not??).

• React with rage or contempt and try to belittle the other person to make themselves appear superior (I am right you moron).

• Difficulty regulating emotions and behavior (I am right and I get sooo angry when others say something different – they must be de-platformed. Silence them! ).

• Experience major problems dealing with stress (I am right and I get so stressed when people won’t accept that).

• Have secret feelings of insecurity and vulnerability (I am right and I won’t have that questioned with facts in case you prove that I’m not).

Narcissistic and insecure and vulnerable? What a psychological combination. Narcissism is indeed a cover for insecurity. I feel so sad for them and how they have been perceptually and emotionally abused. Life behind the New Woke facade must be a psychological nightmare.

Save us from everything

Figure 294: New Woke’s permanent state.

New Wokers are now indeed so vulnerable that they demand ‘trigger warnings’ to warn them of anything upcoming in lectures or exams that might upset them. The ‘anything’ is closing in on the literally anything as young people are pressured to be upset and offended by an ever-lengthening list of perceived horrors and verbal transgressions (Fig 294 ). Trigger warnings alert the permanently anxious and fearful of something coming up in a book, video, lecture or stage play that might trouble them. This has now reached such extraordinary levels that trigger warnings include: Theology students alerted to upcoming images and discussion of the crucifixion so they can choose to leave; archaeology students warned about any ‘well-preserved archaeological body from an archaeological context’ in case they find it ‘a bit gruesome’; forensic science students warned before lectures involving blood patterns, crime scenes and dead bodies; Carleton University in Canada removed scales from the campus fitness centre to protect people with a special sensitivity to learning their weight. One student said: ‘Scales are very triggering.’ Don’t bloody use them then. An article in the London Guardian listed some trigger warning subjects: misogyny, the death penalty, calories in a food item, how much a person weighs, terrorism, drunk driving, racism, gun violence, drones, homophobia, post-traumatic stress disorder, slavery, victim-blaming, abuse, swearing, child abuse, self-injury, suicide, talk of drug use, descriptions of medical procedures, corpses, skulls, skeletons, needles, discussion of ‘isms’, shaming, slurs (including ‘stupid’ or ‘dumb’), kidnapping, dental trauma, discussions of sex (even consensual), death or dying, spiders, insects, snakes, vomit, pregnancy, childbirth, blood, Nazi paraphernalia, slimy things, holes (don’t ask) and ‘anything that might inspire intrusive thoughts in people with obsessive compulsive disorder‘. The New York Time s reported that activists want many classic works to have trigger warnings printed on them like health advisories on cigarette packages. Shakespeare’s The Merchant of Venice would need the label ‘contains anti-Semitism’ while Virginia Woolf’s Mrs. Dalloway would require a warning that it mentions suicide. Chinua Achebe’s Things Fall Apart is another book of concern which may ‘trigger readers who have experienced racism, colonialism, religious persecution, violence, suicide and more’. The ‘anti-Semitism’ industry and Israel Protection Racket has even called for trigger warnings to be inserted in the Bible and Koran to alert readers to upcoming ‘anti-Semitic’ texts. The self-obsession and sense of entitlement is just extraordinary from self-appointed ‘leaders’ of 0.2 percent of the world population. The ‘anti-Semitism’ Protection Racket was New Woke before New Woke and has had a highly-significant role in creating it. Kent University professor Frank Furedi rightly calls the trigger warning phenomenon and its associated ‘snowflake’ mentality the therapy culture, therapeutic censorship and the medicalisation of reading.

Figure 295: You need protection. Give me your freedom and leave the rest to me.

Figure 296: I demand you take away everbody’s freedom to save us from what you have told us to be frightened of and offended by. (Image by Ben Garrision at Grrrgraphics.com .)

The term ‘trigger’ appropriately comes from the language of the mind control industry as I have been describing for decades long before it became part of PC New Woke culture. ‘To trigger’ refers to key words, phrases or sounds that trigger or activate preprogrammed ‘Manchurian Candidate’ behaviour by mind-controlled assets of government/military/intelligence agency mind control programmes like the infamous MKUltra in the United States. We need to face the fact for the sake of young generations that they are being subjected in schools and universities to systematic mass mind control and a major part of that is to have them perceive themselves as victims. New Woke verbiage is constantly focused on seeking out ever more reasons for victimhood. The Cult sub-text is that once you fall for being a victim you give your power away to the perceived victimiser and look for state protection from them often in the form of censorship (Fig 295 ). Victimhood is worn like a badge of honour by many New Wokers and allows the ongoing life dramas of the grievance, victim culture in which so many permanently live. You say you’re a victim? Well, choose not to be. You say you’re offended? Well, choose not to be. Do that and see your power return. I don’t wonder that New Wokers suffer from ongoing anxiety when they are manipulated to want protection from anything that moves and a lot that doesn’t. Everything around them is potential danger from which they must be protected and most notably the perceived demise of the planetary ecosystem through climate change. The technique is to indoctrinate children and young people to fear an ever-lengthening list of dangers and then have them demand that Big Brother authority protects them from the big bad world (Fig 296 ). This is the real reason for the ‘Health and Safety’ culture in the UK in which once everyday happenings are now perceived as highly dangerous. Words that people say are defined as a form of violence that require protection and this provides the added bonus of censoring people against the list of PC offences and fears. Many parents mollycoddle their children and protect them from all upset to the point where they don’t have the emotional skin and skills to cope with life’s challenges or anyone questioning their perceptual certainty. Writer Claire Fox, a former Brexit Party member of the European Parliament, said:

Why are we surprised that teenagers demand safe spaces? Historically, adolescents might have been risk-takers and adventure-seekers, but today we rear children to perceive the world as an endlessly scary place. NGOs and charities ultimately the Cult, in particular, promote panic … Reared on a diet of disaster hyperbole, it’s no wonder children grow up scared of their own shadows …

… Today, parents go to ludicrous lengths to eliminate all risk from their children’s lives. Inevitably this narrows their horizons and teaches them to be less daring. Health-and-safety mania means the young are denied resilience-building freedoms that past generations enjoyed, such as playing outdoors, climbing trees and walking to school unaided.

Fox said modern mollycoddling means that the young have been prevented from engaging in activities such as leapfrog, marbles and conkers while a child-protection industry actively encourages children to see potential abuse everywhere. Schools are surrounded by prison-like fences and systems which constantly infuse a perception of danger. Fox described how safeguarding has become the top priority in every organisation that works with children to the extent that parents are banned from taking photographs of their own children at swimming galas and adults are only allowed into many parks ‘if accompanied by a child’. She continues:

There is no mystery to the absurdities of the Stepford Student. Nor should we wonder at their sudden appearance. We – adult society – protect children from criticism and suspend our critical judgment in order to massage their self-esteem. We scare them rigid by ‘catastrophising’ an endless list of fears. We make them hypervigilant about potential abuse from adults and their peers. We encourage them to equate abusive words with physical violence. And we have, in short, shaped our own overanxious, easily offended, censoriously thin-skinned Frankenstein monster. We created Generation Snowflake.

Some students say that even being called a snowflake is dangerous to their mental health and there’s a whole new industry specialising in the psychological health of children and young people in the light of so many being diagnosed with ‘mental health problems’. Suicide among the young is soaring. There is a reason for all this – children and young people in big numbers are being driven crazy by a merciless Cult-controlled system that wants to break their spirit and have them bow to its will for the entirety of their adult life.

In search of certainty

Figure 297: Woke self-delusion.

Insecurity seeks out certainty to placate that insecurity and from this comes the ‘moral’ and non-factual ‘certainty’ of New Wokeness. ‘I am right’ also includes ‘I am nice’, ‘I am good’ and ‘I am ethical’ – all with the proviso that anyone thinking differently must therefore not be right, nice or ethical (Fig 297 ). UK activist Jordi Casamitjana took his employer to a tribunal to secure the term ‘ethical veganism’ as a ‘protected philosophical belief’. He won the case – of course he did. Notice the ‘protected belief’ was not ‘veganism’, a lifestyle choice people have every right to make, but ‘ethical veganism’. Casamitjana said this involved much more than not eating food with animal ingredients: ‘It’s a philosophy and a belief system which encompasses most aspects of my life.’ This is New Woke intersectionality. His lifestyle includes: Walking rather than taking a bus to avoid any ‘accidental crashes with insects or birds’ (so he never unknowingly stands on insects when he walks and never travels in cars?); on occasions that he does take a bus he avoids holding on to leather straps; and he doesn’t eat non-meat figs because they are ‘grown with a symbiotic relationship to a microscopic wasp’ and so ‘you can’t be sure whether any of the wasp’s larvae is still inside the ripened fig and therefore I consider consumption of figs to be inconsistent with veganism’. Will you tell him or shall I that everything is conscious? ‘Ethical veganism’ is not something that can be defined unless you credibly define ‘ethical’. One person’s ethical is another person’s madness. The dictionary tells us that ethical ‘pertains to or deals with morals or the principles of morality and pertains to right and wrong in conduct.’ Who decides what is right and wrong? Who decides what is ethical? Casamitjana likely thinks it’s ethical to demonise the gas of life and tell kids they are facing climate meltdown when I say that’s seriously irresponsible and unethical.

To the New Woke mentality what they think and ‘ethical’ must be interchangeable. How could it be any other way? My view by contrast is that those who want their claim to be ‘ethical’ enshrined in law might benefit from checking out the definition of up-your-own-arse. Dr Jeanette Rowley, a vegan rights campaigner, said that in her direct experience ‘veganism is a way of life that defines the vegan individual as much as someone saying, for example, they are Christian or Muslim’. New Wokeness is indeed a religion designed to eventually replace all the others. Rowley said ‘the ethical vegan’ one means the other by definition makes a defining statement that their outlook on the world is grounded by justice, respect, duty, care and compassion in a community of sentient others, human and nonhuman, whom they do not wish to harm and whom they will endeavour to protect.’ What about harming non-meat plant consciousness? What about the ‘respect’ of seeking to impose their life choices on everyone and in many cases abusing those who make another choice? What about potential harm to the health of converts when the idea that one food choice fits all is fantasy and at odds with the evidence? What about frightening kids into believing the world could end and telling them veganism is essential to saving humanity so your agenda prevails? What about the enormous numbers of bees and insects that die (along with animals) as a result of the artificial pollination (known as ‘migratory beekeeping’), herbicides and pesticides involved in most plant-based production? What about the devastation of human society and employment through ridiculous demands to curtail the gas of life that produces the very vegetation they eat? I could go on and a lot of things that vegetarians and vegans eat is absolute crap like soy and tofu. Once anyone claims a monopoly on being ‘ethical’ the hypocrisy and contradiction soon starts to unravel. They would put their case much more effectively if many were not so obviously convinced of their own perfection and self-purity. But, then, that is the very foundation of New Wokeness. Are they trying to convince the rest of us – or themselves ?

Why facts are so dangerous

Narcissists are always insecure and vulnerable. Narcissism is a cover to hide their insecurity from other people and again most importantly from themselves. All the most outwardly and exaggeratingly self-assured characters I have met have been frightened little boys and girls behind the facade. Genuine self-security doesn’t need narcissism when it doesn’t need external confirmation or self-promotion of its sense of identity through the reaction of others. You agree with me and think I’m intelligent and wise? Okay. You think I am wrong and an idiot? Equally okay. Genuine security treats them both as twin imposters. It is in security that needs the facade of perceived security not least to convince itself. In the same way I am right is terrified of being wrong and it’s another reason New Wokers don’t deal in facts. They are manipulated to perceive everything through the filter of emotion and moral superiority which is easy to induce. Facts are the sworn enemy of such emotional certainty and they have to go. New Woke congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez captured the theme perfectly when she said: ‘There’s a lot of people more concerned about being precisely, factually, and semantically correct than about being morally right.’ Without the facts what is there to be ‘morally right’ about? What is the bloody point of being ‘morally right’ about a human-caused climate disaster that is not happening? Facts immediately usher black and white perceptions into shades of grey and this is another reason why facts are so yesterday. How can you sell a belief in imminent climate mass extinction which isn’t happening if you have to deal in facts? The impossible only becomes possible when you can lie and misrepresent while censoring those with a factual response that exposes I am right as utter bollocks. This technique can be seen everywhere with climate change, race, sexuality and transgender activism. It goes like this: When you cannot support your stance and demands with facts and would therefore lose the debate you shut down the debate with abusive labels, de-platforming and media censorship.

There is no need to factually justify your re-writing of human biology and that’s good because you never could. Instead you assert that a man can be a woman and vice-versa by merely claiming to be so. You campaign to have professors of biology dismissed and their careers destroyed for saying otherwise. Once a few scientists and academics have been vanquished by the mob others will keep their head down or even parrot New Woke claptrap to protect their careers and income. This has happened across a great swathe of subjects and situations as Yuri Bezmenov’s ‘demoralisation’ has hurtled so fast to its ‘normalisation’. In this way schools and college campuses have been invaded and overrun by Cult New Wokeness and places of alleged ‘education’ have become initiation centres for a lifetime in La, La Land. I saw a British ‘social activist’ (whatever that is) called Lee Jasper complaining that film producer Guy Richie should have had a ‘broader social conscience and responsibility’ over the content of a film about gangsters because it was ‘not reflecting the kind of future which is of a more inclusive sense of British nationalism.’ The fact that gangsters don’t act like New Wokers and the film was about gangsters could not breach the New Woke filter which believes that everything should be portrayed as it would like it to be rather than as it really is. Facts are so lethally dangerous to the Cult’s collective emotional reality construct that they must be censored and deleted. This is being done through the Cult’s ‘education’, mainstream media, Silicon Valley and government legislation where only one version of everything is allowed to be emphasised and eventually even heard at all. Put these aspects together of faith-based belief and unquestioning certainty with silencing the blasphemers and you have a religion. New Wokeness is a faith-based, facts-unnecessary, religion or cult which imposes its will by indoctrinating the congregation and accepting no dissent. Burned at the stake becomes a Facebook ban and a Twitter flogging. Jesus walked on water becomes the gas of life is a deadly pollutant and a man can be a woman simply by saying so. The Climate Cult, as a sub-division and in many ways foundation pillar of New Wokeness, is itself a religion as you would expect in such circumstances.

Systematic censorship

We return here to knowing the outcome and seeing the journey. The outcome planned by the Cult in terms of speech and information is that eventually no one will see or hear anything not sanctioned by the World State. We are heading there with quickening speed through Silicon Valley censorship of alternative information by Cult-owned billionaires (rapidly advanced since the lockdowns) while New Wokers break into applause (well, ‘jazz hands’) with each new extreme of silencing free discourse. I have described in other books the sequence going back to the Cult’s (Rothschild) Frankfurt School of social engineering in the 1920s which led to the ‘sudden’ (long-planned) emergence of political correctness or ‘PC’. Political correctness is a Cult ruse to manipulate the target population to silence itself. Who needs a sheep dog when the sheep keep each other in line? I have said that every facet of the New Woke agenda follows the Cult agenda and that, of course, is why the Cult has created and funded New Wokeness into being. Political correctness and the end of free speech is yet another example. Freedom of speech is the freedom to speak and while that exists the situation can never be reached where the public only ever see and hear what the authorities allow. Free speech would always have its say and expose the official narrative which makes free speech a locked-on target for both the Cult and its storm troopers in New Wokeness. We see why Cult-manipulated New Wokers have to be clinically-adverse to facts that challenge I am right and why they demand that such facts are censored. If it was about seeking truth all views and information would be welcomed from which truth could be discovered; but it’s not about truth. It’s about selling un truth for which facts would be fatal. Therefore facts and non-PC opinions must be silenced while fact is replaced by emotion-triggered ‘feelings’. Facts or ‘truth’ are claimed to be only the norms of an oppressive state. Those confident of their views have no problem with other opinions being heard and they know that free speech only exists when all views can be communicated, debated, challenged and questioned. Anything less than that and there is no freedom of speech only freedom to conform to what is considered acceptable to the censors. Research at King’s College in London found that one in five students, or 22 percent, say they can’t speak their minds while on campus with 59 percent of those with conservative views reluctant to express them. The figures would be even higher as a percentage if the study had been focused only on non-New Woke students. Given that New Woke opinions are not subject to censorship when they parrot their orthodoxy they would believe that students are free to express their opinion. They are if you’re New Woke, but try voicing a different one and see what happens. You are free to say what we tell you. You are free to do what we tell you.

The key is when speech is challenged. Is it before the point of delivery or after? The difference between the two is the difference between freedom and tyranny. I am not saying that people should be able to say anything without consequences such as urging violence against people and property. The question is when do you deal with it? The Cult wants you to believe that algorithms and other pre-post censorship should be used to stop ‘unacceptable’ views and information from ever being seen or heard; but who decides what is ‘acceptable’? Well, the authorities do – the Cult in reality. The Totalitarian Tiptoe first makes a case for censorship that it believes most people would accept like, for instance, campaigning for terrorism. Once the precedent of pre-post censorship is set they roll out more and more reasons to expand its use – ‘fake news’, ‘hate speech’, ‘upsetting people’ and so on – with ever-widening definitions through the Totalitarian Tiptoe of what the terms mean and what can be censored in their name. The narcissistic insecurity of I am right provides the motivation to support the silencing of facts that would expose I am right as I am wrong . By contrast if speech is challenged after the point of delivery there could never be a situation in which authority could dictate what you could see and hear. It would all be out in the open and dealt with in the open. There are laws against incitement to terrorism and violence and they can be invoked without extremes to expand censorship into areas that are only silencing dissent and opinion. It would also mean that authority would have to justify its claims about speech in open debate and courtrooms instead of letting algorithms do it quietly without challenge. This could all be done so long as speech is challenged after the point of delivery and, anyway, don’t we want to know who is campaigning for terrorism instead of pushing it into the shadows? The new definition of ‘anti-Semitism’ tells the story. A fair and accurate definition would be ‘hatred and discrimination towards Jewish people for being Jewish’. This, however, does not preclude criticism and exposure of the far-right Sabbatian-Frankist-controlled government in Israel or the political philosophy of Palestinian-destroying Zionism. The Cult has expanded the definition to include both and protect the Cult and its agents. Ironically many New Wokers are critical on college campuses of Israel and its treatment of Palestinians and they are being censored themselves in a prelude to what will happen on a much bigger scale when their New Woke utopia is in place and they are no longer needed to demand it. Israel-owned and sponsored Donald Trump signed an executive order decree in late 2019 that added ‘Jewishness’ as a nationality to the list of prohibited ‘discrimination’. This was specifically designed to ban criticism of Israel and Zionism, especially on college campuses, and at the same time Trump endorsed the new definition of ‘anti-Semitism’ which includes … criticism of Israel and Zionism. The UK government of Boris Johnson has former Labour Party MP and ultra-Israel fanatic John Mann as its ‘anti-Semitism’ tsar to brand critics of Israel as ‘anti-Semites’. Johnson has also passed laws to target the Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions (BDS) movement which calls for Israel to be boycotted over its apartheid regime that many New Wokers criticise. Be careful what you wish for New Wokers or you just might get it. In the case of criticising Israel you already have.

Who are you? I’m LGBTTQQFAGPBSM

Figure 298: Little Me becomes Littler Me.

At the core of New Wokeness is self-identity. The above list of letters depicting ever-multiplying self-identities is actually used by an American University and with 26 letters in the alphabet and the possibility of using each one as many times as you like we are far from finished yet. Who are you? I am LGBTTQQFAGPBSM. How far is that perceptually from being All That Is, Has Been, And Ever Can Be ? The Cult must be laughing itself to sleep. A Liberal Democrat politician in the UK came out as a ‘pansexual’ in early 2020 which I can only think must relate in some way to the kitchen. There are so many reasons why the Cult instigated identity obsession and identity politics. Firstly it’s about enslaving people in even tinier self-identity myopia than ever before. Imprisoning perception in only five-sense reality while firewalled from expanded awareness is vital to human control. Before New Woke the Cult was limited to labels like man, woman, race, culture and religion to entrap five-sense identity and prevent expansion into identity with True ‘I’ – The One . The invention of identity politics gives the Cult limitless potential to sub-divide and sub-divide those labels (Fig 298 ). With each sub-division people identify with ever-smaller and fine-detail-defined labels and senses of self that squeeze them into ever-smaller perceptual Bubbles and ever-greater disconnection from The One . How can you identify with the True ‘I’ when your sense of self is defined by a letter amid a daisy-chain of others? Why do people have to define themselves in such detail anyway which includes agender, androgyny, aromantic, asexual, bicurious, bigender, binder/binding, biological sex, bisexual, butch, cisgender, demiromantic, demisexual, genderqueer, gender variant, gynesexual/gynephilic, pansexual, queer, questioning and third gender? Who gives a damn? Decide how you want to live your life and live it. Why do people have to give that choice such a fine-detail name and even more why should choices that they have every right to make be imposed on the rest of us? In Britain a well-known TV presenter called Philip Schofield ‘came out’ as ‘gay’ after 27 years of marriage and such a fuss and circus followed. Why do we have to be told where he sticks his thingamajig? Who cares except him and his family? Get on with your life, it’s none of our business. Another celebrity felt the need to tell us she had just had sex for the first time in five years? Why? Who could care less apart from her and the bloke involved? Narcissism enters the equation for sure with New Woke identity-obsession in terms of attention seeking, look at me, me, me, and what I want is how things must be. Whatever the individual reason may be to publicly identify with a sub-label the same result will always follow. Their Bubble of ‘I-am-a’ continues to diminish in size and perception and that advances the Cult agenda magnificently. Identity politics is encouraging people to identify the ‘I’ only with a sexual preference. Do people really believe that who they are is where they stick their dick? Or don’t? Bloody hell. What have we come to? None of this is happening randomly. It’s the Cult at work and I am happy to take the abuse from New Wokers for what I say when unless they awaken , instead of Woke, they and their children are going to live out their lives in a technological dystopia long after I have relocated to Infinite Forever.

Figure 299: This, of course, is the whole point of identity politics.

Figure 300: New Woke is now beyond parody.

Two other Cult motivations for identity politics are divide and rule descent into tribalism and the imposition of the Big Brother state (Fig 299 ). There are far too many people in the world for the Cult to control them all. They plan to do that soon by connecting the human brain to artificial intelligence, but for now they don’t have the numbers to impose their will on a population on its way to eight billion if people would choose not to cooperate. They overcome this problem as they always have by manipulating people to control each other in line with the Cult agenda (something we have seen in abundance in the lockdowns). Divisions generated by New Wokeness are self-evident with the obsession with race, culture and sexuality which offer endless potential to divide the general population and even the sub-divisions of self-identity. We see this increasingly happening as the revolution consumes its children. The calling card of New Wokeness is to do everything that it condemns others for doing and there are many precedents for this with religion. Inquisitions in their various forms that persecuted, tortured and killed untold millions were orchestrated by alleged followers of ‘gentle Jesus’ and opponents of ‘the evil Satan’. They were convinced of their self-purity and believed they were doing the ‘work of God’ while acting like the children of Satan and murdering men, women and children in the name of the ‘Prince of Peace’. You could hardly imagine such an inversion or self-delusion, but had anyone pointed this out to the inquisitors they would never have seen the contradiction. The belief in their own self-righteousness would have firewalled any reappraisal or glance at the mirror. They were right and anyone who disagreed had to be deleted. It’s what ‘God’ wanted them to do. We have moved on for now from burning at the stake, heated metal pincers and thumbscrews and today’s Inquisition goes for demonisation, vitriolic abuse and attempts to destroy the lives and careers of non-believers (Fig 300 ). The methods may have changed but not the basic mentality and ideology. It is still what I think that must be imposed on everyone.

Figure 301: Real inclusivity. The awareness that we are all One.

A crucial self-deception required to enforce fascism while claiming to be ‘anti-fascist’ is to act with cold, heartless, intolerance and be quite happy to wound, hurt and destroy other people and their families while retaining a self-identity as someone kind, tolerant, full of love, coming from the heart, and caring deeply about ‘social justice’. Woke ‘tolerance’ is a state of permanent anger and fury seeking out the ‘enemy’ with the ‘wrong’ opinions. Self-deception is such a foundation of the New Woke persona (‘actor’s mask’) that advocates are widely referred to as ‘social justice warriors’ when their extremists and activists (as with their major funder George Soros) could not give a damn about ‘social justice’ any more than Cult operatives behind the Russian or Chinese Revolutions which deleted all vestiges of social justice. In the same way they are ‘anti-racist’ and ‘anti-sexist’ while being utterly obsessed with race and sexuality and viewing the entirety of human behaviour and interaction through that filter. They are themselves racist and sexist as they treat people differently based on skin colour and sex, but they will never see it. I should remind them again that race is only a label for a brief experience of the same consciousness that we all are (Fig 301 ). Woke activists don’t actually do anything about social justice. They just use the concept to ‘smash and destroy’ and dance to the impulses of their software download. An Internet commentator described the difference between a genuine activist in search of social justice and a New Woke ‘social justice warrior’:

Social activist: ‘Oh look, there’s no wheelchair ramp into that building. Let’s build a ramp.’

Social justice warrior: ‘Let’s persecute the people using the stairs and make them feel bad for having legs!’

Figure 302: I hate you for hating. Yep, well thought through, mate.

I do understand the approach, though. I mean why should social justice warriors waste their time campaigning and acting in pursuit of homes for the homeless, jobs for the destitute, food for the poor, and the end of wars of mass murder, when there are epic historical battles to be won over whether some bloke calling himself a woman is referred to as ‘Her’, ‘They’ or ‘Them’? It’s all about me, me, me , and my self-identity. There are many people on the genuine Left that do care about fairness and social justice and they have allowed themselves to be swamped and hijacked by the social justice fakery of New Woke with its support and promotion by the entire establishment which in the end answers to the One-percent and the Cult. New Wokeness ‘fights racism’ by being racist; demands tolerance with stunning levels of intolerance; and ‘fights hate’ with hatred on its face and venom in its mind (Fig 302 ). They can no more see their inversions and hypocrisy than could the Spanish Inquisition and are certainly not self-aware enough, informed enough, or with sufficient humility, to see that the same Cult behind the Inquisition is the force behind them. New Woke feminist extremists were asked on an Australian television show: ‘When trying to bring about significant change when is aggression and violence a better option than assertiveness, strong argument and modelling the behaviour you expect of others?’ Never would have been the answer if New Wokeism was the genuine article; but it’s not. The first Woke extremist replied: ‘When none of that other stuff works.’ Another said that she wanted ‘the patriarchy to fear feminism’ and ‘the most important thing for me as a feminist is to destroy patriarchy’. She also had a question: ‘How many rapists must we kill before men stop raping women?’ It was pointed out that in her reply there seemed to be a lot of ‘smashing and destroying’ to which she said: ‘Yes … to create a world in which I am not raped and murdered.’ Neither of which had happened to her with the latter being self-evident. Make no mistake New Woke extremists are the Cult’s vehicle to ‘smash and destroy’ democracy and freedom to clear the ground for the Hunger Games Society. As the extremists become ever more extreme they are insisting that other New Wokers share their expanding extremism or they, too, will become ‘bigots, racists, Nazis and tools of the patriarchy’. Revolution, your children are served.

Figure 303: New Woke inclusivity. But once white people are vanquished they’ll be coming for the rest of you.

Advertisements are being infused with every aspect of the New Woke Cult agenda because people see them everywhere and they are a perfect medium for perception and behaviour modification. We have ads being banned for not having a woman in them; for using the term ‘girl’; and for violating ‘gender stereotypes’ by showing a woman caring for a baby. We are told they must be more ‘diverse’ which means ignoring the world as it is and portraying the world as the Cult wants it to be. Muslim Mayor of London, the mega virtue-signaller Sadiq Khan, revealed the winner of the 2020 award for ‘diversity in advertising’ which included no white people (Fig 303 ). You see the theme. ‘London’s greatest strength is our diversity’ said Khan without even a smear of irony. Notice how many mixed race couples are featured in advertisements. I have no problem with mixed-race relationships, I think it’s lovely, but when that is consistently portrayed in mass-audience advertisements in a far greater ratio to what is actually happening there is perception manipulation at work. Human society is being reformed by hijacking popular culture and the language through political correctness which is a Cult creation destroying discourse and freedom of expression. Crucial to this is policing the language through which people communicate. Delete words used to articulate your opinions and how do you verbalise those opinions any longer? George Orwell wrote in Nineteen Eighty-Four about ‘Newspeak’ which replaced ‘Oldspeak’ in the Big Brother dystopia. Oldspeak is the former language which contained words to describe thoughts and opinions in detail while Newspeak is a highly-edited and censored language which deletes words describing detail and bans topics and subjects from discourse altogether. Newspeak is the language of today’s political correctness deleting words through censorship of opinion in the name of hate speech, fake news, and microaggressions. As generation follows generation those words no longer need to be censored. They are lost in history and not even known never mind used. We think in words, too, and when all that is left are the bland, meaningless platitudes of PC-speak the language is no longer there to even think in detail. Words in five-sense reality make thought possible. Control words and you control the population even down to how they think.

Politically-correct intimidation leads to the most insidious form of censorship which is self-censorship when the population chooses to remain silent and opinions and information that expose the orthodoxy disappear. With everyone a potential Stasi spy and informant – even family members – and with 24/7 cyber surveillance and microphones in smart televisions, smartphones, computers and even street lamps the fear of saying the ‘wrong thing’ to any person in any situation silences all except speech that conforms to the official narrative. This is further enforced by potential employers checking social media postings going way back to decide if someone is PC enough to be hired and others being vilified and fired as adults for posts they made as kids when often what they said then was not considered non-PC. Every aspect of this is designed specifically to chill unwanted opinion and debate and Wokers are the current Stasi before a real Stasi takes their place and targets them . Authors and publishers are even employing ‘sensitivity readers’ to check their text. You may have noticed that I don’t use them. Comedy has been destroyed by the PC Stasi and few ‘comedians’ have had the guts or self-respect to stand up against them. Celebrity Luvvies fall over themselves to show they are New Woke. This is what happens once a new orthodoxy takes hold (see ‘climate change’). Celebrities and politicians desperate to be liked support and impose the orthodoxy to confirm their Wokeness and self-purity. They want to be seen as ‘good people’ by those who have also convinced themselves they are ‘good people’. These are the same ‘good people’ with closed hearts and minds who purvey hatred and destroy the lives of those who don’t conform to New Woke orthodoxy. Once you have a need to be liked as an end in itself, as celebrities and politicians do, your independence of thought and action is over. You no longer speak your truth, but only what you think will get a Facebook thumbs ups. I have another approach. People don’t like me? I don’t give a fuck (Fig 304 ).

Figure 304: Ahhh, the freedom.

Other New Woke PC ruses to silence the population are called ‘tropes’ and ‘dog whistles’. A trope is a figure of speech in which a word or phrase conveys a meaning other than its literal sense (or interpreted by PC zealots to have done so). A dog whistle is defined as ‘statements that appear innocent to the general public but use coded language to communicate a secondary message to an intended group’(or interpreted by PC zealots to have done so). Almost anything that people say in criticism of PC-protected groups is now a trope or dog whistle to provide still more excuses to brand people racist and Nazi to justify condemnation and censorship. A classic of the genre is that anyone who says an elite cabal controls the world is labelled an ‘anti-Semite’ on the basis of the ‘trope’ that Jewish people control the banking system, media and so on. The speaker does not have to mention Jewish people or even mean Jewish people. They get the abuse and censorship anyway because the ‘anti-Semitism’ industry and Israel Protection Racket always claims that this is what they mean. It’s another fraud to justify censorship which goes on being ever expanded. A writer in the Canadian Jewish News said it is ‘anti-Semitic’ to say that there’s a war on Christmas (it’s a trope) or to use the terms ‘New York lawyers (and bankers)’, ‘Hollywood culture’, ‘secularists’ and ‘internationalists’. Say any of them and you are an ‘anti-Semite’.

I am waiting for the anti-whaling movement to be condemned as ‘anti-Semitic’ for being a dog whistle for the Wailing Wall in Jerusalem where Jewish people go to wail and sway back and forth. ‘Anti-whalers are really saying Jews shouldn’t wail – they’re anti-Semites!’ That’s too fantastic? Stick around. The world is not simply crazy any more. It’s clinically insane.

CHAPTER ElEVEN

Why white people? Why Christianity? Why men?

Hating people because of their colour is wrong. And it doesn’t matter which colour does the hating. It’s just plain wrong – Muhammad Ali

The way New Wokeness and political correctness have appeared and taken hold with such lightning speed can only be understood by awareness of the Cult agenda for humanity. Cult/New Woke symbiosis is so blatant because one created the other. When you connect New Wokeness to the Cult everything falls into place. Here’s a brief summary of only some of the goals they have in common:

• Centralisation of global power (demanded by New Woke to save the world from climate change).

• Censorship of all criticism and exposure of the Cult and its agenda for humanity (demanded by New Woke through political correctness).

• Enslaving perception in ever-smaller self-identities (promoted by New Woke through identity politics).

• Divide and rule (promoted by New Woke through identity politics and the ‘I am right’ mentality).

• Transformation of Western society and the dismantling of its culture and way of life (promoted by New Woke through identity politics and opendoor immigration from other cultures).

• Targeting of men, white people and Christianity for reasons I will come to shortly (promoted by New Woke through identity politics, claims of ‘toxic masculinity’, ‘anti-racism’ which is never applied to racism against white people, and anything goes in condemnation of Christianity while other religions are PC-protected).

• The creation of a no-gender, non-procreating human (promoted by largely unknowing New Woke and transgender activist extremists transforming the world into a no-gender society and indoctrinating children to question their gender when they otherwise would not).

• Disarming the American population before a coup by armed-to-the-teeth AI law enforcement and military (promoted by New Woke with demands for gun bans and confiscation that open the way for complete domination of the population by armed agents of government and a criminal free-for-all especially in rural areas which the Cult wants to depopulate).

There are many other aspects to the Cult agenda that New Wokeness serves magnificently and one is the AI technology endgame. Wherever you look the New Woke mentality and the Cult agenda are as one. All the aspects and sectors of New Woke are Cult agendas – climate change, racial division, sexual division, transgenderism and political correctness. Cult-serving New Wokeness seeks to paper over the cracks of the divisions and contradictions between its fragile minority group coalition through something called ‘intersectionality’ which is ‘the interconnected nature of social categorisations such as race, class, and gender as they apply to a given individual or group, regarded as creating overlapping and interdependent systems of discrimination or disadvantage’. This means when translated from the Orwellian to persuade minority groups they are all united by oppression from society and white privilege and should unite to bring them down despite all that they don’t agree on and compete with each other about. Intersectionality is the Cult working to unite disparate groups into a single force to transform society in its image. New Woke activists tend to move between these different ‘sectors’. In the end it’s all one agenda from the Cult’s perspective. German New Woke activist Carola Rackete (how appropriate) personifies these interconnections. She was the ‘sea captain’ arrested for delivering migrants from Libya to Italy on the pretext of ‘saving them’ while the Dutch government under whose flag the vessel operated described what she was doing as ‘not a rescue service but a ferry service’. Rackete next turned up as a climate change activist supporting Extinction Rebellion, spouting all the Climate Cult rhetoric, and demanding society be disrupted to save the world. She’s a professional Woker in other words and there are legions of them. One other point about New Woke and LGBT etc. is the logo which is now everywhere of the rainbow colours. The Sabbatian-Frankist arm of the Cult has long developed through a false cover story a series of sinister and draconian laws that it wants to impose on the whole of humanity. This is justified on the basis that the laws were allegedly given to ‘Noah’ by ‘God’ and as Noah is the ‘father of all post-flood humanity’ they must be imposed on everyone. They are called the Noahide Laws and see Appendix 2 for more background. The reason I mention them here is that their logo since way back before New Woke appeared features the same rainbow colours symbolising the rainbow in the Noah flood story. When you are as utterly obsessed with symbolism as the Cult is this is not a coincidence.

A whiter shade of male

New Wokeness and the Cult are targeting Western society which for all its many faults has been the freest region of the world. Remember those quotes from earlier by Hebrew ‘Rav’ David Touitou about the need to destroy European and Christian society before their ‘Messiah’ can come. The European Union is part of this operation, too. Communist/fascist countries such as China are already heading where the Cult wants the whole planet to go. The West is what the Cult has to change to bring about global dystopia. Climate extremists say nothing about China, the biggest producer of demonised CO2, while vehemently insisting that Western economies are destroyed. Australia won’t build new coal-fired power stations because of the Climate Cult while Australian coal fuels power stations in China, India, Japan and other parts of Asia. The total annual carbon dioxide emissions of Australia are less than China’s annual increase. The West is the target because it’s the Cult’s target. All of which brings me to the perceptual war on white people and especially white men. The foundation racial group of the Western world is white or ‘Caucasian’ and here you have the reason why every racial group is protected by political correctness censorship except white people. When abuse against one race is allowed, but no other, there is a name for that – racism . For those non-white people who think this is okay because it doesn’t affect them I give you the words of Pastor Martin Niemöller about Nazi Germany:

First they came for the socialists, and I did not speak out because I was not a socialist.

Then they came for the trade unionists, and I did not speak out because I was not a trade unionist.

Then they came for the Jews, and I did not speak out because I was not a Jew.

Then they came for me and there was no one left to speak for me.

White people are being targeted to a large extent for being the dominant race of Western society which the Cult seeks to destroy. Were that position held by another race it would have been targeted and the white race more PC-protected. ‘Nothing personal, mate, it’s just business’ although I do think there are other reasons, too, for the Cult to seek the subjugation of white people. Once again we have the inverted hypocrisy of New Wokeness on public display and it is calculated hypocrisy by those in the shadows. We have even had calls for UK national parks to be made ‘more diverse’ on the grounds that they are ‘too heavily weighted towards older, able-bodied white people’. These are landscapes where anyone is free to walk no matter what their racial or sexual background and it’s their own choice not to do so if indeed that is the case. Those choices don’t suit the agenda, however, and government funding for the parks becomes dependent on more diversity being artificially introduced. What would be the reaction if someone said that a place was ‘too heavily weighted’ towards black, Asian or Muslim people, or even young people? Reverse racism and hypocrisy is everywhere today and there’s a reason for it.

Black singer Stormzy launched a scholarship to fund the fees of black Cambridge University students and good luck to him; but when philanthropist Sir Bryan Thwaites offered two leading private schools a £1 million bequest in his will to fund poor white boys it was turned down by Dulwich and Winchester Colleges for not being ‘inclusive’. Thwaites made the offer in the light of white British boys performing worse at school than nearly every other ethnic group. They are less likely to attend university than their peers and they perform relatively poorly in exams. Trevor Phillips, a black former head of the Equality and Human Rights Commission, said poor white boys were ‘today’s educational left-behinds’. His racial fairness could only end one way and Phillips was later suspended from membership of the New Woke-hijacked Labour Party for ‘Islamophobia’. To be banned or suspended by the Labour Party for racism these days is confirmation of your grip on reality. Kehinde Andrews, UK professor of Black Studies at Birmingham City University, director of the Centre for Critical Social Research, founder of the Organisation of Black Unity, and co-chair of the Black Studies Association (you get the race-obsessed picture), referred to Phillips as ‘formerly of the Black community’ because although you have a black face you are actually white unless you toe exactly the line of the New Woke tyranny. Sir Bryan Thwaites rightly asked: ‘If Cambridge University can accept a much larger donation in support of black students, why cannot I do the same for underprivileged white British?’ The answer is that New Woke does not seek equality for all – while I do – because Wokeness is a Cult-driven agenda that in part is targeting white people as a means to transform Western society. Classic New Woke racist extremism is that the subjugation of black people in South Africa and Zimbabwe was disgusting (true) but black racists killing white farmers and their families in those countries under black rule today is okay and what they deserve (absolutely not true).

In a possible response to this racist denigration of a single race for being that race we have had posters appearing with the words: ‘It’s okay to be white’. One example in Perth, Scotland, was met with the usual storm of New Woke anger. The posters didn’t say ‘white is the master race’ only ‘it’s okay to be white’ – which it is, by the way. It’s just a body. ‘It’s sickening and disgusting to know that people think like this’ was one reaction and John Swinney, Scottish Parliament member for Perthshire North, said the signs were ‘atrocious’ – ‘We must stand together to resist this unacceptable material.’ Good virtue-signalling Mr Swinney. Well done you. I will take Wokers seriously when they have the same reaction to ‘It’s okay to be black’, ‘It’s okay to be Asian’, or ‘It’s okay to be Muslim’. Until then I will perceive them as what they are – reverse-racist hypocrites. I am against racism in every form and not only that which suits the Woke (Cult) agenda, thank-you. Significantly the local police said no members of the public had complained about the posters. Their existence had been made known to them (by New Woke activists no doubt) and they were investigating.

What has happened in Sweden and Germany through open-door immigration is the blueprint for the entire West. Swedish society as it had been for at least hundreds of years is already gone and what has happened is irreversible thanks to New Wokeness controlling the country. Neighbouring Finland is seriously Woke with 34-year-old Social Democrat Sanna Marin becoming the world’s youngest prime minister in late 2019 heading a cabinet dominated by women (12 of the 19 ministry positions) and a coalition of four other parties all led by women with three of them under 40. Take an imbalance and reverse it is the Woke technique when ability and experience should be the criteria for government and not age, race or sex. Finland is another country feeling the chill on speech from political correctness for those who question events including the effect of immigration from other cultures on the Finnish way of life. What you can’t talk about or criticise is always an aspect of the Cult agenda.

Yale University, home of the infamous US president-producing Cult secret society, the Skull and Bones, dropped a course on art history ‘from the Renaissance to the present’ due to the ‘overwhelming’ whiteness, maleness, and straightness of the artists according to a report by The Yale Daily News . Course instructor Tim Barringer told the newspaper that focus on Western art in a Western country was ‘problematic’ – a word much beloved of New Wokeness. Student Mahlon Sorensen said: ‘If you get rid of that one, all-encompassing course, then to understand the Western canon of art, students are going to have to take multiple art history courses.’ That, mate, is the idea in this Cult-driven cultural carnage. Students at Reed College in Oregon successfully campaigned to have all European texts removed from a humanities course and replaced by non-European books as a form of reparations ‘for Humanities … history of erasing the histories of people of colour, especially black people’. What a statement about the Woke mentality. To increase the amount of black history you have to delete white history. The fact that the Cult wants to delete white history is pure coincidence. American booksellers Barnes & Noble introduced a series of literary classics for Black History Month with non-white people on the cover – Dr Jekyll and Mr. Hyde with a man wearing a turban; Frankenstein depicting the monster with brown skin; and Juliet in Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet with brown skin and wearing a headscarf. These were withdrawn after it was pointed out that the text remained the same. The books were written by white people reflecting white culture of the time and how do you promote black culture and history by overwriting white history? Instead of changing white culture classic books you promote black writers portraying black culture. Ah, but if you do that you don’t promote black history by erasing white history. You celebrate them both. This is not, however, the Cult’s desired outcome. The theme can also be seen with Cult-controlled corporations like the ultra-Zionist ‘investment bank’ Goldman Sachs which announced in 2020 that it will no longer work on stock market launches with companies that have only ‘straight white men’ on their boards. Goldman Sachs, which gives hypocrisy new meaning, is headed by a white man, Chief Executive Officer David Solomon, and the same white man theme continues with its finance chief, operating chief and international head. Solomon said at the One-percent-fest World Economic Forum in Davos that the no all-male policy would be imposed in North America and Europe, but not in Asia where diversity is even less prevalent. Well, grab a feather and knock me down. Whatever the company claims to be the motivation behind this it will not be pursuit of ‘diversity’ for the sake of diversity. Goldman Sachs was founded by Jewish white men in 1869 and most of its partners and almost all of its leaders have been Jewish white men ever since so spare me the sermon about diversity pl-ease. Goldman’s stance is typical of thousands of examples of corporate giants dictating public and private policy outside the democratic process. This is the very foundation of post-democratic technocracy.

PC-free zone

White people, especially white men, and even more old white men (divide young from old), are all racists expressing ‘white privilege’ according to New Woke extremists. This includes white people sleeping amid the shit, disease and freezing cold on the streets of major cities. By contrast white billionaires of real privilege are fine to New Wokers so long as they are funding ‘progressive’ groups and censoring ‘bad people’. White homeless living on the street are ‘white privilege’ while privileged blacks like Democrat politician Cory Booker with his rich background and Harvard education are victims of white oppression. White people are all racists except those who ask for forgiveness for things that happened before they were born from non-white people who were also not born when they happened. An Internet video shows a white couple kissing the boots of members of the deeply-racist Black Hebrew Israelites group in penance for what their ‘ancestors’ did. ‘They showing what it means to really salute a prophet and a priest,’ one pathetic member says. ‘This is a white couple here that’s proving they are sorry for what their forefathers have done.’ It’s not the colour of the skin that matters, it’s the colour of the heart and mind, and here you had a black man with the same heart and mind as those white psychopaths who oppressed black people and treated them with contempt. American ‘civil rights’ leader (hilarious) Al Sharpton is a New Woke hero with his rants and rhetoric against white people despite being a racist, crook, fraud, promotor of transnational corporations, and FBI informant (code-name ‘CI-7’). Even super-Woke Vice.com described him as ‘a world-class scumbag with criminally under-acknowledged ties to the Mafia’. Wherever there is high-profile racial tension Sharpton is there seeking out the nearest camera to pour fuel on the fire. He has rightly been described as a ‘racial arsonist’. No matter that he doesn’t give a damn about rights for black people. He attacks whites and that’s enough for New Woke. Sharpton was an advisor to President super-fraud Obama who with typical Obamaesque poppycock lauded him for his ‘commitment to fight injustice and inequality’. Democratic presidential candidates get their tongues out to secure Sharpton’s blessing in pursuit of the black vote that largely can’t stand him. Black people who reject New Woke (most of them) know a fake when they see one. Great numbers of black people see through it all and realise that to judge anyone by their colour, including white people, is racist, ridiculous and divisive (on purpose). Black and other non-white people born or settling in the West who want to protect its culture are considered ‘enemies of the revolution’ as are gay and transgender people who don’t support the hysteria and impositions of the mindless fake revolutionaries. It’s amazing how many New Wokers come from white comfortable or wealthy financial backgrounds while posing as oppressed (privileged ‘victims’) or promoting themselves as the heart-on-the-sleeve voice of the truly oppressed without permission or the personal experience to do so (Fig 305 ). What if the minority doesn’t want them as its spokespeople or isn’t offended by what New Wokers insist they should be? That’s just too bad. I am right – we know best (Fig 306 ). The way minorities are patronised by New Woke is extraordinary.

Group dynamics

Figure 305: It’s all about me

Figure 306: Love is truly expressed by deeds, not words, and certainly not by virtue-signalling.

There’s no perception of individual behaviour or circumstances irrespective of race (real non-racism). Everyone has to be judged as a group. This group bad – all other groups good . The fact that this is what the Cult wants to divide and rule is another pure coincidence and absolutely nothing to worry about. Cult-manipulated New Wokeness takes a genuine oppression such as disgusting white-instigated black slavery and male domination of women and presents it both as far worse now than it was at its grotesque historical peak and pins the blame on the entire white race and male population for things done by the few before most white people and men today were even born. Richard Fochtmann, a US Democrat candidate for senator, was caught on a phone camera celebrating the alarming increase in suicides by white men. He said: ‘Today I saw a thing and it said a lot of men, white men, were committing suicide, and I almost thought, “Yeah, great” – then I thought about it little more, and I thought maybe I shouldn’t say that out in public.’ Some of his audience actually laughed. Donald Trump asked in response to the comments: ‘What kind of animal is this?’ Fochtmann described him with the usual New Woke irony and deleted self-awareness as a ‘racist’. It is also relevant to note that Fochtmann is Jewish. Think what would have happened had someone celebrated the suicides of Jewish men? The statement would have been dubbed ‘hate speech’ and could possibly have led to a prison sentence. What happened to Fochtmann? Nothing. Jewish writer and professional racist Noel Ignatiev, who died in 2019, was co-editor of Race Traitor , a journal founded on the belief that ‘treason to whiteness is loyalty to humanity’. Ignatiev said: ‘Make no mistake about it: we intend to keep bashing the dead white males, and the live ones, and the females too, until the social construct known as ‘the white race’ is destroyed – not ‘deconstructed’ but destroyed.’ I ask again: What would be the response if someone said that about the 0.2 percent of the global population that is Jewish? But then when Israeli rabbis have no consequences for saying that slaughtering Palestinians gets Jews closer to God and killing them is a ‘religious duty’ you know that anything goes so long as you are either not white or ultra-Zionism doesn’t like you. There is a clear and obvious agenda to target white people and to deny that in the face of the evidence is to dig a hole in the desert and insert your head.

Saira Rao, a ‘first generation Indian-American activist’ and former Colorado congressional candidate, hosts something called Race2Dinner – ‘a place to start thinking through how you actively uphold white supremacy every minute of every day’. This means, apparently, self-loathing white women programmed to hate themselves and their race paying $2,500 to attend dinners where they are castigated by Rao and her mate Regina Jackson for being racist. One jabbering attendee apologised for apologising with this perspective: ‘I want to hire people of colour. Not because I want to be … a white saviour. I have explored my need for validation … I’m working through that … Yeah. Um … I’m struggling.’ It’s re-education and women of all ‘colours’ would benefit by giving this pair of prats the finger and getting on with their lives. I went to the Race2Dinner website to be met by a massive headline saying: ‘White women. Let’s talk racism and your complicity.’ Saira Rao is so New Woke it’s beyond parody. She does, however, provide an insight into the mentality and its contempt for white people. Among her gems is that ‘private messages of support is another form of white supremacy’; the helicopter crash that killed the black multi-millionaire basketball legend Kobe Bryant and his daughter was somehow connected to Donald Trump, racism and bigotry; and that ‘white women’s obsession with “being nice” is one of the most dangerous tools of white supremacy’. There is added irony is that Rao’s India is a seriously racist country with the caste system still alive and well despite claims to the contrary. The UK Daily Mail exposed how dating website Shaadi.com , which claims to be the top site for Indian singles, insists that users state their caste or ‘sub-community’ when they join. The Mail said:

It was discovered that a profile set up by a Brahmin, who are elite in the caste system, would not be offered potential matches from the lowest of the social divisions – the so-called untouchables, officially known as ‘scheduled caste’.

But, no, you can’t be racist unless you are white. The sight of non-white extremists acting with the same state of mind as white extremists while thinking they are somehow morally ‘superior’ is a real head-shaker. We reached another stage that was always coming in 2020 when the Climate Cult was declared ‘too white’. German-based Filipino climate activist Karin Louise Hermes said she left the movement because of its whiteness and lack of intersectionality: ‘Anti-racism and anti-capitalism need to be made part of organizing … If “Green” policies fail to consider anti-racism and migrant rights, how is any person of colour supposed to feel voting for them or organizing in the same spaces?’ How about to protect the planet if you really believe it is on the brink? Instead she was off into the sunset indignant that the Climate Cult was not paying enough attention to what ‘whiteness, capitalism, and inequality have to do with climate change’ (not caused by humans). Open the window will you? I need some air. No, scrap the window. Make that a large gin.

Woke is not a joke

We have long passed the point where just laughing at such idiocy is not enough as it increasingly becomes public policy. Filmmaker and world class New Woke virtue-signaller Michael Moore said that white men are not good people and ‘you should be afraid of them’. That, I take it, includes him? Moore warned on the so appropriately-named Useful Idiots podcast that people should cross the street if they see three white men approaching because at least two would have voted for Donald Trump. The legend in his own mind, but no one else’s, said:

Two-thirds of all white guys voted for Trump. That means anytime you see three white guys walking at you, down the street toward you, two of them voted for Trump. You need to move over to the other sidewalk because these are not good people that are walking toward you. You should be afraid of them.

Moore has turned talking mind-numbing bollocks into an art form to match his ‘anti-establishment’ films that exquisitely serve the Cult agenda. The desired psychological consequence of all this is that white New Wokers tend to hate themselves for being white. They wallow in emotional states of self-loathing and wish they had been born into one of their oppressed minorities. Democrat presidential candidate Elizabeth Warren was so desperate to be seen as a persecuted New Woke minority that she hilariously invented Native American ancestry that didn’t exist and a story about her discrimination for being a woman that never happened. In fact, women are hardly a minority with their numbers close to those of men. The New Woke rule is that not only should white people be hated they should hate themselves and spend the rest of their lives paying penance and begging forgiveness for things they didn’t do. The body, no matter what the colour or background, is only a vehicle for the consciousness that we all are. This makes racism and New Woke reverse racism absolutely child-like. How easy it is to see within New Wokeness the Cult agenda for disconnecting humanity from the awareness that we are all One . How inverted genuine equality has become in the New Woke fake ‘Left’ since civil rights leader Martin Luther King said this in his ‘I have a dream’ speech in 1963:

I have a dream that my four little children will one day live in a nation where they will not be judged by the colour of their skin, but by the content of their character.

So do I, but, if you’re white, New Wokeness does not. Is it really yet another coincidence amid this psychological New Woke war on white people that testosterone and sperm counts are plummeting in Europe and North America along with Australia and New Zealand? Even CNN ran an article highlighting the fact that ‘total sperm count in North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand dropped by up to 60% in the 38 years between 1973 and 2011’ with the trend continuing to present day. ‘If sperm was an animal, science might worry that it’s heading toward extinction in Western nations,’ the article said. No one knew for sure what was causing this, the article continued, but it had been blamed on processed foods, chemicals in food, radiation, air pollution and water. All of which lead back to the Cult with smartphones in trouser pockets right up there along with the ever more significant 5G.

With the cross of Jesus taken off the door

Figure 307: Christian festivals must go – but don’t you dare criticise anyone else’s you Nazi.

Western culture is founded on Christianity and that doesn’t mean, of course, that everyone is a Christian. I’m certainly not. It means that the architectural and intellectual influence of the Christian religion has been the backdrop to the development of Western society. Christian influence and legacy is weaved into the fabric of the Western way of life. Now, with the Cult targeting Western society, we can see why political correctness protects from criticism and exposure every religion except Christianity as with every race except white. New Wokeness has become ingrained so quickly that even stalwarts of the Christian religion like the UK Archbishop of Canterbury Justin Welby have become advocates of the very Woke/Cult agenda that seeks to destroy their religion. The major Christian festival is Christmas (ironic because it’s a pagan midwinter festival), but because Christmas is associated with Christianity it has to be targeted by the Cult and its Wokers to the extent that saying ‘Merry Christmas’ is now code in the bewildered mind of Woke for ‘white supremacy’ (Fig 307 ). US Supreme Court judge Neil Gorsuch found this out when he uttered the deeply offensive, clearly Nazi, greeting on television in 2019 and faced a backlash. A British mother said she was ‘shamed’ for saying ‘Father Christmas’ (indicating a man) instead of the ‘gender-neutral’ term ‘Santa’ (which is an anagram of Satan). The last time I looked the mythical figure with the beard and sleigh was a man – hence Father – and had not yet transitioned into a lady in red stockings called Geraldine. The ‘shamed’ mother told a newspaper she felt ‘on edge’ in the wake of the criticism. Fortunately, I have a cure for that which goes like this: ‘Don’t be so bloody ridiculous.’ There, all sorted, with no need at all to be ‘on edge’. Non-Christian religions are allowed to practice their festivals and rituals in Western countries without any push-back or interference and they should be if they operate within the laws of the country that reflect the values of the country. It’s the bias for one and against another that I am highlighting and the reason for it.

Attempts to indoctrinate children into non-Christian religions in Christian-dominant or secular countries can be seen in places like Sweden among many others. Furious Swedish parents reported how teachers at their school told pupils to kneel on prayer mats facing Mecca while the class was divided by gender with girls told to gather at the back of the room. What uproar there would in the media if Muslim children were told to practice Christian rituals against the will of their parents. The school said it was ‘role play’. Bullshit. Anyone with a brain knows what it is. A further reason for the assault on Christianity (and in the longer term all current religions) goes much deeper. I don’t support any religion, but for all their many flaws, faults and misrepresentations, they do accept the existence of another power or reality beyond human. Some even describe their ‘God’ in terms of light and love while obscuring that simple fact with a tsunami of ritual, rules and regulations. Religions were created as an interim step between the many ancients who understood reality in a much more expanded way and the Cult’s end goal of isolating humanity in a sense of reality in which only the Bubble is perceived to exist. The interim Tiptoe has been major religions that believe in another force outside the Bubble and yet worship this as an external, dictatorial, judgemental God and not as the non-judgemental whole of which we are all an expression. In other words we are not ‘God’ and must only do what ‘God’ wants. What does God want? The priests will tell you, or rather the Cult will.

The endgame is to remove any concept of another force beyond human reality and ‘New Woke is being used to achieve that end in Western countries by targeting its major religion of Christianity. Recent polls reveal how successful this has been. In 2009 the percentage of Americans who identified as Christians stood at 77 percent; by 2019 it was 65 percent. Among Democrats, a political home of New Woke, the fall is even more extreme with 72 percent becoming 55 percent. Those considering themselves ‘non-religious’ increased from 17 percent to 26 percent. The most significant figure was not polled: What do those who say they are non-religious believe instead? I am not religious in an organised, bricks-and-mortar-religion sense, but I do accept the reality of a state of Infinite Awareness of which we are all part. The Cult wants those who consider themselves non-religious to instead believe in a random mechanical universe in which ‘nature’ has to be conquered by scientists and experts of the technocracy. You will see when I get to the technocracy that this is of crucial importance to the Cult. I also see the dominoes starting to fall towards the ultimate end of the British monarchy – the monarch is the official head of the Church of England – with what has happened with Prince Andrew, the buddy of mega-paedophile Jeffrey Epstein, and with New Woke self-obsessives Prince Harry and Meghan Markle heading for the airport and relocating to North America. The concept of royalty has served the Cult magnificently and I would be delighted to see it disappear. We have to be streetwise, however, over why suddenly it is taking such potentially mortal blows in the closing years of Queen Elizabeth. Royalty and all its trappings, history, ceremony, buildings, and central influence in law, is, as with Christianity, running through the very fabric of British culture – the culture the Cult wants to destroy to allow assimilation of British society into its global monoculture technocracy. Even the royals are dispensable for the cause when necessary and the Cult agenda enters a whole new stage.

Toxic masculinity

Figure 308: New Woke is driving men and women apart on the Tiptoe to ending all gender and male-female procreation. (Image Gareth Icke.)

Figure 309: One big racket to transform human sexes and sexuality.

New Woke portrays non-Woke men as demons and purveyors of ‘toxic masculinity’ in the promotion of another Cult agenda. Men and women are being driven apart with the #Metoo movement employing the usual Cult-encouraged New Woke extremism of blaming every man for the actions of a few like ultra-Zionist former movie mogul Harvey Weinstein. He abused women so all men are to blame. Many men now watch every word in the company of women and seek to avoid being in a room alone with them in case they are accused of something. This is seriously damaging male-female interaction as it is meant to (Fig 308 ). Advertisements are employed as usual to sell the required perception of men in abominations like the Super Bowl maximum-audience ad by Gillette, owned by elite corporation Proctor and Gamble, which was a blatant attack on men and tarred them in their entirety with ‘toxic masculinity’. The sexual and racial themes in increasing numbers of advertisements are promoting societal change through perceptual change and remember they are paid for by major Cult-controlled corporations that couldn’t give a damn about ‘equality’ and ‘inclusivity’. Music videos aimed at the perceptions of children and the young have taken the same path with the 2020 Taylor Swift video ‘The Man’ an example that can only be described itself as toxic. Every stereotype about toxic masculinity is included to influence the perceptions of the young when even the mildest hint of female stereotyping attracts a storm of protest and, if it appears in advertisements, a ban. A commentator asked: Do you want your daughters growing up thinking all men act the way Taylor Swift portrays men in this video? Do you want young girls growing up resentful and distrustful of men? Do you want your sons to feel attacked and bullied by powerful women advocating for them to be shamed and subjugated by the whims of angry new-wave feminists? The answer to all of those questions from a mind in any way in a state of balance would be ‘No’. But if you are the Cult your response would be Yes! Yes! Yes! We even had Ann Francke, head of the UK Chartered Management Institute, saying that bosses should crack down on men talking about football and cricket at work because many women ‘don’t follow those sports and they don’t like either being forced to talk about them or not being included’. The scale of sheer undiluted arrogance that it must take to think you can tell people what they must and must not talk about is beyond my comprehension and so is her lack of awareness about how many women do like sport. Here’s another New Woke mind patronising the people she claims to speak for. What are the chances of someone demanding that women don’t talk about subjects of their choosing in case men feel left out? We live in a world now so infused with narcissism that imposing your will on others is taken as a gimme and a right. ‘Toxic masculinity’ is only code for masculinity as the Cult seeks to feminise the male and masculinise the female on the Tiptoe to the no-gender human. Crucially it wants to reduce the male hormone testosterone in men to delete the type of man that straightens his spine, lifts his chin and says: ‘I’m not having it’. Men are being ‘demasculined’ into passivity and you have testosterone levels falling around the world along with sperm counts. The feminising of men is being achieved on many fronts including contact with the contents of plastic bottles, till receipts, and other items and substances containing gender-bending chemicals including food and drink from plastic containers (Fig 309 ). This is a media report about a study at Exeter University in the UK:

Four out of every five British teens have their hormones upset by gender-bending chemicals found in plastics, new research suggests. The chemical, called bisphenol A (BPA), is used to make plastics, including materials that come into contact with food. But it can mimic the female sex hormone, estrogen, and cause a lower sperm count in men.

The chemical is also thought to be linked to several different types of cancer, including breast and prostate which is soaring. Researchers at Exeter University studied the blood and urine of 94 teenagers aged 17-19 and found 80 percent had the hormone-disrupting chemicals in their bodies.

In the gender-bending chemical era those identifying as gay or ‘LGBT’ is rapidly increasing and a US study estimated that those born before and across the millennium to be nearly twice as likely to identify as LGBT as other American adults – ‘Millennials Are the Gayest Generation’, as one headline put it. This is a coincidence ? Dr Richard Day told those paediatricians in 1969 they were going to ‘make boys and girls the same’ as people became ‘gender-neutral’. In support of the chemical infusion is the psychological onslaught in which being gay is celebrated and being straight is increasingly marginalised and again ‘so yesterday’. We see the same bias that we do with whiteness and Christianity and this was never more obvious than when UK TV celebrity Phillip Schofield came out as ‘gay’ in 2020 after 27 years of marriage. Celebrity Luvvies swooned and you would have thought he had dived into a raging torrent and pulled out a dozen drowning children. Schofield was described as ‘very brave’ when The System celebrates you for declaring your gayness. See what happens if you come out as straight on Twitter. ‘Straight?? What are you a bloody pervert?’ It’s not only men that the Cult wants to weaken physically and psychologically – it’s everyone – to create a compliant population that looks to Big Brother for protection. Men and their testosterone are, however, the prime target. Patricia Hunt, a researcher at Washington State University who first identified BPA as a cause of cancer and other diseases, developed a more accurate means of measurement and her subsequent findings were stunning. Dr Hunt said in her report in 2019 that ‘safe’ limits of BPA decided by the US Food and Drug Administration are 44 times higher than what can be considered ‘safe’. This is no more a ‘mistake’ than all the other ‘safe’ limits that turn out to be way too high. It’s done for a reason and in this case to manipulate gender and de-masculinise men. Since the introduction of the birth pill women have been peeing estrogen, or oestrogen, the primary female sex hormone, into the water supply to be consumed by men. Chemical pollution in rivers is changing the sex of fish. Soy products consumed by many vegans and vegetarians can raise estrogen levels and lower testosterone and those diets are being heavily promoted by the establishment to ‘save the planet from climate change’. Seth Siegel, author of Troubled Water about the shocking amount of pollutants and drugs in water supplies, described the effect on fish:

I don’t want to call it transgender fish, but I will call it inter-sexual fish. One recent study studied 19 rivers and they found that there was a very high level of male fish that were now growing eggs from the estrogen that is getting into the water … 50% of the fish they studied in the Great Lakes had psychiatric drugs in their brains and their organs. So, Prozac, Celexa, and drugs like that, and generics.

The only way it comes into the water supplies, humans take those pills, they pee it out after they’ve taken it a few hours later. It gets flushed through the wastewater treatment system into a waterway. All perfectly legal. Exactly compliant with the law. And then it gets uptaken in fish. It gets uptaken in our drinking water. It gets uptaken in the water we use for our irrigation.

Men, especially white men, are at the bottom of the New Woke hierarchy along with white people in general and Christianity. No aspect of political correctness is willing to protect them as it protects other New Woke categories. Even saying that all lives matter is now a breach of political correctness so crazy has it become. Well, sod that – All LIVES MATTER because they do . Notice, however, how white men are promoted as the ‘good guys’ when they send the troops and bombers at the Cult’s behest to attack non-white countries. It’s nothing to do with ‘right’ and ‘wrong’; it is whether it suits the Cult agenda or not. Conservatives with a capital and lowercase ‘c’ are a particular focus for PC abuse and Silicon Valley censorship for the first two syllables in the word … conserve – to ‘protect something, especially something of environmental or cultural importance, from harm or destruction’. Yes, conserve -atives (small ‘c’) usually want to conserve Western culture and this is another reason they are treated as they are in flagrant contrast to those who wish to usurp and delete that culture.

‘Anti-fascist’ fascism and the billionaire alliance

From all that I have discussed and exposed in the last few chapters we can explain other apparent mysteries of the New Woke-hijacked political or liberal ‘Left’. One is why people who call themselves ‘liberal’ and ‘anti-fascist’ behave with such a fascistic lack of liberalism. A dictionary definition of ‘liberal’ is the following: ‘Someone who has liberal views believes people should have a lot of freedom in deciding how to behave and think.’ Synonyms given for ‘liberal’ include tolerant, enlightened and open-minded. You could hardly find a better definition of what New Wokeness is not . The self-deceit necessary to perceive yourself as ‘liberal’ in the light of extreme illiberalism is fantastic, but essential. How can the Cult manipulate those with genuine liberal views to demand the imposition of a fascistic tyranny when genuine liberals believe people should have freedom in deciding how to behave, speak and think? Instead you ingrain I am right self-identity and self-righteousness (which you call ‘liberal’) and get New Wokers to believe that everyone else (including genuine liberals) are wrong, Nazis, bigots, racists, sexists and expressions of pure evil. In this way I am right self-identity and Big Brother behaviour becomes the new ‘liberal’ while real liberals who want freedom for everyone are ‘far-right fascists’. The campaign by the New Woke Democratic Party hierarchy to destroy the liberal presidential campaign of Tulsi Gabbard, a woman of colour, exposes the extreme nature of New Woke hypocrisy. She may be a woman and she may not be white (she’s a Samoan-American Hindu), but none of that matters when she stands for ending the American-Israeli wars in foreign lands demanded by the ultra-Zionist Project for the New American Century. With this background we can see why New Wokers who claim to be of the ‘liberal Left’ are in alliance with billionaires and mega-corporations like financier George Soros and Silicon Valley Internet censors. They still claim to be against billionaires and the One-percent, but the evidence is quite the contrary. The genuine Left once railed against the power of corporations and marched in support of freedom of speech. Today we have the inversion of both with New Wokeness organisations funded to the tune of tens of billions by Soros and others from the One-percent who could not care less about social justice. At the same time every new censorship of non-Woke opinion by Internet corporations is greeted with ‘social justice warriors’ punching the air. The reason the dynamic has changed is that New Woke is founded on Cult-invented identity politics and not social justice. Billionaires and corporations are not judged by their scale of social destruction, but by whether they speak the language of New Woke and bung their organisations a wad of money. When the Left was genuinely demanding social justice it would obviously target those who were accumulating mega-wealth for the few at the expense of the many. Soros would never have been allowed to fund the genuine liberal Left. They would have seen him coming from 200 miles away and the same with fake New Wokers like Zuckerberg at Facebook, Page and Brin at Google, Wojcicki at YouTube, Dorsey at Twitter, Wales at Wikipedia and Cook at Apple. British comedian Ricky Gervais talked in a brilliant speech at the 2020 Golden Globe Awards about Apple hypocrisy: ‘Apple roared into the TV game with The Morning Show , a superb drama about the importance of dignity and doing the right thing … made by a company that runs sweat shops in China.’ He told the assembled New Woke Hollywood ‘A-listers’ who insisted on a vegan meal after turning up in gas-guzzling limousines: ‘You say you’re Woke but the companies you work for, unbelievable, I mean, Apple, Amazon, Disney – if ISIS started a streaming service, you’d call your agent wouldn’t you?’ Gervais went on:

So, if you do win an award tonight, don’t use it as a platform to make a political speech. You’re in no position to lecture the public about anything. You know nothing about the real world. Most of you spent less time in school than Greta Thunberg. So, if you win, come up, accept your award, thank your agent, thank God, and fuck off, okay?

How refreshing it was to see a very rare celebrity with balls calling out the fakery of LA Hollywood and Silicon Valley Hollywood. New Wokeness does not challenge the billionaires – it breaks bread with them. The obsession is with identity and not social justice. As long as billionaires and their corporations support New Woke PC identity positions they are ‘one of us’ and ‘on our side’. The fact that they don’t mean it and act in ways that cause phenomenal social in justice does not enter the equation. All the billionaires have to do is hand out the dosh, pose as Woke, use the language of PC and censor all those that question or challenge New Woke I am right orthodoxy. This is where the apparently bizarre alliance comes from and why New Wokers are the foot soldiers of the Cult agenda of the One-percent. It explains why the Cult-controlled FBI was exposed many times for infiltrating and undermining the then genuine Left and targeting its leaders like Martin Luther King while today the FBI’s focus is on the Right and New Woke is allowed to operate unmolested so long as it refrains from criticising Israel. Whatever is the Cult agenda at any stage it will be enforced by Cult-controlled agencies like the FBI and CIA and the rest of the Deep State and Permanent Government.

I emphasise again that I am not condemning New Wokers as people. Many are genuine in what they believe and in my view just seriously misguided. It’s the manipulation and its source and goal that I am exposing. I understand why Wokers do what they do, think what they do, and feel such anxiety about the world around them. The programming is merciless and incessant on the say-so of psychopaths moulding the young into adults that will demand ‘social justice and inclusivity’ which is code for the post-fact, post-freedom, post-industrial Big Brother Hunger Games Society.

CHAPTER TWELVE

Where are we going – if we allow it?

By far the greatest danger of artificial intelligence is that people conclude too early that they understand it – Eliezer Yudkowsky

T he Time-Loop simulation has been spinning through its sequence to a specific destination and we are now living through its endgame – synthetic humans with synthetic minds known as artificial intelligence or AI. This twin goal connects ‘smart’ technology to the transgender hysteria.

Figure 310: Some of the Nazi regime technocrats brought to the United States from Germany after World War Two under Operation Paperclip.

The control system structure and nature of the Hunger Games Society is planned to be a technocracy in which scientists, engineers and other unelected ‘experts’ run the show (and every human mind) on behalf of the Cult and its non-human masters. We are seeing the technocracy in the making with the ever-increasing global dominance of Silicon Valley which has vastly increased still further in the wake of the ‘virus’ lockdowns. You’ll find some excellent background information at the website Technocracy.news and I can recommend a book called Technocracy Rising by Patrick Wood. Promotion of technocracy emerged publicly in the 1930s (although it goes back further) and most predominantly operated out of Columbia University School of Engineering. Despite the failure to win wide support at the time its advocates continued to pursue their agenda behind the scenes and now they are sprinting for the line. Interestingly, Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World (1932), George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four (1948) and Dr Richard Day’s speech to the paediatricians in 1969 all came when or after technocracy promotors set out their ambitions for human society. All three very accurately predicted current events. Adolf Hitler and the Nazis operated a technocracy in many ways and I have described in my books how at the end of the war more than 1,600 Nazi technologists were spirited out of Germany to the United States under a military and intelligence escape plan called Operation Paperclip (Fig 310 overleaf). These were the technologists that would establish NASA and ran the infamous United States military-intelligence mind-control programme MKUltra (Mind Control Ultra). The letter ‘K’ for ‘control’ comes from ‘Kontrolle’, a German word for control, to acknowledge the source of the programme. Among these German technologists was Werner von Braun, a member of the Nazi Party and SS, who designed the V2 rockets the Nazis fired at Britain. Von Braun designed the Saturn V rockets for the US Moon programme while working at NASA/NAZI. The Cult and its technocracy have no borders just as they don’t want the world to have any. Technocracy demands a monoculture global society which is why the Cult is targeting all cultures to fuse them into one. Hence we have systematic mass immigration and a war on Western culture before absorbing all the others. Dismantling Western culture is only stage one. Defined borders and boundaries of every kind are the target of the Cult including biological boundaries between men and women.

If you don’t want anyone to know – don’t do it (Chinese proverb)

China, the Cult’s blueprint for the world, is already a technocracy thanks in large part to covert Cult technology transfers from the West through cusp organisations in The Web like the Trilateral Commission. Trilateral documents from the 1970s reveal this fact which has been confirmed by subsequent events. Big-time Cult insider Zbigniew Brzezinski, National Security Advisor to President Jimmy Carter, described in his 1970 book, Between Two Ages: America’s Role In the Technetronic Era , how a technocracy would emerge from its precursor stages, communism and socialism. You could call technocracy a form of ‘technological Marxism/fascism’ in which the police state is not even imposed by humans in uniform, but by artificial intelligence dictating through cyberspace, robots and other technology controlled by unelected technocrats. Brzezinski co-founded the Trilateral Commission in 1973 with another life-long Cult initiate, David Rockefeller, and he was a ‘political scientist’ at Columbia University where a technocracy movement was publically spawned in the 1930s. The Rockefeller family have had major connections with the university. Bill Clinton attended Columbia where he was taught by Professor Carroll Quigley who would later publish books exposing how a small cabal was manipulating world events and the direction of society. It was during Brzezinski’s time as US National Security Advisor that relations were ‘normalised’ between the United States and China while Cult-owned Bill Clinton played a major part during his presidency in opening America to Chinese goods and infiltration. This is a glimpse of Brzezinski’s technocratic vision from 50 years ago:

Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific know-how. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values which New Woke is destroying, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behavior and keeping society under close surveillance and control. Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on the situation it exploits …

… Persisting social crisis, the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation of mass media to obtain public confidence would be the stepping stones in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly controlled society.

What Brzezinski accurately predicted in 1970 (because he knew the plan) is what we have fast emerging today with so much more due to come (more words that I wrote before the ‘virus’ lockdowns which were triggered by happenings that first emerged in China). Technocracy is what Cult agents mean when they talk of a post-industrial and post-democratic society which is being advanced by the climate change and ‘pandemic’ hoaxes. See how it all fits together? The Cult has been developing its China blueprint technocracy with a view to its expansion across the world. China (the Cult) is infiltrating global society through money, technology, infrastructure projects, railways, and myriad covert means while also heading out into space. The world is planned to be centrally-controlled by a ‘Smart Grid’ in which everything, including all technology and the human brain, is connected to the Internet and a global Wi-Fi ‘cloud’ with all the shots called by artificial intelligence or AI. China is a leading player along with the United States and Israel. Cult-controlled Morgan Stanley has predicted the next phase of Chinese growth will come with ‘smart super-cities through 5G connectivity, smart grids, renewable energy and modern transportation’ (the first ‘smart city’ to go online in China was Wuhan just before the ‘virus’ emerged from there). The investment bank sees China’s current 60 percent of the population living in urban areas expanding to 75 percent by 2030 – an increase of some 220 million people moving to cities. Morgan Stanley Chief China Economist Robin Xing said: ‘In our view, China is poised to be a global leader in smart city and city cluster development.’ In our view ? No – in our knowledge of what is planned. All that I have described there is straight off the pages of the Cult blueprint for humanity. China’s gathering influence on India represents a combined population of 2.8 billion and that’s some 36 percent of the world population even without China’s other regions of influence in Asia, North and South America, Africa and even Europe. Gigantic levels of systematic outsourcing of manufacturing to China by American and worldwide corporations at the expense of jobs at home has made the West dependent on keeping China sweet despite the criticism of the trade links by Donald Trump. This dependency was driven home after the ‘coronavirus’ outbreak in China in late 2019. A reported 96 percent of America’s antibiotics alone now come from China and something similar will be true with other countries. What if China decides as an act of war to cut off supplies of essential products it now dominates that were previously produced in America by Americans? This is precisely what the official government-controlled Chinese news service threatened in terms of drugs as the coronavirus hoax expanded out of China to the United States and the rest of the world. We will also come to see how many operatives and agents – ‘spies’ – that China has working within America in areas that include stealing research. Add to this the long list of ‘former’ US Pentagon military officials who work for China directly or indirectly after ‘retirement’.

China’s efforts to buy influence in education (and steal research) were revealed in 2020 with the news that Harvard and Yale failed to disclose some $375 million in gifts and contracts from China and Saudi Arabia in the previous four years. The Wall Street Journal reported that American universities have hidden $6.5 billion received from foreign countries since 1990 with lots of money from China included. China’s infiltration of the United States is already extensive and growing by the day. Remember the Cult controls China as it controls the United States and this infiltration is the Cult transforming American society into its Chinese society global blueprint with Silicon Valley absolutely on board with that. A casualty of this increasing Chinese control is free speech with criticising China in Chinese-funded academia and business heading in the same direction as criticising Israel. You always know your real masters by who you can’t criticise. A big supporter of the Chinese leadership is failed Democrat presidential candidate, the ultra-Zionist Michael Bloomberg, who has made a fortune from Chinese investments. No wonder he ridiculously claims that the vicious Chinese dictator Xi Jinping is not a dictator. Bloomberg’s global news operation has been accused of blocking the publication of stories exposing corruption in Xi Jinping’s family and he admits they submit to China’s censorship rules. The more the United States is embroiled by the Cult in mega-costly wars as American society and infrastructure disintegrates the better that is for China which is taking over great swathes of Africa alone by building roads, bridges, railways, skyscrapers and whole cities. One writer described the rapid emergence in Africa of ‘Chinese factories staffed with Chinese managers that are supervising Chinese workers that are using Chinese equipment to make their products.’ China is colonising Africa with two million Chinese already in the continent and more arriving every week along with ten thousand Chinese companies. The plan is to then impose the control system of the Chinese government which is really the Cult’s government. The two are inseparable and the coronavirus hysteria gave the Chinese dictatorship the excuse to impose even more draconian control and offered the rest of the world the same opportunity. I’ll come to this hoax in great detail in chapters fifteen and sixteen and how it was perpetrated.

Israel global technocracy

Figure 311: Part of the massive Beersheba cyber operation as Sabbatian-Frankists that control Israel seek to establish that land as the centre of the global Smart Grid of human control.

China, Israel, the United States, Europe, etc. are all assets at the deepest level of the Cult and this explains why Israel, controlled by the frontline Cult network of Sabbatian-Frankism, has so many ties with China that go on increasing. The ultra-Zionist Michael Bloomberg connection is only one of endless examples. Israel is central to the global technocracy as I expose in detail in The Trigger and Sabbatian-Frankists – not 19 Arab hijackers – pulled off 9/11 to a large part by controlling the computer systems of the Pentagon, the US Air Force hijack response system NORAD, the White House and the Federal Aviation Administration civilian air traffic network. They also controlled and still do the inner core of the American ‘Deep State’ including the CIA. Israeli intelligence and military front companies cross-reference with US intelligence by employing ‘former’ CIA personnel to create an interconnecting Cult-serving web both sides of the Atlantic. Israel’s ever-increasing global cyber influence is delivered through its vast military intelligence cyber centre at Beersheba and its elite military cyber-manipulation unit known as 8200 with its multiple fronts like the cybersecurity companies Team8, operating out of Israel, and Boston-based Israeli company Cybereason which form a web that connects with Israeli and American intelligence, or the ‘Deep State’ (Fig 311 ). Israel military and intelligence networks specialise in setting up ‘cybersecurity’ fronts posing as private companies because to design security protection (in theory) requires the actors involved to have access to the entire computer system and all its codes and passwords. This allows them to write ‘security’ encoded with hidden ‘backdoors’ for Israel (Sabbatian-Frankists controlling Israel) to access everything from then on and even manipulate in real time (see 9/11 and The Trigger ). Given that Israeli ‘security’ software has been used by governments, intelligence, military and corporations, especially in the United States, you can see the significance for spying, blackmail and stealing data.

Infamous Israeli intelligence arm Mossad and domestic intelligence, Shin Bet, are of course fundamentally involved in all this. Cybereason was founded in 2012 by three ‘former’ (are you ever?) members of this 8200 military elite cyberwarfare division. Unit 8200 is active in manipulating elections, not least in the United States, through hacking and psychological warfare against the electorate (see the articles of Whitney Webb at Davidicke.com ). Funding for this network includes the 3.8 billion that the US government gives to Israel for military expenditures every year. America is funding cyber sabotage against itself because Sabbatian-Frankist networks operate in both Israel and the United States and one hand gives the cash to the other. As a result tiny Israel is the biggest recipient of American aid and the contempt that its Sabbatian-Frankist leadership has for America can be seen in the story of the Iron Dome missile defence system. American taxpayers gave more than $1.5 billion to the Israeli government to build the ‘dome’ system, but when the US military wanted to buy aspects of the technology from Israel which Americans had paid to develop for Israel’s benefit the ultra-Zionist government refused to supply the necessary source code to allow the technology to be efficiently deployed. They are laughing at you America. Cybereason software is used by a stream of ‘American’ companies including Lockheed Martin, the world’s biggest arms producer, which benefits so monumentally from any US war. A number of ‘simulations’ have been run by Cybereason based on scenarios of hacking the 2020 US presidential election. The company has stressed the election manipulation potential of the ‘coronavirus’ (an article they took down after just an hour). Why? Too much information. Cybereason and this 8200 network operating out of Israel are connected to so-called ‘deepfake’ AI technology which can very credibly make people appear to say and do things they did not say and do. See the Internet for many examples. Israeli tech firm Canny AI is a deepfake market leader that has partnered with Cybereason and has been funded by Israeli domestic intelligence Shin Bet. Another Israeli cybersecurity firm is Upstream Security which specialises in security for cyber-connected and autonomous vehicles. These systems can be hacked to crash cars, buses and trucks (think terrorist truck attacks) just as anything connected to cyberspace can be hacked and taken over from afar right down to opening and closing car windows. Justin Rohrlich at qz.com wrote this about one Cybereason simulation:

The Red Team then took control of 50 autonomous cars and five driverless buses – a move that may be more likely rooted in a future reality – and deployed a cell-site simulator that allowed them to track people’s locations and intercept their phone calls. They seized control of … traffic lights, causing accidents, and distributed a deep-fake video of the Democratic candidate engaging in racial and domestic violence.

Cybereason simulated US election manipulation by a foreign state or non-state source – but which state? For sure they would not have mentioned Israel. The Project for the New American Century, utterly controlled by ultra-Zionists who answered to Israel and Sabbatian-Frankism, called in its September, 2000, regime-change document for America (really Israel) to control cyberspace. All the dots connect in the end.

Military control of cyberspace

The Beersheba complex is surrounded by research and development centres of all the major Silicon Valley corporations and involves literally an army of soldiers in uniform and others on the payroll who constantly post on the Internet while posing as members of the public to promote Israel’s narrative and dub critics ‘anti-Semitic’. Beersheba, the biggest infrastructure project in Israel’s history, can accommodate 20,000 ‘cyber soldiers’. Military and intelligence groups and ‘private’ companies are now to Israel and its worldwide networks all the same team pursuing the same ends. Israel is a global player in Smart Grid technology and control with a view to replacing Silicon Valley in importance and power. Behind the scenes and in the shadows it already has with its controlling presence and influence in Silicon Valley through Jewish owners and heads of key companies that include Facebook (Mark Zuckerberg and Sheryl Sandberg); Google (Sergey Brin and Larry Page); YouTube (Susan Wojcicki); Barry Diller (Vimeo); and Apple (Arthur D. Levinson). As I write ultra-Zionist hedge fund multi-billionaire Paul Singer is reported to be seeking to buy control of Twitter to remove its chief executive Jack Dorsey. Should Singer secure that control Twitter will even more be a vehicle for censorship of any criticism or exposure of ultra-Zionism, Israel and the global cult agenda. What a concentration of Internet power in 0.2 percent of the world population and two percent of Americans to decide who sees what globally. That list of Zionist sympathisers heading Silicon Valley corporations does not include other Zionists like Elon Musk and Google’s AI-brain connection obsessive, Ray Kurzweil. Meanwhile, Paul Singer, like ultra-Zionist Sheldon Adelson, is a big donor to the Republican Party and a board member of the Republican Jewish Coalition which promotes Jewish Republicans. Major Democrat donors include ultra-Zionist multi-billionaires Michael Bloomberg, George Soros (whatever he may say), Donald Sussman, Dustin Moskovitz, a co-founder of Facebook with Mark Zuckerberg, Jim Simons, Seth Klarman, co-founder and chairman of The Times of Israel , and Haim Saban who says he is ‘a one-issue guy, and my issue is Israel’. Big Tech giants including Google, Microsoft and Intel Corporation have been moving thousands of jobs and billions in investment to Israel while ‘America first’ Donald Trump, owned by Israel, zips his mouth and then tapes it over. The same Silicon Valley Internet-dominating corporations, including Facebook, are employing leading managers and executives from Israel and its infamous military intelligence. The transfer of cyber jobs and investment from America to Israel is largely driven by yes, him again, ultra-Zionist Paul Singer and his Start-Up Nation Central which is part of the 8200 cyber-control network. Singer’s predatory hedge fund destroyed the town of Sidney, Nebraska, as I described earlier. Singer funds the ultra-Zionist-controlled ‘think tank’, the American Enterprise Institute (AEI), which had very close connections to the Project for the New American Century with its list of regime-change countries from September, 2000. The non-violent BDS Israel boycott campaign is largely thwarted once Israel has complete control of cyberspace which was another goal on the list of the ultra-Zionist Project for the New American Century document. Change ‘American’ in the title to Israeli, or even more accurately Cult , and you’re there.

Figure 312: Israel-controlled ‘New York’.

Israeli newspaper Haaretz reported that Israeli tech start-ups in New York increased by five times between 2013 and 2017 alone. Crucial to the functioning of the global Smart Grid is quantum computing that takes computer systems on to a whole new level of potential. Israel is again at the forefront of this through companies such as Tel Aviv-based start-up Quantum Machines (QM). We now have enormous Israel-controlled cybersecurity centres opening in Sabbatian-Frankist-controlled New York and paid for with $30 million of American taxpayer money which will take Israeli (Cult) manipulation potential over US computer networks to still new extremes. This includes access to America’s voting systems and claims about Russia manipulating US elections are, in large part, to divert attention from Israeli (Sabbatian-Frankist) manipulation. The New York ‘cybersecurity centres’ are being operated by Israel-based SOSA, a ‘global innovation platform’ connected to the Israeli military, and Jerusalem Venture Partners (centrally involved in the Beersheba operation) who were tasked by the city authorities to make New York the ‘cyber capital of the world’ (Fig 312 ). They are connected to an ultra-Zionist network known as the ‘Mega Group’ and again I highly recommend the detailed articles about these subjects by Whitney Webb. The Mega Group and the 8200 network in general has ties to child-abusing ultra-Zionist Israeli intelligence asset Jeffrey Epstein who ran his child sex network as a blackmail operation for Mossad and hence so many rich, famous and influential people were connected to him including Trump, the Clintons and Prince Andrew. Epstein’s ‘madam’ Ghislaine Maxwell is the daughter of long-time Mossad agent, the late (killed by Mossad eventually) UK businessman and crook-to-his-DNA, Bob Maxwell (see The Trigger ). Epstein was also an investor for his masters in the Sabbatian-Frankist network in Big Tech and Silicon Valley. Whitney Webb describes ‘Mega’ as ‘a group of pro-Israel oligarchs with clear and direct ties to organized crime, alongside Leslie Wexner, the main financier of Jeffrey Epstein’s operation that involved the sex trafficking of minors on behalf of Israeli military intelligence‘. Guy Franklin, General Manager of SOSA, is connected to the Israeli American Council (IAC), an Israel lobby group funded by ultra-ultra-Zionist Sheldon Adelson and his wife. Adelson is the biggest donor to the Republican Party and Donald Trump. As a result of this and other reasons when Israel tells Trump to jump he says: ‘Yes sir, how high?’

The plan is for the Cult via Sabbatian-Frankism to control the entire Smart Grid of human subjugation from a central point – Israel with its massive nuclear arsenal. Connections that lead to ‘tiny’ Israel are absolutely fantastic and how clear it is why the definition of ‘anti-Semitism’ has been expanded and expanded to stop this coming out in the main public arena. The global Smart Grid – with connections to the human brain – is ultimately planned to be controlled out of Jerusalem and Beersheba and this relates to the ancient belief in a Jewish ‘Messiah’ who it is claimed will rule the world from Jerusalem. Sabbatian-Frankism is founded on this with its ‘Jewish Messiah’ background and history with self-proclaimed ‘messiahs’ Sabbatai Zevi and Jacob Frank although for the inner core of the Cult the whole thing is only a cover story for global control. The Cult has designed its agenda from the Jewish perspective to appear to follow biblical prophecy and ancient legend which many in the non-Cult Jewish community have taken to be confirmation of the prophecy and the fulfilment of ‘God’s will’ when in fact they are being scammed to support the imposition of something that will ensnare them as much as the rest of humanity. Those people need to wake up fast. The Jewish messianic prophecy of global rule by a ‘World King’ out of Jerusalem seemed ridiculous and impossible until the emergence of the Smart Grid and the plan to connect all technology, devices and the human brain to a centrally-controlled AI. The ultra-Zionist crazies and extremists orchestrating the ‘invasion’ (their word) of Europe by Islam to overthrow Christianity and European society is all connected to this plan and so is the rebuilding of the alleged ‘Solomon’s Temple’ on what Jews and Christians called Temple Mount in Jerusalem where the gold-domed Al Aqsa Mosque stands today. Sabbatian-Frankist-owned Donald Trump has given them everything they want to achieve their sick and sinister ends including moving the US embassy to Jerusalem and promoting the ‘Deal of the Century’ complete stitch-up of the Palestinians to clear the way for the total control and ownership of Jerusalem where the global technocracy world government is planned to be located. See The Trigger for all the detailed background to Sabbatian-Frankist control of the global Smart Grid.

Is it ‘anti-Semitic’ to ask why Israeli-controlled and military-connected companies increasingly dominate ‘smart’ technology and systems, effectively globally-control what you see and hear, and set out to modify perception and behaviour, are headed by people from 0.2 percent of the world population? Is it ‘anti-Semitic’ to ask why Israeli cyber firms connected as they are to Israeli (Sabbatian-Frankist) intelligence and military have so much control over American government, military and intelligence computer systems? They want you to believe that it is for no other reason than stopping those questions being asked. Yet these are questions that must be constantly asked and credible answers demanded when you think that 68 percent of Americans get their ‘news’ (and so perceptions) from social media and that Israeli tech firms are seizing control over Smart Grid technology.

Insider Donovan knew (of course)

I would urge you to read The Trigger to find out more about Israel’s AI Smart Grid and technocracy ambitions and if you do the real reason for the burgeoning China-Israel relationship will come into sharp focus. China’s ‘economic miracle’ was orchestrated from the West through Cult corporations and by 2001 Hedley Donovan, editor of Cult-controlled Time magazine, was describing China as a technocracy. Donovan just happened to be a founding member of the Cult’s Trilateral Commission. He wrote:

The nerds are running the show in today’s China. In the twenty years since Deng Xiaoping’s reforms kicked in, the composition of the Chinese leadership has shifted markedly in favor of technocrats. … It’s no exaggeration to describe the current regime as a technocracy …

… During the 1980s, technocracy as a concept was much talked about, especially in the context of so-called ‘Neo-Authoritarianism’ – the principle at the heart of the ‘Asian Developmental Model’ that South Korea, Singapore, and Taiwan had pursued with apparent success. The basic beliefs and assumptions of the technocrats were laid out quite plainly: Social and economic problems were akin to engineering problems and could be understood, addressed, and eventually solved as such.

Donovan said Scientism (the religion of scientific orthodoxy with scientists as the new priesthood) was behind China’s post-Mao technocracy and those that challenged its control were considered heretics. Those words were written by a Cult insider in 2001 and cannot be denied today. I have described China’s deeply Orwellian Social Credit System and the stupendous numbers of AI-operated face-recognition cameras supported by eye-scanners and DNA-scanners with nothing left to chance. China is already a technological dystopia and operates at the global cutting edge in all the areas necessary for total human control including, like Israel, AI and quantum computing. I have been saying for decades that China today is the world tomorrow unless humanity opens its eyes and that is now being laid out before us. London police announced in January, 2020, that they would be deploying facial recognition cameras after a ‘trial’ that was always only a prelude to a permanent roll-out. Other police forces in Britain are planned to follow. Leaked documents in early 2020 revealed that the European Union is preparing to connect national face-recognition databases through its EU-wide database-cross-referencing system known as Prüm. The plan is to link this EU database with a similar system in America as the global surveillance system I have warned for decades was coming is moved into place step by step. It’s all the Cult agenda unfolding. General Electric (GE) was paid $30 million by San Diego city council to install thousands of surveillance cameras and microphones in street lights and sold the data collected to third parties earning a billion dollars according to the California Globe . So-called ‘smart streets’ like these are appearing in ever more locations.

The Devil’s playground and ‘education’ control

From this background we can see why ‘Woke’ Silicon Valley corporations have so many ties to the China dictatorship when those corporations are ultimately owned by the Cult. Global banking is a Cult technocracy in which financial experts make decisions (increasingly with AI) unmolested by elected officials and whoever controls the money controls the world. I have detailed in my books the part played by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) in Basle, Switzerland, in coordinating national central banks into one global (Cult) network. The Bank for International Settlements is another Rothschild-Rockefeller (Cult) creation. Heads of central banks meet regularly at the BIS to coordinate policy and advance the transformation to global technocracy. No surprise, then, that a Bloomberg Markets Special Report in 2018 described the Bank for International Settlements as ‘a bastion of global technocracy’. The cashless – (digital/technological) – single world currency is all part of the technocracy plot and so is the increasing impotence of politicians over the power of Silicon Valley technocrats and their global impact on the life of every human being. Government departments the world over are dominated by technocrats of many and various types who drive the ‘Deep State’ operating beyond anyone who has ever seen a ballot box. The Technocrat magazine, the publication of the Technocratic movement, said in the late 1930s: ‘Technocracy is the science of social engineering, the scientific operation of the entire social mechanism to produce and distribute goods and services to the entire population.’ All of this is happening with increasing severity today. Politicians are losing control as this passes to the technocrats and what is the European Union, so beloved of New Wokers, except rule by an unelected technocracy? The so-called ‘democratic’ European Parliament is just a cover to hide bureaucratic control. We can understand from this perspective why we had years of delay and resistance to the UK leaving the EU after a majority voted for Brexit in the 2016 referendum and why George Soros, an American citizen, funded groups trying to stop Brexit. It took three more years before the people spoke again in 2019 and finally thwarted the opposition by giving pro-Brexit Boris Johnson a thumping majority in a General Election. How much the type of Brexit which emerges will actually free British people from EU technocrats we have to wait and see. Deletion of national sovereignty by the EU is a central demand of the technocracy along with the end of private property, Common Core education (indoctrination), Public-Private Partnerships, carbon trading justified by climate change, and communistic deletion of personal choice and liberties. Each one is a pillar of a technocratic society. The Archontic force in the unseen is itself a technocracy in the sense of manipulating through its simulation and using technology to overcome the limitation of its lack of creative consciousness. There is no need for technology in our out-of-body state where creativity and manifestation is achieved directly through thought and awareness. Control of ‘education’ and the indoctrination programming of the young has been a prime necessity highlighted by technocrats in the 1930s as ‘an educational system to train the entire younger generation indiscriminately as regards all considerations other than inherent ability – a continental system of human conditioning’. William Akin wrote the following in his 1977 book, Technocracy and the American Dream: The Technocrat Movement , 1900-1941:

A continental system of human conditioning will have to be installed to replace the existing insufficient educational methods and institutions. This continental system of general education will have to be organized as to provide the fullest possible conditioning and physical training … It must educate and train the student public so as to obtain the highest possible percentage of proficient functional capacity.

Since the basic need of society was technical expertise, their education system would abolish the liberal arts, which addressed outmoded moralistic solutions to human problems. It would essentially replace the humanities with the machine shop. In the process, members of society would be conditioned to think in terms of engineering rationality and efficiency. Man, in short, would then be conditioned to assume the character of machines, to accept ‘a reality understood in terms of machine-like function’.

Figure 313:Funding global transformation behind the smokescreen of ‘philanthropy’.

I ask everyone to take just a moment to scan the world today in relation to what Akin described nearly 45 years ago. It’s happening. Constant cut-backs on spending for the arts in schools across the world now becomes easy to explain as does the fusing of children and adults with machines through Smartphones and other means. America’s privately-funded and controlled Common Core Education Standards Initiative imposed upon schools across the country is straight from the pages of technocracy literature and backed to the tune of hundreds of millions by Microsoft technocrat Bill Gates and his Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. My long-time observation of Gates and his funding is that if he backs it then it’s bad for humanity (Fig 313 ). This is the bloke putting billions into worldwide vaccination through his front, GAVI, or the ‘Vaccine Alliance’. Wait till I get to the ‘pandemic’ hoax for a major exposure of Bill Gates and the agenda he drives for his hidden masters. It’s sobering to think that Gates’ Microsoft has access to most computers on earth. The world has been quietly ensnared while making its latest Google search, sending another text, or posting a picture of its lunch. This is the case more than anyone with New Wokers. They think they are demanding ‘social justice’ and old fashioned Marxism or ‘socialism’ when they are being used overwhelmingly without their knowledge to pressure humanity into a technocracy in which a Marxist/fascist-type dictatorship will be enforced by technology. Climate Cultists are pressing for the dismantling of the global economy as it operates today which must be destroyed for technocracy to replace the current status quo. Prince Charles called for exactly this at the One-percent Davos conference in January, 2020, and so does Pope Francis, another Cult asset, who wants ‘a different kind of economy’, a ‘new economy’ and, of course, ‘sustainable development’. Global central banks including the US Federal Reserve, Bank of England, European Central Bank and the Bank of Japan are pursuing the same end as they commit to treating climate change as a ‘core mission’. It’s all the same global web working in unison. Mantras parroted by the United Nations and the Climate Cult such as ‘sustainable development’, the ‘green economy’ and ‘Green New Deal’ are all codes for technocracy. The ‘goals’ for ‘sustainable development’ that I listed earlier are still more aims (mostly in disguise) of the technocracy. The end of private property described by Rockefeller insider Dr Richard Day in 1969 is also technocracy policy.

It is no longer a mystery why technocratic billionaires and their corporations now occupy the same bed as Green ‘idealists’ who require a new description for their childlike naivety when ‘naive’ does not even nearly suffice. Agenda 21 and 2030 are the script for global technocracy and control by scientists who are planned to be the new God. Remember Greta Thunberg’s mantra from this context – ‘Listen to the science’ – and political leaders around the world locked-down countries and destroyed economies and livelihoods because they said they were advised to do so by ‘the scientists’. Anyone ask what was the agenda of the ‘scientists’ and to whom they really answer? A key part of technocratic control is complete power over the distribution of energy – who has it, who doesn’t, and how much can be used. Climate Cult, anyone? Non-carbon energy sources will not be able to supply current energy needs in the transition to technocracy and that’s the plan with all the deprivation that will cause. Once the global dictatorship is in place, however, they will bring out technology they already know about which takes its energy from the wave and electromagnetic fields of the energy sea or The Field. Legendary scientist Nicola Tesla was doing this in the first half of the 20th century, but his work was suppressed to protect energy companies and the Cult from the consequences of the population having access to free energy both in terms of cost and the way it is accessed without the need to use energy to produce energy. The Cult could use this technology now to ‘save the world’. Instead it keeps it under wraps out of self-interest. Technocracy wants control of all resources to be transferred to a global authority while ownership of anything is removed from the population including their homes.

The AI ‘human’

Figure 314: Ray Kurzweil – Frankenstein’s sales-pitcher.

Mass control in the Hunger Games technocracy is planned to be enforced by connecting the brain to AI. We have Silicon Valley crazies openly describing such a world and giving a date for activation – 2030 according to Google technocrat Ray Kurzweil (Fig 314 ). This is the same year highlighted by United Nations Agenda 2030 which sets out the transformation of global society into a centralised tyranny to save the world from human-caused climate change and 2030 represents the period for the end of the nonsensical ‘12 years to save humanity’ stated by the Climate Cult at the turn of 2019. Prince Charles called at Davos for a transformation of the global financial and economy system by 2030. A study by the UK House of Commons Library estimated that by 2030 the One-percent will own 64 percent of the world’s wealth – the Hunger Games Society. Ray Kurzweil describes how in the 2030 period human brains will be connected to AI and what he calls the ‘cloud’:

Our thinking … will be a hybrid of biological and non-biological thinking … humans will be able to extend their limitations and ‘think in the cloud’ … We’re going to put gateways to the cloud in our brains … We’re going to gradually merge and enhance ourselves … In my view, that’s the nature of being human – we transcend our limitations.

As the technology becomes vastly superior to what we are then the small proportion that is still human gets smaller and smaller and smaller until it’s just utterly negligible.

Figure 315:Invasion is exactly what it is.

Figure 316: Step, step, step, tick, tick, tick.

Kurzweil is describing the assimilation of human consciousness (within the simulation) into AI and this begs the question of what is AI? On one level it refers to algorithmic codes and on another to a form of AI that learns from data input and is aptly dubbed ‘Learning AI’. The true and deeper meaning of AI, however, is something they obviously don’t talk about when it reveals where all the Cult manipulation has been leading from the start. This level of ‘AI’ is the very force that has been orchestrating the perceptual enslavement of humanity all along – the force known by different cultures and religions as demons, Fallen Angels, Jinn, Archons, Chitauri and the Shining Ones among many other names. We are being invaded (Fig 315 ). People need to realise that this force while it can take form in fact has no form in its base-state which is waves of awareness that can communicate electrically like the human brain. An AI connection with the brain allows a connection with this force that will then become the human mind. Up to this point the Cult and its hidden ‘gods’ have had to control information to manipulate perception to dictate behaviour. Religion has played a central role in this and now the new religion of Wokeness is coming to the fore with its frenzy of censorship. The censorious ‘cancel culture’ is vitally important for the Cult as we approach its endgame. What I am describing must be kept from the main public arena or the game could still be thwarted in its finishing straight. Once the AI-brain connection is made even controlling information will no longer be necessary. Human perception and emotional response will come direct from AI with no middleman media required (Fig 316 ). In those words of Kurzweil: ‘As the technology becomes vastly superior to what we are then the small proportion that is still human gets smaller and smaller and smaller until it’s just utterly negligible.’ Individuality of human perception would be history with a centrally-controlled AI hive-mind taking its place (Fig 317 ). The AI-brain connection is designed to absorb humanity even deeper into the simulation on the road to absorbing Body-Mind awareness in its entirety into cyberspace. The code-term for this transition is ‘immersive technology’ which is described as ‘technology that attempts to emulate a physical world through the means of a digital or simulated world by creating a surrounding sensory feeling, thereby creating a sense of immersion‘. It is the Tiptoe to assimilation in steps that include ‘augmented reality’ which combines the ‘physical’ world with the digital. It’s being very cleverly done unless you are awake in which case it is a pathetically open book.

Figure 317: The Hive Mind. Connecting the human brain to AI means that whatever controls – or is – AI controls the perceptions of the entire human race. (Image Neil Hague.)

Simulation within a simulation

Figure 318: Real-time mirror of human society to manipulate events in human society.

‘Learning AI’ is the level planned to run the ‘Smart Grid’ control system which is fast being introduced by the Cult and its unseen ‘gods’. People are rightly concerned with the mass-surveillance state in which our every move is being tracked, every Internet post, opinion and behaviour, but this is not only for surveillance. All the information about human activity, thought, emotion and reaction gathered digitally worldwide minute by minute is being fed into Learning AI to provide ever-expanding fine-detail knowledge of what makes humans ‘tick’. The processing of this information means that AI already knows humanity far better than humanity does. This is being used to further manipulate perception and action. Every time you post personal information on Facebook, Twitter and all the other Cult-controlled platforms it is absorbed by Learning AI to add to its awareness of human thought, emotion and behaviour and the data-gathering includes live microphones embedded in computers and smartphones to track what should be private conversations. For this we can thank those lovely fake New Wokers like Zuckerberg, Brin and Page who always say one thing and do the other while the New Woke army applauds and worships. Learning AI is behind the ‘Sentient World Simulation’ (SWS) based at the Synthetic Environment for Analysis and Simulations Laboratory at Purdue University in Indiana. The SWS is mass-collecting data to predict (and manipulate) human behaviour and operates under DARPA, one of the world’s most sinister organisations (and think of the competition), which I have been exposing for decades. DARPA, or the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, is the technology arm of the Pentagon and the force that oversees Silicon Valley corporations and their direction on behalf of the global Cult. It has seed-funded vital Cult operations such as Google and works in tandem with the CIA technology venture capital firm In-Q-Tel (also IQT). Both fund the development of technology and organisations to advance the Cult technocracy agenda. DARPA claims to have created the Internet which required military technology to launch and it just so happens that the Internet is the foundation of the technocracy and the unfolding technology control grid or ‘Smart Grid’. This Cult agency is behind the Sentient World Simulation (‘sentient’ = AI) which is constantly processing information from every man, woman and child on the planet, scanning behaviour and buying patterns, and producing a ‘continuously running, continually updated mirror model of the real world that can be used to predict and evaluate future events and courses of action’ (Fig 318 ). The Sentient World Simulation is a micro-version of the Time-Loop simulation which is impulsing the collective human mind to follows its agenda. The defence against both is consciousness in awareness of its true self that has burst through the Bubble in which the simulations operate and here we have another reason why the Cult works so hard to keep the Bubbles intact. The Smart Grid is laying another simulated information field over the main simulation field which itself is laid over the Infinite information field beyond that. Humans were first attuned with the overall simulation and now they are being connected to the ‘smart’ information grid to further contract their perception in deeper myopia and block out with even greater efficiency any connection to Infinite Self.

The Sentient World Simulation and its data predictions explain why we are hearing more and more about identifying ‘pre-crime’ in the way portrayed in the movie, Minority Report , set in the year 2054. Pre-crime is a version of pre-censorship in which potential posts are algorithmically blocked before they can appear. People would be targeted for pre-crime on the basis of Sentient World Simulation predictions and not necessarily on what they really planned to do. The motivation for this is not pre-crime but pre-deletion of any people or groups planning to challenge the AI dystopia and the force behind it. Cult-controlled Hollywood and other media increasingly portray dystopian themes which portray the world the Cult seeks to impose and this relates to a psychological manipulation technique known as ‘preemptive programming’. The Cult’s Brave New World is so extreme and beyond anything humans alive today, or in known history, have ever experienced. This scale of change has obvious potential to invoke resistance. You want to do what?? Pre-emptive programming via Hollywood, television and other sources continually feeds the conscious, and especially subconscious, mind with portrayals of the world that the Cult is planning. The idea is to make people familiar with an AI technology-controlled dystopia so that when it happens for real a lot of resistance will be diluted by that induced familiarity. Cult psychologists are well aware that once something is familiar it gets a free ride and ceases to be questioned as it fuses into everybody-knows-that. The programming machine ridiculously called ‘education’ is rarely questioned as a way of bringing up children because people are familiar with it. Introduce the same system today to replace one based on freedom and respect for children’s individuality and there would be an outcry. I have spent 30 years questioning the familiar and accepted realities and when you do they dissolve like ice in a heatwave. Unquestioned familiarity is their only means of survival.

Aligned to pre-emptive programming is the very fact that AI extremists like Kurzweil are openly telling us about an AI connection to the brain. Why would they do that? The endgame has reached the point where this is happening and they can’t hide that any longer at a time when they want to actually do it. Instead they have to sell it rather than hide it. The sales-pitch is that an AI connection will make us superhuman when the plan is to make us sub-human and post-human. Once AI attaches to the brain human thought patterns can be fed into the Sentient World Simulation to produce an even more accurate picture of individual and mass perception and with that their predictions of human behaviour. Another fact crucial to understand is that through an AI connection the World Simulation can send thoughts and emotions the other way to defuse those with a challenge to The System in mind. ‘I am going to stand up for freedom … Nah, actually, I won’t bother it’s not worth it.’ The development of quantum computers capable of infinitely more than conventional computers is taking the potential for all this to a whole new level as is the roll-out of 5G. In the end human ‘thought’ would be AI in totality. Professor Oren Etzioni, CEO of the Allen Institute for AI, has said in a paper entitled ‘How to know if artificial intelligence is about to destroy civilisation’ that humanity must be ready for signs of robotic super-intelligence. He asked: ‘Could we wake up one morning dumbstruck that a super-powerful AI has emerged, with disastrous consequences?’ Well, given that this is the idea the answer must be ‘yes’. Etzioni said one test suggested for this was that ‘human-level AI will be achieved when a person can’t distinguish conversing with a human from conversing with a computer’. This is a point that we are clearly heading for very, very fast, and Etzioni rightly says that this isn’t really a warning sign because it would be confirmation that human-level AI had already arrived. Etzioni then destroys his credibility and grip on reality by saying we are far away from machine super-intelligence and we will have a comfortable amount of time to deploy ‘off-switches’. He must have majored in naivety, surely?

‘Smart’ Grid to make you stupid

Figure 319: The idea is that attachment to the ‘cloud’ via AI will block all influence from expanded states of awareness.

Figure 320: The Internet of Everything is the Internet of Things – plus the human brain. (Image Neil Hague.)

Know the outcome and you’ll see the journey comes into play again. If I describe the planned outcome for the technological control of humanity you will certainly see the journey over decades to where we are now. Kurzweil’s ‘cloud’ would cover every inch of the planet and every human would be attached through an AI-brain connection. The AI-controlled cloud would then be the human mind (Fig 319 ). It’s only a few years ago that I was warning in my books and talks about the then-planned Internet of Things (IoT) in which all aspects of life including domestic appliances, vehicles, heating systems and a stream of surveillance devices would be connected to, and controlled from, the Internet (an expression of the cloud). Today we are already there with more devices added by the day. The Internet of Things is critical for the technocracy to control all aspects of human life and so is 5G and digital control of information via Silicon Valley censorship (Fig 320 ). The plan is for humanity and all technology to be connected to artificial intelligence via the Internet and Kurzweil’s cloud which would give AI (and whatever is behind it) control of everything including human thought and perception. Driverless autonomous vehicles would dictate where you can and cannot go and that’s why their introduction is planned to be enforced with each new generation of vehicles adding more AI features on the Tiptoe to total computer control. The University of Glasgow is working with the European Space Agency and UK Space Agency on ‘Project DARWIN’ which aims to introduce driverless cars in Britain guided (controlled) by satellites using 5G communication. Passengers would be fried on every journey in other words. We have the British road system being transformed into ‘smart motorways’ specifically for the use of smart autonomous vehicles and the fact that the changes are making the roads far more dangerous and killing a lot of people is irrelevant to the psychopaths. The agenda is all that matters. There would be nothing in your life that AI would not control – even which doors would open or close – and there would be nothing you do or say that AI wouldn’t immediately know about. Look around – it’s happening with a gathering pace and it’s all been long planned.

Figure 321: The technological sub-reality or Smart Grid isolating human awareness from Infinite Awareness. (Image Neil Hague.)

We have smart televisions with their cameras and microphones, smart assistants, smartphones, smart doorbells with cameras, smart meters, smart cards, smart cars, smart driving, smart pills, smart patches, smart watches, smart skin, smart borders, smart pavements, smart streets, smart cities, smart communities, smart environments, smart networks, smart growth and smart planet (the Smart Grid). These are only a few of them. Every technology dubbed ‘smart’ (almost everything these days) and any system called ‘smart’ are all designed to interconnect to form the global grid or what I have been describing for many years as the technological sub-reality (Fig 321 ). What a surprise that it was announced in late 2019 that Amazon, Apple and Google will work together to create a new common standard that will make it easier for smart devices to speak to each other. I was so shocked I had to take to my bed. The Zigbee Alliance is part of the group that includes companies such as IKEA, Legrand, NXP Semiconductors, Samsung and Signify. The ‘alliance’ will connect existing smart assistants such as Google Assistant, Amazon Alexa, Apple’s Siri, and others, which in the end all transmit their data and surveillance to the same Cult sources. They claim this will benefit users when it is another step forward for the Smart Grid. The same is true of the Amazon device called Ring with its camera on your doorbell which can be accessed from anywhere by smartphone and allows a conversation between a visitor and a distant resident. This is a great example of how the public is sold technology with a cover story to hide the real reason for its introduction. Amazon promotes Ring for home protection and convenience when it is another Trojan horse to add still further to the Smart surveillance grid. An article at Technocracy.news revealed:

Ring has over 600 partnerships with law enforcement agencies around the country, and this number is increasing daily. The company has spent the past three years systematically making sure police everywhere know and recognize Ring, quietly building a nationwide surveillance network through police partnerships, and embedding itself into the functions of law enforcement … Behind the scenes, Ring is experimenting with emerging technologies, as well as pursuing a partnership with at least one other private surveillance company.

The number of Ring partnerships with police grows almost daily, and, to date, there has been limited public debate about whether these partnerships should exist in the first place. Unless lawmakers curb or regulate the expansion of these partnerships, what we are seeing now is just a minuscule version of this company’s full potential.

Also connected to the Smart Grid are ‘green’ lightbulbs that produce crap light compared with incandescent bulbs and emit radiation that can permanently redden the skin if you get too close. LED lights must have killed a lot of people already because they are so dim when used as street lamps. I know from experience how in many streets you can’t see people crossing the road until they are in your headlights. All forms of ‘green’ lighting (or lack of it) have come courtesy of Climate Cult and the climate hoax along with wind turbine farms that have technologised landscapes and seascapes and destroyed their natural beauty. The same people call themselves environmentalists. Greens pressed for diesel to be encouraged over petrol until it was found that particulates in diesel were killing large numbers of people who breathed them in. What a gift to humanity and the environment the Climate Cult has been. The speed of the technological takeover is designed to have it installed and in control before most people realise what’s happened. To them the Tiptoe has just been an endless series of unrelated new devices and technologies ‘the latest thing’ and only when the control system is in place will they see that what appeared to be random was really a calculated sequence to impose total control. Or maybe they won’t even see it then with AI controlling their minds. AI will tell them not to.

Cutting edge ‘new’ technology has been there all along

The Cult is not sitting around waiting for essential ever-advancing technologies to be invented. The Archontic force as I call it, manipulating from the unseen, had the know-how for Smart Grid technology – and far ahead of even what we see today – when humanity was supposed to be knocking rocks together and living in caves during another simulation stage of ‘history’. Human limitations of knowledge and technology apply only to this tiny band of frequency we experience as the world (the simulation ). Beyond its firewall lies Infinite Reality and Possibility with even the low-vibrations occupied by the Archontics having far more knowledge than humans in Bubble-mode can access. Some of that knowledge is transferred to initiates of the Cult to advance the perceptual control of humanity. The transfer has included technology crucial to the Smart Grid which has been developed in beyond-top secret underground and within-mountain facilities before being introduced to the public arena in a carefully-planned sequence through a list of front men and women and their companies. These Cult agents are used, along with well-crafted cover stories, to explain where the technology came from (geeks in garages is often in the script) and we have a long list of cover-story tellers like Gates, Zuckerberg, Brin, Page, Wojcicki, Bezos and Musk among so many others. The world of high-technology is awash with Cult operatives in among genuine people who have no idea what is really going on around them. Humanity, in turn, has had to be perceptually developed to have enough intellectual (Bubble) awareness to work with and enslave itself with technology while not being wise enough to see that this is what is happening. Developing cleverness without wisdom was the plan and as I said earlier this is the most destructive force on earth. It is clever to make a nuclear weapon, but not wise to do so. The Cult ‘education’ system is all about cleverness, not wisdom. We have brilliant engineers and others with incredible intellectual abilities who, at the same time, believe that a man was born to a virgin mother and walked on water, or that ‘God’ parted the Red Sea and men should wear beards because a bloke called Mohammed had one some 1,500 years ago. I have used the following quote from a Central American shaman several times in my books and it captures the theme magnificently. He refers to the Archontic force as ‘the predators’:

Think for a moment, and tell me how you would explain the contradictions between the intelligence of man the engineer and the stupidity of his systems of belief, or the stupidity of his contradictory behaviour …

… Sorcerers believe that the predators have given us our systems of beliefs, our ideas of good and evil; our social mores. They are the ones who set up our dreams of success or failure. They have given us covetousness, greed, and cowardice. It is the predator who makes us complacent, routinary, and egomaniacal …

… In order to keep us obedient and meek and weak, the predators engaged themselves in a stupendous manoeuvre – stupendous, of course, from the point of view of a fighting strategist; a horrendous manoeuvre from the point of those who suffer it. They gave us their mind. The predators’ mind is baroque, contradictory, morose, filled with the fear of being discovered any minute now.

The shaman is describing from my perspective the impulses delivered by interaction with the Archontic simulation while the direct AI-brain connection is meant to take this to a whole new level of perceptual control. We must be able to build our own AI prison without realising that we are doing so and every day I watch it happening.

Here kitty, kitty …

Figure 322: Keep walking – just a bit longer and the carrot will be yours.

Humanity has been brought to the point where many of its number have become technologically savvy enough to build and operate the control grid while the masses have been enticed along the road to an AI mind in the way a donkey might trot forward in pursuit of a carrot always dangling just out of reach inches from the end of its nose (Fig 322 ). The technology version of this is to constantly bring out new devices each one slightly closer to the endgame of AI-brain connection. As people seek out each latest gadget or ‘upgrade’ they are unknowingly being seduced down the trail to the end of humanity as we know it (Fig 323 ). Apple was fined for slowing down older phones that made people more likely to upgrade with new products because, as you know, Apple is Woke and has ‘values’. The cold, calculated sequence planned from the start goes like this: First you get the target population addicted to technology they hold – i.e. smartphones; next you advance to on the body with Apple watches, Bluetooth earphones, fitness wristbands, internet-connected spectacles and an explosion of other devices; finally you get inside the body (your goal all along) with microchips which is already happening as I have been predicting and warning about for nearly 30 years (Fig 324 ). Today 95 in every 100 Americans have access to cell phones and three out of four adults worldwide as the first stage of ‘kitty, kitty’ is almost complete and human discourse and relationships have been devastated (Fig 325 ). When I say microchips I am not referring only to those that we can see and agree, however stupidly, to be implanted. Most sinister of all are the nano-microchips invisible to the human eye known as ‘smart dust’ and ‘neural dust’ that are being released into the atmosphere for the population to breathe in. I have exposed this at length in Everything You Need To Know .

Figure 323: This has been the aim of the Cult and its ‘gods’ since the hijack of humanity began.

Figure 324: The premeditated sequence … hold, on, in.

Figure 325: Anyone observing humanity today knows that this is working big-time. (Image Gareth Icke.)

Figure 326: Technology is already in control of vast numbers of people.

Crucial to this whole scenario has been to get people addicted to technology so it becomes the master and not them. This has clearly been achieved with fantastic numbers of global humanity addicted to phones and especially the young who are the prime target for everything when they will be the adults at the time the Smart Grid is planned to be imposed full-blown (Fig 326 ). They are manipulating the perceptions of the young to compliantly agree to the AI takeover of their minds and world a few years hence. I will be revealing an immensely important aspect of induced smartphone addiction that no one seems to be talking about and it absolutely is addiction. Schools in America who take away phones during the school day found that students were suffering from ‘separation anxiety’. Some allowed students to hold their phones in pouches when they can’t open them during class time. One school principal said they were allowed to ‘personalise’ the pouches to ’make them as cool as humanly possible for something that’s keeping them from their device’. What the hell are we doing standing by while Big Tech psychopaths addict young people worldwide in this way? What I have described with the hold-it-wear-it-insert-it sequence from phone to microchip can be identified in two other Tiptoes involving the progression from 1G to 5G and the progression of the Internet and its dominant corporations. The Cult wants us to believe that 5G is only the next more advanced stage after 1G, 2G, 3G and 4G when in fact 5G is a whole new frequency band called millimetre waves (millimeter in the US) and a whole new ball game. 5G was known about in the inner core of the Cult before 1G was even introduced through cutting edge research and the technology transfer between Cult initiates and their non-human ‘gods’. I was sent a study dated 1974 from Soviet era Russia that was detailing research on the effect of millimetre waves now called 5G on viruses and pathogens and adverse effects on reproduction processes. The sequence has been a step-by-step deception to turn our reality into a microwave oven and the same technique has been used with the Internet itself.

Trojan Internet

Figure 327: One of the world’s most sinister organisations.

Cult Pentagon agency DARPA claims credit for the Internet using military technology and whatever DARPA wants is bad for humanity (Fig 327 ). Stage one was to create the Internet and introduce the World Wide Web. The know-the-outcome-and-you’ll-see-the-journey here was to make the Internet the foundation pillar of human society in a way that was irreversible in preparation for the Smart Grid. Technology needed to do this was once again known to the Cult long before it ever became public. Cult-insider Dr Richard Day was therefore able to describe the coming World Wide Web in his speech to those paediatricians in Pittsburgh in 1969 when it would not be officially ‘invented’ until 1989 and publicly available until 1991. DARPA and the Cult had to allow the free-flow of information and opinion in the early years to attract a global population to use the Internet. They would not have made the Web the central pillar of society if they had started with the endless wave of censorship we have today. In this period people like me were able to use the Internet to circulate information worldwide that the Cult certainly didn’t want people to see. They had to bite the bullet on that in pursuit of longer-term ambitions. Once the Net had become the said central pillar and irreversibly so through functional dependency the kind of Internet planned all along removed the mask from its face. The censorship began and has become more extreme by the month. The Cult had the means which it set out to create of mass surveillance, a vehicle for AI control, and the ability to delete information it didn’t want the public to see. The same sequence has been followed by Cult corporations specifically developed to dominate the Internet. The Facebooks, Googles, YouTubes, Twitters, Amazons, etc. also allowed the free circulation of information and opinion in the beginning as they had to do to pave the way for their near-monopolies. Once that had been achieved through securing a situation of ‘Where else are you going to go?’ their censorship began in earnest and has continued ever since picking off more and more dissenting voices.

Figure 328: America’s real Silicon Valley with Israel emerging fast through Sabbatian-Frankism.

Figure 329: Regina Dugan – strange career unless you know what’s going on. This was her job-description at Facebook.

These sequences that were planned from the start have been fishing lines thrown out to catch the people and then reel them in for the Hunger Games technocracy. Silicon Valley giants like Facebook and Google (YouTube) have fundamental connections to DARPA and the Pentagon as do Microsoft and Amazon (Fig 328 overleaf). All of them are at the centre of the AI-controlled surveillance society while posing as New Woke and supported by Wokeness mobbery. Regina Dugan, promotor of transhumanism and post-humanism, was DARPA director between 2009 and 2012 before being hired as an executive of Google. She then transferred to Facebook in 2016. That’s quite a career CV – heading DARPA, one of the world’s most sinister organisations, before moving to a global search engine and social media platform (Fig 329 ). When you know the game there is a clear thread of consistency and that is AI control of humanity. Her brief at the secretive Facebook Building 8 operation was to develop ‘technologies that fluidly blend physical and digital worlds.’ Her theoretical ‘boss’ Mark Zuckerberg has talked of the need for ‘a global superstructure to advance humanity’. Post-human advocate Ray Kurzweil is a Google executive and co-founder of the Singularity University in Silicon Valley which seeks to promote the AI human. Not without reason I refer to Silicon Valley as the Devil’s Playground. It is a very sick place run by very sick people with a very sick agenda for humanity while posturing its New Wokeness to get the desperately naïve on board.

Behind the Musk

Figure 330: Elon Musk, the smirking fraud making possible the Smart Grid of mass and total human control.

Big names in Silicon Valley are all technocrats driving the world into technocracy including Jeff Bezos at Amazon (an orgasmic company for technocrats); Brin and Page at Google/YouTube and parent company Alphabet; Zuckerberg, the frontman at Facebook; and Elon Musk at Tesla and SpaceX. There are so many others, too. Musk is a mega-fraud Silicon celebrity who comes into the story in many guises. For the Smart Grid to enslave the totality of humanity Kurzweil’s ‘cloud’ has to cover every inch of the planet and that can only be done from space. Enter Mr Showman-Bullshitter Elon Musk (Fig 330 ). This is the man who said that AI could be the end of humanity (true) and heads a company called Neuralink working to connect the human brain to computers. The Wall Street Journal reported that this involves a ‘neural lace’ or mesh-like system which would ‘implant tiny brain electrodes’ with a view to uploading and downloading thoughts. Musk is the big name at Tesla cars which is developing ‘smart’ electric driverless vehicles and in terms of the global cloud he heads the rocket corporation SpaceX which is in the process of delivering thousands of satellites into orbit to fire the Wi-Fi cloud at the entire Earth. Space X received $1billion in funding from Google and Fidelity Investments in 2015 amid the usual incestuous Silicon Valley interconnections. Musk officially requested permission from the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) in late 2016 to launch 4,425 satellites into low orbits at between 715 and 823 miles to provide Wi-Fi worldwide when at the time there were only 1,500 active satellites in orbit. The number planned by Musk is actually far, far higher as we’ll see shortly. The UK Independent questioned the economics involved without realising that to the Cult agenda money is no object:

The astronomical cost of the satellites and launch may be the limiting factor. The customers for the service are the very poorest populations in the most remote regions on earth. The initial cost of the satellite network will be difficult to recover.

Covering costs is not the prime goal – covering the Earth with the Wi-Fi cloud and 5G is the goal. Elon Musk is an extraordinarily arrogant man and very dangerous in terms of human freedom and health. He only gets away with his behaviour because what he’s doing serves the Cult. He was warned that his Starlink programme to launch 12,000 satellites to, among other things, fire 5G/Wi-Fi at the planet would seriously damage astronomy by blocking out the stars with light. Musk of course didn’t give a shit and did it anyway. Forbes magazine reported how in November, 2019, Musk’s SpaceX launched ‘a network of 60 bright, large, reflective and radio-interfering satellites … ruining numerous professional observations‘. If 60 are doing that what are 12,000 going to do or the 42,000 that Musk wants? How much skin cancer alone are Musk’s satellites going to cause as well as a long list of other health and psychological problems from 5G transmitted from space? Skin and sweat ducts directly interact with 5G. Musk announced a programme to launch 60 new satellites every two weeks to have 1,500 in orbit by the end of 2020 and the Forbes headline described the consequences: ‘Latest Starlink Plans Unveiled By Elon Musk And SpaceX Could Create An Astronomical Emergency’. The article said: ‘With competitors such as Kuiper Systems and OneWeb planning on launching similar networks, and Starlink attempting to procure approval for a total of 42,000 satellites, it’s possible that looking through a pair of binoculars in 2030 that year again would reveal more satellites than stars.’ Facebook is also involved in satellite Wi-Fi cloud-creation through a front company called PointView Tech along with other companies including Boeing. A Musk Space X rocket exploded at Cape Canaveral in 2016 before it was due to launch an Israeli-built communications satellite for Facebook to bathe a large area of sub-Saharan Africa in Wi-Fi. I’m sure as many search for food to survive they are desperate to watch CNN and cat videos on YouTube. Mark Zuckerberg said after the explosion that Facebook was ‘committed to our mission of connecting everyone and we will keep working until everyone has the opportunities this satellite would have provided.’ Google is also involved in the race to ‘get everyone connected’ purely from the light of human kindness. Satellite systems can also manipulate Earth weather which can then be blamed on human-caused ‘climate change’.

This is what is happening to our world as the technological sub-reality I have for so long warned about is put in to place with no public approval or even knowledge in most cases. More confirmation of Musk’s arrogance and fakery came in Germany where his Tesla electric car company fought off a campaign from the public and environmental groups to build a ‘Gigafactory’ that involved levelling 227 acres of what was described as serene forest in the ironically-named in the circumstances GruenGreenheide municipality. Protestors said it would turn the idyllic area into a dirty industrial zone. What does Musk care? Billionaire fake Wokers say one thing and do the opposite. Musk claims that electric cars are the future with ‘the advent of sustainable transport and energy production’. First of all electric cars are not sustainable with the devastation caused in Africa alone in making the batteries and what is ‘sustainable’ and morally sustainable about deleting 227 acres of forest in a community that doesn’t want that when you live on the other side of the world? Musk’s activities are typical of a technocracy in which technocrats like him do what they like without the global population having any say and working above and beyond the level of elected politicians. Unbelievably self-obsessed people like Musk think they own the world and yet he is seen by many New Wokers as some kind of hero. How did Musk get permission for what he’s doing? Cult asset Musk was given approval by the Cult-owned Federal Communications Commission – the usual story. He doesn’t hold the positions that he does by accident. How interesting that his Jewish grandfather Joshua Haldeman was head of the Canadian Technocracy Party and campaigned for a technocracy between 1936 and 1941 when the movement was banned for a time by the Canadian government over alleged subversion. Now here we have grandson Elon Musk playing a front-line role in leading the world into technocracy. Aren’t coincidences amazing?

Demonising democracy

The world government is planned to be a technocracy as the Cult leads us into a post-democratic society without elected representatives and a psychological campaign has been underway for decades to discredit the concept of democracy in the public mind. This is done by misrepresenting democracy by equating it with corrupt place-people in all parties doing the will of the Cult in the same way that cartelism is sold as the ‘free market’. The Bennett Institute for Public Policy, a think tank based at the UK’s University of Cambridge, published a survey of 400 million people worldwide conducted between 1973 and 2020 which claimed that nearly 58 percent were ‘dissatisfied’ with democracy. The highest level on record came in 2019 when violent street protests broke out across the world. The World Economic Forum of the One-percent was quick to highlight the survey results given that dissatisfaction with democracy is the whole idea. The Cult is encouraging contempt for politics and politicians to transform democracy into technocracy and not least by ensuring that so many crooked and clueless people get elected to office. The System isn’t working because it is not meant to work. Witness the ever-increasing power over global society by the big names of Silicon Valley and how they are usurping and buying the political class. Politicians have already lost control of Silicon Valley technocrats, their Deep State handlers and the technology they oversee. The ground is being prepared for a full-blown technocracy wherever you look. The Atlantic magazine, yet another vehicle to promote the elite agenda, praised the technocrat takeover in an article headed: ‘It’s Jeff Bezos’s Planet Now’:

… in an age of political dysfunction … Bezos has begun to subsume the powers of the state. Where the government once funded the ambitious exploration of space, Bezos is leading that project, spending a billion dollars each year to build rockets and rovers. His company, Amazon, is spearheading an experimental effort to fix American health care; it will also spend $700 million to retrain workers in the shadow of automation and displacement.

Meanwhile, swaths of the federal government have contracted with Amazon to keep data on the company’s servers. Bezos is providing the vital infrastructure of state is absorbing the state. When Amazon locates its second headquarters on the Washington DC Potomac, staring across the river at the capital, it will provide a perfect geographic encapsulation of the new balance of power.

The article asked, perfectly describing the Cult methodology for destroying elected government: ‘Isn’t a private government run by Bezos preferable to a public government run by Donald Trump?’ How transparent can you get if you know what is going on? Even UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson has warned about what I am calling the Smart Grid. He said in a 2019 speech at the United Nations that ‘digital authoritarianism is not, alas, the stuff of dystopian fantasy, but of an emerging reality.’ When I said the same decades ago it was called conspiracy nonsense and here was a Prime Minister saying the same at the UN. He called for new technologies to be designed for ‘freedom, openness and pluralism, with the right safeguards in place to protect our people’. That ship has already sailed, Mr Johnson, and it’s going to be a hell of a job to roll back what is already happening never mind what is becoming more Orwellian by the day (written before the lockdowns). Fake ‘populist’ Johnson was handed a big parliamentary majority in 2019 which he could have used to defend freedom and put his policy where his mouth is. Instead he has done quite the opposite. Ofcom, the UK media watchdog tyranny, has been given new powers by the Johnson government to censor social media platforms, websites, comments, forums and video-sharing. Content deemed (by the state) ‘harmful’ would have to be removed by law. This is sold as protection for children when as always the plan is to expand the law and its interpretation to include critics of the official narrative. ‘Harmful’ is so open to interpretation you can make it apply to anything and that’s why that term is used. Platforms would have to remove ‘illegal’ (state censored) content quickly and ‘minimise the risk’ of it being posted at all. The latter means using AI pre-post censorship algorithms which Facebook and company have long said they have been developing. Cult-controlled governments tell Cult-owned Internet giants what they must do and they comply to ensure the introduction of Cult-demanded censorship. This is happening with regard to an increasing list of countries. It is also interesting, and I say that ironically, that this UK government law is in line with the World Wide Foundation of ‘Web-inventor’ Tim Berners-Lee which proclaims to be saving the Internet from ‘digital dystopia’ with censorship dystopia. Authors of the Berners-Lee plan include … Google, Facebook, Microsoft, and the censorship-obsessed German and French governments. Johnson’s regime also employs an absolute Israel fanatic policing ‘anti-Semitism’ (criticism of Israel) in the form of one-time Labour Party MP John Mann with his blue and white tongue on permanent stand-by. Any connection between Johnson and freedom is purely coincidental on his record and he allowed himself to be overridden by ‘the scientists’ and outrageous ‘computer modellers’ to lockdown Britain and create economic Armageddon and fascistic control.

(Cyber) Space: the final frontier (for the end of freedom)

The Smart Grid cannot function without communication systems of at least 5G, or ‘Fifth Generation’, which operates in the millimetre wave band of the electromagnetic spectrum. Cumulatively-lethal 5G is being rolled out across the world and beamed from satellites without any official independent testing for its health and psychological implications. There is a simple reason for this lack of testing: 5G is crucial to the Smart Grid and independent, publicly-circulated, studies of 5G consequences for body and mind would mean it would never be allowed to happen in the face of mass public opposition. China is a world leader in 5G and already talking about 6G using terahertz waves. The authorities and the Cult telecommunications industry know that truly independent publicly-funded testing published in the mainstream would be the death knell of 5G and so they don’t have any. If you can’t win a debate don’t have one. Senator Richard Blumenthal asked US telecommunications industry representatives during a session of the US Senate Commerce, Science and Transportation Committee how much money they had spent on independent research into the effects of 5G. Their answer was nothing. Blumenthal said: ‘No research ongoing – we’re flying blind here so far as health and safety is concerned.’ It may appear to be that way from the public perspective, but industry insiders and the Cult are not ‘flying blind’ at all. They know the cumulative health and psychological consequences for large numbers of people and they don’t want you to know. The International Society of Doctors for the Environment, with subsidiaries in 27 countries, joined more than 200 doctors and scientists in urging the 5G roll-out be stopped over concerns that its radio frequency radiation will harm human health. The body and its systems are an electromagnetic field communicating and processing information electrically as does the brain. Any frequency that disrupts this electrical and electromagnetic harmony will cause ‘physical’ and psychological dis-ease or disruption and the more powerful the frequency the greater the disruption. The Cult doesn’t care – that’s the effect it wants in its war on humanity. Tom Wheeler, then chairman of the US Federal Communications Commission (FCC), told the media that all urban and rural communities would be saturated with 5G to connect to the Internet everything from water supplies to pharmaceutical drugs and domestic appliances. Obama-appointed Wheeler was formerly a venture capitalist and lobbyist for the cable and wireless industry which he then became responsible for ‘regulating’. No wonder this disgraceful man said that 5G safety standards simply didn’t matter:

We won’t wait for the standards to be first developed in the sometimes arduous standards-setting process or in a government-led activity. Instead, we will make ample spectrum available and then rely on a private sector-led process for producing technical standards best suited for those frequencies and use cases.

We’ll allow the industry that admits it has done no testing to set the safety standards in line with what they require for the industry (the Cult) to do whatever it wants. The technocracy’s need to cover the planet with 5G or higher can be seen in the $9 billion fund announced by the same Federal Communications Commission (now chaired by Ajit Pai) to ‘help’ the billionaire telecommunication industry to specifically install 5G connection (radiation) across rural America. How kind.

5G coming to your street

Figure 331: 5G with its destructive frequencies will require transmitters along every street.

5G is designed to add still further to the technological sub-reality disconnecting humanity from Infinite Reality which is being constructed all around us step by step. Its millimetre waves don’t pass well through buildings and other dense objects which means that 5G transmitters are needed down every street (Fig 331 ). Some estimates claim one for every twelve buildings. This will mean having untested 5G transmitted directly outside homes and children’s bedrooms. The human cost is going to be considerable over a period and it’s meant to be for reasons I will be explaining. In fact 5G is so potentially destructive that the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) which is recognised by the Cult-created World Health Organization said it is 100 percent safe. Wow, it must be bad then. The ICNIRP calls itself ‘independent’ which it is perfectly at liberty to do, but I don’t believe it. The inability of 5G to pass through dense objects explains why phenomenal numbers of trees, especially in urban areas, are being cut down. You know those trees we are told are so essential to ‘stop global warming’. A Sunday Times investigation using the Freedom of Information Act found that 110,000 trees had been chopped down in three years by UK councils including Newcastle (8,414), Edinburgh (4,435) and Sheffield (3,529). The excuses for doing so were pathetic and the real reason is 5G and the preparation for autonomous vehicles which need a clear connection to 5G. Scientists and doctors independent of the industry and the Cult have spoken out about the multiple dangers posed by 5G. One is Dr Joel Moskowitz, a public health professor at the University of California, Berkeley, who says the deployment of 5G is a mass experiment on the health of all species because millimetre waves are weaker than microwaves and predominantly absorbed by the skin which takes the focus of the ‘hit’. He says skin contains capillaries and nerve endings which allow 5G bio-effects to be transmitted through molecular mechanisms and the nervous system (the skin is actually an antenna like the skeleton and the body in general). Dr Moskowitz warned that ‘5G will use high-band frequencies, or millimetre waves, that may affect the eyes, the testes end of procreation agenda, the skin, the peripheral nervous system, and sweat glands … Millimetre waves can also make some pathogens resistant to antibiotics.’ Something rarely mentioned is that ‘viruses’ and diseases are, like everything, expressions of specific frequencies and if you broadcast those frequencies powerfully enough you can spread disease among the population without chemicals and direct contact and most certainly weaken the immune system which makes ‘viruses’ and pathogens more destructive (you’ll see why I am putting ‘virus’ in quote marks when we get to the pandemic hoax). Dr Ben-Ishai from the Department of Physics at Israel’s Hebrew University has warned that human sweat ducts ‘act like an array of helical antennas’ when exposed to 5G wavelengths and Dr Devra Davis, an internationally-renowned American epidemiologist, President of the Environmental Health Trust and director of the Center for Environmental Oncology at the University of Pittsburgh, said at the start of the 5G roll-out:

If you are one of the millions who seek faster downloads of movies, games and virtual pornography, a solution is at hand, that is, if you do not mind volunteering your living body in a giant uncontrolled experiment on the human population. At this moment, residents of the Washington, DC region – like those of 100 Chinese cities – are about to be living within a vast experimental millimeter wave network to which they have not consented – all courtesy of American taxpayers.

This work shows that the same parts of the human skin that allow us to sweat also respond to 5G radiation much like an antenna that can receive signals. We need the potential adverse health impacts of 5G to be seriously evaluated before we blanket our children, ourselves and the environment with this radiation.

Unravelling human biology

Frank Clegg, former President of Microsoft Canada, is another vocal campaigner highlighting the dangers of 5G to health and DNA which is another receiver-transmitter of information waves and immensely vulnerable to being unravelled and mutated by waves of technological radiation. Then there is John Patterson, an Australian telecommunications engineer and radiation expert, who was so concerned about the dangers he identified that he ‘borrowed’ a former British army tank and demolished six Sydney mobile phone transmitter towers in 2007. He wanted to highlight what he called the devastating risk to human life, nature and the planet all of which are wave and electromagnetic fields and seriously affected by technologically-generated electromagnetic waves. Patterson’s protest came even before the roll out of 5G and we should not allow a focus on 5G to obscure the fact that all electromagnetic technology is potentially harmful to humans, 3G, 4G, or whatever label is used. It’s only a matter of scale. John Patterson took his drastic action after being fired for producing a report revealing mega-levels of technological radiation and being ignored by every government and telecommunications agency including Standards Australia, Australian Communications Authority, Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency, Local Government Association, national parliament and the military – all of which will be tools of the telecommunications industry which is a tool of the Cult. The same story can be found throughout the world because the Cult is running the show. Patterson’s campaign began when he was very sick himself and this became even worse when two mobile phone base stations were installed close to his place of work. By then he was having regular heart attacks and suffering many health effects that he saw in work colleagues, some of whom died. Patterson said that ‘Telecom had a very high number of suicides’ and we have suicides soaring among young people deluged with technological waves from smartphones and masts. Electromagnetic wave disruption imbalances the wavefield mind as well as the body while the brain processes information (perception) electrically. Remember, too, that when you make a call the cell tower broadcasts a dedicated radiation connection just for you and you unknowingly irradiate everyone and everything in its path every time you use the phone . Patterson offers this advice to mobile phone users: Minimise the use of phones in buses and trains in peak hours; avoid closed rooms with mobile phones; wind all the windows down if you use a mobile phone in the car – (‘For a mobile phone signal to go through 3mm of glass it has to double its power’); Tinted glass is less permeable to mobile phone signals so causing the phone to increase power; pregnant women definitely should not use mobile phones given that the foetus absorbs radiation that its mother absorbs; don’t send SMS text messages as the mobile phone transmits at maximum power for this. These are some of the mind and body effects described by Cairnsnews.org which Patterson experienced himself and witnessed in others after radiation exposure from nearby phone masts:

• Short-term memory loss

• Long-term memory loss

• Involuntary contraction of muscles and tendons

• Sleeplessness

• Chronic fatigue

• Problems with balance

• Sore neck muscles

• Jaw out of alignment

• Vertebrae in shoulders and bottom four vertebrae out of alignment caused by cramping of muscles

• Reduction in elasticity in body, especially throat, resulting in a ‘choking’ effect when swallowing

• Thyroid problems which delete the immune system

• Heart problems (including heart attacks)

• Stomach valve not opening properly, leading to heartburn and nausea

• Changes to gait

• Numbing of the skin

• Black rings around the iris

• Kidney problems

• Liver problems leading to skin problems, rashes and pimples that don’t heal. Patterson says he saw at least a thousand workers with similar skin problems.

• Inappropriate emotional responses

I repeat – this was even before 5G. Patterson points out that overhead powerlines become conductors of mobile phone signals when people make calls close by and while science tests the impact of single phones the public is being exposed to simultaneous sources from multiple phones and masts making the cumulative effect far, far worse. He likens a crowded bus or train with many people using phones to a microwave oven. Now they are making them possible on aircraft. Patterson’s overall conclusions are the same as those I have highlighted in my books over decades – technological fields disrupt natural fields and the consequences are cumulatively catastrophic. A major effect is on the polarity spin of body cells. Patterson said:

The body is like a spinning top charged through nature’s fields and waves. Synchronicity to these fields creates good health. When we’re unsynchronised to the spinning top effect, sickness and disease appear. Continual exposure to the polarisation of mobile phones is diminishing our ability to recognise nature.

Martin Pall is a Professor Emeritus of biochemistry and Basic Medical Sciences at Washington State University and a man I will quote later with regard to 5G and ‘coronavirus’. He has published a very long list of articles and papers on the subject of electromagnetic fields and 5G. His findings support the direct experience of John Patterson and he emphasises the effect on the heart for all ages, a ‘rapid crash in collective brain function’, very early-onset Alzheimer’s and both ‘a rapid and irreversible crash in human reproduction to close to zero, based mainly but not solely on the impacts on male reproduction’ and ‘massive deterioration in the human gene pool, caused by the DNA effects in human sperm and possibly also on human eggs’. The latter two relate to the Cult’s end-of-procreation and population cull agendas which I will detail in the next chapter. Professor Pall relates how widespread neuropsychiatric effects are produced by low-intensity electromagnetic field exposures, including depression: ‘Depression can cause suicide and various neuropsychiatric effects may well lead to abusive behavior.’ Here we are with suicide rapidly increasing especially among the young in the ‘smart’ era with 5G exponentially increasing the impact of technological electromagnetic fields. Pall also said in 2018:

I predict that many organisms will be much more impacted than we will. This includes insects and other arthropods, birds and small mammals and amphibia. It includes plants including even large trees, because trees have leaves and reproductive organs that are highly exposed. I predict there will be major ecological disasters as a consequence of 5G. This will include vast conflagrations because EMF exposures make plants much more flammable.

Professor Paul said that ‘putting in tens of millions of 5G antennae without a single biological test of safety has got to be about the stupidest idea anyone has had in the history of the world’. Stupid if you care about humanity, but perfectly explainable if you don’t. Pall’s assessment is that ‘5G presents threats of the sort that we have never seen before – multiple imminent existential threats to our survival.’ From the Cult’s point of view that’s the idea and what better way to hide that reality than behind a fake ‘climate emergency’ promoted by your puppets in the Climate Cult and claimed to be ‘an existential threat’ to humanity?

World-changing

Figure 332: Schumann Resonance through which life in our reality can connect and interact is being destroyed by the tidal wave of technologically-generated electromagnetic frequencies.

Figure 333: While the ‘Greens’ are obsessed with the human-caused climate change hoax the real danger to the natural world and humanity is ignored or even supported.

Figure 334: Plant growth with Wi-Fi and no Wi-Fi.

Confirmation for Pall’s and Patterson’s words comes from the devastating impact of technological radiation on the planet’s natural frequency state known as Schumann Cavity or Schumann Cavity Resonance which is named after German physicist Winfried Otto Schumann. This operates in the extremely low frequency or ELF range between 6 and 8 Hertz which is the frequency band of human brain activity and all biological systems (Fig 332 ). The frequency of 7.83 Hz is said to be where everything can connect and communicate in unity. The Cult is purposely scrambling the frequency connection – Oneness – between humans and nature and humans and each other. We are part of a vast universal electrical system and we interact with the Earth’s magnetic field which itself is part of the universal field or The Field. Humans have a flow of electromagnetic energy from The Field entering through the top of the head (crown chakra) which is distributed throughout the body by the chi acupuncture network – chi is electricity encoded with information. The dismantling and distorting of this connection by technological radiation (with 5G taking the effect to a level beyond anything we have yet experienced) is having untold consequences for body/mind health and the term ‘health’ is just another way of saying balance or harmony. This interaction with The Field has a profound impact on the body-field oscillation which is what we call life in this reality. When the oscillation stops the body dies and the weaker the oscillation gets the weaker we get. The same interaction applies to the entire natural world and this is why bees and insects among much else are disappearing. Older people will remember how insects were constantly hitting their windscreen in the summer because they were so abundant; but now? None of this appears to be a problem for the ‘Green movement’ and its Climate Cult which in many ways sees the technology dystopia as an answer to ‘climate disaster’. I described earlier how members of the UK Green Party were denied by its Climate Cult hierarchy a debate on 5G at the 2019 annual conference and one member was threatened with the police while protesting the decision outside the venue (Fig 333 ). They don’t seem at all interested in a 5G technology that threatens the natural world in all its forms with mass disruption from its wave frequency impact on animals, insects, plants, trees, the lot. What does the US Green New Deal call for? The building or upgrading to energy-efficient, distributed, and ‘smart’ power grids. I saw a headline at the New Woke ‘Eco Warrior Princess’ website which said: ‘Smart Grid Technology in the US: Benefits to Environment and Social Justice.’ Many experiments have revealed how Wi-Fi blocks plant growth and 5G has the potential for a serious effect on nature and food production to add to the Green demand to reduce the gas of life or plant oxygen (Figs 334 and 335 ). Nature is being destroyed from insects to bees to birds by technological frequencies and humans are going the same way. A study in India exposed bees to a cell phone for ten minutes and found that they stopped metabolising sugars, proteins and fats – in ten minutes . Now apply this to the staggering increase in human diabetes (flawed metabolising of sugars); heart disease (which is affected by frequency impulses); and cancer (cell growth can be distorted by technological electromagnetic fields). Is it really a coincidence that in the period that all this has happened dementia has soared? We are in a real crisis caused by technological wavefields while the Cult sells the fake crisis of climate change and has hijacked the Green movement to attack those exposing the facts. Whales and dolphins that navigate through a Schumann connection have been beaching themselves in large numbers while birds, bees and insects are being similarly affected through navigational disruption. Physicist and Schumann researcher Wolfgang Ludwig said: ‘Measuring Schumann resonance in or around a city has become impossible … electromagnetic pollution from cell phones has forced us to make measurements at sea.’ Professor Rutger Wever from the Max Planck Institute for Behavioural Physiology in Germany built an underground bunker isolated from Schumann resonance to study student volunteers for a month. Isolation from Schumann frequencies caused biological rhythms (circadian rhythms) to be scrambled and they suffered emotional distress (see humanity today) and migraine headaches. These symptoms disappeared after only a short exposure to 7.8 Hz. There are gathering numbers of people worldwide suffering so seriously from what is termed ‘electrical sensitivity’ that they have to live alone as far from technological radiation as possible, but where can they run with this shit blasted everywhere from satellite thanks to Musk and his masters? They are technology-generated radiation sensitive and the number is bound to soar with 5G. American activist Arthur Firstenberg, author of Microwaving Our Planet: The Environmental Impact of the Wireless Revolution and The Invisible Rainbow: A History of Electricity and Life , said in 2018:

At least 20 million people in the world, and I estimate that conservatively, have already been injured by cell phones and their infrastructure so severely that they cannot work. They are driven out of their homes and cities and cannot live in society.

They are environmental refuges and they are in every country. Many are housebound and cannot venture outside … many of these people are homeless, living in cars and tents, in remote areas, committing suicide and no one comes to their aid.

Firstenberg was speaking even before 5G. The manipulated frequency disconnection between humans and their environment has many benefits for the Cult agenda including that technocracy requires a disconnection from the natural world. A survey by Britain’s National Trust in 2020 found that more than 70 percent of children say they rarely or never watch clouds, butterflies and bees and most adults had rarely or never listened to birdsong or smelled wild flowers over the previous year. Never mind they could always watch videos of them on YouTube or download images from Instagram.

Give children smartphones?

Figure 336: Assimilation now starts early.

Children are far more damaged by radiation and they are sitting in Wi-Fi fields at school all day and then going home to the same Wi-Fi along with the added radiation fields of smart meters, smartphones and Wi-Fi in the street. No safe level of wireless radiation has been determined for children or pregnant women and that’s likely true for everyone. Brain cancers in children have rapidly increased where they put phones to their ear – adults, too – and tumours of the heart (disrupting the heart on the wavefield level is a prime objective of the Cult). What a grotesque sight it is to see parents allowing babies to play with these devices or toddlers in highchairs for no other reason than to keep them placated (Fig 336 ). Phone use for just 20 minutes a day can triple the risk of a brain tumour with thinner-skulled children at the greatest risk. The Chicago Tribune reported in 2019 that eleven smartphone models exceed federal radiation safety levels (already ridiculously high) by 500 percent. An investigation by the Swiss Tropical and Public Health Institute which replicated an earlier study established memory damage in teenagers who had used a cell phone for a year. This was especially the case with those putting the phone to the same ear with impaired memory in those parts of the brain getting the biggest exposure to phone radiation. A BBC report revealed that most children surveyed in the UK sleep with their phone by the bed, which can be seriously detrimental to both health and sleep, while mobiles are being handed to children at an ever earlier age with most having a phone by age seven. Ownership becomes ‘pretty universal’ by age eleven. Even against this background of phone and Wi-Fi health consequences Apple is selling ‘Airpods’ which people stick in their ears to pick up Wi-Fi. Bluetooth does the same. It is cumulative suicide and the companies don’t know that? How many phone users realise that in the fine print these companies tell you not to put the phone to your ear? This is the get-out clause for the tidal wave of lawsuits they know will eventually come their way. Lloyds of London, one of the world’s premier insurance groups, refuses to insure health claims made against 5G and Wi-Fi technologies. What do they know that the public is not being told? Plenty. Cancer, heart malfunction, dementia, weakened immune systems, miscarriages, stillbirths, insomnia, extreme nosebleeds, eye problems, depression, suicide, and other conditions and behaviour are all potential effects of 5G. Firefighters in San Francisco have reported memory problems and confusion after 5G was installed outside their stations and they said this only stopped when they moved to non-5G locations. These are the 5G waves impacting on the information processing of the brain and imagine what the situation will be when it is everywhere and being fired at us from Musk’s satellites. Anyone still surprised at the soaring increase in teenage suicide when electromagnetic frequencies emitted by technology affect information processing by the brain? The Cult is taking over the human mind and for this reason laws are being passed to impose 5G on every community and stop anyone opting out. Another effect of technology waves is to break down the blood-brain barrier that keeps toxins out of the brain including nanochips. Children are being hit with this stuff before their blood-brain barriers are even fully developed. The telecommunications and Silicon Valley corporations promoting all this are controlled by pure psychopathic evil (the extreme absence of love). I hear some say there is no such thing as evil when there is by that definition. Indeed there must be the potential for evil and the absence of love within the infinity of All Possibility.

Cauliflower blood

American researcher Lena Pu is the environmental health consultant for the National Association for Children and Safe Technologies and she has the experience of working with military and government agencies. She is a vehement campaigner against 5G and Wi-Fi in schools, but even she was taken aback when she tested the blood of a teacher after a day in a classroom that wasn’t even dowsed in maximum Wi-Fi power as many others are. She said the teacher’s blood was the worse she had ever seen – ‘sticky’, coagulating and brown in colour. ‘This is the first time that the blood was so thick that I could see the colour on a slide’, Pu said. She described it as ‘looking like cauliflower’. It took her a few minutes to talk to the teacher because she was in ‘pure shock’. What was happening to the blood of the students in the same environment? What is happening to all children at school across the world every day with Wi-Fi transmitted in almost every classroom whether they use it or not? Now 5G is being installed in schools across the world and hospitals. Blood is liquid and the Wi-Fi affect becomes obvious when you think that Wi-Fi operates in the same frequency band as microwave ovens which generate frequencies specifically designed to energise water molecules. What does the holographic human body mostly consist of? Water. Microwave ovens dry out food and Wi-Fi dries out (dehydrates) humans. What could possibly go wrong and what a coincidence, eh? I guess it’s also a coincidence that driverless cars operate in the waveband that affects water. Consequences for body and mind include depression (see skyrocketing teen suicides again). Apathy is another symptom which is exactly what the Cult wants to provide a free run to its endgame.

Lena Pu found that Wi-Fi and technology transmitters can change their frequency which means that while they are officially transmitting on one frequency they can covertly be delivering other frequencies at the behest of whoever is in control. Pu’s research has also shown her how technology frequencies are effecting the very formation and intake of oxygen and this connects with the global population cull I have been warning about for decades. The Smart Grid is the delivery system, but the controllers of the Grid decide at whatever time what is being delivered. We are told that this network is for 5G or 4G when that is only the technology to deliver other frequencies far beyond what we are told about. Humanity is not only building its own prison cell. It is watching its own microwave oven being installed step-by-step every day. Pu said something else that I have been pointing out year after year. These ‘technology’ waves are actually ‘alive ’ and a form of consciousness. Remember what I said about the most advanced AI being in truth a name for the very force behind human control? The introduction of 5G is going to increase the radiation effect of all of the above by many, many times. Nevertheless the mainstream media takes the side of industry and government, of course , with the New York Times running headlines such as ‘The 5G Health Hazard That Isn’t’. This was the same New York Times that partnered with Verizon ‘to explore how 5G can be used in journalism’. Why the Times would want to know about the effect on journalism when it doesn’t do any was not explained. A Times reporter was accused of violating a truth and accuracy code by the Press Council of Ireland with regard to an article about 5G. Given that the paper is an ultra-Zionist-owned rag that serves the interests of the Cult there is no surprise there then. A ‘journalist’ called Alex Hern wrote an article in the ‘anti-Establishment’ deeply-establishment London Guardian headed: ‘How baseless fears over 5G rollout created a health scare’. Hern licked the arse of the industry and its ‘5G is perfectly safe’ propaganda while basically dismissing any concerns as ‘junk science’. What a disgrace to journalism, but oh, so typical of his kind across the media. All these health concerns are believed acceptable for faster Internet speeds that are already fast enough. Endanger your health and you can download your movies quicker – you know it makes sense. Faster speeds are just another ‘here kitty, kitty’ to the Smart Grid dystopia (Fig 337 ).

5G is a weapon

Figure 337: Faster downloads – faster survellience and data collection – and faster and more powerful the impact on human wavefields. (Image by Ben Garrision at Grrrgraphics.com .)

Figure 338: Active Denial weapons in the millimetre band of 5G. The skin – an antenna – decodes the frequencies into the feeling of intense heat as if the skin is on fire.

Ultra-high millimetre frequencies used by the 5G band are in fact employed as a weapon by the American, Israeli and other military and law enforcement (same thing) under the name ‘Active Denial Technology’ (Fig 338 ). This transmits millimetre band frequencies from military/law enforcement trucks to rapidly disperse protests and crowds. People scatter when their skin (an antenna) decodes the frequencies into the feeling that their skin is on fire and they run to get away from it. A US Department of Defense report said: ‘If you are unlucky enough to be standing there when the beam hits you, you will feel like your body is on fire.’ With such skin-5G interaction how many people will die of skin cancer as a result of its imposition? The disruptive potential is obvious for body and brain of 5G waves everywhere you go and for affecting even the wave oscillation of the body that gives it life. Consider the effect on the whole electromagnetic soup in totality on the wave oscillation of the body. The military potential is fantastic and NATO countries agreed to ‘guarantee the security of our communications, including 5G’ at their 2019 summit in London. The real reason for the 5G roll out is military and anti-human. The Pentagon-advising Defense Science Board detailed the military potential of 5G in a document called Defense Applications of 5G Network Technology: ‘The emergence of 5G technology, now commercially available, offers the Department of Defense the opportunity to take advantage, at minimal cost, of the benefits of this system for its own operational requirements.’ Get your Cult ‘private’ companies and taxpayer money to fund a 5G network that’s really intended for the Cult military. 5G will take war fighting, mass killing and mass surveillance on to a new level. Fortunately, public resistance to 5G is growing despite Cult industry propaganda parroted by the Cult media and Cult social media and the Cult’s YouTube deleting accounts and videos of those exposing the dangers. Be careful, however, as with all apparent opposition groups, that some are not fronts for what they claim to oppose. Astroturfing is everywhere today.

Poison from the sky

Figure 339: The chemtrail phenomenon all over the world.

One other crucial point about 5G and other forms of technological radiation is the phenomenon known as ‘chemtrails’ which started to be noticed in the 1990s and has subsequently been reported all over the world. I will be brief because I have detailed this subject at length in Everything You Need To Know. People are familiar with con trails, or condensation trails, that flow from the back of aircraft and quickly disappear. Chem trails, or chemical trails, do not disappear. They slowly expand and combine until even a clear blue sky can appear cloudy and hazy. The content of chemtrails falls to earth to infest people, animals, water sources, trees, plants, soil, everything (Fig 339 ). Tests have revealed that chemtrails contain aluminium, barium, radioactive thorium, cadmium, chromium, nickel, mould spores, yellow fungal mycotoxins, polymer fibres, smart dust nanotechnology, and so much more in cumulatively lethal concentrations for human health. The aluminium content is a major source for the aluminium/glyphosate impact on the pineal gland and aluminium, a brain toxin, has been rightly linked to Alzheimer’s and other forms of dementia which have become an epidemic affecting younger and younger people. Why wouldn’t that be when aluminium, in effect, short-circuits the brain? With regard to the technological sub-reality, or ‘cloud’, chemtrails add to the conductivity of the atmosphere and turn it into an antenna. It’s all connected to the same end. Chemtrails were dismissed as a ‘conspiracy theory (of course) and then Bill Gates (of course) began officially promoting and funding them to ‘block the sun’ to save the world from ‘global warming’.

AI world army

The world army enforcing the will of unelected technocrat world government is not ultimately planned to be human and the transition to an AI military is already well underway. We are moving rapidly to artificial intelligence (the Archontic force essentially) making global decisions about life and death through control of weapons that truly are weapons of mass destruction. AI won’t only control the Smart Grid and every facet of ‘human’ life. It will decide if you live or die and that can be done en masse through humanity’s AI connection to the Grid. The middle strata of the Hunger Games Society between the elite and the masses is planned to be occupied by an AI world military/police state of constant surveillance with the elimination of all dissenters. If you’ve seen the Matrix movies you’ll be aware of the ‘Sentinels’ or machines in their seek-and-destroy missions against humans operating outside the AI control system. This in theme is the AI world army consisting of AI robots and weapons systems that even military commanders would not in the end control. For autonomous vehicles see autonomous weapons, too, directed by the Archontic force and its Cult operatives. AI control would at some point allow the Cult elite and its technocrats to take refuse from any protesting humanity in mega underground and within mountain cities that I was writing about as long ago as the 1990s. All this has been planned a very long time. Cult arms companies are developing laser weapons controlled by AI – tanks, planes, helicopters and battleships are all being designed and introduced with AI making the decisions. DARPA as you would expect is at the centre of this although itself answers to those much deeper in The Web. This is the same dark and sinister Cult-created DARPA behind the Internet and Silicon Valley corporations like Google and Facebook. Aircraft drones equipped with weapons are being developed with a ‘neural microchip’ that lets them ‘think like a human’. Drone surveillance systems are well advanced and in 2019 Turkey unveiled a fleet of drones equipped with a machine gun and 200-rounds of ammunition. The thought of the military flying AI drones with machine guns would once have been science fiction territory. Even so Turkey is way back from the cutting edge of drone capability compared with the United States, China, Russia and Israel. How about AI controlling laser and other focused energy and beam weapons that can strike anywhere on Earth from satellite? Anyone who dismisses that has not been paying attention to what is actually happening. The contempt that the Cult has for the human population was confirmed yet again when the US Department of Defense appointed Eric Schmidt, Trilateral Commission member and former CEO of Google, to chair the Defense Innovation Board established in 2016 to formulate ‘ethical standards’ in the use of AI in the battlefield in line with the ‘best practice’ of Silicon Valley. What ‘best practice’? Walter Isaacason, another Trilateral Commission member, former President of the One-percent’s Aspen Institute, chairman and CEO of CNN and Managing Editor of Time , is also on the board. The members are selected by Schmidt in consultation with the Secretary of Defense. The idea that Schmidt is going to propose genuine and enforceable ‘ethical standards’ on military AI is a joke so sick it is beyond laughable when he fronted for Google as it was transforming the Internet into the censorship-ridden, freedom-deleting, AI-dictated abomination that it has become.

Figure 340: The Cult is creating a world military force in which decisions are made by artificial intelligence outside the control of humans.

Satellites are being launched all the time without publicity in pursuit of global control and when they are mentioned it is their civilian and commercial uses that are emphasised when many have military applications. Russia’s President Vladimir Putin made this point in 2019 when he said that world powers were increasingly weaponising space and Russia had to respond: ‘The US political and military leadership openly consider space a war theatre … Developments demand that we pay increased attention to strengthening our orbital group as well as our rocket and space industries.’ Russia’s ‘orbital group’ is reported to have 150 satellites with two-thirds of them having military applications. The United States will be much further ahead than that and then there is China, too. President Trump created the US Space Force, the first new military branch since 1947, when he signed the 2020 National Defense Authorization Act. ‘Space is the world’s newest warfighting domain’, Trump said. ‘American superiority in space is absolutely vital.’ This was delivering exactly what the ultra-Zionist Project for the New American Century called for in its September, 2000, document demanding that list of regime changes which followed the Sabbatian-Frankist-instigated 9/11. The fact that Trump is owned by Israel is naturally purely coincidental. Space is another ‘domain’ for the child-like playground bullies to fight. The world is run by a psychopathic playschool. Academics and scientists have warned that killer robots will leave humans defenceless while not appearing to realise that this is the very idea . (Fig 340 ). Even using humans in the military/police state carries with it the possibility of rebellion once they see what the game is. That is avoided with AI and those in the military and police today should realise that they would be in the Hunger Games masses once AI law enforcement took over. The world’s first robot officer officially joined the Dubai police in 2017. ‘Robocop’ can read facial expressions, respond in six languages, and has a built-in tablet that can be used to report crime and pay fines. Brigadier-General Khalid Nasser Al Razzouqi, Director-General of Dubai Police ‘Smart Services’, said:

With an aim to assist and help people in the malls or on the streets, the Robocop is the latest smart addition to the force and has been designed to help us fight crime, keep the city safe and improve happiness levels. He can chat and interact, respond to public queries, shake hands and offer a military salute.

Dystopian vision

Authorities in the Dubai fake-royal tyranny want at least a quarter of its police force to be robots by that year again – 2030 – which also turned up in an article by Danish politician and World Economic Forum insider Ida Auken which was posted on the Forum website in 2016. It was headed: ‘Welcome to 2030. I own nothing, have no privacy, and life has never been better.’ She described her home at that time as ‘our city’ and was concerned for those who did not want to share the then AI technocratic society. She described them as ‘Those who decided that it became too much, all this technology’ and ‘Those who felt obsolete and useless when robots and AI took over big parts of our jobs.’ In Auken’s scenario such people lived a different life in ‘little self-supplying communities’ or ‘just stayed in the empty and abandoned houses in small 19th century villages’. She continued in her 2030 prediction:

Once in a while I get annoyed about the fact that I have no real privacy. Nowhere I can go and not be registered. I know that, somewhere, everything I do, think and dream of is recorded. I just hope that nobody will use it against me.

All in all, it is a good life. Much better than the path we were on, where it became so clear that we could not continue with the same model of growth. We had all these terrible things happening: lifestyle diseases, climate change, the refugee crisis, environmental degradation, completely congested cities, water pollution, air pollution, social unrest and unemployment. We lost way too many people before we realised that we could do things differently.

She was describing the Problem-Reaction-Solutions and NO-Problem-Reaction-Solutions that led to the technocracy so long planned by the One-percent mentality behind the World Economic Forum except that the ‘little self-supplying communities’ would not be allowed.

We can see how a very few could control the entirety of humanity through an AI brain connection, a centrally-directed AI global army and a Smart Grid controlling everything. A further aspect of AI in relation to the Hunger Games Society is the absolute carnage which Auken indicated that is coming for jobs and income through the mass-replacement of humans with AI technology which is already happening at a quickening speed (written before the carnage of jobs and income that came with the manipulated lockdowns).

Even news items are being written by artificial intelligence with AI digital news and sport presenters being developed. None of this is by chance. It’s by Cult. How few do you need to dominate the world through the global Smart Grid when centrally-controlled AI can decide what happens with everything connected to the Internet, all surveillance, communication systems, transport, economics, food production and distribution, what news items say, and even the digital AI that presents them? All this and so much more is planned to be centrally dictated and I make the strong case in The Trigger that this point of control in the Smart Grid is planned eventually to be Israel, the fiefdom of the Sabbatian-Frankist cult, the prime network in the global Cult.

CHAPTER THIRTEEN

What is really behind transgender hysteria?

Tolerance isn’t about not having beliefs. It’s about how your beliefs lead you to treat people who disagree with you – Timothy Keller

I have indicated a number of times so far that there is a deep and sinister motive behind transgender hysteria that has gripped the mind of New Woke and been tyrannically imposed on the rest of society. Know the outcome and you’ll see the journey.

The Cult wants a no-gender synthetic ‘biological’ human to replace what we have now. The new human body is being designed to better interact with AI and to be able to survive the catastrophic levels of destructive radiation necessary for the Smart Grid to function in its final form which the current human body would struggle to survive. 5G is not the end in terms of the impact of frequency transmissions; it is only the next stage. Synthetic genetics is advancing rapidly in public arena projects and far more so in underground bases where the Archon-to-Cult knowledge transfer takes place. Synthetic biology or ‘SynBio’ is a fast-emerging area of science that includes everything from genetic and molecular engineering to electrical and computer engineering. The content of the Bill Gates ‘virus vaccine’ is designed to advance this process as I will be explaining. Definitions of synthetic biology include: ‘A multidisciplinary area of research that seeks to create new biological parts, devices, and systems, or to redesign systems that are already found in nature’; ‘the use of a mixture of physical engineering and genetic engineering to create new (and, therefore, synthetic) life forms’; and ‘an emerging field of research that aims to combine the knowledge and methods of biology, engineering and related disciplines in the design of chemically-synthesized DNA to create organisms with novel or enhanced characteristics and traits’. When translated from the Orwellian this means synthetic post-humans. Transgender hysteria is the Tiptoe on a road that leads to synthetic everything . The pressure for vegan diets being pushed to ‘save the world’ is only a Tiptoe to synthetic food which will be further advanced by manipulated food shortages in the wake of the ‘virus’ hysteria – if we let them do it. American scientists claimed in 2020 they had developed ‘Xenobots’ that are ‘neither robot nor animal’ constructed from living frog cells and described as ‘living machines’. Research groups are leading the world to artificial wombs and gestation and these are only projects publicly known, not the cutting edge that we don’t see. A lamb was grown in an artificial womb for four weeks and Australian researchers have experimented with lambs and sharks. A 2017 article in the London Guardian was headed ‘Artificial wombs could soon be a reality. What will this mean for women?’ It said:

We are approaching a biotechnological breakthrough. Ectogenesis, the invention of a complete external womb, could completely change the nature of human reproduction. In April this year, researchers at the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia announced their development of an artificial womb …

… Researchers at Cambridge University, meanwhile, have also kept a human embryo alive outside the body for 13 days using a mix of nutrients that mimic conditions in the womb. The embryo survived several days longer than previously observed and research only stopped because they were approaching the 14-day legal limit for the length of time an embryo can be kept in a lab. In other words, our ethics rather than our technology are now the limiting factor.

Figure 341:This is how far machine humans have come in the public arena and this is far from the cutting edge in the secret projects and underground facilities.

Reflect on that phrase ‘could completely change the nature of human reproduction’ in the light of what I have said in this book and much earlier ones about the plan for the end of human procreation described by Aldous Huxley. Many research centres around the world are seeking to develop synthetic skin, organs, blood, even brain tissue. Public experimentation reveals the direction while giving the impression that the development is at a really early stage. Behind the scenes synthetic biology is extremely advanced through Archon-Cult knowledge transfers in the underground facilities hidden far from the public gaze. Genuine research by genuine people provides the cover with an apparent process of development while the finished article is already waiting to be played out in the public arena when the time is right. Synthetic robots are even looking ever more like the humans they mimic and the ‘consciousness’ of these robots is artificial intelligence (Fig 341 ). We should not only think of AI with regard to robots and machines, but also with digital virtual people that don’t exist except in cyberspace. The plan in the end is to absorb human minds into only cyber reality with no ‘physical body’ at all and the stepping stones to that are already clear to see. Remember that picture from earlier of very human-looking people that don’t exist except as cyber creations. Once you know the game the world becomes an open book and Bubble minds confirm that by calling you crazy (Fig 342 ). Transgender hysteria has come out of nowhere to be suddenly everywhere because the Cult has pressed the button on the preparation for the synthetic human which will have no gender and not be able to procreate. Aldous Huxley who operated in the arena of Cult operatives envisioned just such a society in his prophetic Brave New World in 1932:

Natural reproduction has been done away with and children are created, ‘decanted’, and raised in ‘hatcheries and conditioning centres’. From birth, people are genetically designed to fit into one of five castes, which are further split into ‘Plus’ and ‘Minus’ members and designed to fulfil predetermined positions within the social and economic strata of the World State.

Huxley was precisely predicting the Cult agenda the best part of 100 years ago. Understanding how Huxley in 1932, George Orwell in 1948 and Dr Richard Day in 1969 could know what was coming relates to how I have been able to so accurately predict events in my books over the last 30 years. If you have access to the hidden agenda as an insider, as with Day, or penetrate the plan by decades of research, you can comfortably predict what we perceive as the future. It can be done on this basis: If there is an agenda for the world and nothing intervenes to stop that then what is planned will happen and in this way by uncovering the plan you ‘predict’ the ‘future’. The idea from my perspective is to alert enough people so the plan is stopped. It will rightly be asked how Huxley and Orwell could predict events so far ahead which involved technology and drugs that didn’t even exist at the time. This included Orwell’s Big Brother ‘Telescreens’ keeping constant surveillance in every home. Today they are known as Smart TVs although there are much more extreme versions in the pipeline. That question of how they could be so accurate about technology that didn’t exist can be answered this way: There are two realties in human society working alongside each other with very different levels of knowledge. One is Postage Stamp Society with strictly limited information and the other is Cult reality interacting with Archontic reality through the inner sanctum of secret societies and Satanism. The latter connection especially allows inner-core Cult initiates to know about technological possibility and projected plans even when they are not yet available or happening in human reality. Those that operate in those circles can pick up themes of where the world is being taken and technology that will be possible to take us there even if they are not directly part of the Cult itself. Non-insiders who don’t operate in those circles have to work their backsides off to breach the secrecy with both five-sense research and expansions of consciousness that can connect with levels of awareness working to end human enslavement and help people awaken from their perceptual coma.

Confuse gender then fuse gender

Figure 343: Non-binary on the road to no-binary as self-idenity goes on being squeezed into smaller and smaller Bubbles.

The current obsession with transgender and its imposition on children and the young (as always) by schools, universities, media and peer pressure is an intensely malevolent campaign to confuse gender on the way to deleting gender with the synthetic technologically-created no-gender human. From this comes an even smaller Bubble of self-identity (Fig 343 ). Cult insider Dr Richard Day told the paediatricians in 1969 that the plan was to make boys and girls the same and children would be produced without sexual procreation. The Cult is confusing gender on a Totalitarian Tiptoe to fusing gender. The largely unnoticed first stage was to dilute the differences between men and women and increasingly treat them as biologically the same when they have clear differences that should complement each other. Their body information fields process information differently and women have gifts and aptitudes that most men don’t have and vice-versa. The idea has been to dilute that uniqueness and most importantly the perception of uniqueness with slogans like a woman can do anything a man can do just as well. Actually that’s not true in many cases and the same with a man doing anything a woman can do just as well. There are differences and we must not let New Woke insanity kid us otherwise. I am not saying that women should not do whatever they choose and good luck to them. My point is how the manipulation has been operating slowly and then ever-quicker towards the end of gender and the blurring of differences between men and woman was stage one. We have had as a result the feminising of men and masculinisation of women. Recall the progression (Tiptoe) in how first we had ‘unisex’ clothing for both men and women and now no-gender clothing. Female uniforms are being phased out for a no-gender variety with police forces and military increasingly scrapping traditional men’s and women’s uniforms for ‘gender-neutral’ versions and the same with school uniforms. Tiptoe, Tiptoe, Tiptoe.

The deletion of the terms ‘ladies and gentlemen’ and ‘boys and girls’ are also calculated to delete the concept of male and female gender from the language and so the psyche. We are well into the next stage today with the number of young people questioning their gender increasing dramatically and kids suddenly bewildered about their gender who would not have been before without the systematic programming. Why does anyone think ‘question-your-gender’ studies are becoming compulsory in schools? Why do they think gender-confusing drag queens are being invited into schools in country after country to read gender-confusing stories to even very young children? Why are parents and anyone else challenging this calculated and disgraceful manipulation of kids instantly branded ‘transphobic’ by often viscous transgender New Woke activists and the media? It’s the same modus operandi that we have with climate change activists, ‘anti-racist’ activists, gay activists, political correctness activists and all the other mix-and-match permanently-offended intersectional expressions of New Woke serving the Cult while overwhelmingly in ignorance that there is a Cult. Nothing is more certain to scramble the brain than the virulent up-your-own-arse syndrome that pervades New Wokeness like a roaring epidemic. Maybe we should shut down the global economy and put everyone under house arrest until it passes. The consequences of this tyranny for many children are horrific and life-long. Research by doctors in Australia revealed that those attending gender identity clinics are many times more likely to show signs of autism than the general population. The doctors reported their findings in the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders and quoted a US study of nearly 300,000 children that suggested those with autism were more than four times more likely to be diagnosed with gender ‘dysphoria’ compared with those without autism. Stephanie Davies-Arai, founder of the campaign group Transgender Trend, said people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are more likely than others to become fixated on an idea which they can find almost impossible to drop (see Greta Thunberg). She warned: ‘We should not just be cheering on this vulnerable group towards life-changing medical interventions.’

Figure 344: And it is planned to become ever more a thing of the ‘past’. Female is a sex/gender and they are all planned to disappear. Men are the first target, but women are following fast.

Figure 345: Big powerful male bodies self-identifying as women are destroying women’s sport – another way that the female sex/gender is being targeted for eventual elimination.

Figure 346: : Parody is now almost impossible in the face of what is really happening.

Transgender Trend is a group of UK-based parents questioning the trend to diagnose children as transgender which has led to the unprecedented number of teenage girls suddenly self-identifying as ‘trans’. The group challenges laws which put transgender rights ‘above the right to safety for girls and young women in public toilets and changing rooms along with fairness for girls in sport’ (Fig 344 ). These legitimate questions and concerns are condemned as serious transphobia by the ever-scornful face of New Wokeness. I mean how could it possibly be valid to protect young girls and women from a strapping bloke walking into their toilet or changing room with his bollocks dangling claiming to be female; or a big muscular man taking part in the women’s weightlifting championship because he goes by the name of ‘Vera’? American Fallon Fox is a transgender mixed martial arts fighter who identifies as a woman while walking around in a powerful male body. Her/his self-identification allows her/him to compete against much less physically powerful women and she/he knocks the crap out of them. One woman had her skull broken. Criticism she/he faced for this, however, was purely transphobic and nothing to do with protecting women from life-changing harm. Outsports, a sports news website focusing on LGBT issues in sports, described Fox as the ‘bravest athlete in history’ to confirm yet again that transgender activism is not interested in fairness, balance and inclusivity. It seeks dominance for its view while itself being clueless about how and why it is being used by the Cult. What New Wokers call ‘inclusivity’ for one minority means exclusion and even a broken skull for another. Where you are in the hierarchy of Wokeness decides who dominates who and transgender is now way above female. Consequently women’s sport is being destroyed by those in men’s bodies self-identifying as women running away with the prizes and destroying previous female performance records. Why? Their bodies are not female (Fig 345 ). By the way, how come ‘women’ in male bodies can so out-perform those who are born women if males and females are not biologically different? Transgender extremism is a parody of itself (Fig 346 ). Transgenderism gets whatever it wants even though Catherine McGregor, a highly-intelligent and perceptive Australian transsexual, said: ‘We are a telephone booth minority.’ That’s correct even with all the propaganda, but the Cult’s no-gender human Tiptoe demands what is happening and so it happens. Transgender activist extremism is nothing whatsoever to do with support for transgender people. They are only pawns and the excuse just as with the Jewish community and Sabbatian-Frankism. Support for Cult ambitions is what this is all about and as you would expect Sabbatian-Frankist, Cult-owned Hollywood has taken up the cause with transgender ‘superheroes’.

‘Unregulated live experiments on children’

I have detailed in Everything You Need To Know the list of ways that gender confusion is being manipulated from indoctrination in schools from the earliest ages to inhuman pressure applied by ‘gender’ doctors and clinics to push children and adults into gender transition without any evidence that this is necessary or advisable. Gender-changing and puberty-blocking drugs are being handed out at an alarming rate because that’s what the Cult wants. So blatant and extreme has this become that 35 psychologists resigned in three years from London’s Gender Identity Development Service (GIDS) at the Tavistock and Portman NHS Foundation Trust. They cited ‘over-diagnosis’ with too many children put on puberty-blocking drugs when they should not have been diagnosed with so-called gender dysphoria. Whistleblower workers have said children as young as three are having ‘unnecessary gender reassignment treatment’ after being incorrectly diagnosed with gender dysphoria. Carl Heneghan, director of the Centre of Evidence-based Medicine at Oxford University, described the policy as ‘unregulated live experiments on children’. The number of children treated at GIDS is reported to have increased in a decade from 77 to 2,590 – a trend that is happening across the world as the Cult agenda is enforced. Former GIDS staff said they were not able to properly assess people for fear of being dubbed ‘transphobic’. New Wokeness is nothing if not predictable and desperately naïve although its inner core knows exactly what it’s doing. One psychologist said: ‘We are extremely concerned about the consequences for young people … For those of us who previously worked in the service we fear that we have had front row seats to a medical scandal.’ Another said:

The alarm started ringing for me … I didn’t feel able to voice my concerns, or when I did I was often shut down by other affirmative clinicians. Looking back there are young people who I now wouldn’t necessarily put on medication.

Lisa Littman, assistant professor of the practice of behavioural and social sciences at Brown University in Rhode Island, said that many teenage girls are identifying as transgender after seeing a friend do so or after reading transgender material online. Teenagers with no previous history of ‘gender dysphoria’ suddenly proclaimed themselves to be transgender in the wake of an individual or multiple members of their peer group doing the same. Littman called these ‘cluster outbreaks’. A decade ago most ‘gender dysphoria’ children were biologically male but today they are biologically female. Clearly perceptual programming and group-think is playing a major role here. As you would expect Lisa Littman was subjected to major abuse from transgender activist extremism – so much so that her study was withdrawn and revised. Michelle Cretella, executive director of the American College of Pediatricians, said she has heard from dozens of families about teenagers experiencing ‘rapid-onset’ gender dysphoria. The majority are girls between 13 and 15 with often a history of depression and no previous signs of gender dysphoria. They suddenly announce they are transgender and should have hormone treatment. Cretella said:

Human beings are biological creatures heavily shaped by social relationships, especially during adolescence. It is at this most critical stage of development that our culture now holds out the lie that teens should embrace a mental illness – gender dysphoria – not only as their ‘authentic transgender identity’ but as the answer to all that ails them mentally and emotionally … these children are being needlessly led down a path of irreversible long-term physical and emotional harm.

The programming is incessant today with the BBC as always right up there. It aired on its children’s channel CBBC the documentary I Am Leo about a 13-year-old going through transition treatment at the increasingly infamous Tavistock and Portland clinic. It naturally won an award. I have no problem with those who genuinely believe they are transgender. The problem is confusing children about gender who were not confused before. That’s child abuse. Former BBC journalist John Humphrys – far too much of a journalist for today’s BBC – recounted his experience of a doctor seriously concerned about what was being done to children in the transgender arena, but she was terrified of the backlash for saying so. Humphrys said the doctor ‘was afraid of being viciously attacked on social media and having her reputation destroyed. She is not alone in her fear. Far from it.’ He said the doctor was ‘desperately worried’ over far too many children being treated as victims of ‘gender dysphoria’ when they were suffering from a more common condition – ‘being a confused teenager’. What can you say in the light of all this about the UK Liberal Democrat Party taking money from a puberty-blocking company while peddling an extreme transgender policy that benefits such organisations? And the kids … ? Graham Linehan, co-creator of the hit TV comedy Father Ted , spoke out against both this mistreatment of children and transgender extremism after seeing a feminist beaten up by trans activists. He faced an onslaught of abuse and hate from the anti-hate brigade that hasn’t looked in the mirror for years. It wouldn’t dare. Work opportunities dried up for Linehan from gutless potential employers. He said: ‘I think there’s just a stink around me, the stink of bigotry, you know, that has deliberately been created, by radical trans-rights activists. It has had a chilling effect.’ Good on him for refusing to back down although with the proviso that Linehan himself had been involved in Woke-style censorship before he realised by experience what a tyranny it is. This chilling effect is now increasingly being written into law and the incessant propaganda led to Swiss voters supporting in a 2020 referendum the plan to make it illegal to ‘publicly denigrate, discriminate or stir up hatred based on a person’s sexual orientation’. This sounds fair enough, but it’s the way this will be applied that is the danger to free speech. Who decides if something is discrimination or a freely held opinion? Who decides if transgender people don’t get a job because they are transgender or because the potential employer thought another applicant was better qualified? Well, the state does and that’s the Achilles heel of such laws when it comes to the deletion of basic freedoms.

In writing …

Law website Rollonfriday.com and its reporter Jamie Hamilton revealed documents in 2019 that exposed the covert and highly manipulative nature of transgender activism targeting children. The document advises on campaign tactics and was written by staff at Dentons, described as the world’s biggest law firm measured by the number of lawyers, which merged with Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal in 2010. The document was produced in conjunction with the Thomson Reuters Foundation and LGBT pressure group IGLYO. A Denton disclaimer states that the content ‘does not necessarily reflect the personal views of any of the lawyers, staff or clients of Dentons’. Thomson Reuters Foundation apparently said something similar. Reporter Jamie Hamilton wrote that Mosaic, an LGBT youth group, contributed to the UK portion of the report along with an NGO that ‘wished to remain anonymous’. The Denton report, headed ‘Only adults? Good practices in legal gender recognition for youth’, says in the foreword: ‘We hope this report will be a powerful tool for activists and NGOs working to advance the rights of trans youth across Europe and beyond.’ It contends that ‘every child has an accurate conception of their own gender identity which they should be entitled to affirm in law without impediment’. To anyone still in touch with reality this is a breathtakingly ridiculous statement, but extreme transgender activism is dependent on not staying in touch with sanity let alone reality. We see the ever-recurring theme of deleting parental rights over their children to isolate the kids and hand power to the state and transgender extremists. Reporter Hamilton described the main thrust of the Denton document:

‘The right to legal gender recognition is crucial for young trans persons to secure all other rights’, it states, advising that the UK should ‘eliminate the minimum age requirement’ at which children can change their legal gender ‘on their own volition, without the need for medical diagnoses or court determination’. The document emphasises that there should be ‘no eligibility criteria, such as medical or psychological interventions’. And UK authorities should ‘take action’ against parents ‘who are obstructing the free development of a young trans person’s identity in refusing to give parental authorization when required.

Could it be any more sinister? Allow children to make life-changing decisions about their gender and ‘take action’ against any parents who challenge what is being done to their kids. In the words of the document: ‘It is recognised that the requirement for parental consent or the consent of a legal guardian can be restrictive and problematic for minors.’ Restrictive and problematic for transgender activism and extremism would be a better way of putting it. The Denton document says it is ‘crucial’ there are ‘no limitations’ to ‘gender confirmation treatment’, including ‘no requirement to be diagnosed with gender dysphoria’. It deletes all potential barriers and delays on any child ‘persuaded’ they are living the ‘wrong’ gender to be set on course to puberty blockers and surgery. Maybe someone could give me a better definition of child abuse because I can’t think of one in this moment. Another point is that through epigenetics or passed-on gene sequences the changes in one generation’s transgendered hormonal re-write will passed to the next. Rollonfriday.com reporter Hamilton continues:

The report advises activists to ‘de-medicalise’ their campaigns ‘so that legal gender recognition can be seen in the eyes of the public as distinct from gender confirmation treatments’. It explains that this is because one of the reasons opponents often cite for ‘denying such access to minors’ is the view that ‘young people should not have irreversible surgeries until they are of the age of maturity’.

The document really is a shocker and confirms in writing the experience of parents and wider society of transgender impositions that have become the norm. Such are the sinister extremes demanded by transgender activism that the Denton report warns campaigners to ‘avoid excessive press coverage and exposure’ because the ‘general public is not well informed about trans issues, and therefore misinterpretation can arise’. Translated from the PR-speak this means ‘avoid excessive press coverage and exposure’ because if the ‘general public knew what you really want then horror and fury can arise’. The document describes how activists in Ireland ‘have directly lobbied individual politicians and tried to keep press coverage to a minimum in order to avoid this issue’. It says the chances of success are increased if activists ‘target youth politicians’ who in successful campaigns in Europe ‘brought up the issue at every meeting of any sort – even ones which were not directly relevant, to ensure the issue was at the forefront of everyone’s minds’. You can see why the transgender ‘issue’ involving ‘a telephone box minority’ is everywhere and impinging on everything. Writer James Kirkup featured the Denton document in an article for The Spectator in which he summed up the content (and the transgender agenda) in two sentences:

In short, this is a handbook for lobbying groups that want to remove parental consent over significant aspects of children’s lives … A handbook written by an international law firm and backed by one of the world’s biggest charitable foundations.

Transgender lobbyists will always have the system on their side when they have the Cult on their side. Kirkup said the document explained some transgender mysteries such as why bodies like the police – ‘not famous social liberals’ – were in the vanguard of the transgender transformation of society ‘even to the point of checking our pronouns and harassing elderly ladies who say the wrong thing on Twitter’. Kirkup notes the advice given to activists on how to secure protrans laws. This includes ‘get ahead of the government agenda’ which means publishing ‘progressive’ (New Woke) legislative proposals before governments had time to develop their own and in this way have the proposals of activists simply transferred into official policy. New Woke employs this tactic across all its fronts with the Cult pulling the necessary strings. Kirkup points out that a UK House of Commons select committee report in 2016 ‘adopted several positions from trans groups’ and was followed in 2017 by ‘a government plan to adopt self-identification of legal gender’. Another way to scam the public is to ‘tie your campaign to more popular reform’, the Denton document says. Slip it in alongside something that most people would support. This happens constantly with government and lobby groups to hide otherwise controversial plans behind non-controversial legislation. The document offers an example:

In Ireland, Denmark and Norway, changes to the law on legal gender recognition were put through at the same time as other more popular reforms such as marriage equality legislation. This provided a veil of protection, particularly in Ireland, where marriage equality was strongly supported, but gender identity remained a more difficult issue to win public support for.

The Denton document stresses that countries where deletion of parental rights over their children’s gender decisions have moved with the greatest speed have been those where trans lobby groups have been successful in stopping the wider public learning the extreme nature of the plans and the consequences for kids before they were a fait accompli.

It’s about ‘discrimination’? Yeah, right

A good way to assess the genuineness of New Woke activism is to observe how they treat members of the community they claim to be representing who don’t support the party line. In all aspects of New Wokeness the response to this is the same – attack them, abuse them and do everything you can to silence them. New Woke censorship has taken its blueprint from the ‘anti-Semitism’ industry Protection Racket specifically created to protect the far right Sabbatian-Frankist-controlled government in Israel from criticism and not to protect Jewish people from discrimination. The same approach can be witnessed every day with climate change, ‘anti-racism’, extreme feminist, gay and transgender activism. You may care about the environment, oppose racism or be a woman, gay or transgender, but that doesn’t matter if you don’t believe everything we tell you. Those who have been through gender transition, regretted that and warned others, are subjected every time to abuse from transgender activists who set out to gag them. I have read books by transitioned people who had their lives destroyed by the decision they were encouraged to take by the ‘experts’ and they are doing this to children. It is absolutely tragic to see how their lives have been devastated. In many cases the reason they initially questioned their gender was being sexually abused as a child that led to a psychological state in which they wanted to be a different gender to the one that was abused. Psychological support and understanding was what they needed. Instead the puberty blockers were handed out and their lives torn apart. One example is Debbie Karemer from Hertfordshire in England who lived as a man for 17 years only to realise after counselling that she was suffering the psychological consequences of sexual abuse. She said other transgender people she knows regret their surgery and are too frightened of the activist backlash to be honest about it. See what I mean – she said they weren’t brave enough to tell their story. Why do they need to summon such courage? Is it because of the reaction of general public? No – because of the reaction of transgender activists who are a tyranny and everything they attack others for being. In fact, they could not qualify for any version of New Woke if they didn’t condemn others for what they do. That’s in the contract.

Transgender activist extremism and its contempt for genuinely transgender people and for freedom of speech and opinion was confirmed in two stories and their aftermath in 2019. Debbie Hayton, a 51-year-old physics teacher in the English Midlands, changed her gender from male to female in 2012, but sent transgender activists into a fury of knicker-twisting (or underpant-twisting) when she wore a t-shirt that said: ‘Trans women are men. Get over it.’ Well, my goodness, you could hear the sound of gusset tearing from ten miles away. Debbie wore the shirt at an event organised by campaign group Fair Play for Women which has not been the case since transgender storm troopers imposed their will (the Cult’s will) over women’s rights. Hayton served on the LGBT+ committee of the New Woke-hijacked Trades Union Congress (TUC). This was irrelevant once she became a blasphemer and twelve members of the committee complained to TUC General Secretary Frances O’Grady. They said that wearing the shirt had ‘gone beyond discourse, and the expression of alternative viewpoints, and is now propagating hate speech against the trans community.’ Don’t be ridiculous, oh, sorry, you are being. New Woke definition of ‘hate speech’: ‘Any statement that we don’t want people to hear.’ I love the bit about going beyond discourse and alternative viewpoints – there are no alternative viewpoints about transgenderism that activists don’t want to silence. Nicola Williams, founder of Fair Play for Women, summed it up when she said:

Accusations of transphobia are thrown at women so often for so little that the word has lost all meaning … When even trans people can get called transphobes, I hope people now understand how ludicrous and far-fetched these attacks have always been. The trans movement has been hijacked by gender extremists.

Exactly right and in their extremes of arrogance they are destroying freedom on behalf of the Cult. The British Labour Party, closely-associated with the TUC, has long been licking the arse of the ‘anti-Semitism’ industry Protection Racket in 24-hour shifts. Now the same is happening with transgender extremists. Getting slaughtered at the polls in 2019 was no Wake-up call for the Labour Party. Woke doesn’t do Wake. Would-be Labour leader Rebecca Long-Bailey supported a campaign to label a party women’s rights organisation as a ‘transexclusionist hate group’. The Labour Campaign for Trans Rights published a plan designed to ‘rid the Labour Party of transphobia and to stand up for trans people’. The Protection Racket modus operandi is repeated. Well, if it works why not? It got rid of anyone who criticised Israel and now it can be used to delete the membership of anyone that won’t concede their own rights to transgender extremism. The Long-Bailey-supported campaign called for ‘expulsion from the Labour Party of those who express bigoted, transphobic views’. Keir Starmer, who beat Long-Bailey for the leadership of this excuse-for-an-opposition party, is another New Woker who lives on his knees with his tongue extended pointing to Tel Aviv. The Labour Party was already on a life-support machine and then someone switched it off. The New Woke war on women’s rights is constantly gathering pace. The students union at Leicester University in the city where I was born changed International Women’s Day into International Womxn’s Day in reference to ‘transgender women’ to include a ‘more inclusive spelling of women’. This is the same student body that elected a trans woman called Dan Orr to the position of women’s officer. International Women’s Day of 2020 also saw Sefton Council in the UK take down two flags at town halls which displayed the dictionary definition of ‘woman’ as an ‘adult human female’. It took a single complaint from a New Woke man to have the flags taken down. A bloke posting with the name ‘Adrian Harrop’ told the council: ‘… the flag you’re flying at the moment is a hostile transphobic dog whistle, recognised as a symbol and brand of one of Britain’s most outspoken and visible trans-antagonists, and the leader of a transphobic hate group.’ The dictionary definition of woman is now transphobic and offensive. I did mention that male and female sexes are the target of the Cult didn’t I?

Promotion and relegation

Figure 347: The illusion of inclusion and equality. Privilege (ironically) is the real goal.

Figure 348: It’s already well underway. (Image Gareth Icke.)

Women were once top of the PC sexual hierarchy in its early days. Now this has entered the next stage of the Totalitarian Tiptoe to the no-gender human they have given way to the transgender movement. Women who challenge the imposition of transgender rights on women’s rights have become enemies of the revolution (Fig 347 ). No-gender people will eventually take over and transgenders will become enemies of the revolution. This is how it works. Women are falling down the PC hierarchy because they are a gender and their only remaining role from the Cult’s perspective is to diminish the influence of men before themselves being deleted. How about men and women coming together in mutual support? How about that for an idea? Far more important than women to the Cult is mass immigration of other cultures into Western Society and this also puts those cultures and religions above women in the PC hierarchy. New Wokeness says it stands for women’s rights while silencing criticism and exposure of religions that treat women like slaves and garbage. Criticism cannot be allowed, nor exposure of the effect of mass immigration of other cultures in transforming communities, oppressing women and reducing work opportunities. That would open the whole mass-immigration strategy to public questioning and any open debate must be stopped. This is the real reason that ultra-Zionist censors say they won’t debate with ‘anti-Semites’ while ‘anti-racist’ censors often won’t debate with ‘racists’ or ‘anti-transphobia’ censors with ‘transphobes’. They know they will lose on the facts and they make an excuse to avoid that exposure. Women who highlight the effect on rape crisis centres, single-sex hospital wards and women’s sport of ‘gender self-ID’ (decide your gender any time you want) are dismissed as ‘TERFs’, or ‘trans-exclusionary radical feminists’ (Fig 348 overleaf). It is an age-old trick for those with extreme positions to paint their reasonable opposition as extremists. This happens right across the New Woke arena and with ultra-Zionists who treat Palestinians like vermin while branding any challenge to that as ‘anti-Semitic’. Another example of the transgender war on free speech was that of Maya Forstater, a tax expert at the think tank Center for Global Development, who did not have her contract renewed (she was fired) after posting tweets disagreeing with government plans to let people declare their own gender without any supporting evidence. She demanded her right to refer to people by the gender she felt appropriate and not by how she was told to do so. It’s an opinion that she has a right to have in any free society. Not, however, according to employment judge James Tayler who spouted New Woke orthodoxy in his verdict after Forstater appealed against her dismissal to an employment tribunal (she never stood a chance). Mr Woke Tayler said with jaw-dropping irony that her views were ‘not worthy of respect in a democratic society’. But, of course, Tayler’s are because they represent the imposed orthodoxy. To have someone legally judging others who clearly does not grasp the basic tenets of freedom or democracy is both appalling and par for the course in the Brave New Woke World. Once you set the perceptual blueprint for what society must believe you co-opt the entire system including academia, government agencies, police and judiciary to enforce that blueprint. Go to court with something the system supports and you will win almost no matter what the evidence. Go to court with something the system does not support and you will invariably lose. This is how society is stitched up all over the world. Independent judiciary?? You must be joking. Christians have lost cases over the right to express their beliefs, such as wearing a cross, while vegans who avoid buses because flies hit windscreens win cases to protect their beliefs. The question is not about right or wrong; it’s whether the Cult via authority wants it or doesn’t. How much abuse you get from New Wokers is directly associated with where your subject of criticism stands in the PC hierarchy.

Harry Potty

Maya Forstater made the intelligent response to Judge Woke Tayler that ‘framing the question of transgender inclusion as an argument that male people should be allowed into women’s spaces discounts women’s rights to privacy and is fundamentally illiberal (it is like forcing Jewish people to eat pork)’. Her solicitor Peter Daly said: ‘Had our client been successful, she would have established in law protection for people – on any side of this debate – to express their beliefs without fear of being discriminated against.’ No wonder she lost. The decision becomes all the more outrageous when you see a picture of the person Forstater refused to call ‘They’ – local Dundee councillor Gregor Murray who looks exactly like a man including a male haircut and a beard. He was suspended for two months in May, 2019, for calling feminist critics ‘scum’, ‘hateful’ and ‘vile’. I wonder if that fits Judge Tayler’s criteria for being worthy of respect in a democratic society? The controversy of Tayler’s ludicrous decision kicked off further when Harry Potter author J.K. Rowling posted this:

Dress however you please.

Call yourself whatever you like.

Sleep with any consenting adult who’ll have you.

Live your best life in peace and security.

But force women out of their jobs for stating that sex is real?

#IStandWithMaya #ThisIsNotADrill.’

This was the cue for New Woke virtue-signalling to reach still new heights of gusset wringing as ‘human rights’ organisations including the New Woke Amnesty UK gushed forth in condemnation of Rowling that ‘trans rights are human rights’. And, er … women’s rights? How about the right to free speech and opinion? My god, it’s pathetic. The response was ironic in that Rowling often tweets in support of multiple New Woke causes. This is no defence. Your loyalty to Wokeness must be total in every facet and form or you are an enemy of the revolution. Star Wars actor Mark Hamill further infuriated the permanently-infuriated New Woke Mafioso by ‘liking’ the Rowling tweet and as with so many in the world of spineless celebrity he fell to his knees begging for forgiveness:

Ignorance is no excuse, but I liked the tweet without understanding what the last line or hashtags meant. It was the 1st 4 lines I liked & I didn’t realize it had any transphobic connotation.

Put your tongue back in, mate, and consider the ‘connotations’ of your gutlessness for human freedom.

New Woke Stasi closing in

Figure 349: Freedom-destroying New Woke lunacy is being infused into the police and all institutions because it’s the Cult agenda.

Former British police officer Harry Miller was contacted by police to ‘check his thinking’ over a series of tweets about transgender issues that were not ‘hateful’, but simply his opinion. They admitted he had not broken the law and put him in the Orwellian category of ‘crime, no crime’, whatever the hell that supposed to mean, and recorded the matter as a ‘hate incident’. Miller took the police to the London High Court where fortunately the case was handled by a judge who wasn’t Woke-obsessed. Justice Julian Knowles said Miller’s tweets were ‘lawful’ and police actions had a ‘substantial chilling effect’ on his right to free speech which should not be underestimated. ‘To do so would be to undervalue a cardinal democratic freedom’ the judge said. ‘In this country we have never had a Cheka, a Gestapo or a Stasi. We have never lived in an Orwellian society.’ On that, in current circumstances, I would beg to differ. Police across the world are now ignoring real crime to seek out thought-crime like this with 120,000 ‘non-crime hate incidents’ logged since 2014 in the UK on a system that appears in criminal record checks that can stop people being employed. While many officers are appalled and aghast at having to do this their careers depend on compliance as the Cult co-opts foot soldiers of The System against their will. New Woke police are destroying freedom by the hour orchestrated in the UK though the College of Policing established in 2012 to infuse New Woke into law enforcement (Fig 349 ). The College defines a ‘hate incident’ as ‘any non-crime incident which is perceived, by the victim or any other person, to be motivated by a hostility or prejudice against a person who is transgender or perceived to be transgender’. It’s a victim’s charter as it is meant to be and it takes only a tiny few – sometimes one – to complain for a police investigation to be launched or for Silicon Valley and other corporations to ban speech or withdraw products from sale. This would appear to be insane when in fact the agenda needs complainants to justify its imposition and if there is only one that will have to do. Even transsexual women who say themselves they are still a biological man have been banned by Twitter. Madness? Yes, calculated madness to serve the Cult agenda. Jon Caldara, the most-read columnist on the Denver Post , said he was fired for believing there are only two sexes. He said of his sacking: ‘What seemed to be the last straw for my column was my insistence that there are only two sexes and my frustration that to be inclusive of the transgendered (even that word isn’t allowed) we must lose our right to free speech.’ Caldara said he supported gay marriage, had LGBT friends and didn’t care who used what bathroom. Even this was not enough to save him. New Woke demands total obedience or else. Another sinister aspect of the Caldara story is that his article was about the ‘style book’ of the Associated Press which lays out for staff a common grammar and word style. He said the book claims there are more than two sexes and that ‘They’ is now a word to describe a single individual. ‘Illegal alien’ was also banned in favour of ‘undocumented alien’. This is all agenda-pushing language. There are not more than two sexes. There might be multiple self-decided sexual identities , but that’s not the same as biological sexes, and the idea that ‘They’ can be seriously used to convey the singular is so grammatically crazy I’ll move on. We really are looking tyranny in the eye here. You will have seen the extremes to which children, adults and whole populations are being subjected to transgender manipulation with endless examples every week. Here are just a few headlines at Davidicke.com over a period of only a few months:

Jury rules against dad trying to save his 7-year-old from gender ‘transition’; California Adds Iowa to ‘Travel Ban’ Because of Refusal to Fund Gender Transitions; Ban on harmful gender stereotypes in ads comes into force; UNESCO claims Siri & Alexa promote gender stereotypes; Three-year-old changes gender from boy to girl after being sent to live with foster parents whose own son had just transitioned to become a female aged seven; Transgender lessons for two-year-olds: Girls are skipping school to avoid sharing gender neutral toilets with boys after being left to feel unsafe and ashamed; France seeks to ‘desegregate’ children’s toys in battle against gender stereotypes (to create a new gender stereotype); School locks out protesting pupils outside gates as they rail against new ‘pointless’ gender neutral uniforms that force girls and boys to look the same; Drag artists read to children as library aims to teach youngsters about gender identity at story time sessions; Swedish Government Grants $175,000 to Fund Drag Queen Shows For Children; Drag Queen Flashes Children During Story Hour; School in Brooklyn Hands Out ‘Drag Queen in Training’ Stickers to 4-Year-Olds; Drag Queen Teaches Toddlers How to Twerk; Another Drag Queen Story Hour pervert exposed as a sex offender … why are public schools subjecting our children to these deviants?; Houston Chapter of ‘Drag Queen Story Hour’ Folds Amid Paedophile Scandal; Child drag queen poses next to almost-naked adult counterpart, but mother says boy not sexualized; Drag queen who teaches toddlers about sexual tolerance posts abusive tweets including one calling former Tory Minister Ann Widdecombe a ‘fucking venomous hypocritical bint’; Drag queens drafted into nursery schools to teach children about sexual diversity; Drag Queen strips for kids in the King County Library; Elementary School Invites Convicted Felon Drag Queen to Talk to Children; Vice News Celebrates Prepubescent Boys Dressed in Drag, ‘Next Generation of Drag Queens’; Drag Queen Admits He’s ‘Grooming Next Generation’ in ‘Story Hours’; Furious parents slam primary school for inviting drag queen who calls herself ‘Bristol’s Resident Slag’ and a troupe of cross-dressers to read stories about tolerance to the children; Progressive men literally start cutting off their own balls as gender insanity reaches new level of dangerous mental illness; Transgender model claims sanitary brands should be re-designed because using ‘pretty and pink’ products targeted at women causes him psychological pain; United Airlines to Introduce ‘Non-Binary’ Gender Flight Booking; Northamptonshire Police now issues US-style baseball caps which they think will somehow encourage transgender recruits.

Figure 350: The fact that it’s suddenly happening in country after country is pure coincidence and nothing whatsoever to do with systematically confusing the gender perceptions of children from the earliest possible age.

Figure 351: Why would schools and The System do this if not to target children and their perceptions of gender? What consenting adults do is none of my businesses. The manipulation of children, however, is ALL of our business.

Story follows story day after day and we have already reached the point where it is impossible to exaggerate through parody what is really happening. Some of those headlines reflect the out-of-nowhere explosion of drag queens all over the world suddenly recruited to read stories to small children as young as five or less in schools and libraries – everywhere from North America to Scandinavia to Europe and Australia. It’s just another coincidence (Fig 350 ). The idea is to sexualise children and confuse them about gender. Scottish National Party MP Mhairi Black invited a drag queen called ‘Flowjob’ who posts explicit images on Twitter to read stories to children as young as four at a primary school and when parents complained she dubbed them in typically New Woke fashion as ‘homophobic’. An Internet video shows a drag queen dancing suggestively and crawling on her/his hands and knees in front a little girl while adults applaud and cheer. The drag queen then strokes the girl’s hair and kisses her. It’s a sickening display and will any of the parents involved be getting a visit from social services like loving parents do? Not a chance. An American drag queen called Kitty Demure posted a video in which he said he was shocked that parents allowed this to happen. He asked: ‘Would you want a stripper or a porn star to influence your child?’ Demure further questioned why the Woke ‘Left’ had so much respect for drag queens when they ‘put on make-up, jump on the floor and writhe around and do sexual things on stage’. He said this was not an avenue that parents should want their children to explore and he rightly said that many did so because they wanted to appear cool or Woke. ‘You can raise your child to be just a normal regular everyday child without including them in gay, sexual things.’ Not if the Cult has its way you can’t. I have no problem with drag queens. What people do is none of my business among consenting adults. The systematic indoctrination and manipulation of children is quite another thing and we should say that loudly and constantly until sanity dawns (Fig 351 ). It is sobering to ponder that we are still only in the first stage. Imagine what is to come for children if parents don’t grow a backbone and get together to stop this. We have even had claims that the murder of transgender people, and especially those of colour, is an ‘epidemic’ when the figures expose this as still more mendacity. This lie has been repeated by Democratic presidential candidates, the Cult-controlled American Medical Association and New Woke organisations like the US Human Rights Campaign. The ‘epidemic’ numbered 26 transgender murders in 2018 using Human Rights Campaign figures which means an average of 1.8 per 100,000 transgender people. The murder rate for the general population in 2018 was 4.9 per 100,000 meaning that transgender people are considerably less likely to be killed by violence. An epidemic ? The technique is to fire lies in all directions knowing that almost everyone that hears them will not check the facts and believe the lies to allow the agenda to be advanced.

One conspiracy with many faces

Falling global sperm counts, especially in the West, connects with the plan for the transgender, then no-gender, non-procreating human. Sperm counts are plummeting though gender-bending chemicals in the environment, including food and drink, and radiation constantly generated from smartphones in the pockets of men, Wi-Fi and the 5G roll-out. Confirmation comes with all the fertility clinics now on a scale never seen before. The fertility rate in America fell by nine percent between 2007 and 2011 and in 2016 fell to the lowest since records began. Meanwhile the benefits of staying single are being promoted with Dr Elyakim Kislev, professor at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem, saying that ‘being single can be an advantage instead of a source of agony’. This is a theme that turns up in many guises. The lifestyle that people choose is their own business, but when you put all these things together there is a clear theme: The Cult wants humanity to be infertile. There will be no need for male and female sexes in a no-procreation world and we are witnessing their systematic elimination. We may be in the relatively early stages but that is the goal and Cult agendas move faster and faster as they get closer to the stage of ‘normalisation’. When non-white people celebrate the demise of the white race they should know that they will be next. This is not a war only on white people, but the entire human race and we need to come together and not allow the Cult to drive us apart (written before imposed ‘social distancing’). Remember that to children being born today the madness that many older people can see through is their ‘normal’. This is another reason why divisions are being manipulated between young and old. By ‘normalisation’ here I mean the normalising of insanity brilliantly captured in George Orwell’s concept of 2 + 2 = 4 versus 2 + 2 = 5. He wrote in Nineteen Eighty-Four : ‘Freedom is the freedom to say that two plus two make four. If that is granted all else follows.’ If the freedom survives to speak facts the official lies can still be challenged. Big Brother knew that and decreed 2 + 2 = 5 and everyone had to believe it – or else. What happens at first is that you know the answer is 4, but eventually it is easier to agree the answer is 5 and finally to protect your own self-respect you believe the answer is 5. The transition period we are now experiencing between ‘4’ and ‘5’ is dependent on another Orwell concept – that of ‘doublethink’ which is defined as holding two contradictory beliefs and accepting both to be true. This way 4 and 5 can coexist until 5 takes over completely. Having open borders and enough homes, jobs, school and hospital places, is a potent example of doublethink. Orwell’s book and methods of manipulation and control are everywhere you look. He wrote:

In the end the Party would announce that two and two made five, and you would have to believe it. It was inevitable that they should make that claim sooner or later: the logic of their position demanded it. Not merely the validity of experience, but the very existence of external reality, was tacitly denied by their philosophy. The heresy of heresies was common sense.

And what was terrifying was not that they would kill you for thinking otherwise, but that they might be right. For, after all, how do we know that two and two make four? Or that the force of gravity works? Or that the past is unchangeable? If both the past and the external world exist only in the mind, and if the mind itself is controllable – what then?

This is what becomes possible when a few know the truth about reality and keep that from the masses. External world or not the point is that we need to recognise that we are Infinite Awareness and an individual unique perception. I am a unique experience called David Icke and All That Is, Has Been, And Ever Can Be . New Wokeness is enforcing upon the population a long list of demands that come down to 2 + 2 = 5. These range from human-caused climate change to political correctness and most certainty to post-biological sexual orthodoxy. Professors of biology are being attacked, abused and ‘investigated’ for saying that men and women are biologically different. Oxford University professor Selina Todd, a historian who specialises in the lives of women and the working class, was given security guards after threats from transgender activists over her support of women’s rights. Dr Allan M. Josephson, a former head of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry and Psychology, was demoted by the University of Louisville for saying children who insist they are transgender should not be instantly believed and Professor Nicholas Meriwether at Shawnee State University in Ohio was rebuked for refusing to refer to a student with a male body using ‘female pronouns’ when it was against his religious beliefs. Many others have already been outright fired or forced out by mass, even violent, New Woke protests for the mildest of statements based on 2 + 2 = 4. Such activists insist that society be transformed on the basis that there are no genders except what people choose them to be any time they like … 2 + 2 = 4 usurped by 2 + 2 = 5. The Cult plan for the world can only happen if facts and freedom to express them is abandoned. To do that 2 + 2 = 5 must be the norm and 2 + 2 = 4 the enemy of the revolution. Facts are replaced by perceived facts and once generations born in the 2 + 2 = 4 era have gone all humans will be born (‘decanted’ in Huxley’s words) into the post-fact world of 2 + 2 = 5 which is all the population will hear from cradle to grave. This is a quote from Adolf Hitler:

When an opponent says to me, ‘I will not come over to your side,’ I reply calmly, ‘Your child belongs to us already … What are you? You will pass on. Your descendants, however, now stand in the new camp. In a short time they will know nothing but this new community’.

Another 2 + 2 = 5 imposition is the ‘pronoun’ tyranny in which transgender men and women insist they are called by their preferred pronouns of ‘he’, ‘her’ or the utterly bizarre ‘They’ and ‘Them’. I will never call an individual ‘They’ or ‘Them’. I have some respect for language and if you concede to stupid you become stupid. The way around this is real simple. Transgender people in male or female bodies that call themselves by the opposite pronouns should be free to do so and anyone referring to them who doesn’t feel comfortable using ‘he for a woman’s body or ‘her’ for a male body should be equally free not to do so. This is the solution in which freedom is the winner on both sides. It doesn’t happen because freedom is the target of the Cult and not the desired outcome.

Silence the parents, program the teachers

Many parents who are deeply unhappy with what is happening to their children at school fear the consequences of saying so. Most teachers are programmed to believe in the program and those that can see through the insanity, and even the conspiracy, know that if they challenge the imposed orthodoxy their career will be over. New Woke follows the methods of the Cult as an expression of the Cult by imposing an agenda while intimidating or silencing anyone who can see what is happening. If people concede to that intimidation the world’s children are lambs to the perceptual slaughter. We are seeing the Totalitarian Tiptoe to complete state control of children and the end of parental rights which are being constantly eroded to this end. A teacher in Texas personified what is happening when he said that parents should not have the ‘final say’ in raising their own children. He was responding to complaints by parents about yet another drag queen employed to indoctrinate their children. The adult drag performer (stage-name ‘Lynn Adonis’) spent the day with the kids at Willis High School and exchanged social media contacts. School Principal Stephanie Hodgins defended the decision and proved she is in the wrong job while clueless English teacher Anthony Lane said parents should submit to the will of the ‘community’ over the upbringing of their own kids. Here we go – right on message and it’s becoming a common theme as the Cult targets parental rights and the family unit itself. ‘I believe that raising a child is the responsibility of the community and that parents should not have the final say,’ the brain of America gushed forth. ‘Let’s be honest, some of you don’t know what is best for your kids.’ Ah, but this expression of academic arrogance does know (I am right ) and insists that their well-being is best served by advice from ‘Lynn Adonis’, a man dressing as a woman who dances provocatively while people wave dollar bills as an Internet video revealed.

The Vatican has long been controlled by the Sabbatian-Frankist wing of the Cult (see The Trigger ) which owns the position of Pope. The current incumbent, Pope Francis, can often be seen promoting the Cult agenda like climate change and subjects relating to education and the upbringing of children. He called for a new ‘Global Pact on Education’ to create a ‘new humanism’ under the title ‘Reinventing the Global Educational Alliance’. The Pope hosted a conference of people from politics, economics, academia, science and sociology along with celebrities from areas like sport. A ‘Global Pact on Education’ was signed to ‘hand on to younger generations a united and fraternal common home’ and ‘create a global change of mentality through education’ (indoctrinate the young). Orwell would have noted the language that included a quote used by Cult asset Hillary Clinton: ‘It takes a village to raise a child.’ Pope Francis called for an ‘educational village’ with an ‘educational path involving everyone’. Nowhere did the Francis announcement refer to parents as the central voice in the education of their children because the state is taking over as the Pope well knows and promotes. He has also said it’s our ‘duty’ to ‘obey international institutions’ like the United Nations and European Union. His call for a ‘new humanism’ is ironic given the word is defined as ‘a rationalist outlook or system of thought attaching prime importance to human rather than divine or supernatural matters’. A rationalist outlook or system of thought in this context means the technocracy which requires the deletion of spirituality in all forms to be replaced by the religion of New Wokeness. The Pope is a ‘man of God’? Yep – and I’m a jelly baby.

Figure 352: Secret courts in alleged ‘free’ countries are stealing children from loving parents on an industrial scale while parents are banned from speaking publicly and the media is excluded.

A major Cult vehicle for the intimidation of parents is the social services Mafia operating in all countries of the West (and elsewhere) through which enormous and ever-increasing numbers of children are stolen by the state from loving parents for ridiculous and patently invented reasons. Paedophile and Satanist rings operating through social services even have children stolen to order. I have exposed this outrage and its consequences for children and parents in other books. Secret ‘family’ courts which can include Satanist and paedophile judges, lawyers, social service operatives and police, are used to seize children for the state and the Cult from parents who adore them (Fig 352 on previous page). ‘Family’ courts do not have juries so paedophile or satanic judges – or paedophile and satanic rings working through the judges – can control the outcome. The phone call or knock on the door from social services is now one of the biggest fears that parents have and this state-kidnapping is part of the Tiptoe to the end of parenthood and procreation. Teachers, doctors, police and other professions are encouraged and mandated to tell tales on parents to social services and that would be justified if real abuse was evident. In the cases I am talking about (and they are legion) the children are not being abused at all – quite the opposite. Parents are frightened to stand up, challenge and complain about drag queens and transgender indoctrination in schools in fear of reprisals from increasingly authoritarian schools and social services or abuse from New Wokers and even other parents locked away in the land of Cult-induced perceptual coma. The poor kids are left unprotected to have their minds absorbed into the belly of The Beast to become the next and even more extreme generation of New Woke as the family unit is dismantled to be replaced by AI technology and the world state.

I can understand how intimidating it must be to face the potential wrath of the school and social service tyrannies, but if that doesn’t happen your kids will be left at the non-existent mercy of the Cult and Cult-owned state every day when they go to school. Parents coming together in groups for mutual support must happen to challenge and expose what is going on so that individuals are not isolated and alone. They are after your kids and even more so with your kid’s kids. It’s time to draw a line while there is still one to be drawn.

CHAPTER FOURTEEN

What is the New World Symphony?

Control your vibrations to be the master of your own harmony – Suzy Kassem

The conventional answer to the question posed in the chapter title is that the New World Symphony is a piece of music by the Czech composer Dvorak made most famous in Britain in a television advertisement for Hovis bread. I am talking instead about another version that I shall call the Brave New World Symphony.

Figure 353: We built the walls – so WE can take them down.

Dvorak’s work is made possible by vibrations emanating from musical instruments while my version is played by vibrations emanating from people via perception. I have focused in the last few chapters on the effect of Cult manipulation in the realm experienced by the five senses or the ‘seen’, a holographic projection of the wavefield unseen. The foundation of our reality is information encoded in vibrations and waves that express in their frequencies the nature of that information. For example hate is a slow, dense frequency while love, joy, gratitude and forgiveness generate quick, high and expanded frequencies. One represents a vibrational prison cell and the other is the way out of the Matrix. The Brave New World Symphony is a low-vibrational information and perceptual construct that disconnects humanity from its expanded self and the True ‘I’. If we could hear this ‘symphony’ of waves it would sound like the backdrop to a horror movie, slow, low, morbid, heavy and dense. It would be akin to the guttural voice of life-long Cult operative Henry Kissinger and the sound transmitted by Saturn which you can hear in YouTube videos. The association between Saturn and what I am calling the wave ‘symphony’ of the simulation is explained in Everything You Need To Know. To build prison walls around ourselves with bricks and bars would be seen as crazy. When humans do that with the frequencies we emanate this is called being ‘normal’ and living in the ‘real world’ (Fig 353 overleaf). Those that refuse to comply with their own perceptual/vibrational imprisonment are by contrast ‘weird, mad, pseudo-scientists and conspiracy theorists’. The world is indeed upside down. The sequence is simple: Information = perception = nature of the vibrations and frequencies emitted by people in the form of waves. These waves entangle with like-waves to generate collective networks of the same vibration/frequency which influence the perceptions of all involved (Fig 354 ). This is the wave equivalent of only hearing one version of something to the extent that you believe what it says in the absence of any alternative. It is a collective version of the Bubble.

Figure 354: Wave-entanglement, perception-entanglement, perfectly symbolised.

Figure 355: Bubbles and burst Bubbles speak a different launguage.

Perceptions are not only ingrained by information received by the five senses. They are most powerfully embedded by wave-entanglement with those of like-mind – like-vibration/frequency – a vibe which solidifies the longer you remain in that perceptual state. The vibration becomes more powerful through unchallenged repetition and the constant confirmational connection with the collective field of like-wave entanglement. In turn, the wave-state impacts upon the formation of brain pathways or neuron networks (also waves in their base form) that dictate how information is processed into perception. When I speak of people not being able to process or compute certain information or concepts I mean that literally. Wavefields emanated by Postage Stamp perceptions and processed through brain pathways reflecting those wavefields cannot decode information outside their perceptual limits any more than a computer can process information when encoded and firewalled not to do so. ‘I can’t get my head around that’ is the phrase you often hear in response to off-stamp information accompanied by the assumption that if they can’t understand (process) that possibility then it can’t, by definition, have any validity. I can best describe what I mean with the assumption of the mainstream scientific mind that if I can’t see, touch, taste, smell or hear it then whatever is being claimed can’t be true. I am describing here a self-generating vibrational prison cell that I call the ‘Bubble’ (Fig 355 ). Limited perceptions and self-identity transmit limited frequencies which can only connect or entangle with like-frequencies. These Bubbles transmitting the same frequency waves (perceptions) entangle with each other and through those connections mutually and collectively confirm ‘I am right’ . This is the wavefield basis of the New Woke mentality and why it is so Dalek-like immovable no matter what the evidence – emergency, emergency, cannot compute, cannot compute. Try telling Greta Thunberg that CO2 is the gas of life. Internet AI systems such as Google-owned YouTube that continually offer you information that corresponds with your search history are feeding the Bubble with perception-confirming information as is the censorship through Silicon Valley and political correctness of information and opinion at odds with the official Postage Stamp narrative.

Wave awakening

Figure 356: Another version of the Bubble and how they are formed. (Image Gareth Icke.)

Figure 357: Bursting the Bubble. (Image Gareth Icke.)

Figure 358: Another inversion. When madness calls you mad it is confirmation that you are not. (Image Neil Hague.)

As people’s perceptions change so do the frequencies they transmit and what follows is disentanglement from the previous wavefield networks created by former perceptions. In the world of the seen those once close to you, or of like-mind, drift apart as new wave networks are formed with others that match the new perceptions. You are beginning to see what they can’t see (Fig 356 ). In the transition period people can feel alone and isolated as they disconnect from the old before synchronising widely with the new. Stick with it – it’ll all work out. The more that we expand our sense of self-identity and perception of reality the more the frequencies we generate expand and quicken and the more of Infinite Awareness that we can consciously access (Fig 357 ). This is known as ‘waking up’, a term that means the opposite to being New Woke. Brain pathways re-form to sync with expanding consciousness and they are able to process information and awareness beyond the Bubble. By this time the Bubble has burst anyway and confirmation that your consciousness is really ‘de-Bubbled’ comes when you are censored or called crazy, mad and even dangerous. Whenever I am described by Bubble people in those terms I quietly say thank you, much appreciated. There comes a point in this expansion where you breach the firewalls of the simulation and begin to see what human reality really is. You become aware of the illusions, manipulations and smokescreens designed to enslave us in ongoing ignorance and the scale of the perception program begins to dawn. When you first speak out to expose what is happening those still in the Bubble – the ones you are trying to alert – will be your greatest opposition. This is not because they are ‘bad’ people just as New Wokers are not bad people in and of themselves. They just can’t see – yet – what you can as your consciousness expands beyond the Matrix. Expanded awareness is perceived as insane by enslaved awareness (Fig 358 ). We have to understand and be patient or we’ll be in a permanent state of frustration and anxiety which feeds the dragon its low-vibrational fix. Almost everyone is in the Bubble to start with and being holier-than-thou is never justified. A scene in the first Matrix movie has the Morpheus character giving Neo the facts of life about what I am calling Bubble people:

The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you’re inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.

That’s an excellent description of how the program works except for the bits about ‘our enemy’ and saving people. I don’t see anyone as an enemy. We are all One even though we may have dramatically different attitudes and patterns of behaviour. Once we refer to ‘enemies’ we externalise those we are challenging when they are only another aspect of ourselves in a different mental and emotional state. I am challenging and exposing patterns of behaviour as they impact negatively upon others and their freedom. I don’t see those involved as enemies. From my perspective they are being perceptually misdirected and enslaved. Nor am I trying to ‘save’ anyone. People can only emerge from a perceptual straight-jacket through personal choice. I am only offering a different way of looking at life and the world. What people do with that, or don’t, is up to them and none of my business except where it impacts on individual and collective freedom. With this proviso we need to find peace with others having different views. Freedom is the freedom to make choices, experience the consequences, and make new choices. It is not to be forced to make someone else’s choices. That is called tyranny and New Woke (same thing). If you focus anger, hatred and resentment on those with whom you disagree that very focus creates a wave entanglement with them on the frequency of anger, hatred and resentment if that person feels the same about you. This sets up a wave connection through which frequencies of anger, hatred and resentment are mutually exchanged to the emotional and vibrational detriment of both or, in the case of the Cult and its unseen ‘gods’, you feed them the low-vibrational energy that sustains and empowers them. Are we really going to change anything by making such a frequency wave connection with the Cult through hatred of the Cult? What you hate you become. What you fight you become. Wave entanglement is how that happens. Burst your Bubble and everything changes (Fig 359 overleaf).

Mirror, mirror …

Figure 359: Bursting the Bubble.

I have watched so many people become what they first set out to oppose and you see this in politics all the time. The Cult wants us to hate its assets because it knows that in this state we will be fly-trapped in its vibrational lair. Martin Luther King said: ‘Darkness cannot drive out darkness; only light can do that. Hate cannot drive out hate; only love can do that.’ Hate empowers the vibration of hate while love empowers the vibration of love. It really is that simple. In fact once we love in the totality of The One there is no vibration at all – just the still and silent All That Is which is love in its Infinite form and that means intelligence in its Infinite form. We can feed the Cult and its non-human masters with our low-vibrational focus or we can starve the Cult of its power source by not transmitting on its frequency. Macho-man fury and hatred may seem to many to be the way to respond to Cult manipulation when the opposite is the case. Loving (or at least not hating) perceived ‘enemies’ while challenging vociferously what they do are not contradictions. This is the only way to challenge behaviour while not entangling with its vibrational state and becoming what you claim to oppose (see New Woke). What is not transmitting on your frequency cannot connect with you. You can be affected by the actions of others who are on its frequency, but not you directly. As your consciousness expands and your frequency quickens you are operating on a completely different vibe to mainstream society and become less and less affected by its madness. In that state we stop emitting the waves that can connect with those that seek to hurt us and if we do that they can’t hurt us. I am often asked how come I am still alive while exposing such apparently powerful forces. My answer is that if they can’t make a wave connection with me they cannot affect me in the holographic ‘physical’ realm which is a decoded projection of wave information fields. It’s at the wavefield level that everything happens and holographic reality is only its projection on the symbolic movie screen. If you want to change a movie do you scream at the screen or pull out a banner and protest? No – you change what is being projected on the screen. Human life is the same. Change what is happening at the wavefield level and the holographic movie screen of ‘human society’ must automatically change to reflect that. Humanity is constantly seeking change in the wrong place and the Cult encourages this. Change yourself and you change your life experience. Change collectively and we change the world. If you want change without personal change – vibrational change – you will be waiting forever. I said that we entangle with people on the frequency of anger, hatred and resentment if they feel the same about us. If they don’t there can be no wave connection on that frequency when the other person is not transmitting on that frequency. You are then generating frequencies of resentment with nowhere for them to go except to entangle you with others consumed by resentment. For this reason forgiveness does not only benefit the forgiven, but also the forgiver. Here’s a way to disentangle destructive relationships and their aftermath if you mean it: ‘It was just a mutual experience for, in the end, mutual benefit, so let’s shake hands and wish each other a great life – all my love to you and see you on the other side when we’ll laugh at what we thought was so important.’ Isn’t that rather better than ‘I’ll always hate that bastard’ (and always be affected myself by that same hatred)? The mutual vibe of hatred and fear is the basis for all conflict and war and when it’s gone so have they. As John Lennon wrote: ‘War is over if you want it.’

Frequency freedom

Figure 360: No, no, no – I am All That Is, Has Been, And Ever Can Be.

From this perspective of how we are vibrationally enslaved and how we can set ourselves free everything starts to make sense when it didn’t before. Human society has been specifically structured and manipulated to create maximum possible fear, anxiety, hatred, anger, depression, resentment, and all the other low-vibration emotions and their consequences like conflict and war that entrap people within the firewalls of the simulation. Love in its Infinite sense is to the Cult like garlic to a vampire and this explains why authority throughout ‘history’ has been terrified of anyone saying that love is The Answer . Anything that would expand and raise the vibrational state of the population is all the Cult’s worst nightmares arriving at once. It knows that once that happens the game is over and the outward arrogance of the Cult masks the constant terror that somehow humanity will awaken and call ‘time’ on the plot. They need us – we don’t need them. We are their power source. What appears to be swagger is really whistling in the dark as they desperately pursue the AI-brain connection to block perceptional change and frequency change. Low-vibrational states of Bubble consciousness have been achieved through the rule-book myopia of religion; by playing off cultural, racial and religious groups against each other in wars of control, dominance and acquisition; giving the population constant reasons to fear (especially fear of death) and to be in states of anxiety, hatred, envy and resentment; selling a self-identity based purely on human labels and/or servitude to an ever-demanding god; and downloading the Postage Stamp narrative every day that excludes everything that people need to know to see through the camouflage and deception. You will observe many other ways that this is done, too. What a coincidence that New Woke delivers everything on that list including religion because New Woke is a religion. The constant sub-division of labels into micro-labels is taking self-identity further and further away from I am an expression of All That Is and the expansion of consciousness that follows from that. With each subdivision into micro-identities we see that identity myopia becomes consciousness myopia. I am LGBTTQQFAGPBDSM? You are Infinite Awareness having a brief experience that you call LGBTTQQFAGPBDSM (Fig 360 ). It’s all a trap which particularly the young are being indoctrinated to walk into through Cult control of the ‘education’ system, mainstream media and all the New Woke activist groups supported by giant Cult-owned corporations and frontmen like Bill Gates, George Soros and Silicon Valley celebrities such as Musk, Zuckerberg, Brin, Page, Wojcicki, Bezos, Kurzweil, and a long, long, list of others.

Figure 361: The simulation is a wavefield interactive information source that humanity decodes into holographic reality in the brain. (Image Neil Hague.)

Once the Cult has captured perception and self-identity everything else follows. Perception dictates the frequency of the waves we transmit and those frequencies dictate how much Infinite Awareness we can access. The extent of Infinite Awareness that we connect with dictates the size of our Bubble and that becomes our perception of everything. This in turn becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy as our perceptions create the Bubble and the Bubble confirms our perceptions in a feedback loop of perceptual enslavement (and therefore every other kind). Who enslaves us? We do. We do so by allowing the Cult and all its agencies of state and media to impose our perception of both the world and our very self-identity. This is great news because what we have created we can uncreate. Break that feedback loop and the power of the Cult is no more. How do we do that? Open our minds to all possibility. Open our hearts to the love and wisdom of The One. It can’t be that simple? Oh, but it is . The Cult knows that it is and constantly works to keep minds and hearts closed to the greater reality beyond the simulation which is nothing more than a perceptual feedback loop. The simulation is in our heads (Fig 361 ). It’s a perceptual program which can close hearts, but not enter them when the frequency difference is so great. Open your heart and what is released as love, intelligence and wisdom will change your life and collectively transform human reality. The whole foundation of the Cult agenda is to close hearts and minds to turn Infinite humanity into perception Bubbles which then connect to form a hive mind through wave entanglement. New Woke is a hive mind which is policing everyone who won’t conform to the hive. The illusion of diversity allows Bubbles and groups of like-Bubbles to be set at war with each other to divide and rule. We have ‘anti-fascists’ acting like fascists. The Bubble perceptions of both are basically the same which makes their behaviour the same because their frequency is the same. They are convinced they are polarities of each other while being ‘opposames’. Beyond the realm of the seen they will be seriously wave entangled by the like-frequency connections between them. Extreme Muslims (or fake Muslims) such as the Saudi Sabbatian-Frankist ‘royal family’ and their terror groups do the work of the Devil while claiming to serve ‘God’. Their hatred and violence wave entangle with all others who express hatred and violence and even those like the extreme right that think they oppose extreme Islam. The way the vibe is expressed may be marginally different, but it’s the same vibe . Indian author Nitya Prakash said: ‘Do you ever notice how much you have in common with the person you hate?’ This is true on many levels and one is most certainly the same vibe at war with itself through the illusion of being different.

Digital drugging

Figure 362: The childhood hijack.

The plan is to make humanity in its entirety one centrally-controlled hive mind through the collective connection to artificial intelligence. I have described the Tiptoe to this in the world of the seen, but again the real deal can be found at the wavefield level of reality. The endgame is to connect the human mind to machines and the manipulation of wave entanglement between people and smart technology is happening all around us while at the same time destroying human to human discourse (entanglements). Here is the prime reason for social media which achieves both goals. People are not communicating with each other face to face – human waves to human waves – but via technology in which AI machine waves act as the conduit. In this way machine waves intervene and intercept human wave connection (this has happened on an unprecedented scale during the ‘virus’ lockdowns). People who used to talk with each other at home, in the street, in restaurants, now stare mesmerised at the screen (Fig 362 ). I will first discuss the holographic effects of this on a chemical level and then how this plays out in wavefields to connect humans to machines and AI. High-placed insiders of deeply sick organisations like Facebook have publicly exposed how Zuckerberg and his cohorts set out to addict Facebook users to stay on the site for as long as possible. Sean Parker, the first president of Facebook and now a critic, said the idea was to absorb as much of a Facebook visitors time and attention as possible. Floyd Brown and Todd Cefaratti describe how successful this effort has been in their Silicon Valley exposure, Big Tech Tyrants :

… Facebook is only the tip of the social spear. It’s well documented that kids are spending an average of ten to twelve hours a day across all digital media. And adults aren’t far behind at almost six hours, up from three hours a day in 2009. This includes all the time spent on cellphones, computers, gaming consoles, and streaming devices. Cellphone use alone has mushroomed from a third of an hour a day in 2008 to 3.3 hours currently.

This is partly explained by techniques to trigger a ‘dopamine rush’. Psychology Today describes dopamine as ‘the feel-good neurotransmitter – a chemical that ferries information between neurons’. Dopamine contributes to ‘feelings of pleasure’ and acts as a ‘reward system’ which can very soon become addictive. Psychology Today says that ‘a person seeking pleasure via drugs or alcohol or food needs higher and higher levels of dopamine … This neurotransmitter enables us not only to see rewards but to take action to move toward them.’ It points out that drugs such as cocaine increase levels of dopamine and ‘alter behavior accordingly’. Facebook and other disgusting companies abusing mostly the young have exploited the dopamine rush to addict people to their sites. A Facebook ‘like’ for a post can stimulate a dopamine reaction which becomes addictive and leads to people only posting what they think the majority will like to ensure their dopamine fix. This slowly at first and then more quickly modifies behaviour and opinion to the majority (Cult-induced) view especially when to go against that view is to unleash often systematic abuse. What starts out as a conscious posting of an opinion that may not be genuine just to get maximum ‘likes’ eventually fuses into the perception of the person – 2 + 2 = 5. Chamath Palihapitiya, an early senior executive at Facebook, said that ‘the short-term dopamine-driven feedback loops that we have created are destroying how society works’. But, then – that’s the idea. I have seen it called the ‘magic of maybe’ when people keep looking at the phone to see if ‘maybe’ they have a communication or ‘maybe’ they got a ‘like’. Studies have shown that when communications or likes appear there can be a 400 percent spike in dopamine which is only slightly less than the effect of cocaine. Part of the addiction is concern about what other people think and how others respond to a post or picture when freedom comes from not giving a damn what anyone thinks of you. Concern with what others think deletes your personal power. You become them so they like you. Seek popularity as a goal in itself and it will destroy your uniqueness. Comparing self with others and their often fake lives portrayed on social media leads to depression, loss of self-esteem and feelings of inadequacy. Studies reveal that the more time people spend on social media the more lonely and isolated they become. Phone addiction also hijacks and scatters concentration with the potential to permanently destroy the ability to concentrate. Social media and smartphones are Cult behaviour modification devices and it’s all been carefully worked out by psychological specialists in the pay of Silicon Valley psychopaths like Zuckerberg. One observer rightly said that highly addictive drugs are being put into the hands of children before they have any defences against them. Sam Vaknin, a contributor to the Internet documentary Plugged In which exposed the effects of social media, said this about the calculated assault on the minds of the young:

Facebook, Twitter, all these networks are surfing the wave. They know it’s a dangerous wave. They know that people are drowning. They read all the statistics, the increased suicide rate, depression, anxiety. They know absolutely everything. They have designed maliciously, malevolently and possibly criminally, they have designed the networks exactly to cater for human pathology in its most extreme form.

Even those who can see some of what is happening tend to explain this calculated manipulation as an effort by Zuckerberg and Chief Operating Officer Sandberg to extend Facebook visits to increase the value of advertising. It’s actually far darker and more sinister than that and the real explanation comes with the understanding that these platforms are fronts for the Cult. Their domination of discourse and information exchange allows the Cult to modify and manipulate perception and behavior while censoring to ever-increasing extremes information and opinion that challenges that narrative. Social media is a very foundation of the technocracy. The minds of the young (tomorrow’s adult population) are being fucked-with on a monumental scale and New Woke is one of its creations in league with other Cult agencies including the Gates-manipulated ‘education’ system. Are people so totally lost in Fairyland that they don’t see how soaring rates of suicide, depression and anxiety among the young that have taken off in the smartphone/social media era are centrally connected to the emergence of those phones and platforms? In this period there has been a 50 percent increase in suicides in America among girls under 17 and a 30 percent increase in boys. Anxiety in teenagers is reported to have increased by 70 percent in 25 years; children and young people attending accident and emergency units with a psychiatric condition has more than doubled since 2009; teenagers admitted to hospital with eating disorders almost doubled in three years up to 2019. English schools buying in professional mental health support for pupils has nearly doubled in three years from 36 per cent to 66 percent because the National Health Service (NHS) can’t cope. Some of this is due to growing up becoming a medical condition and some is the effect of social media and the smartphone culture. Should we be surprised when insiders have described how Silicon Valley technocrats are so deeply sick they boast about how they capture users in ‘isolation boxes’ and ‘filter bubbles’ in which they ‘inflict torments that anger or sadden the users without them realizing why’? Facebook and other social media companies hire ‘attention engineers’ using techniques employed by casinos to make their platforms as addictive as possible. People like Zuckerberg are calculated abusers of young generations on a scale that defies belief. Headlines galore tell the story and reveal the consequences of this psychopathy: ‘Social Media Use and Perceived Social Isolation Among Young Adults’; ‘Facebook’s Emotional Consequences: Why Facebook Causes a Decrease In Mood and Why People Still Use It’; ‘Facebook Use Predicts Declines in Subjective Well-Being in Young Adults’; Association of Facebook Use With Compromised Well-Being’. The young are being conditioned and broken to be the unquestioning adults that will passively accept the technocracy and AI-brain assimilation. The war on men and ‘toxic masculinity’ is precisely planned to induce such passivity. Jaron Lanier, an American computer scientist, said:

Society has been gradually darkened by this scheme in which everyone is under surveillance all the time and everyone is under this mild version of behaviour modification all the time. It’s made people jittery and cranky. It’s made teens especially depressed which can be quite severe.

He’s right although Lanier is considered a founding father in the field of virtual reality and he might ask himself where that is heading when the Cult agenda of augmented reality and immersive technology leading to full-blown assimilation is factored in.

Virtual ‘humans’

Figure 363: Assimilation masquerading as the ‘latest thing’.

Figure 364: You are feeling sleeeepy .

We have the emergence of virtual humans with body movements, voices and emotional expressions generated by AI that you could not tell from ‘real’ humans. The Smart Grid is a simulation within a simulation and virtual reality technology is a virtual reality within a virtual reality. Samsung‘s highly secretive Neon project was reported in early 2020 to have developed artificial intelligence virtual ‘avatars’ almost indistinguishable from biological humans. Samsung engineer Pranav Mistry said the technology can ‘autonomously create new expressions, new movements, new dialogue (even in Hindi), completely different from the original captured data.’ Base the original on a human and then have it become its own personality. Facebook has its Codec Avatars project designed to let people create realistic virtual versions of themselves for use in cyberspace. The company claims the avatars would help ‘social connections in virtual reality become as natural and common as those in the real world’. The avatars are planned to allow Facebook users to connect with friends and family in a three-dimensional social network. Yaser Sheikh, the director of research at Facebook Reality Labs, said: ‘The real promise of augmented reality and virtual reality is that it lets us spend time with whomever we wish and build meaningful relationships no matter where people live.’ Excuse me I feel a ‘bollocks’ coming on. This is really about absorbing humanity and particularly the young into a virtual reality world in which the one we currently experience is lost and even more importantly further disconnect humanity from expanded reality outside the simulation. The human mind is being prepared for assimilation into AI and drawing the young particularly into a virtual world generated by technology is a vital stage and step in that direction (Fig 363 ). Young people are already living their own virtual lives presenting a perfect face to the world through social media with the downsides deleted by omission, self-delusion and Photoshop. There is even a term now of ‘Snapchat dysmorphia’ for young people who have plastic surgery in an effort to make them look like the fake image they have Photoshopped to post on social media. Beyond the facade so many are drowning, desperate and unable to compete with the illusory perfect lives they read about while their true and unique self is lost to them in the deluge of ‘this is how you should be’. Envy turns to depression when you cannot be what you have been conditioned to envy. Jamie Chiu, a Hong Kong-based psychotherapist, said growing up in a social-media-obsessed environment damages self-esteem with camera filters in particular ‘leading to a dangerous trend where people feel insecure about not being as beautiful as their own filtered selves’. The Cult is creating an illusion within an illusion so that its targets become utterly lost with no grip on any reality. With every step along this dark tunnel of manipulated myopia and misdirection the influence of the True ‘I’ is diluted by fake self-identity. Virtual interaction via AI has diminished the life-skills of personal interaction eye to eye with real live people. Eyes are more interested in staring at screens than looking into other eyes to see the window on the soul that a Facebook post can never do (Fig 364 ). Social media has been specifically designed by the Cult to generate psychosis in the population which is defined as ‘a severe mental disorder in which thought and emotions are so impaired that contact is lost with external reality’. The Cult knows that once a sense of reality is lost a new reality can be imposed to fill the void – the technocracy and assimilation into AI. Floyd Brown and Todd Cefaratti write in Big Tech Tyrants :

With everyone carrying a cellphone all the time not me!; with teens even sleeping with theirs; with the majority of girls telling researchers they would give up their boyfriend before they would relinquish their cell phone, Facebook had the perfect behavior modification platform designed to detect, examine, react, and provide feedback on the most mundane, or the most intimate, of human activities.

Users could now be constantly tracked and measured and unknowingly given cues and prompts on a steady drip, all custom-tailored. Users could be hypnotised little by little by technicians technocrats they’d never see, for purposes they may or may not approve of. They could be reduced to prompt-and-respond lab animals … which is exactly what happened.

Figure 365:This is where self-censorship ends with the silencing and subjugation of all humanity. Speak your truth or there will be no truth for anyone to hear.

The authors describe social media platforms as essentially ‘a crime scene’. Yes – crimes against humanity and the young. Anyone still think Zuckerberg and company who coldly calculated this are New Woke heroes? Jaron Lanier’s point about being under constant surveillance is why the Cult wants us to know we are tracked 24/7. This in itself leads to behaviour modification through the fear of whatever you do being seen and recorded. In response people stop doing, even in what used to be called ‘privacy’, what they think the state might find unacceptable (see China). Cameras everywhere in streets, schools, universities, and other buildings and those constantly checking speed on the road network are designed to make people constantly aware of authority and trigger anxiety about ‘breaking the rules’ to cumulatively induce acquiescence (see lockdowns). When we at Davidicke.com post news stories about certain subjects on social media we know the sharing numbers and likes will be lower when those opinions can be accessed for example by potential employers. It’s time to summon the courage and do it anyway. Not to do so is a dark and dangerous road that ends only one way in total human subjugation (Fig 365 ).

Who creates the Matrix? We do

Extraordinary mass-addiction to smartphones and social media cannot be explained in total by dopamine. You see people transfixed by smart screens while not on social media in search of ‘likes’ and approval. I have been saying for years something is coming off those phones to induce such addiction and that something are electromagnetic waves which entangle with the human waves of the user and make the person’s energetic field (mind) literally part-human and part-machine. This is crucial to the Tiptoe leading to assimilation of the human mind into AI (Fig 366 overleaf). Influence through entanglement of technology-generated waves explains the multiple electromagnetic effects on the body that change the nature of cells, blood, tissue, bone marrow and brain by impacting upon the wavefield body blueprint to manifest as dementia, cancer, autoimmune diseases and so much more.

Figure 366: Smart technology and Wi-Fi are emitting waves of frequency that are entangling with human wavefields to create addiction and assimilate human frequencies into AI machine frequencies. Those that capitulate become ever more machine-like until they are machines. See Neil Hague colour section.

Figure 367: If humanity can be manipulated to subconsciously believe that the technocratic dystopia is inevitable we will decode it into experienced reality. This is the foundation of all human control – subconscious programming becomes experienced reality. (Image Gareth Icke.)

AI smart technology is assimilating the human consciousness field through entanglement ever more profoundly with each screen session for those un conscious to this effect. It is a form of possession by machine and AI. People are literally being possessed by their phones and other smart technology through wave entanglement. I will come later to how being conscious of the process can lessen or block the connection. You can tell if you are wave-entangled with smart technology by how easy it is for you to stay away from it. Do you feel anxious or that almost part of you is missing if you don’t have your phone? If so you are wave-entangled with what the phone emits. It is taking you over. Try putting your phone in a drawer and forgetting about it. Can you do that? If not, it’s got you. Should you need to use a phone for work and income observe how many times you are scanning the screen when work is not involved. Can you stop? If you can’t you are machine wave-entangled – machine possessed – and through that connection perceptions can be fed to your subconscious mind. This is happening all the time. It’s not only about dopamine. Wave connections between machines, AI and humans are feeding people states of perception. If you are not conscious beyond the Matrix then the Matrix is thinking for you. I observed long ago how the Cult agenda was being introduced in country after country, culture after culture, at the same time and this could only be partly explained by the secret society networks of The Web. It is happening in far too much common detail in far too many communities worldwide for that to be the whole story. The Cult transformation of human society is actually being imposed as a wavefield construct absorbed and decoded by the collective human mind through these hive connections (Fig 367 ). What I call The Web is in fact a web of waves – frequencies – which attach to human wavefields as flies are caught by a spider. The Cult and its secret society inner cores create and surf those waves and seek to lure humanity into their frequency lair.

We decode holographic reality from wavefield information fields and the Cult and its ‘gods’ are technologically infusing their Brave New World into those fields in the form of information which humanity is decoding into holographic experience. Information waves are encoded by the Cult with its endgame reality for humanity to decode and manifest and this is what I am calling the Brave New World Symphony. One of the reasons the speed of change has quickened so dramatically since smart technology appeared is because it gives powerful entanglement access to the human energy field through which that information can be fed. Those in sync with its frequencies will succumb first to the agenda and support its introduction and the idea is to pull everyone into those frequency states to ensure that even those resisting today eventually submit to its oscillation. This does not have to happen. Consciousness in its expanded form is far more powerful than the Cult and its silly games. Consciousness isolated in a perception Bubble is, by contrast, a babe in arms. New Woke once again provides the most potent example. The perception system, the result of life-long programming (frequency programming), cannot process possibilities beyond I am right while it is held fast in the vibrational control of the Brave New World Symphony. Every time someone censors themselves in fear of the consequences they are being teased further into the ‘symphony’ and the frequencies through which society is being transformed. Saying what you believe without fear and censoring yourself because of fear are quite obviously not the same frequencies. The first cannot be synchronised with endgame information fields while the second certainly can be even if this happens in stages. The process is further empowered by people like Ray Kurzweil and others telling us that the AI endgame is inevitable and unstoppable and through the technique of pre-emptive programming that I highlighted earlier. Both induce the population into the endgame frequency which they can then make manifest.

AI-brain sychronisation – how smart

Another major impact on perception related to what I have described and to smartphone wave addiction is something called entrainment which means that the most powerful frequency in any given situation will ‘entrain’ other frequencies into its own. It’s another example of entanglement. The best example is one I gave earlier of the string vibrations of three violins tuned to the same note causing a fourth violin to vibrate to the same note as the most powerful frequency entrains the other into sychronisation. Technological frequencies that now flood our reality and atmosphere are getting more cumulatively powerful and they are entraining brainwaves and human wavefields to sync with those frequencies. 5G is a massive stepping up of that potential. Once human waves are entrained with technology waves information (perception) can be transferred from AI to the human mind. Even before a direct connection to the brain we have AI assimilating human consciousness through entrainment with waves emitted by smart technology. Disruption of human wave patterns explains why people living or working close to phone and communication towers, electricity pylons or nuclear stations, can suffer depression, anxiety and diseases like cancer to a much greater extent than the average. Mainstream scientists parroting the official line say there is no evidence of such a connection and they cannot explain how it would be possible while ignoring wavefield connections or entanglement. If they did the mist would clear. Entrainment of brain frequencies connects with brain placidity that I described earlier in which the way the brain processes information is changed by the nature and form of that information. The brain has been bombarded by wave and digital information from technology in an extremely short period that it has never had to deal with in all known human history. Study after study has concluded that the human brain is being seriously rewired by digital/electronic stimulus and I say this is a holographic reflection of wavefield rewiring. Of course the brain must change in the circumstances I have described. We have yet another way that human perception is being transformed and a further reason for smartphone addiction. The brain is stimulated by digital input, rewires itself to sync with that input, and then goes into cold turkey when you put the smartphone down and the stimulus stops. We see this with people putting down the phone after an already long session and immediately pickling it up again for no particular reason. This is the brain screaming ‘Hey, I want my fix’. Once these new body wave and brain wave frequencies and codes are in place they are passed on via epigenetics to the next generation who start out the way their parents had to be manipulated into becoming. With each generation they are more and more machine-wave dominated until they are the machines. Frequency-matched communication with DNA can transmute the body into another form in the same way until it is nothing like we see today. Genetic manipulation in laboratories is the Stone Age by comparison.

Figure 368: What’s the best way to deal with these surveillance tools if you already have one? Smack – in the bin. Job done.

Figure 369: Perception assimilation before total assimilation.

The human mind is being entrained with AI through all the smart gadgets that are vehicles for AI and another aspect of the assimilation is to manipulate human interaction with AI as if it is human-human interaction. How many people now interact with their smart assistants as if they are human or are induced into perceiving the AI voice on the Sat-Nav as human? Smart assistants are being introduced to vehicles to add to Sat-Navs and make car journeys a constant interaction with AI (Fig 368 ). Call government agencies and big companies and you will be greeted by an AI voice. Observe the burgeoning number of dolls and other characters for young children that speak with AI voices through Internet connection (Fig 369 ). All is systematic preparation and conditioning for the fusion of AI with the human mind while human-human interaction is being destroyed equally systematically through smartphones, social media and the technology takeover (more words written before the lockdowns and social distancing). Everywhere direct human discourse is being deleted and this includes supermarkets where check-out staff you could chat with are being replaced by technology to delete human-human contact. Cult technocracy giant Amazon is opening stores that are entirely automated and the plan is for that to be the case everywhere as it is with banks as local branches disappear and people are forced online. Bricks and mortar shops where you interact with human beings are being destroyed by online shopping and faceless, soulless AI. People find it increasingly difficult to buy things away from the Internet as this trend increases apace. Laws are going to come which protect AI machines and eventually they will go above transgender in the New Woke hierarchy. I know that sounds fantastic, but who would have guessed what would happen with transgender in such a ridiculously short time? Who would have believed that Democratic presidential candidate Elizabeth Warren would say that as president she would have her Education Secretary chosen or vetoed by a transgender child? I had to check the speech video to confirm she really said it. She did. If what is happening now with transgender activism had been predicted only a few years ago they would have said that was crazy. It is , but it’s here anyway. The Cult agenda is protected from all criticism and exposure. How can you criticise AI robots for taking over human society? That’s an ‘anti-Semitic’ trope or transphobic – no, wait, it’s transtechnologic, yes, a transtechnologic trope and you are transtechnophobic . As AI becomes ever more pre-eminent (and it’s happening so fast), so a conscious connection with expanded awareness and The One is ever further diminished until we are completely isolated. This is the game and a crucial part of The Answer is to know that.

Vaccine shit, food shit, drink shit, it’s all shit

Vaccinations and toxic food and drink would appear to affect the body on the chemical/biological level and obviously in one sense they do. Chemical/biological, however, pertains to the hologram and that is a decoded projection of wavefield information. Toxicity, whether in the form of vaccinations, food, drink, pesticides, herbicides and poisons of every kind, are in their base state highly distorted wave frequencies. Toxic gunge pouring from a pipe into a river is changing the wavefield nature of the river and this affects the wavefields of the fish and other marine life. Remember the work of Japanese researcher Dr Masaru Emoto and how toxicity distorted the water crystals (wavefields) of water. Toxicity appears to affect the body directly as poison-to-biological when in fact it distorts wavefields of the body which plays through to the hologram as a reflected distortion. If extreme enough this can so damage the body’s wavefield oscillation that it stops and the person dies. Vaccinations, toxic food and drink, pharmaceutical drugs, technological radiation and ultimately an AI connection to the brain are all weapons in the Cult’s anti-human armoury through Body-Mind wavefield distortion. I have detailed in Everything You Need To Know the near-unbelievable shite in vaccines, food and drink that you would never think anyone would put into anything destined for the body. When you know that the Cult is specifically targeting Body-Mind it all makes sense. The Cult wants the population addicted to shit food, shit drink, shit drugs, shit smartphone waves, shit everything, and all of that is produced by giant Cult corporations. Shit in these cases means shit frequencies which are absorbed by human frequencies that become shit themselves through entanglement. This entangled shit becomes holographic shit which we experience as mental, emotional and ‘physical’ dis-ease, dis-harmony. To make this happen the Cult wants control of what enters the body through mouth or injection and the ever-increasing pressure through many and various agencies and stooges to impose mandatory vaccinations is a key part of the war on humanity and the young (Fig 370 ). I wrote those words once again before the ‘pandemic’ and the subsequent Bill Gates global vaccine agenda.

Figure 370: Welcome to the world where you are a pin cushion for toxic shite. It’s only because we care.

This is a summary of vaccine ingredients and substances used in manufacture: Aborted foetal tissue; aluminium; mercury-based thimerosal; gelatine; human serum albumin (found in blood plasma); sorbitol and other stabilisers; emulsifiers; taste improvers; antibiotics; egg proteins (ovalbumin); yeast proteins; formaldehyde (used to embalm dead bodies); acidity regulators; human cell strains, animal cell strains and genetically-modified organisms (GMOs); recombinant DNA technology; bovine products. Aluminium alone is a brain toxin. Health consequences linked to vaccines and it is far from a full list include: Anaphylactic shock; aseptic meningitis and meningitis; Bell’s palsy, facial palsy, isolated cranial nerve palsy; blood disorders; brachial neuritis; cerebrovascular accident (stroke); chronic rheumatoid arthritis; convulsions, seizures, febrile seizure; death; encephalopathy and encephalitis (brain swelling); hearing loss; Guillain-Barré syndrome; immune system disorders; lymphatic system disorders; multiple sclerosis; myocarditis; nervous system disorders; neurological syndromes including autism; paralysis and myelitis including transverse myelitis; peripheral neuropathy; pneumonia and lower respiratory infections; skin and tissue disorders including eczema; sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS); tinnitus (ringing in the ears); vaccine-strain versions of chicken pox, measles, mumps, polio, influenza, meningitis, yellow fever, and pertussis vasculitis (inflammation of blood vessels).

Figure 371: Herd immunity means natural immunity, not shite in vaccine immunity.

Against this background the number of vaccines and insane combinations, including six -in-one, have exploded and we have ever-quickening and expanding moves around the world to impose compulsory vaccination (Fig 371 ). Why would they do this with so much potential harm? Why would they do this when there can be few better definitions of fascism than telling people what they will and will not by law put into their own bodies and those of their children? One answer is they were preparing for the ‘pandemic’ hoax and the Bill Gates-fronted vaccine being prepared in response that they want to be compulsory worldwide or at least with people facing major restrictions on movement if they don’t agree to have it. I’ll have much more about that in the next two chapters.

Immunity by vaccine? No – immunity from prosecution

Cult-owned pharmaceutical companies or Big Pharma were facing so many lawsuits for life-changing and life-ending vaccine damage that laws were passed in 1986 by Cult-owned Capitol Hill to give them immunity from prosecution . No matter what vaccines do to your kids the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA) protects Big Pharma from any consequences. Instead compensation claims are handled by a federal ‘vaccine court’ on a no-fault basis without a jury and payments are made by taxpayers for the results of Big Pharma actions. This is the same Big Pharma that makes staggering fortunes every year for killing and damaging extraordinary numbers of children and adults through vaccines and pharmaceutical drugs. One of the biggest causes of death in the United States alongside heart disease and cancer is pharmaceutical-based treatment and that’s without all the cases never recorded because another cause is given to hide the real one. Add them to the number and it would be by far the biggest cause of human demise. Aldous Huxley said long ago: ‘Medical science is making such remarkable progress that soon no-one will be well.’ Even with a very high bar to prove your case the US vaccine court had paid out $4.2 billion as of October, 2019, for damage by vaccines that the Cult wants to make compulsory worldwide and is already doing so in the United States and elsewhere. Robert F. Kennedy Jr, son of the US attorney general assassinated by the Cult in 1968, is among America’s leading opponents of the vaccine narrative. Writer Kristina Kristen described at the Kennedy-connected childrenshealthdefense.org how the number of vaccinations soared after the immunity law was passed and how Big Pharma is actually producing drugs for profit to ‘treat’ health effects of vaccines:

Following the passage of NCVIA, the number of vaccines on the childhood schedule mushroomed, creating a gold rush for vaccine makers: the vaccine industry went from a $1 billion industry to a $50 billion industry. But this expansion in the vaccine industry, in fact, is relatively small in comparison to the even greater gold rush for the BIG 4 companies. The drug ‘treatment’ side of the equation, which is substantially more lucrative than the ‘gateway’ vaccine side the BIG 4 already monopolized, now also increased substantially.

The vaccine manufacturers began to capitalize on the known adverse effects of their vaccines, and have since created drugs for the ‘treatment’ side of the equation as well. The lack of incentive to make safe products, which created the bloated vaccine schedule, became the gateway to the lucrative drug treatment side for these companies. Today, the BIG 4 monopolize vaccines as well as the drug ‘treatments’ for chronic illnesses known to be induced by vaccines. First, vaccines push kids off the cliff, and then vaccine makers profit from ‘rescuing’ those they don’t kill.

If ever you needed a concise description of Cult psychopathy and empathy deletion then there it is. If evil is the absence of love, which I suggest it is, the Cult can justifiably be described as evil and that same evil is being applied across its entire agenda for humanity. ‘They wouldn’t do that’? Oh, yes, they would and get sexually high while doing so. Yale University researchers studying records from a health insurance database discovered correlations between specific vaccines and neurological problems in children aged between six and 15. They included obsessive-compulsive disorder and anorexia nervosa which were found more likely to be diagnosed in children three months after vaccination. Influenza vaccine was one highlighted – ‘get your flu shot’ as the idiot media tell people every year. The study was published in the journal Frontiers in Psychiatry. No matter the documented health and psychological dangers to children we are going to make vaccines compulsory. In typical Cult fashion anyone who challenges and exposes the consequences and motivation of vaccines is demonised. Those dubbed ‘anti-vaxxers’ are attacked by moronic people in the media and by parents who have conceded the right to think and so believe whatever the Cult tells them is true. It brings us back to that quote from Morpheus in The Matrix : ‘You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged and many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.’ Those that refuse to vaccinate their children – ‘anti-vaxxers’ – and seek to circulate information Big Pharma doesn’t want people to know are increasingly censored by Cult-controlled Big Tech including Facebook, Twitter, Google and Amazon. The Cult makes the vaccines, passes laws for immunity from prosecution for the consequences of vaccines, and silences opposition through its Big Tech near-monopolies in league with the Cult-controlled mainstream media. It’s simple when you connect the dots. If the population allows the few to dictate events for much longer no one will escape vaccination or be allowed to campaign against it. This is the real reason for attacks on ‘anti-vaxxers’ (written before the ‘virus’ scam when those attacks increased dramatically).

Britain is now a totalitarian state and a new Law Commissioner called Penney Lewis announced in 2020 that she was ‘considering’ making the posting of ‘anti-vaccine propaganda’ on social media a criminal offence even when people believed the information to be true. ‘She’ was not considering anything. ‘She’ is just a place-person to officially make it happen and what a coincidence this happened just before the ‘pandemic’ hoax along with Bill Gates stepping down from Microsoft to spend more time on his ‘charitable’ (vaccine) interests. The System (ultimately the Cult) is the force behind this fascistic plan and the same with the pathetic puppet who said in the same period that he was ‘looking very seriously’ at making vaccinations compulsory in the UK. This was ‘Health Secretary’ Matt Hancock in temporary official charge of health policy that is really driven by the civil servants in his department representing the Permanent Government. It is highly unlikely that either Lewis or Hancock will know their arse from their elbow about how what they are ‘considering’ is really part of a global agenda emerging out of the shadows. ‘Considering’ obviously means planning to impose when we think we can get away with it. Attacks on ‘anti-vaxxers’ get more hysterical by the week. Republican political strategist, media consultant and Deep State insider Rick Wilson said: ‘Anti-vaxxers are a scourge and a strong argument for re-education camps, the immediate seizure of their property, and putting their children into protective custody.’ Those concerned about their children’s safety are a ‘scourge’ but someone advocating outright extreme fascism/Marxism is not? Such is the lunacy of New Woke. American Medical Association (AMA) delegates want laws to allow minors to ‘override refusenik parents on vaccination’ (after they’ve been indoctrinated by the authorities, of course). The direction we are being taken is so clear once eyes are truly wide open and not wide shut. It is all the more grotesque when you think that compulsory vaccinations for those who would not otherwise have them is statistically alone condemning some of those children to vaccine damage, even death, and effects of their psychology. The arrogance and psychopathy of these people is stunning.

Herd immunity is the problem? No it’s not

Figure 372: Mandatory vaccinations are only fascism under another name.

One of the biggest scams to justify compulsory vaccination is the lie about ‘herd immunity’ which claims that almost everyone has to be vaccinated for a vaccine to work (Fig 372 ). They need to sell this deceit to both support mandatory jabs and explain why so many vaccinated children get the very diseases they are supposed to be vaccinated against. It’s not that the vaccines haven’t worked. It’s those terrible parents who won’t have their kids injected with toxic potions. American neurosurgeon Russell Blaylock put this myth to bed:

In the original description of herd immunity, the protection to the population at large occurred only if people contracted the infections naturally. The reason for this is that naturally-acquired immunity lasts for a lifetime. The vaccine proponents quickly latched onto this concept and applied it to vaccine-induced immunity.

But, there was one major problem – vaccine-induced immunity lasted for only a relatively short period if at all and then this applies only to humoral body fluids immunity. This is why they began to suggest boosters for most vaccines, even the common childhood infections such as chickenpox, measles, mumps, and rubella.

The claim is that vaccinations produce antibodies for a disease, but this does not constitute proof of immunity. The following quote is from Learntherisk.org :

… science has long known that antibodies alone do NOT create real immunity. Some people with high levels of antibodies can be exposed to an illness and still get sick, while others without antibodies can be exposed and not get sick. Dr. Merrill Chase, nicknamed the Grandfather of Immunology for his pioneering work, did clear-cut research on this issue back in the 1950s.

His results are clear: antibody levels don’t determine immunity. The immune system is a highly complex system and science is still in its infancy understanding how it functions. In fact, immunology textbooks were completely rewritten recently after a University of Virginia study finally proving the link between the gut and the brain through the lymphatic system. Before this 2014 study, immunology books were adamant there was no link.

The quickest way to understand the world is to invert everything you’ve been told is real by The System (the Cult). The method is next to foolproof. American children and young people are now given from birth to 18 years between 53 and 70 vaccines depending on how you count them. Many are given in one jab and the childhood schedule has tripled in little more than 30 years which takes us back to the time when Big Pharma secured immunity from prosecution. In this same period children have got sicker with once-rare autism, food allergies, asthma, brain malfunction, autoimmune diseases and cancer in children dramatically increasing. There has been a mega-rise in autoimmune diseases in the vaccine era and especially the mass vaccine era. The immune system attacks its own body by picking up signals indicating a threat from foreign bodies that shouldn’t be there and this is known as autoimmune disease or malfunction. Does anyone really believe that injecting or swallowing toxic substances and material that attach to the body does not cause the immune system to attack itself in this way? Still-developing immune-systems of babies are deluged with this toxic crap and the body’s natural protection will never be what it would have been after that assault so early. These are the same immune systems targeted by 5G and Wi-Fi. Childhood diseases were just part of life when I was a kid and parents would take their children to those who were sick so they would get the disease. It was seen as kicking in the immune system to protect them for life and give life-long immunity to conditions that can be far worse in adults. Today an outbreak of measles is propagandised into a deadly threat that justifies compulsory vaccinations and vicious attacks on ‘anti-vaxxers’. It’s all manipulation. New York mayor Bill de Blasio declared an emergency after a measles outbreak and ordered vaccinations on threat of a fine of up to $1,000. ‘We cannot allow this dangerous disease to make a comeback here in New York City’, he said. This was the ‘dangerous disease’ that was met in my childhood with ‘So and so’s got measles’ – ‘Oh, week off school. then.’ It should also be stressed that when we are told there has been an ‘outbreak’ we are not informed how many vaccinated kids have the disease and how many un vaccinated are not affected. That would be bad for the sales-pitch. My two big strapping sons were not vaccinated and they somehow seemed to have survived. I can’t think how and maybe someone can explain how their vaccinated mates got diseases they didn’t.

Vaccine waves

To understand the deeper agenda of vaccinations and all the other shite I’ve described we need to return once more to the wavefield level of reality. Here vaccines are disrupters of wavefield harmony which in itself undermines wavefield information codes that are the immune system. At the wave level information can also be encoded with perception patterns and disease patterns. Once you have access to the body field anything becomes possible with the knowledge the Cult is working with. Toxic fast food and processed food and drink have the same effect as do pharmaceutical drugs and technological radiation. Drug ‘side-effects’ are wavefield disrupting effects (nothing ‘side’ about them) caused in the same process as the one effect that is claimed to be beneficial to a condition. Even then drugs and alternative treatments can appear to have ‘cured’ a problem when it has only caused the wavefield flaw to move to somewhere else in the field to manifest as another condition that is not apparently related to the first one that was ‘cured’. But it is . The ‘cure’ has only made the symptom disappear and not the flaw. You could think of it as like a bubble in a bottle of water that moves from one place to another as you turn it around. These wavefield flaws are caused overwhelmingly by emotional trauma as imbalanced waves of low-vibrational emotion impact upon Body-Mind fields, but they also result from the toxins swallowed and injected which can lead to diseases many years after they have been consumed and administered. Cause and effect is never identified because of this delay. Only when the flaw is deleted rather than moved is the healing process over and this is mostly done by bringing to the conscious mind the emotional trauma that has manifested the flaw. This can be something that happened in childhood which didn’t show itself as a condition in the body for maybe decades. Once the conscious mind acknowledges the cause and effect of the flaw the wavefield is rebalanced. The acknowledgement generates a wave pattern that does the job. For most people the connection remains in the subconscious given that mainstream medicine does not recognise these connections. Disease really is all in the mind, and has to be when the body is the mind, and it can be ‘cured’ (rebalanced) by the mind.

Vaccinating chips

Figure 373: Nanotechnology released in the air, water and food is designed to connect humanity to the Smart Grid.

There is still another reason for vaccinations to benefit the Cult. I was told by a CIA scientist in California in the 1990s that nano-microchips far too small to be seen by the human eye were being infused into the population through hypodermic needles in public vaccination programmes. Nano-technology is now commonplace and can be found in an ever-increasing number of foods. When I met the scientist it was not nearly as widely known about as it is today. I cannot emphasise enough that the cutting edge of technological possibility in the secret projects is far in advance of anything we see in the public arena. Nanotechnology is easily small enough to be injected with vaccines and no one would know. It takes a tiny few to add the nanochips which large numbers of unsuspecting ‘medical professionals’ then inject. Today these chips are called nanobots, nanorobots, nanoids, nanites, nanomachines, nanomites, neural dust, digital dust and smart dust (Fig 373 ). Once in the body these micro-machines can according to the literature ‘assemble and maintain sophisticated systems and build devices, machines or circuits through molecular manufacturing and produce copies of themselves through self-replication’. They can also connect the body to the Smart Grid and manipulate genetics. What an amazing coincidence with all these crucial benefits to the Cult agenda of vaccinations that we find their most prominent global promotor to be Microsoft billionaire technocrat Bill Gates. His father, William H. Gates Senior, supported the beliefs of infamous eugenicist Thomas Malthus (as did his son ‘at one time’) and Father Gates headed the Rockefeller-created Planned Parenthood which was part of the eugenics movement and involved Cult ‘prophet’ Dr Richard Day who told those paediatricians in 1969 that diseases would be inoculated through vaccinations (very relevant when I come in detail to ‘Covid-19’ and the Gates vaccine). Austrian doctor, molecular biology researcher, and now dentist, Jaroslav Belsky, pointed out a connection between vaccinations and the 1918 ‘Spanish flu’ which actually began in American military bases in the last year of the First World War before spreading worldwide to affect about 500 million people, or one-third of the world’s population. At least 50 million deaths were estimated with about 675,000 in the United States according to reports. Belsky said:

An orgy of vaccination took place for the soldiers of the war. In 1918 up to 36 vaccinations took place with no rules at all. It happened just before the Spanish Flu appeared in different places at the same time. Medical historians confirm today that it was a vaccination disaster.

Bill Gates made his billions from Microsoft technology essential to the Cult technocracy agenda and funds and promotes a long list of Cult demands including vaccines, surveillance technology, education programming like Common Core, geoengineering of the atmosphere (weather modification and so much more), and genetically-modified food which is designed to genetically-modify us. You can read about all this in detail in Everything You Need To Know. Gates announced in March, 2020, that he was stepping down from the Microsoft board to spend more time on ‘philanthropic activities’ which means funding the elite agenda. He said he wanted to focus his efforts on global health and development, education and tackling climate change. Yeah, yeah, mate, we get what you mean. (We did indeed because shortly after I wrote those words Gates immediately launched into promoting ‘virus’ lockdowns and a vaccine without which life would, in his words, ‘never get back to normal’.) What a conman this bloke Gates really is – and worse as we shall see. I should emphasise, too, that vaccines damage and change DNA and the next generation of vaccines specifically target DNA – including the Gates ‘Covid-19’ vaccine. The theme is clear. These new vaccines don’t inject a virus to stimulate an immune response but instead inject synthetic genes – here we go – which will permanently alter DNA. A New York Times article about ‘immunoprophylaxis by gene transfer, or I.G.T.’ quoted Michael Farzan, an immunologist at America’s Scripps Research Institute:

I.G.T. is altogether different from traditional vaccination. It is instead a form of gene therapy. Scientists isolate the genes that produce powerful antibodies against certain diseases and then synthesize artificial versions. The genes are placed into viruses and injected into human tissue, usually muscle.

The viruses invade human cells with their DNA payloads, and the synthetic gene is incorporated into the recipient’s own DNA. If all goes well, the new genes instruct the cells to begin manufacturing powerful antibodies.

‘The synthetic gene is incorporated into the recipient’s own DNA.’ Ponder on that in the light of what I have been saying about the synthetic human. Is anyone still naive enough not see what is happening, why vaccines are being made compulsory and what the Gates ‘Covid-19’ vaccine is really all about?

Vaccine surveillance

Figure 374: This is not only the Gates doctrine – it’s the Cult doctrine everywhere you look.

Crucial to the imposition of vaccination for everyone by law is tracking who has been vaccinated and who hasn’t. Is it really another coincidence that the major organisation in the Bill Gates campaign to vaccinate the world is calling for the tracking of people to confirm vaccination? Seth Berkley, CEO of the Gates-funded GAVI, the Vaccine Alliance, says the organisation spends an average of nearly $2 billion a year to vaccinate children in the poorest countries and invests tens of millions in ‘innovations to monitor immunisation’. He wants technology to track who has been vaccinated and to give everyone an ‘identity’. All this fits with the Cult agenda as he might take time to find out if he doesn’t already know. I bet he does. Berkley formerly worked for the Big Pharma-controlled US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Rockefeller Foundation. The Rockefeller family – its inner core is Cult to its DNA – was the family that imposed Big Pharma ‘medicine’ on the world at the exclusion of other forms of healing that they didn’t control. Berkley’s desire for everyone to have ‘identity’ carbon-copies is the goal of the United Nations which aims for all 193 member countries to impose a legal form of identity by the ever-recurring year of 2030. Is it random chance that the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is funding the development of a ‘tattoo’ that will identify those who have and have not been vaccinated? Gates has funded research by scientists at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) to create a new ink for an ‘invisible quantum tattoo’ to be embedded in the skin and read by a smartphone camera app (Fig 374 ). Sciencealert.com reported:

The invisible ‘tattoo’ accompanying the vaccine is a pattern made up of minuscule quantum dots – tiny semiconducting crystals that reflect light – that glows under infrared light. The pattern – and vaccine – gets delivered into the skin using hi-tech dissolvable microneedles made of a mixture of polymers and sugar.

MIT researcher Kevin McHugh described the outcome perfectly while quite probably being firewalled in compartmentalised cluelessness from the real reason behind it: ‘In areas where paper vaccination cards are often lost or do not exist at all, and electronic databases are unheard of, this technology could enable the rapid and anonymous detection of patient vaccination history to ensure that every child is vaccinated.’ There you have the Cult agenda in a sentence and this will allow authorities – and employers – to know if you have been vaccinated and are therefore ‘safe’ to roam or be employed. (When the ‘virus’ hoax was played weeks after I wrote those words Gates was promoting his invisible digital ‘tattoo’ to track who had been vaccinated with the ‘Covid-19’ vaccine that HE was funding into worldwide use. It’s shocking. No wonder I call him the ‘Software Psychopath’.) The same tracking system is planned to ensure that everyone is drugged to make them docile. ‘Smart systems’ already introduced include microchipped ‘smart pills’ that tell doctors that drugs have been taken in another Tiptoe to this end. The concept was well portrayed in the 2002 movie Equilibrium in which the population has all emotion suppressed by a daily injection monitored to ensure compliance. Proposals to add lithium to public water supplies is another Tiptoe. Lithium is used to treat manic depression and its advocates say mass medication of lithium will make people ‘happier’. Children and adults are already being mass-drugged with psychology-changing potions on a scale never seen before at the first sign of emotional problems or off-Postage Stamp behaviour. Brave New World author and establishment insider Aldous Huxley predicted this in 1961:

There will be, in the next generation or so, a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude, and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak, producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their own liberties taken away from them, but rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution.

How did Huxley know this? How did Orwell know what he did? How did Richard Day? How did I? The agenda has been long in the planning and is ultimately sourced from outside this reality which doesn’t share the same ‘timeline’ as the human world. If you are an insider or spend 30 years lifting the stones you can know what is planned.

Micro-everything

Figure 375: Mmmm , yummy.

The world is being deluged with microplastics that resonate to the frequency of synthetics. Wave entanglement with increasing numbers of synthetic waves will make body wavefields more … synthetic . A Reuters report using data from 50 studies on the ingestion of microplastics gave devastating confirmation of how far this has already gone. Microplastics are described as particles under five millimetres. The report, based on the findings of a study by the Worldwide Fund for Nature (WWF), found that people are consuming on average every week some 2,000 tiny pieces of plastic mostly through water but also through marine life and the air. Every year humans are ingesting enough microplastics to fill a heaped dinner plate and in a life time of 79 years it is enough to fill two large waste bins (Fig 375 ). WWF International director general Marco Lambertini said: ‘Not only are plastics polluting our oceans and waterways and killing marine life – it’s in all of us and we can’t escape consuming plastics,’ Plastic-wrapped food absorbs the chemicals and I see even fresh food wrapped in plastic labelled ‘organic’ which by definition it can’t be in such circumstances with the content of plastic leaching into the food. American geologists found tiny plastic fibres, beads and shards in rainwater samples collected from the remote slopes of the Rocky Mountain National Park near Denver, Colorado. Their report was headed: ‘It is raining plastic.’ Microplastics have been found in snow in remote areas and deep in ocean sediment and in plankton. ‘Everywhere we look, we find it’, one researcher said. Microplastics are also added to foodstuffs with scientists from McGill University in Canada revealing that billions of microplastic particles are released into every cup of tea using plastic tea bags. Who could have forecast that using plastic tea bags would release plastic into the tea? You’d have to be a genius, surely? It’s systematic at the inner core of the Cult. Health consequences of plastic infiltration of the body are nothing like fully understood, but the London Daily Mail quoted Rachel Adams, senior lecturer in Biomedical Science at Cardiff Metropolitan University, as saying that among them are internal inflammation (with many knock-on effects) and immune responses to a ‘foreign body’ (see also vaccine contents and autoimmune disease). She further pointed out that microplastics become carriers of toxins including mercury, pesticides and dioxins (a known cause of cancer and reproductive and developmental problems). These toxins accumulate in the fatty tissues once they enter the body through microplastics. I have described in other books how the body’s survival system often will not allow fat to dissolve because it knows that this will release the accumulated poisons – ‘No matter what I do I can’t lose weight’. A study by King’s College London discovered the astonishing microplastic pollution in the UK capital. Researchers found that ‘microplastics in the atmosphere are falling from the skies onto roofs and into human lungs in alarming quantities’. Researcher Stephanie Wright said they found ‘a high abundance of microplastics, much higher than what has previously been reported’ and the same will be true of all other cities. She repeated the point about unknown consequences: ‘The biggest concern is we don’t really know much at all. I want to find out if it is safe or not.’ Well, clearly it’s not safe and what is being missed as always are the consequences at the wavefield level where synthetic vibrations are infiltrating the human energy field which becomes the human hologram. When you are entering your endgame the last thing you want are healthy, strong, psychologically-balanced, sharp-thinking, people. You want the very opposite and you suppress the mind by suppressing the body which together make up Body-Mind. A study by the University of Vermont found that obese children have a thinner region in the brain which relates to decision-making, the ability to plan and control behaviour, and this is where most information is consciously processed.

‘Too many people’

Figure 376: Another Wi-Fi field planned for every home and business to connect you to the cloud and let the cloud communicate with you.

I have been warning for decades about a planned mass-cull of the global population and all that I have described makes that possible. When entrainment/entanglement between technology frequencies and the human field is powerfully established one can so disrupt the other that the heart stops beating and the oscillation of bodily life is switched off. If the Cult has the precise frequencies on which a person is transmitting an individual can be isolated and targeted. The Cult is using every excuse to compile DNA databases which provide that information. Many people claim they are already being specifically harassed by Deep State technology and refer to themselves as ‘targeted individuals’. They say thoughts and perceptions are delivered to their brain technologically and I have explained how this is possible. I say that in less obvious ways this is being done on a mass scale through information delivered in waves by Wi-Fi, 5G and other technology networks. Taking out people individually and collectively is only a step on from that and based on the same principle. Cult gofers and operatives quoted in other books have long called for a colossal decrease in the global population (and I mean by billions) and now there is the added excuse that too many humans mean more danger from climate change. Climate Cultists are urging a reduction in the population and for people to stop having children at all. Bill Gates is among those very vocal on these subjects and would have talked about this with his father who supported eugenicist Thomas Malthus. The Cult doesn’t need anything like as many human slaves any longer with AI taking over everything, male-female procreation due to be replaced by Huxley’s World State Hatcheries, and synthetic laboratory babies specifically engineered for life-long slavery. Human bodies have been made toxic through food, drink, pollution and microplastics while electromagnetic frequencies have the potential to enormously increase the effect of that toxicity to fatal levels. The authorities could have wired computer systems in schools and universities and instead imposed Wi-Fi as part of the cumulative cull (remember the teacher’s blood) and the same with smart meters (Fig 376 ). Now you can see why 5G – a military weapon – is being rolled-out across the world with no testing. 5G is very much part of the cull agenda. I know that people don’t want to face what is happening, but it is and we have to deal with it. How could it be any other way with 5G and Wi-Fi when you consider coagulating blood, affecting the molecular structure of oxygen, attacking water molecules, and frequencies that we don’t even know about able to be transmitted through a network sold to us for other reasons? What better means do you need for a long-planned mass cull than the ability to absorb enough oxygen as I will come to in the next chapter? ‘Humans’ in the form we know them are planned to disappear to be replaced by the trans-human, synthetic-human, machine-human, that would not be human at all.

Californian biotech company Epicyte patented the Epicyte gene in 2010 which makes men and women sterile and infertile when ingested. The gene was then genetically-engineered into corn seeds . Why the hell would anyone do that if it were not aimed at sterilising people en masse? Cult biotech companies Monsanto and DuPont bought the Epicyte operation to ‘commercialise’ the sterilisation gene. Rima E. Laibow, Medical Director of the US Natural Solutions Foundation, said that you can’t find out if you are consuming the gene because the (Cult-controlled) US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) made it illegal to have that information. Contraceptive drugs are also in the water supply after being peed down the toilet in cumulatively vast quantities while electromagnetic waves are known to influence human reproduction through both male and female systems. We are, of course, drowning in technological waves with now the vastly more destructive 5G. I have already emphasised the falling sperm counts. Professor Olle Johansson from the Department of Neuroscience at Sweden’s Karolinska Institute has predicted mass ‘irreversible sterility within five generations’ due to technological and Wi-Fi radiation and he was speaking before the introduction of 5G. A letter highlighting the serious dangers to male reproduction of the 5G rollout was delivered to UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson in early 2020 along with two petitions. One was signed by 268 doctors and scientists. The letter said:

We are extremely concerned by the vulnerability of our young and very young people to the harmful effects of pulsed RF radiation. Study upon study is showing that this non-ionising radiation is causing oxidative DNA damage in cellular systems and this may be particularly harmful to the reproductive system of young boys, adolescents and young men.

It’s all long-planned and the extinction of humanity as we know it is the goal. Dr Richard Day told the paediatricians in 1969 about the coming ‘demise pill’ in which older people would kill themselves when they reached a certain age to make way for the young. The constant efforts to divide young and old is in part related to this plan and so is the Tiptoe to legal euthanasia and ‘care pathways’ in which doctors stop drugs and nutrition for those they claim are close to death. Many who have been taken off the ‘pathway’, only thanks to the efforts of loved ones, have lived for years afterwards. The theme continues with increasing numbers of US states, plus the District of Columbia, legalising medical ‘assisted suicide’. At the time of writing they are California, Colorado, Hawaii, Maine, New Jersey, Oregon, Vermont and Washington with New York authorities talking about doing the same. People may say it is compassionate to allow everyone to free themselves from ‘physical’ suffering, but that is not in the top five reasons of those that apply for legalised suicide in Oregon, for example. Among the leading reasons is fear of being a burden on others and fear of losing autonomy. This by definition means mostly the poor and vulnerable which then brings us into the arena of what I will call perceptual eugenics. You convince people they are a burden and then help them kill themselves. Old people have been psychopathically targeted during the ‘virus’ lockdowns as we shall see. Once you open the door on the basis of ‘compassion’ the Cult batters it off the hinges and takes the wall down. Humans are just a resource to the Cult and when they cease to be commercially productive the plan is to delete them. Paediatrician Lawrence Dunegan described what Richard Day said in 1969 about the demise pill:

Medical care would be connected very closely with one’s work but also would be made very, very high in cost so that it would simply be unavailable to people beyond a certain age. And unless they had a remarkably rich, supporting family, they would just have to do without care.

And the idea was that if everybody says ‘Enough! What a burden it is on the young to try to maintain the old people’ then the young would become agreeable to helping mom and dad along the way, provided this was done humanely and with dignity. And then the example was there could be like a nice farewell party, a real celebration. Mom and dad had done a good job. And after the party’s over they take the ‘demise pill’.

Day described in 1969 how detailed the Cult agenda really is when he said they would use very pale ink on forms that people had to fill out so that older people would not be able to read them and have to ask younger people for help. He listed other ways that old people would be manipulated into believing they were ‘past it’ and I quote at length what he said so accurately across a range of subjects in my book, Phantom Self. In another reference to the population cull he said that most families would be limited to two children. Where have you seen such a child-limit policy? In China – the blueprint for the world. We should also note the emerging pressure for later and later legal abortion.

Ruling the waves

Figure 377: The Cult’s all-seeing eye symbol in a whole swathe of children’s TV programs and other sources. It’s yet another innocent coincidence, naturally.

The Answer comes from understanding the problem and that means understanding the foundation nature of waves. The Cult is seeking to impose wave control in every area of life. I have highlighted many times over the years how symbols have been placed throughout global society in the form of the pyramid and all-seeing eye and many others. Why would they bother to do this on such a scale? Symbolism is both the hidden language through which Cult operatives communicate in public and a means of transferring the frequencies of the Cult to the human energy field. The number of times you see the pyramid and all-seeing eye or just the eye is absolutely fantastic and often in animated cartoons and movies for children (Fig 377 ). Energetically, and in terms of frequency, symbols represent what they symbolise. A symbol representing hate will resonate waves of the frequency of hate and have potential to impact on the human wavefield. You don’t even have to consciously acknowledge the symbols for them to have this effect and in fact the Cult doesn’t want that. While your conscious mind defences are down through ignorance of what is happening those frequencies are left unchallenged to entangle with the subconscious – the level at which the Cult overwhelmingly operates. The idea is to access human perception at the subconscious level of waves and have that information filter through to the conscious mind as what people believe to be their own thoughts and perceptions. ‘I have not been manipulated to believe what I do; they are my own conclusions.’

Wave connection reveals why the Cult is obsessed with ritual. Energy flows where attention goes and the focus during a ritual on their unseen ‘gods’ instigates a wave entanglement through which information can be exchanged and initiates possessed. Around the world are ancient and modern sites of ritual to Saturn and Orion and rituals in those places would connect initiates to the frequencies of Saturn and Orion which I say are both crucially important to the simulation and so mega-worshipped by the Cult. Waves are everything in the context of human control both as the cause of enslavement and the knowledge that will set us free.

CHAPTER FIFTEEN

How did they pull off the fake ‘pandemic’?

Fear is only as deep as the mind allows – Japanese proverb

Eighty-five percent of this book was written before a ‘pandemic’ called ‘Covid-19’ swept through the collective human mind and gave the Cult almost everything that I have said in this and previous books was planned to transform global society. I have been referring to the ‘Covid-19 hoax’ here and there in earlier chapters and now I’ll explain what I mean in detail: There is no ‘Covid-19’ .

This will come as a shock to most people and be immediately dismissed as crazy not only by mainstream society, but by swathes of the ‘alternative’ media. I know that is true because it already has been. When, however, people have bothered to look at the evidence and background that I will lay out in the next two chapters, instead of instantly dismissing even the possibility and misrepresenting what I am saying, they have seen the sense it makes of what is otherwise a nonsensical and utterly contradictory ‘pandemic’ narrative. I don’t think significant sections of the ‘alternative media’ have come out of this with much distinction while other parts have been outstanding. We have seen during the events of 2020 a parting of the ways between those ‘alternative’ voices still willing to accept blatantly flawed official stories and those who are not. I will first summarise the official ‘pandemic’ narratives, mainstream and otherwise, and then offer a very different explanation thanks to medical professionals who have seen through the bullshit.

The official story(s)

There have been a few official and semi-official versions, but all encode the same theme: There is a virus, natural or emerging from a Chinese bio-lab, labelled SARS-CoV-2 and this caused an infectious respiratory disease called ‘Covid-19’ (I will refer to this alleged virus package as ‘Covid-19’ from hereon to keep it simple). We were told that this ‘coronavirus’ and its effects are so dangerous that whole countries had to be put under house arrest to stop it spreading and causing catastrophic loss of life. We will see that none of these claims is supportable by the evidence, but lockdowns based on those lies and flawed assumptions have been used to destroy the independent incomes and livelihoods of potentially billions and made them dependent on their Cult-controlled states and governments in a massive advancement of the Hunger Games Society. The ‘outbreak’ in China in the closing weeks of 2019 was met with a fierce and draconian lockdown in which what little is left of freedom in China was deleted and vast populations were put under house arrest policed by ‘smart’ face-recognition surveillance technology and the vicious, brain-dead Chinese law enforcement and military (same thing). The Western media reported the frenzy of activity from the Cult-owned Chinese government which included building whole new hospitals in little more than days to meet the demand from ‘teeming numbers of dying people’; but the new hospitals built amid global media hysteria about the ‘deadly virus’ responsible were closed in a ridiculously short time when compared to the apparent human disaster that we were told was unfolding. As the ‘virus’ was said to be circulating in the West the Chinese ‘epidemic’ was already beginning to dramatically recede and while the Western economy went into meltdown China was reopening business and industry, ending the extremes of the lockdown, and travel was restored. The big point to make here is that what happened in China set the blueprint for how to respond to the ‘virus’ – mass lockdown, house arrest and keeping the population apart from each other. This was the plan from the start with Bill Gates saying that ‘basically the whole country (America) has to do what was done in the part of China where they had the infections’. The cover-story promoted by the Cult-created-and-controlled, Gates-funded World Health Organization (WHO) was that China had dealt with the ‘health disaster’ very effectively and so that’s how the rest of the world had to respond when it came their way. Cult and Gates puppet WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said:

The Chinese government is to be congratulated for the extraordinary measures it has taken to contain the outbreak. China is actually setting a new standard for outbreak response and it is not an exaggeration.

The scene was set. The dye was cast. The Western economy and the lives of billions were about to be devastated.

The opening version of the official story was that the ‘outbreak’ began in a ‘wet market’ in Wuhan where bats and other animals are bought and eaten in the most appallingly dirty and unhygienic conditions and when this narrative didn’t stand up another theme began which was promoted and advanced by the alternative media. This surrounded the ‘BSL-4’ laboratory in Wuhan not far from the wet market where lethal agents are studied and manipulated to create bioweapons for military purposes. The Wuhan facility is the only one of its kind in China. BSL-4 refers to biosafety level 4 which is the designation given to laboratories with the highest level of biosafety precautions capable of containing the often instantly fatal agents stored there. Francis Boyle, professor of international law at the University of Illinois College of Law who drafted the US Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, went public in February, 2020, to say he was convinced the ‘coronavirus’ strain said to be involved was an engineered bioweapon released from the Wuhan bio-lab by error or otherwise. He appeared across the alternative media and what he said about the existence of offensive biological warfare weapons with genetically-engineered DNA was clearly true. What followed, however, in actual dead people around the world did not in any way support the claim that a lethal bioweapon had been released. Just because a known arsonist lives near the scene of a fire does not mean only by association that he started the blaze, but the person who did start it will try to make you think so. No matter – a significant swathe of the alternative media would believe and promote this Wuhan lab scenario and later it would become a mainstream narrative which, of course, focussed attention and fury on China. Some Deep State-connected US politicians like the Israel-owned Tom Cotton suggested the Wuhan laboratory could have been the source and this was more reason for red flags to flutter in the breeze. It was suggested that the ‘deadly agent’ – by now dubbed a ‘virus’ – was stolen by the Chinese from a Canadian laboratory in Winnipeg, the country’s foremost centre for developing and testing biological warfare weapons, or from a US BSL-4 laboratory of which there are many. Others said the ‘virus’ could have been sourced to the US military and released under the cover of the 2019 Military World Games held between October 18th and 27th in Wuhan just before the outbreak became public. The Games involved ten thousand military personnel and support staff gathered from more than 100 nations including a team from the United States. Professor Boyle estimated that the US has spent in excess of $100 billion on biological warfare research since 9/11 rising by $5 billion a year. This would sync with the Sabbatian-Frankist Project for the New American Century plan for the development of biological weapons that target specific genotypes. Biowarfare research is going on across the world in the United States, China, Israel, the United Kingdom (the infamous Porton Down), France, Russia, and many other locations. Sabbatian-Frankist-controlled Israel has a major chemical and biological weapons programme (hidden behind ‘research’ facilities) and as always refuses to sign the Biological Weapons Convention or Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty to prevent international inspections because, thanks to the Sabbatian-Frankist networks, it is a law unto itself. The Israel Institute for Biological Research near Tel Aviv which runs the programme is one of the country’s most secretive organisations (and think of the competition). The Globalresearch website said of Israel:

The greatest secrecy surrounds research on biological weapons, bacteria and viruses that spread among the enemy and can trigger epidemics. Among them, the bacteria of the bubonic plague (the ‘Black Death’ of the Middle Ages) and the Ebola virus, contagious and lethal, for which no therapy is available.

So do deadly agents exist at laboratories like Wuhan? They definitely do. The question to be asked is was the ‘Covid-19’ coronavirus one of them? The data from actual happenings and not speculation says ‘no’ and I will elaborate my case for that in fine detail. For sure the first official story that the virus broke out in an animal food market or ‘wet market’ in Wuhan has not stood up to scrutiny. Bats were blamed to start with which has been done before in similar situations to hide the truth. There were diversions and false ‘leads’ flying around all over the place and the more of those you can scatter the more confusing the situation becomes and the truth is lost. I observed the scene from the perspective of tracking what was happening and not making what was happening fit a preconceived belief. As the ‘virus’ expanded into the West the consequences simply did not match in any way what you would expect from a ‘deadly bioweapon’ in terms of dead people. So what was going on?

The Web

It is worth re-emphasising how the Cult globally manipulates to put the ‘pandemic’ hoax into another perspective. The first thing to do is forget borders which do not exist in the Cult networks. Picture a transnational corporation with a headquarters in a particular country (in the case of the Cult that headquarters or central control centre – The Spider – is in the shadows). A corporation has subsidiaries in other countries around the world which take their orders and direction from the headquarters. The Cult system operates in the same way. In every country, especially those that most affect the direction of the world, the Cult has subsidiary networks of secret societies, satanic covens and interbreeding Nephilim hybrid families that are tasked with controlling that country’s politics, government administration (Deep State), finance and banking, media, medical structure to benefit the Cult’s Big Pharma, and so on. By this means the Spider-directed agenda is imposed on ‘different’ countries at the same time to instigate global change and coordinated happenings. I have already said that China is a major centre for the Cult along with the United States, Israel, Britain, Italy, France, Germany, and elsewhere. At the Cult level China is America is Israel is Britain is Italy is France is Germany. Through this Cult coordination it is absolutely possible to orchestrate the extraordinary hoax that I am going to describe. Even many researchers in the alternative media do not seem to understand this structure and its manipulative potential judging by their comments during the ‘pandemic’.

The structure requires very few people ‘in the know’ and consciously working for the Cult to dictate events in an entire country and together the entire world. You only have to control the key positions of decision-making and most of these do not even involve politicians. You want the technocrats to have the control and that includes in the case of ‘Covid-19’ the medical technocrats which have driven ‘virus’ policy throughout this human catastrophe with elected politicians almost entirely bystanders. We will see as we proceed the coordination of action between China (the Cult) and the West (the Cult). I have already highlighted the connections via the Cult of the Deep State and academia in China and the United States. As the ‘Covid-19 virus’ was coming to the centre of public attention Harvard University professor Charles Lieber, chair of the Harvard Department of Chemistry and Biology, was charged with lying about his role in a Chinese talent recruitment programme and was ordered to post a $1 million cash bond by a judge at Boston’s federal court. Prosecutors said Lieber agreed to conduct research, publish articles and apply for patents on behalf of China’s Wuhan University of Technology in exchange for $50,000 per month and some $150,000 in living expenses. Authorities said he was also given $1.5 million to establish a research laboratory at a Wuhan university. I have said that a stream of ‘former’ Pentagon officials end up working after ‘retirement’ for China either directly or indirectly. It emerged that the United States had handed $3.7 million to the Wuhan Institute of Virology and Canada had done something similar. The American grant was reported to have been approved by the Bill Gates-connected Anthony Fauci – Trump’s advisor on the ‘Covid-19’ lockdown response. Why would the United States and Canada give millions to a lab in China ? It was the American and Canadian ‘subsidiaries’ of the Cult handing over money to the China ‘branch’. This is the borderless world of the Cult through which the pandemic hoax was coordinated. So is the Cult connected to the Wuhan lab? Yes, and this may become significant ongoing; but is it the source of ‘Covid-19’? Hardly when ‘Covid-19’ is a phantom ‘virus’. The Wuhan lab story is a diversion from that.

I will be adding the detail, but in summary this is how they pulled it off. The Cult network that controls China triggered global hysteria with an apparent outbreak of a ‘deadly virus’ which they dealt with through draconian lockdowns and mass house arrest. There was no ‘virus’ and the numbers of apparent deaths were generated by re-diagnosing people dying of other respiratory disease and pneumonia in the grotesquely toxic air of Wuhan as dying of a non-existent ‘virus’ dubbed ‘Covid-19’ which had the same ‘flu-like’ and respiratory symptoms as a long list of other conditions common in Wuhan thanks to its extreme toxic environment. A ‘test’ was then introduced that didn’t even test for ‘Covid-19’ and this same test has since been used by the rest of the world to not test for ‘Covid-19’. The Western media fanned the flames of hysteria by selling the story of mass deaths in China and how its government was hiding the truth about millions of dead. The media and Cult networks in Western and other countries screamed ‘Ahhhhh – it’s us next!!’ Amazingly the Chinese ‘death figures’ suddenly began to fall which is easily done when they are based on calculated miss-diagnosis and a fake ‘test’. Cult assets controlling the medical hierarchies in other countries ordered doctors and other medical staff to begin diagnosing ‘flu-like’ symptoms and pneumonia as ‘Covid-19’ and indeed almost any condition as a ‘Covid-19’ death with no evidence necessary. If you haven’t come across this background before you are going to be shocked when I get into the detail. The narrative was supported by the same fake test and the media screamed some more about hospitals being like ‘war-zones’ overwhelmed by cases. In fact, hospitals had never been so quiet, but with security staff guarding them, visitors not allowed and the media banned from filming the illusion was perpetuated of a tidal wave of patients with medical staff on their knees. Other operations and treatments were cancelled to ease the burden of ‘overworked’ medical staff who were largely sitting around with nothing to do. Lockdowns like that in China were instigated to ‘protect the people’ from a ‘virus’ that didn’t exist urged on by the Cult-owned, Gates-funded World Health Organization which pointed to China’s draconian lockdown ‘success’ as the way to deal with what it declared was a global ‘pandemic’. This is the barest framework and the detail is on the way.

Fact-free propaganda

I was quite happy in the early weeks of the hysteria to accept the possibility of a bioweapon of some kind being involved with much circumstantial evidence to point in that direction. The word, however, is circumstantial and the only way to assess the validity of that is for real-world events to support the hypothesis. It became clear to me as a few weeks passed that this was not the case at all. Death-rates did not support that scenario, but a good slice of the alternative media still clung to it. The overwhelming majority of those who ‘caught the virus’ had ‘very minor symptoms’ or none at all and this number would increase as the weeks passed. You wouldn’t know this if you read the daily war-zone headlines and on the basis of this perceptual magic trick the global economy was devastated. Were all the ‘journalists’ (you’re joking) in on the plot? No, of course not. They just repeated unquestioned the official story as they do as a matter of course. As the saying goes and I summarise: ‘You cannot bribe or twist the great British journalist; but seeing what they will do unbribed there’s no reason to.’ What was alleged to be ‘Covid-19’ was certainly not a lethal bioweapon. One of the first people in Scotland to be diagnosed with ‘the virus’ after a trip to Italy told BBC radio he had a mild fever and felt shivery like he had ‘a bit of flu coming on’. The worst symptoms were aches and pains especially in his legs. He said:

By the time I went to hospital, I was feeling fine. The mild flu symptoms quickly dissipated, I had no leg pain, no fever, no cough and no shortness of breath … I felt well. My symptoms seemed to have gone within three or four days.

Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!!!! We’re all going to DIE!!! Once the hysteria began almost anyone with ‘flu-like symptoms’ was being diagnosed ‘Covid-19’ with no supporting proof whatsoever. ‘Flu-like’ symptoms have a long list of potential causes – including the bloody flu which is always around at the same time of year. We will shortly see that even the ‘test’ for ‘Covid-19’ is a sick joke that doesn’t ‘test’ for that at all. American journalist Jon Rappoport, who has researched health, drug and related subjects for decades, wrote:

Before the announcement of the coronavirus epidemic, people who showed up at those hospitals, with flu, flu-like symptoms, lung infections, pneumonia would be placed in the general wards and treated, or even sent home with drugs.

But now they would, many of them, be called ‘presumptive cases’ of coronavirus, without any tests at all, or after tests which don’t work … By labeling these patients ‘contagious coronavirus’, the hospital doctors are forced to send them to the intensive care unit to ‘protect others from the infection’.

The manipulation of ‘Covid-19’ case and death figures had begun and it would reach utterly shocking proportions. Then came news of an extraordinary posting on the UK government website Gov.uk. A freelance journalist friend saw the relevant page while perusing the site for coronavirus information and found a posting from just days before Prime Minister Boris Johnson announced a draconian lockdown of the country because ‘the virus is so dangerous’. The post was on the page concerning official government guidance for ‘high consequence infectious diseases (HCID)’. It said this about Covid-19:

As of 19 March 2020, COVID-19 is no longer considered to be a high consequence infectious diseases (HCID) in the UK my emphasis. The 4 nations public health HCID group made an interim recommendation in January 2020 to classify COVID-19 as an HCID. This was based on consideration of the UK HCID criteria about the virus and the disease with information available during the early stages of the outbreak.

Now that more is known about COVID-19, the public health bodies in the UK have reviewed the most up to date information about COVID-19 against the UK HCID criteria. They have determined that several features have now changed; in particular, more information is available about mortality rates (low overall), and there is now greater clinical awareness and a specific and sensitive laboratory test, the availability of which continues to increase. The Advisory Committee on Dangerous Pathogens (ACDP) is also of the opinion that COVID-19 should no longer be classified as an HCID.

Days after the ‘danger’ from the ‘virus’ was downgraded by the government the country was locked down on the excuse that the virus was indeed a ‘high consequence infectious disease’. What a scam was being visited upon Britain and the world. Soon after the government had been exposed for downgrading the risk they upgraded it again. The same freelance journalist who alerted me to the downgrade also researched the figures for deaths in the UK from all causes in the ‘virus’ period of 2020 at that time and compared them with the same weeks in 2019. They were close to the same – 11,661 (2020) and 11,431 (2019). European death rates in general told the same story in the same period. As of April 3rd, 2020, the total number of deaths in England and Wales was actually around six percent less than the same period in 2018. American doctor Andrew Kaufman, who will become very relevant shortly, described how he followed the weekly death rates up to the end of April and beyond – months into the ‘outbreak’ as issued by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). He found them to be six percent less than the average of the previous three years – ‘If there is no increase, and in fact there is a decrease, then what’s the evidence that there’s a new disease?’ Yes indeed. Where were the additional dead people from ‘Covid-19’? My journalist friend further compared the figures for people attending hospital emergency departments for the same two years in the same period of weeks and they were virtually identical with 2019 slightly higher . Where were all the ‘new’ cases of ‘Covid-19’ overwhelming hospitals in need of treatment – the ‘war zones’ that the media was raving on about? German doctor Wolfgang Wodarg, former chair of the Parliamentary Assembly of the Council of Europe Health Committee, made the same point: ‘You can check the total body count monitoring – people are dying less than during the last years.’ He said there were no more ‘flu-like’ diseases than any other winter. With the 2019-2020 death rate comparison continuing to show into April no significant difference to explain the ‘new’ deaths from Covid-19 we suddenly had the UK National Statistics Office counting the figures in a way that had not been done before: ‘A death can be registered with both Covid-19 and influenza or pneumonia mentioned on the death certificate, therefore a death can be counted in both categories.’ The figures would go on to be massively manipulated to make it appear there was a ‘Covid-19 pandemic’ when there wasn’t. Dr Malcolm Kendrick who works for the NHS in England said: ‘I do know that other doctors put down Covid-19 on anyone who died from early March onwards.’ Shocking and it is happening worldwide.

Empty ‘war-zone’ hospitals

Figure 378: Many videos appeared on the Internet of hospitals reported to be ‘like war-zones’ where nothing out of the normal was happening and often had no one to be seen.

Figure 379: Images and footage of empty hospitals that were supposed to be ‘war zones’ appeared from all over the world. The British man who took these pictures was jailed to deter others from exposing the truth.

Next the UK National Health Service announced a change in its publication of data that would no longer include the figures on ‘critical care bed capacity and urgent operations cancelled’. They had to do this to hide from the public the glaring fact that ‘war-zone’ hospitals were near empty . Yes, empty . This came about for two main reasons: (1) There was no ‘Covid-19’ war-zone pandemic bringing hospitals to their knees; and (2) almost all non-’Covid-19’ treatment, operations and hospital consultations had been cancelled to protect medical staff from being ‘overwhelmed’. On that basis how could hospitals be anything except near-empty and the same was happening all over the world. Hospitals were defended and controlled by security staff with the few patients that were in hospital denied visitors ‘because of “Covid-19” rules’ (because they would see that the war-zone hospitals were near-empty). This meant that children were dying in hospital from other conditions without their mum and dad to emphasise to breathtaking extremes the nature of the psychopaths that we are dealing with. A German journalist managed to gain entry to the ‘coronavirus emergency centre’ at Charité – Universitätsmedizin in Berlin, one of Europe’s largest university hospitals, and found that it was empty (Fig 378 ). It even had two ‘emergency tents’ outside which were also unused and he said that staff were privately very critical of the media for so hyping something that wasn’t happening. Medical staff were banned from officially talking about the situation and all information was channelled to the media through a central press office to ensure control of the narrative. The German journalist’s video also included a list of doctors and specialists spelling out why the virus scare was an outrageous sleight of hand. YouTube deleted the video but we managed to find another version and downloaded that to the no-censorship BitChute video platform which I highly recommend. BitChute hosts the videos deleted by YouTube and anything YouTube bans that challenges the Cult narrative you need to see. Put these words into the search engine at Davidicke.com to watch the video: ‘New source for banned YouTube video: German journalist goes to hospital ‘teeming with coronavirus patients’ – how can doctors cope? – and finds NO ONE THERE’. Many people began to film at their local hospitals around the world and found them to also be empty with no stampede of ‘virus’ patients. Meanwhile the media was telling us of the said ‘war-zone’ conditions. One British man was jailed for three months for walking around a hospital and posting pictures on Facebook showing it to be empty (Fig 379 ). He was sentenced for visiting the hospital ‘with no good reason’ and of course showing it to be empty and the authorities to be lying to the British people was never going to be considered a ‘good reason’. I met a hospital worker who said: ‘You’re right about what is happening’. He said the hospitals have ‘never been so quiet’ with hundreds of empty beds and staff sitting around. A UK whistleblower at Southmead Hospital in Bristol told the media platform Bristol Live that hundreds of hospital staff were laid off. She was a healthcare assistant in accident and emergency who normally worked full-time, but she was now struggling to get one shift a week. She was on a zero-hours contract which means you only get paid when work is available and she had virtually no income. There were ‘easily’ more than 200 in the same situation, including some nurses, where she was located. The whistleblower said:

There were hardly any patients when lockdown hit. The hospital closed seven wards and 150 beds, including the wards for stroke patients, orthopaedic trauma and neurosurgery. The hospital is like a ghost town. You could walk through and hear a pin drop. Pretty much the only patients in the hospital seem to be coronavirus patients.

Hugh Evans, Bristol Council’s director of adult social care, said the city’s hospital bed occupancy was at an ‘all-time, unforeseeable low’ while Jacqui Marshall, director of people and transformation at North Bristol NHS Trust, said without a hint of embarrassment or irony … ‘We have not yet seen the surge in volume of patients that was initially anticipated due to the Covid-19 pandemic.’ You would not have known any of this reading or watching the national and international media.

Happy clappers

Empty hospitals were a constant theme across the world and yet the UK government instigated a weekly mass clapping by the unquestioning, performing-penguin population for health workers who were ‘saving us from the virus’ while most were sat strumming their fingers, being laid off, or making a long stream of dancing videos that appeared on YouTube featuring doctors and nurses prancing around empty hospitals. They seemed to have no problem standing inches from each other or closer despite social distancing rules imposed on everyone else by police who also universally ignored them. I have emphasised in this book that the global Cult conspiracy is about manipulating perception and never has there been a more blatant example than the fake ‘pandemic’. To that end the usual mindless ‘celebrities’ were wheeled out like Lady Gaga, Paul McCartney, Mick Jagger, Elton John and a long list of others performing from home in the One World: Together At Home ‘event’ organised jointly by the World Health Organization owned by Bill Gates and an organisation called Global Citizen owned by Bill Gates. British singer Rita Ora urged viewers to stay safe and follow WHO recommendations. Gates would have been most grateful for yet another clueless celebrity to advance his agenda while having no idea that this is what she was doing. The ‘event’ was officially to celebrate health workers and at least most of them would have had plenty of time to watch. The psychological undertones however were selling the perception of ‘One World’ (the Cult’s long-time code for world government dictatorship) and ‘global citizen’ (the end of borders and nationalities). This and the mass clapping for health workers were all part of the perceptual illusion that hospitals were overwhelmed.

The fact that comparatively few health workers came out to tell the truth of what was happening is something they will have to carry for the rest of their lives as they survey the catastrophic human consequences of the ‘pandemic’ lie – including for themselves and their kids. The mainstream media which could have easily confirmed and exposed the empty hospitals continued to present the war-zone illusion. The nearest anyone came at the time of writing was London’s Mail Online report about private hospitals taken over by the UK National Health Service (NHS) being empty and unused. The hospitals seconded by the NHS at a cost of hundreds of millions of pounds because of the ‘crisis’ were described as ‘sinfully empty’ by senior doctors. They said hundreds of the country’s best doctors were left ‘twiddling their thumbs’ during the ‘outbreak’ putting other patients at risk through untreated and undiagnosed other illnesses and cancelled operations. Eight thousand beds in private hospitals were seconded by the NHS in March, 2020, when it was claimed that 20,000 fully qualified staff in the hospitals, including 700 doctors, were needed to ‘battle Covid-19’. They even appealed for thousands of qualified staff to come out of retirement to help. A London-based consultant orthopaedic surgeon said: ‘What we are seeing at the moment is a sinful and shocking mass of empty private hospitals and empty beds.’ The surgeon said that only ‘emergency’ and ‘time-critical’ operations were being allowed at his hospital: ‘I have a waiting list of 25 people who need major operations right now. One with severe arthritis is crying out in pain every night, unable to sleep.’ The Mail then spoiled it all by saying that NHS wards were ‘overrun’. Like hell they were. Another phenomenon that made no sense in relation to the numbers was to build special intensive care facilities like the ‘Nightingale’ facility built in nine days at East London’s ExCeL exhibition centre to provide an extra 4,000 intensive care beds while regular hospitals were operating at immense under capacity. The government then explained why ‘Nightingale’ was barely used by claiming a ‘shortage of nurses’ while great numbers sat virtually idle in near-empty hospitals and others made dancing videos in empty wards. The story was the same with other ‘Nightingale hospitals’ around the country. A massive army field hospital built inside a Seattle convention center by hundreds of troops was dismantled before treating a single patient. Then there were the emergency ‘mortuaries’ the size of football pitches and articulated trucks at hospitals said by the media and officialdom to be for dead bodies overflowing from normal mortuaries. People who filmed them with phone cameras showed the trucks to be empty. The British Army came to the Isle of Wight where I live to rearrange the local St Mary’s Hospital to provide 200 extra beds when staff were telling me the hospital had never been so quiet and this was the location of one of the nurse dancing videos confirming how much ‘pressure’ they were under. If you think none of this makes sense – and it doesn’t in terms of health and the official story– then read on.

How the scam works – a doctor explains

It became clear to me as I observed events that there was no ‘Covid-19’ and the puzzle pieces started to connect. A crucial contribution was provided by the research of Dr Andrew Kaufman, a practicing forensic psychiatrist in New York State, a Doctor of Medicine and former Medical Instructor of Hematology and Oncology at the Medical School of South Carolina. He also studied at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). Kaufman provided a pivotal piece in the puzzle for me as I sought to uncover the way the Covid-19 hoax was manipulated. I was sure by the time I saw his video presentation that Covid-19 didn’t exist and said so in Internet videos, but Kaufman revealed some vital detail. You can watch his interviews and presentations at Davidicke.com if you put into the search engine: ‘Videos of Dr Andrew Kaufman exposing Covid-19 deceit’. His website is Andrewkaufmanmd.com . Kaufman explains how the Chinese authorities immediately concluded that the cause of an illness that broke out among about 200 initial patients was a ‘new virus’ and he details how they had no grounds for such a conclusion. They were blaming a ‘virus’ almost from the start for reasons that would become clear to anyone who has researched the global Cult and how it operates in every country and has no borders. Kaufman said Chinese investigators took unpurified genetic material from the lungs of only a handful of the first patients which can be found in large numbers of people all the time from a variety of sources including their own cells, bacteria, fungus and other microorganisms living in their bodies. This therefore proved nothing at all. A ‘viral disease’ that would be called ‘Covid-19’ was never isolated and identified and other possible causes of the illness were barely considered. The script was being written that would be repeated around the world. They identified a sequence of RNA (ribonucleic acid) which contains genetic material as DNA does although there are differences in their function. This genetic sequence is what they have been testing for – not a fantasy ‘viral condition’ called ‘Covid-19’.

They could have isolated a virus if it existed through filtration because viral particles are much smaller than other material. They didn’t. Instead they compared the contaminated, impure, RNA sequence with other RNA sequences and declared that because it was just under 80 percent identical to the SARS-CoV-1 ‘virus’ claimed to be the cause of the SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) outbreak in 2003 that they must be related. They called the ‘new virus’ they had not even identified SARS-CoV-2 and claimed it was the cause of what has been termed ‘Covid-19’. Kaufman highlights major problems with this claim. First of all the SARS-CoV-1 ‘virus’ was not purified and isolated either (like all recent ‘scare’ viruses) and so could not possibly be proven to be responsible for ‘SARS’; secondly, the ‘just under 80 percent identical’ is basically meaningless. Kaufman points out the 96 percent correlation between humans and chimpanzees when ‘no one would say our genetic material is part of the chimpanzee family, but yet they are using a sequence identity that has a much lower percentage, under 80 percent compared with 96, and saying it’s a coronavirus because of that’. He said, quite rightly, that this is extremely weak science. German physician and bacteriologist Robert Koch produced in 1890 the four criteria for proving that a particular bacteria, or ‘virus’ in this case, is the cause of a given disease. These criteria have been used ever since by mainstream medicine as the ‘gold standard’ (but not in the case of ‘Covid-19’ and other recent ‘deadly viruses’ they want to use to scare the population shitless). These are the so-called Koch Postulates:

1. The bacteria must be present in every case of the disease and all patients must have the same symptoms. It must also not be present in healthy individuals.

2. The microorganism must be isolated from the host with the disease and grown in pure culture (you must isolate only the ‘virus’ and no other material which is known as ‘purification’).

3. The specific disease must be reproduced when a pure culture of the infectious agent is inoculated into a healthy susceptible host (the isolated ‘virus’ must be proved to cause the disease that you claim and healthy people without the ‘disease’ must not be found to have any of the ‘virus’ or material that you say is causing the disease).

4. The bacteria must be recoverable from the experimentally infected host and everyone who comes into contact with the ‘virus’ or bacteria must get the same disease.

With ‘Covid-19’ none of these criteria – NONE – were met. Not ONE. The alleged ‘Covid-19’ has never been isolated or purified and the whole hoax has been perpetrated by diagnosing from symptoms with a long list of potential causes and by testing for genetic material (NOT ‘Covid-19’) and this genetic material also has a long list of other potential reasons for being there including lung cancer. In fact, the same test has been employed in attempts to identify lung cancer. Kaufman read the scientific papers describing the ‘Covid-19’ identification process and found them all to have seriously failed the Koch Postulate criteria and even the much less stringent adaptation of the postulates known as ‘Rivers criteria’ for viruses developed by American bacteriologist and virologist Thomas Milton Rivers, the ‘father of modern virology’, when he was director of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research in 1937. Papers claiming to have identified other more recent ‘viruses’ also failed both tests and all the papers failed on the most important criteria – isolating the alleged disease-causing agent from other genetic material that would contaminate and skew any testing method. Dr Kaufman’s conclusion was that there is no ‘Covid-19’ virus: ‘This entire pandemic is a completely manufactured crisis. In other words there is no evidence of anyone dying from this illness.’ Many will be astounded at that statement, but you will see that this is confirmed by evidence across multiple subject areas and happenings.

The Chinese (Cult) authorities began to diagnose all people with ‘flu-like’ symptoms and pneumonia as infected with ‘Covid-19’, an alleged ‘virus’ they had not proven to exist and certainly not to be the reason that people were ill. Wuhan, like most Chinese cities, has notoriously toxic air and so widespread lung and respiratory problems – the same with Lombardy at the centre of the ‘Covid-19 pandemic’ in Italy. From the start Chinese medical staff were diagnosing what would become the infamous ‘Covid-19’ purely on ‘flu-like’ and pneumonia symptoms with their long list of other potential causes. The number of cases obviously soared as all respiratory disease was dubbed ‘Covid-19’ and all deaths diagnosed the same way. Death rates from the non-existent ‘Covid-19’ were hysterically hyped to build fear in the West that the ‘deadly virus’ was coming their way, but the ‘death rates’ were people dying from what they have always died from in toxic Wuhan. Then the Chinese authorities began ‘testing’ people for their alleged ‘virus’ which they had not identified. They rolled-out a diagnostic ‘test’ before they had proved anything let alone that a new virus was involved. ‘How did they know what the source was of that genetic material?’, Andrew Kaufman asked. Well, they didn’t. The test is called the RT-PCR test or reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction. It is the ‘qualitative rather than quantitative’ protocol which can only measure the presence or absence of an RNA code sequence, but not the amount of RNA. I emphasise again – the PCR process is being used to ‘test for the Covid-19 virus’ when in fact it is … not testing for ‘Covid-19’ . It is testing only for a genetic material sequence that is present in large numbers of people for a large number of potential reasons. No wonder so many test positive and no wonder the deeply corrupt World Health Organization says that people are not developing immunity from ‘Covid-19’. How can they become ‘immune’ to something they have never had because it doesn’t exist? How can they become immune to a genetic sequence that is part of their own genetic make-up?

Almost everyone has coronavirus present in their bodies and, if measured, it could show up in genetic material. Not ‘Covid-19’, I stress, but coronaviruses , a large ‘family’ of viruses that include the common cold and other more severe strains that can lie dormant ongoing in the body kept in check by the immune system. A test for coronavirus, and not specifically ‘Covid-19’, will be positive in enormous numbers of people. The World Health Organization claims that ‘Covid-19’ is ‘an infectious disease caused by a newly discovered coronavirus called Sars-CoV-2’. Kaufman and increasingly others seriously dispute this claim. He said of the PCR test, invented by American biochemist Kary Mullis in the 1980s: ‘We can’t trust the results of this test at all.’ The Quantative PCR, sometimes called digital PCR, can be used to establish degradation of genetic material – which is what the Chinese took from the lungs of people sick at the start of the ‘outbreak’ – but clearly not the phantom ‘Covid-19’. The PCR test involves ‘amplification’. This means they take extremely small amounts of a sample and amplify that so they can better identify the content. The trouble is that amplification expands everything else in the sample. This means that what you are looking for becomes ever more contaminated by the other material. The more you amplify the more you find material in the sample that almost everyone has and so the greater the amplification the more people will test ‘positive’ for other things in the sample and not what you are supposed to be testing for. Amplify genetic material claimed to be ‘Covid-19’ say 35 times and you will get positives and negatives for content of the genetic material (not the ‘virus’) in the bodies of those tested; but amplify say 60 times and so much other genetic material comes into the picture that virtually everyone will test positive not for the ‘virus’, but different elements of what is contained in the ‘genetic material’. This means that how many ‘positives’ you get depends on how many times you amplify the genetic material and if different countries use different amplifications this would be one way to explain different numbers . They also often dilute the samples as a way to determine the number of positives/negatives which allows them to do fewer cycles of amplification and takes less time. The authorities can control the number of ‘cases’ by these methods. If in China, for example, they used high amplifications at the start to terrify people they would get big numbers of ‘cases’. If they then used lower amplifications the number of cases would suddenly fall to nothing and they could claim that their draconian lockdowns were responsible – so providing the response blueprint for other countries. The same monumental deceit has been employed in Britain, the United States and elsewhere. When the vaccine is introduced they will manipulate the test (so easy) to make it seem like the vaccine has worked.

The ‘deadly virus’ is a natural immune system response

Figure 380: American doctor Andrew Kaufman exposed how exosomes, a natural immune system response by poisoned cells, looked the same under the microscope as what is being called ‘Covid-19’. Cult operatives had taken a natural immune response and called it a ‘deadly virus’.

Figure 381: Andrew Kaufman further showed that in all relevant ways exosomes and the fake ‘Covid-19’ were the same even down to the cell receptors that both lock into. Exosomes and ‘Covid-19’ are one and the same. What a scam.

Dr Andrew Kaufman introduced a devastating piece of information which relates to something called ‘exosomes’. Cells release exosomes all the time but they increase substantially when there are toxins in the tissues. They also communicate a warning about a problem to remote parts of the body and can even remove toxins from the extracellular space. Any form of toxin, whether chemical or electromagnetic, will cause cells to release exosomes as part of the body’s system to protect from cell damage and death. Kaufman shows images of exosomes and what is alleged to be ‘Covid-19’ under the microscope and they are … exactly the same in every relevant way (Fig 380 ). They both attach to the same cell receptors, contain the same genetic material in the form of RNA or ribonucleic acid, and both are found in lung fluid which is what the Chinese initially took from those first few patients before claiming the cause of their illness was a ‘virus’ (Fig 381 ). There is a reason they mirror each other – they are the same phenomenon . James Hildreth MD, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Meharry Medical College at Johns Hopkins, a researcher into HIV, said of viruses: ‘The virus is fully an exosome in every sense of the word.’ Exosomes, a natural mechanism for cells to cleanse themselves and alert other cells, and what is claimed to be ‘Covid-19’, are the same thing. Cult operatives in China and like-agents throughout the world simply renamed exosomes as ‘isolated Covid-19’ and developed a ‘test’ that produced a positive for RNA of unknown origin now transformed in the public mind into a non-existent ‘virus’ dubbed ‘Covid-19’. Some of the conditions that trigger the release of exosomes (‘Covid-19’) include: Toxicity; fear and stress see ‘virus’ hysteria and lockdowns; infection; injury; immune system responses; asthma; disease; and electromagnetic radiation which is getting more powerful by the day. Andrew Kaufman also points out that part of the process of identifying the genetic material involves adding antibiotics which cause the cells to release exosomes into the sample. They have renamed a natural immune reaction ‘Covid-19’ knowing that large numbers of people will test positive for that immune response and content within a genetic material RNA code. When people test positive and then die from other causes doctors are told to put ‘Covid-19’ on the death certificate as I will show. This is how the number of ‘cases’ and ‘deaths’ from the non-existent ‘Covid-19’ have been scammed into a widespread public perception about a ‘deadly virus’ that can only be stopped by lockdown, mass global house arrest, destroying the independent livelihood of potentially billions, and a Bill Gates-produced mandatory ‘vaccine’.

Can you ‘catch’ a virus?

Lockdown and ‘social distancing’ have been justified by the authorities on the grounds of protecting the public from an infectious disease – a ‘virus’ that has never been shown to exist. Then there is the question of whether even if the ‘virus’ was real that anyone could catch it from other people when a virus needs host cells to replicate. The Encyclopedia Britannica defines a virus as an agent that ‘can multiply only in living cells of animals, plants, or bacteria’ and says ‘they cannot reproduce and carry on metabolic processes without a host cell‘. Can ‘Covid-19’ therefore be ‘caught’ from work surfaces, door handles, and money and how can it jump between humans or animals and humans when it requires a cellular host inside a body? As the lockdowns continued, Professor Hendrik Streeck, a virologist working on the German response to the ‘pandemic’, said the ‘virus’ had not been spread by shopping or going to the hairdresser. His studies in one ‘infected’ home found it ‘did not have any live virus on any surface’ including on phones, door knobs or even the pet cat’s fur. ‘We know it’s not a smear infection that is transmitted by touching objects’, he said, and he believed it could only be transmitted by very close contact. I would say from what I’ve read that even that is not correct, or at least unproven. Meanwhile, the public was ordered to keep six-feet from other people, including when standing in the rain waiting to enter a one-in, one-out store, and to stay at home out of the sun while using sanitiser to wash every surface. Streeck’s words take us into the territory of Dawn Lester and David Parker in their book widely-quoted by inquiring physicians, What Really Makes You Ill – Why everything you thought you knew about disease is wrong. Lester and Parker seriously question that a ‘virus’ can be transmitted between people or people and animals and they point out there is no provable scientific evidence to show that it can. They are not alone in this assertion either. The book quotes the establishment definition of a ‘virus’ as ‘a minute particle that is capable of replication but only within living cells’. The authors write:

The definition also claims that viruses are the cause of many diseases, as if this has been definitively proven. But this is not the case; there is no original scientific evidence that definitively demonstrates that any virus is the cause of any disease. The burden of proof for any theory lies with those who proposed it; but none of the existing documents provides ‘proof’ that supports the claim that ‘viruses’ are pathogens.

How can a natural immune response – which is what a ‘virus’ really is – cause or transmit disease? The exosome reaction is a response to a problem (poisoned or otherwise injured cells) and not the problem itself. To say otherwise is to say that firefighters responding to a blaze are the fire . The very word ‘virus’ comes from a Latin word meaning ‘poison’. Various manifestations of ‘pus’, as with smallpox, were once associated with the word ‘virus’. Lester and Parker quote Dr Lynn Margulis, acclaimed biologist and member of the National Academy of Sciences, as saying that viruses are not even alive in her definition:

They are not alive since outside living cells they do nothing, ever. Viruses require the metabolism of the live cell because they lack the requisites to generate their own. Metabolism, the incessant chemistry of self-maintenance, is an essential feature of life. Viruses lack this.

Margulis further said that ‘… any virus outside the membrane of a live cell is inert’ and inert means ‘lacking the ability or strength to move’. Wow, ‘deadly viruses’ suddenly seem a lot less scary, eh? Lester and Parker ask how inert ‘virus’ particles that cannot move are supposed to somehow be transmitted between people and enter cells to ‘infect’ them. This poses a similar problem to medical authority as that faced by the inconvenient fact for the Climate Cult that carbon dioxide has to double in volume to affect temperature by any significant degree. This is not going to happen and the climate extremists have had to invent a whole cover story about ‘feedback loops’ to overcome these facts and claim that CO2 is dangerous. In the same way virus particles outside a living host cannot move and without that they can’t be passed on to ‘infect’ anyone. Hold on a while and I’ll work something out. Let me think. Ah, yes, they hitch a ride on particles that can move and then drop off at just the right time to enter a body. Phew – do you think they’ll buy that? This is what is claimed to explain the mystery although how this is supposed to happen has never been explained. Lester and Parker write:

The transmission of any viral particle attached to saliva or mucous travelling through the air has never been observed; viral particles are only ever observed in a laboratory under an electron microscope. The transmission of viruses in the air is an assumption; as is their ability to travel through the human body.

The authors note that investigations, including those by virologists, have ‘failed to unearth any original papers that conclusively prove that any virus is the cause of any disease. Functions attributed to viruses in the cause of disease were based on assumptions and extrapolations from laboratory experiments that had not only failed to prove, but were incapable of proving, that viruses cause disease. ‘The inert, non-living particles known as viruses do not possess the ability to perform such functions because they lack the necessary mechanisms.’ So what is the point of ‘social distancing’, masks and lockdown? There is none. What divides people more than wearing masks hiding facial expressions and yet they were seen everywhere as people once again unquestioningly believed they would offer protection from the virus that didn’t exist. Pores in the masks are far bigger than viral particles and Dr Kaufman described this as like putting up a chain-link fence to stop mosquitoes. He also warned that masks restrict breathing which can be ‘problematic’ with healthy people never mind those with asthma or lung and airway disease. For them it could be devastating. Masks, social distancing – none of this is about health. It’s about control and economic destruction. By the way, newspapers were quick to claim that the ‘virus’ could be caught from handling money (wrong), but they emphasised that it cannot be caught from handling newspapers. How come it can be ‘passed on’ through paper money, but not paper newspapers? The newspapers are selling newspapers and not money. My god, it’s pathetic.

The propaganda has been so incessant that to suggest there is no evidence of a ‘Covid-19’ is to be crazy by definition to most people. They wouldn’t lie that much, surely? Oh, they would . Absolute super-massive whoppers are their calling card – the bigger the lie the more will believe it. The response by Cult-controlled Silicon Valley to two videos within days of each other was very significant with regard to this. The first was an interview I did with Brian Rose at London Real that was live-streamed and attracted the second-biggest live-stream audience in the world that day on YouTube. Within minutes of completion and with more than 300,000 already watching the recording YouTube deleted the video followed quickly by Vimeo and Facebook. The latter version had been watched a million times before Facebook pulled the plug. The mainstream media and sadly much of the alternative focussed on what I said about a 5G angle to current events which was only a relatively small part of the interview. The whole thrust of what I said was to question the existence of ‘Covid-19’. A few days later my son, Jaymie, interviewed Andrew Kaufman for Davidicke.com in a video that did not even mention 5G, but it was deleted by YouTube after passing 300,000 views. The common denominator of both deleted videos was not 5G – it was to question the existence of ‘Covid-19’ which, when widely known, would bring down the house of cards. The unthinkable needs to be thought when the evidence points in that direction. I have been constantly misquoted as saying that 5G is causing the ‘virus’ which is rather difficult to sustain when I am saying there is no ‘Covid-19’ virus. My point has been that 5G can trigger symptoms that have been called ‘Covid-19’ which is very different from 5G ‘causing the virus’.

How the scam works – a scientist explains

In late March, 2020, I received an email from Sir Julian Rose, a writer, researcher, and known in the UK for his promotion of organic farming. He sent me an explanation of the coronavirus hoax sent to him by an American scientist friend who works in the healthcare field. It is a superb breakdown of the systematic deceit and absolutely supports many of the findings of Dr Andrew Kaufman. The scientist said they were not testing people specifically for ‘Covid-19’, but for any strain of a coronavirus of which there are a long list. ‘There are no reliable tests for a specific Covid-19 virus’, he said. Nor were there any reliable agencies or media outlets for reporting numbers of actual Covid-19 virus cases. ‘Every action and reaction to Covid-19 is based on totally flawed data and we simply cannot make accurate assessments.’ He said this was why most people diagnosed with ‘Covid-19’ were showing nothing more than cold/flu like symptoms. ‘That’s because most Coronavirus strains are nothing more than cold/flu like symptoms.’ An 84-year-old German man tested positive for ‘Covid-19’, his entire nursing home was quarantined, and then he was found to have only a common cold. The Tanzania government sent samples from a pawpaw and a goat to the WHO for testing (to expose the scam) and both came back positive for ‘Covid-19’. The PCR test used to detect ‘Covid-19’ does not do that, the scientist said, but instead ‘basically takes a sample of your cells and amplifies any RNA to look for “viral sequences”, i.e. bits of non-human RNA that seem to match parts of a known viral genome’. The problem he said was that … the test is known not to work :

It uses ‘amplification’ which means taking a very, very tiny amount of RNA and growing it exponentially until it can be analyzed. Obviously any minute contaminations in the sample will also be amplified leading to potentially gross errors of discovery. Additionally, it’s only looking for partial viral sequences, not whole genomes, so identifying a single pathogen is next to impossible even if you ignore the other issues.

He said what he called the ‘Mickey Mouse test kits’ that were being sent out to hospitals told analysts – ‘at best’ – that you have some viral (RNA) in your cells. This was irrelevant because most people had coronavirus (RNA) most of the time:

It may tell you the viral sequence is related to a specific type of virus – say the huge family of coronavirus. But that’s all. The idea these kits can isolate a specific virus like Covid-19 is nonsense.

He said the other issue was ‘viral load’. The PCR ‘Covid-19’ test (that isn’t) works by amplifying minute amounts of RNA. It was therefore useless at telling you how much virus you may have – the only question that really matters when it comes to diagnosing illness:

Everyone will have a few viruses kicking round in their system at any time, and most will not cause illness because their quantities are too small. For a virus to sicken you – you need a lot of it, a massive amount of it.

But PCR does not test viral load They use qualitative rather than quantitative PCR and therefore can’t determine if a virus is present in sufficient quantities to sicken you. If you feel sick and get a PCR test any random virus RNA might be identified even if they aren’t at all involved in your sickness which leads to false diagnosis.

What is said here is supported by Kary Mullis who won the Nobel Prize in Science for inventing the PCR in the 1980s. Yes, the inventor of the PCR test said that it cannot accurately test for infectious diseases and yet this is what the test is being used for with regard to ‘Covid-19’. Mullis said: ‘Quantitative PCR is an oxymoron.’ He said that PCR is intended to identify substances qualitatively , but by its very nature the test is unsuited for quantity. Mullis said there was a common misimpression that the viral load tests count the number of viruses in the blood, but the test could not detect free, infectious viruses at all . The test could detect genetic sequences of viruses, but not viruses themselves. You can see from all this that the numbers of cases and therefore deaths from ‘Covid-19’ are utterly unsupportable. The scientist said coronavirus is incredibly common. ‘A large percentage of the world human population will have covi … in them in small quantities even if they are perfectly well or sick with some other pathogen.’ He asked: ‘Do you see where this is going yet?’ All this meant that ‘if you want to create a totally false panic about a totally false pandemic – pick a coronavirus’:

They are incredibly common and there’s tons of them. A very high percentage of people who have become sick by other means (flu, bacterial pneumonia, anything) will have a positive PCR test for covi even if you’re doing them properly and ruling out contamination, simply because coronaviruses are so common. There are hundreds of thousands of flu and pneumonia victims in hospitals throughout the world at any one time.

He said all you needed to do was select the sickest of these people in a single location – ‘say Wuhan’ – and administer PCR tests to them. You then claim that anyone showing viral sequences similar to a coronavirus ‘which will inevitably be quite a few’ is suffering from a ‘new’ disease:

Since you already selected the sickest flu cases a fairly high proportion of your sample will go on to die. You can then say this ‘new’ virus has a CFR case fatality rate higher than the flu and use this to infuse more concern and do more tests which will of course produce more ‘cases’, which expands the testing, which produces yet more ‘cases’ and so on and so on.

Before long you have your ‘pandemic’, and all you have done is use a simple test kit trick to convert the worst flu and pneumonia cases into something new that doesn’t actually exist my emphasis.

The scientist said you then ‘just run the same scam in other countries’ and make sure to keep the fear message running high ‘so that people will feel panicky and less able to think critically’. The only problem to overcome was the fact there is no actual new deadly pathogen but just regular sick people. This meant that deaths from the ‘new deadly pathogen’ are going to be way too low for a real new deadly virus pandemic, but he said this could be overcome in the following ways – all of which would go on to happen:

1. You can claim this is just the beginning and more deaths are imminent you underpin this with fake ‘computer projections’. Use this as an excuse to quarantine everyone and then claim the quarantine prevented the expected millions of dead.

2. You can tell people that ‘minimizing’ the dangers is irresponsible and bully them into not talking about numbers.

3. You can talk crap about made up numbers hoping to blind people with pseudoscience.

4. You can start testing well people (who, of course, will also likely have shreds of coronavirus RNA in them) and thus inflate your ‘case figures’ with ‘asymptomatic carriers’ (you will of course have to spin that to sound deadly even though any virologist knows the more symptom-less cases you have the less deadly is your pathogen.

He said that if you take these simple steps ‘you can have your own entirely manufactured pandemic up and running in weeks’. In short the authorities cannot ‘confirm’ something for which there is no accurate test and they certainly cannot produce a vaccine as Cult asset Bill Gates (a lot more to come) soon began to peddle on the back of the ‘crisis’. What the scientist and Andrew Kaufman had said would be supported by an ever-increasing body of evidence. My son Gareth and I live hours apart but we both had exactly the symptoms of ‘Covid-19’ in the run-up to Christmas, 2019, before the scare began. I was later to learn that others did, too. I am very rarely ill because I am blessed with a strong immune system which I constantly boost with the daily supplements missing from the modern diet and Gaz almost never gets ill for the same reason with his immune system on fire because it wasn’t undermined by childhood vaccination. Gaz and myself both had a highly unusual experience of illness when we went down at the same time with what would now be called ‘Covid-19 symptoms’ – every one of them. It wasn’t pleasant for a few days with coughing, aches and a mild fever, but we both carried on working and I wrote some of this book in that period. The immune system did its job without doctor involvement. The point is that if we had those same symptoms a few weeks later we would have been dubbed ‘Covid-19 victims’. Tens of thousands of people die in the United States alone every winter from flu (many with pneumonia complications) with Centers for Disease Control (CDC) figures recording that 45 million Americans were diagnosed with flu in 2017-2018 of which 61,000 died. Some reports said 80,000. Anyone remember the same hysteria that we have seen with ‘Covid-19’? Around 250,000 Americans are admitted to hospital with pneumonia every year and about 50,000 die. With the manipulation of death certificates those people are all potential ‘Covid-19’ fake statistics and then add the fact that 65 million people suffer from respiratory disease every year with three million deaths which makes it the third biggest cause of death worldwide.

Where did the numbers and ‘projections’ come from?

The serious lack of enough dead people to justify the ‘deadly virus’ fear-fest was dealt with as the scientist said it would be. They said that although people were not dying in big numbers yet that was going to happen (‘you can claim this is just the beginning and more deaths are imminent’) and when the numbers didn’t materialise they said it was because of the lockdown (‘then claim the quarantine prevented the expected millions of dead’). The death projections were never going to happen and their purveyors knew that. They were simply falsely created to secure the lockdowns for purposes of economic catastrophe and control over billions. The experience of Japan which avoided draconian lockdowns exposes the mendacity that lockdowns affected events except to crash the world economy for very sinister motives. With the figures being fixed through tests and death certificates what difference would either lockdown or no lockdown have made? It is worth remembering this at all times: Statistics don’t speak for themselves – they speak for those that compiled them. If you take the example of the UK – the same happened globally – the outrageously exaggerated projections of deaths (to justify house arrest for billions) came from … computer models . You know, the same technique used with the ludicrous exaggerations of climate change computer models which have proved so laughably inaccurate, but so useful to sell the climate lie. It is so easy to get the projection you want when all you need to do is upload shite to download shite. Andrew Kaufman has worked in computer modelling and explained how easy it is to fix the outcome. Computer ‘projections’ depend on the nature of the data input from which the ‘projections’ are produced. The ‘Covid-19’ projection insanity was that up to ‘500,000 people will die in the UK if we don’t have lockdown’ . I’ll repeat that just to let the lunacy of this sink in: ‘500,000 people will die in the UK if we don’t have lockdown’. This was the work of Neil Ferguson, Professor of Mathematical Biology and head of the MRC Center for Global Infectious Disease Analysis (funded by Bill Gates and his vaccinate-the-world fronts Gavi and the Global Fund). Business Insider said of the Ferguson operation:

It gets tens of millions of dollars in annual funding from the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, and works with the UK National Health Service, the US Centres for Disease Prevention and Control (CDC), and is tasked with supplying the World Health Organization with ‘rapid analysis of urgent infectious disease problems’.

Figure 382:Neil Ferguson – UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson and other politicians believed Ferguson’s ludicrous computer ‘projections’ and utter disaster followed in destroyed lives and livelihoods. (Image by Gareth Icke.)

The biggest funder of Gates’s Gavi is … the British government which took its lockdown advice from Gavi-funded, Gates-owned Ferguson and London’s Imperial College. During the ‘pandemic’ the UK government pledged £330 million a year of taxpayers money to Gavi for at least five years through the Department for International Development. Gavi in turn connects into the Gates-controlled World Health Organization (WHO), the United Nations and the World Bank. The WHO is part of the Cult-created-and-controlled UN, the stalking horse for world government. Ferguson is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gates who is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Cult and what a surprise that Ferguson produced the ‘computer models’ that terrified governments to impose the human-catastrophe of lockdown. It was also reported that the code being used by Imperial College for their ‘models’ was ‘tidied up’ by Gates’s Microsoft. Ferguson advised governments and the Gates World Health Organization while based at the Gates-funded, Freemason-connected Imperial College. The college has received the best part of $200 million in Gates funding so far. Gates is everywhere in the fake ‘pandemic’ story and he and Ferguson should be in jail for the rest their lives in my view for what they have done to human society. Ferguson’s fantasy ‘projections’ which were never going to happen caused an until-then reluctant Prime Minister Boris Johnson to turn Britain into a fascistic police/military state (see Hunger Games Society). Johnson was resisting full-blown lockdown, but faced with such a projection for which he was told he would take responsibility the technocrats broke him and took complete control of policy from then on (Fig 382 ). They included SAGE, the Science Advisory Group for Emergencies, which is part of the UK government’s ‘emergency response structure’ and a subcommittee of the appropriately dubbed COBRA which ‘coordinates the actions of government bodies in response to national or regional crisis’. SAGE is headed by Patrick Vallance, UK chief scientific advisor, and former head of drug discovery, medicines discovery and research and development at British-based Big Pharma giant, GlaxoSmithKline (GSK), which has absolutely enormous funding and business connections to Bill Gates. The UK government’s Vaccine Network, a group of academics and Big Pharma ‘experts’ advising on vaccination policy, has a membership that has almost in its entirety taken hundreds of millions (at least ) in donations from the Gates Foundation and includes employees of GSK which is involved in a ‘Covid-19’ testing campaign and the ‘search’ for a vaccine. GSK and Gates stand to make an extraordinary fortune from the fake ‘pandemic’. Former GlaxoSmithKline chief executive Sir Andrew Witty has taken a leave of absence from his current day job to lead the push to develop vaccines for Covid-19 at the World Health Organization. Gates has bought and controlled everyone and everything needed to dictate the ‘pandemic’ narrative and press for the mass vaccination of the whole of humanity for a ‘virus’ never shown to exist. UK chief scientific advisor Patrick Vallance, a GSK executive, announced in April, 2020, that the SAGE ‘advice’ to the UK government would not be made public until after the ‘pandemic’ was over (and the irreversible transformation of human society achieved). Allyson Pollock, director of the Institute of Health and Society at the UK’s Newcastle University, was among dozens of experts who signed a letter in The Lancet medical journal demanding government advisors should be more transparent (no chance). She said:

We ought to know who is advising the government Bill Gates … What is the government hiding Bill Gates and who is it protecting? Government employees and publicly funded university scientists – likely to make up a large number of SAGE members – are accountable to the taxpayer.

No, no, Allyson. They are accountable to Bill Gates who is accountable to the Cult. Boris Johnson’s own ‘infection with Covid-19’ (illness from something, not ‘Covid-19’) took him out of the loop for a significant period very conveniently. With British people in lockdown, under house arrest and living in a police state justified by these ‘projections’ Ferguson dramatically reeled back his figures and said in late March that the death toll was likely to be ‘20,000 or fewer’. Even this was an exaggeration when deaths attributed to ‘Covid-19’ are an administrative, death-certificate, mathematical trick supported by an irrelevant ‘test’. Ferguson and his cohorts at Imperial College sold the fascistic lockdowns by the usual method – fear and lies. Their report to Boris Johnson said:

Perhaps our most significant conclusion is that mitigation is unlikely to be feasible without emergency surge capacity limits of the UK and US healthcare systems being exceeded many times over. In the most effective mitigation strategy examined, which leads to a single, relatively short epidemic (case isolation, household quarantine and social distancing of the elderly), the surge limits for both general ward and ICU beds would be exceeded by at least 8-fold under the more optimistic scenario for critical care requirements that we examined.

Deborah Birx, coronavirus response coordinator to the Trump administration, told journalists that the Imperial paper – Ferguson’s computer projection of more than two million deaths in America – had prompted new advice ‘to work from home and avoid gatherings of 10 or more’. Ferguson’s message was the Gates message because Gates owns him and we had the recurring theme of establishing the draconian lockdowns in China as the blueprint for the West to follow in pursuit of the Cult’s agenda to mass-destroy independent livelihoods and install the Hunger Games Society. Ferguson said:

One has to adopt the kind of community measures which have been adopted in places like Wuhan and China where you try to reduce contacts between people in the community, so the sorts of measures which are important are first of all anyone who has any sort of respiratory disease, a cold, they should stay at home until those symptoms are fully resolved.

What followed was the mass cancellation of other hospital activities like operations and consultations while at the same time the Ferguson Imperial College predictions of hospitals being overwhelmed by ‘Covid-19’ cases could hardly have been more wrong. So much so that the UK authorities stopped publishing figures about intensive care bed use to hide the fact that intensive care units were not overwhelmed and whole major hospitals across the locked-down world had hundreds and hundreds of empty beds. News organisations had no footage of the ‘war-zone’ hospitals they were describing and so devoid were they of proof that CBS was caught using footage of an Italian intensive care ward while claiming it was in New York. The UK’s Channel 4 News showed pictures of a dummy being worked on in a training centre while presenting it as a live human. Yet as late as March 26th, 2020, the calculated lunatics at Imperial College were warning that ‘Covid-19’ could kill 30 million around the world and lives could only be saved if countries acted quickly (that is put their populations under house arrest). Imperial College was not responding to a health crisis. It was following a script and justifying Cult agenda demands with blatantly and vastly exaggerated computer ‘projections’. They must face the consequences for their actions with an independent open and public inquiry to expose what happened and how it was clearly orchestrated. Ferguson and Imperial College produced ‘projections’ for other governments including a Ferguson claim that up to 2.2 million people could die in America without a lockdown. This is the very lockdown that Bill Gates wanted for his Cult economic and vaccine agenda and for which Gates-funded Imperial College provided the projected excuse. Key advisors around Johnson, Trump and other leaders were also financial beneficiaries of Gates largesse and this is the same Bill Gates who in effect owns the Cult-created World Health Organization (WHO) as its second biggest funder behind only the government of the United States. He might even be the biggest by the time you read this. The Gates-controlled WHO has been driving the ‘Covid-19’ response worldwide and promoting in the West the lockdown policy of China because ‘it was so effective’. Are you getting it? In the United States the Cult-controlled Johns Hopkins Coronavirus Resource Center was counting the numbers and ‘briefing’ the media. You will see the significance of that in the next chapter. Another organisation producing projections for ‘Covid-19’ deaths has been the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME) funded – like Imperial College and Neil Ferguson – by Bill Gates.

Comedy of ‘errors’

Imperial College promotes every aspect of Agenda 21/2030 and has been heavily involved in ‘climate change’ computer model ‘projections’. The Climate Cult demands a whole new economic system – one of the prime reasons for the ‘Covid-19’ hysteria and its extreme economic fallout. Ferguson and his manufactured ‘models’ predicted that up to 150,000 people could die from BSE, or ‘mad cow disease’, and its equivalent in sheep if it made the leap to humans. Fewer than 200 deaths from the human form of BSE followed. BSE was shown to be due to an organophosphate pesticide used to treat a pest on the cows. Ferguson and the goons (oops, I repeat myself) with their computer models at Imperial College triggered the unnecessary mass ‘pre-emptive’ cull of millions of pigs, cattle and sheep during a foot and mouth outbreak in 2001 that destroyed the livelihoods of untold numbers of farmers and their families. Imperial College and Neil Ferguson seem to be good at that. The culled animals had no contact with the disease let alone had it. Remind you of anything? The government was also advised to do this by Professor Roy Anderson, a computer modeller at Imperial College specialising in the epidemiology of human diseases (God help us), but without any experience in veterinary matters. Anderson serves both on the Bill and Melinda Gates Grand Challenges in Global Health advisory board and chairs another organisation funded by the Gates Foundation. Imperial College has received grants worth tens of millions from Gates aimed at influencing global ‘health’ and vaccine policy including one of $14.5 million ‘to improve methods to detect circulating polioviruses through environmental surveillance’. At the same time President Trump was being ‘advised’ by people like ‘Dr’ Anthony Fauci in his ‘coronavirus taskforce’. Fauci is director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) which has received major funding from the Gates Foundation. He also was named on the ‘Leadership Council’ of the Decade of Vaccines Collaboration funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. A headline on the Gates-created Gavi website in 2012 proclaimed: ‘Fauci: forging closer ties with Gavi’. The same Gates connections apply to ‘Dr’ Deborah Birx who was appointed White House Coronavirus Response Coordinator in February, 2020. An article at Nationalfile.com said:

Gates has a lot of pull in the medical world, he has a multi-million dollar relationship with Dr. Fauci, and Fauci originally took the Gates line supporting vaccines and casting doubt on the drug hydroxychloroquine. Coronavirus response team member Dr. Deborah Birx, appointed by former president Obama to serve as United States Global AIDS Coordinator, also sits on the board of a group that has received billions from Gates’ foundation, and Birx reportedly used a disputed Bill Gates-funded model for the White House’s Coronavirus effort. Gates is a big proponent for a population lockdown scenario for the Coronavirus outbreak.

Yes he is because that is the reason the Cult launched the ‘Covid-19’ hoax to destroy independent livelihoods and impose a vaccine to ‘end’ the lockdowns. The world is waking up to Bill Gates and it is not waking up from a nightmare, but to one. This deeply sinister man was at the centre of the ‘Covid-19’ hijacking of human society pulling the strings of Gates-funded Neil Ferguson and his computer models behind the lockdowns in many countries including the United States where Ferguson was cheer-led by Fauci and Birx. American researcher Daniel Horowitz highlighted the impact of Imperial College ‘Covid-19’ ‘projections’ on the lockdown policy in the United States:

What led our government and the governments of many other countries into panic was a single Imperial College of UK study, funded by global warming activists, that predicted 2.2 million deaths if we didn’t lock down the country. In addition, the reported 8-9% death rate in Italy scared us into thinking there was some other mutation of this virus that they got, which might have come here.

Together with the fact that we were finally testing and had the ability to actually report new cases, we thought we were headed for a death spiral. But again … we can’t flatten a curve if we don’t know when the curve started.

The lockdowns were claimed to be ‘protecting the people’ while ‘the people’ die all the time in enormously greater numbers from other conditions, including cancer and heart disease. I’ll tell you how much the Cult and its political and Deep State psychopaths care about humanity. Ultra-Zionist Dr Richard Day, professor of paediatrics at Mount Sinai Hospital in New York and executive of the Rockefeller-created Planned Parenthood, told those paediatricians in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, in 1969 that they already had the cure for cancer but were keeping it secret: ‘We can cure almost every cancer right now. Information is on file in the Rockefeller Institute now the Rockefeller University, if it’s ever decided that it should be released.’ Day said that the plan was to control and cull the population through medicine, food, new laboratory-made diseases and the suppression of a cure for cancer. He said that letting people die of cancer would slow down population growth: ‘You may as well die of cancer as something else.’ Pause for a ponder on the level of empathy-deleted psychopathy that we are dealing with from a Cult that claims it has devastated human society to ‘protect the people’ it absolutely despises.

The Gates of Hell

Neil Ferguson and his fellow ‘modellers’ at Imperial College are nothing if not utterly without self-awareness and they continued to promote an indefinite lockdown until a vaccine is available in perfect sync with the demands of Bill Gates and his masters. This is what you would expect from Gates-puppet Ferguson given that he heads up the Vaccine Impact Modelling Consortium out of Imperial College which ‘coordinates the work of several research groups modelling the impact of vaccination programmes worldwide’. The Ferguson ‘consortium’ is a global vaccine promotion operation funded by the Bill Gates-created Gavi, the ‘vaccine alliance’, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Ferguson’s conflict of interest is extraordinary, but no one in government (Cult-owned governments) seems to care. Why would they when there is a global agenda to impose? If you are under some level of lockdown for months and the only way out is to have the eventual vaccine do you think people are more likely to have it despite their reservations? These unelected technocrats are ‘advising’ governments, less we forget, made up of politicians who treat them with the reverence and certainty they don’t even begin to deserve. Ferguson, who was diagnosed with ‘coronavirus’ and somehow managed to survive, has sold his nonsense to the UK government that led to lockdown while an associate of his, Christopher Whitty (another virus ‘survivor’), has been Chief Medical Officer to the UK Government on coronavirus policy and a member of the UK government SAGE ‘science advisory’ body headed by Patrick Vallance. Whitty was described by the BBC as ‘the official who will probably have the greatest impact on our everyday lives of any individual policymaker in modern times’. Not a politician you will note – a technocrat. Whitty was handed a $40 million grant by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation for malaria research in Africa. Ferguson and Whitty wrote a paper together entitled ‘Infectious disease: Tough choices to reduce Ebola transmission’. This was another exaggerated health scare in which both were involved.

Ferguson supported closing schools ‘for prolonged periods’ over the swine flu ‘pandemic in 2009. He said the swine flu virus would infect a third of the world’s population if it continued to spread at the current rate and he and other ‘researchers’ at Imperial College London predicted the virus was likely to cause an epidemic in the northern hemisphere. A news report said: ‘One of the authors, the epidemiologist and disease modeller Neil Ferguson, who sits on the World Health Organisation’s emergency committee for the outbreak, said the virus had “full pandemic potential”.’ He supplied ‘computer models’ to then chief medical officer, Professor Sir Liam Donaldson, which said in the worst case scenario 30 percent of the UK population could be infected by the H1N1 ‘swine flu’ virus, with 65,000 killed. The number who officially died by the end of the year: 392. This was more Ferguson ‘modelling’ that could hardly have been more inaccurate. Oh yes, and no-one caught Ebola from someone else in the UK let alone died from it. Never mind, without self-awareness (or with an agenda) you just carry on pontificating your ‘expertise’ regardless. A newspaper quoted ‘scientists from Imperial College’ in an article headlined ‘UK lockdown could be indefinite until a vaccine is found, warn scientists advising government’. They said countries would have to go through repeated cycles of restrictions being lifted and re-imposed (exactly in line with the Cult agenda). Ferguson said the UK government had wrestled with the idea of adopting strict measures and then going back to normal, but ‘we don’t think that’s now possible’. So who is this ‘we ’? The ‘we’ is Bill Gates and the bigger ‘we’ is the Cult that owns him.

People only die from ‘Covid-19’

The biggest problem the figure-manipulators faced was producing enough dead people from a ‘dangerous disease’ that doesn’t exist, or a ‘bioweapon’ depending on which version of deceit that people chose to believe. The Cult subsidiary networks in each country solved this (at least at first) through their top-down control of the medical pyramids. You need very few people to dictate policy to tens of thousands in national ‘health’ systems – you just need to control the key positions that dictate what the lower-ranks must do. As with China the first diagnosis of ‘Covid-19’ in the West and wider world came purely from symptoms. Doctors and other medical staff were told that pretty much anyone with ‘flu-like symptoms’ or pneumonia had to be diagnosed ‘Covid-19’ and given that so many have those symptoms and develop pneumonia from a host of causes the numbers began to climb solely from this top-down demand for diagnosis. When the PCR test (not testing for ‘Covid-19’) came into play the potential was almost limitless to fix the figures of not only cases, but deaths. Medical staff were told that everyone that came to hospital or was treated anywhere had to be tested for ‘Covid-19’. Many tested positive as the Cult knew they would because the test is for a genetic material that large numbers of people have in their bodies as a matter of course. Staff were then told that anyone who died (of other conditions) who had tested positive must have ‘Covid-19’ declared on the death certificate as the cause of their demise. People who have died in road accidents have had ‘Covid-19’ given as the cause of death. None of this is speculation. Many medical staff have had the courage to speak out and expose that this is happening. The overwhelming majority have not, however, and they will have to live with that for the rest of their lives as the consequences for global humanity become ever clearer. The UK’s National Health Service (NHS) told doctors that they could put ‘Covid-19’ on a death certificate without any evidence whatsoever:

If before death the patient had symptoms typical of COVID-19 infection, but the test result has not been received, it would be satisfactory to give ‘COVID-19’ as the cause of death, and then share the test result when it becomes available. In the circumstances of there being no swab, it is satisfactory to apply clinical judgement My emphasis.

The UK Chief Coroner said in a note of guidance that the ‘emergency’ Coronavirus Bill means that ‘Covid-19’ deaths don’t have to be referred to a coroner at all and the same is happening in many countries and US states including a directive to this effect in New Jersey. Medical practitioners can sign off a cause of death as Covid-19 for someone they have never even seen without any cause-of-death oversight by a coroner or autopsy because an autopsy would reveal the real cause of death – not ‘Covid-19’. The UK Chief Coroner directive said:

Any registered medical practitioner can sign an MCCD Medical Certificate for Cause of Death, even if the deceased was not attended during their last illness and not seen after death, provided that they are able to state the cause of death to the best of their knowledge and belief.

Deaths ‘in the community’ can also be listed as Covid-19 deaths without being tested for the disease, or even seen by a doctor. The Crown Office took such actions under emergency powers in the fascist-charter Coronavirus Act of 2020 ‘to ease the burden faced by the NHS as the UK moves towards predicted peak levels of infection and death’. This was the burden faced in near-empty hospitals where medical staff were making YouTube dancing videos to ease the boredom of inactivity. Scotland’s Cult-controlled government via the Scottish National Party declared that anyone who died within 28 days of a ‘laboratory confirmed’ (fake test) diagnosing ‘Covid-19’ must have that recorded as the cause of death. Remember that the overwhelming majority of those who test positive for the fake test have ‘mild symptoms’ or mostly none at all. Let that sink in with regard to the Scottish death record policy and you will see the size of the deceit in that small country alone to fix the figures. This is the same Scottish government that dropped the requirement for post-mortems to be carried out on alleged ‘Covid-19’ victims so the real cause of death could not be established and ‘Covid-19’ could go on the death certificate and the cumulative figures. A newspaper report said: ‘Normally, patients who die in hospital have a post-mortem to establish beyond doubt the cause of death.’ Finding out what people really died of was is not the idea – it’s to get the nonexistent ‘Covid-19’ on as many death certificates as possible to increase the perception of a deadly ‘pandemic. Scotland is a lovely place, but its control networks are literally satanic. Northern Ireland’s Public Health Agency mirrors Scotland and other countries by defining a ‘Covid-19’ death as ‘individuals who have died within 28 days of first positive result, whether or not COVID-19 was the cause of death.’ England’s NHS Office of National Statistics (ONS) tweaked the death figure deception even more by changing the way they counted the numbers. Before the ‘Covid-19’ fraud they had counted deaths each week by the number of death certificates. Now they would include ‘provisional’ death figures from the fake ‘virus’ before a death certificate had been registered and this would be ‘included in the dataset in subsequent weeks’. This means a death could be counted ‘provisionally’ one week and ‘officially’ the next leading to the same death being counted twice. The ONS also announced the inclusion of ‘Covid-19’ deaths in the community ‘to include those not even tested for the virus irrelevant as that would be and those suspected to have Covid-19’ or that presumed to be a ‘contributory factor’.

‘It’s Covid, stupid – always Covid’

The fixing of the case and death figures, which were compiled for the media worldwide by the Cult-owned, Gates-controlled, Johns Hopkins University operation in America (more later), was happening in virtually every country using the same top-down technique of ordering ‘Covid-19’ to be designated the cause of death almost no matter. The Cult-owned US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) – really an agency of the Gates-controlled World Health Organisation and Big Pharma – issued ‘guidance’ to doctors and medical staff telling them to list ‘Covid-19’ as a cause of death regardless of any confirmation. No – not even the fake test. If ‘Covid-19’ was ‘assumed to have caused or contributed to death’ it could be listed as the primary cause. The authorities further underpinned this manipulation with the payments policy to hospitals (with some going to doctors) through the US Medicare system. This was exposed by Dr Scott Jensen, a Minnesota state senator, in an interview with Fox News. He said that if a hospital diagnosed someone with ‘simple non-Covid pneumonia’ they would be paid $4,600 by the Medicare system. If they diagnosed the patient with ‘Covid-19’ pneumonia they would be paid $13,000 and if they put the ‘Covid-19’ diagnosed patient on a ventilator the payment leaped to $39,000 . Could the game be any more obvious? Hospitals which in many cases were headed for bankruptcy due to a lack of patients were able to make big money (or stay in business) through Medicare payments by diagnosing patients with ‘Covid-19’ with no symptoms (ka-ching) and moving them out for the next one to come in or putting them briefly on a ventilator they did not need (even bigger ka-ching). They even changed their procedures to skip ahead directly to a ventilator without the usual intermediary steps, including a venturi mask, non-re-breather mask, and positive airway pressure machines. All they need to do is diagnose the non-existent ‘Covid-19’ to fit the Cult agenda and the tills are ringing. People should get the idea out of their mind that all medical staff are angels of mercy. Some absolutely are, but they also include liars, deceivers and psychopaths, too, and anyone who takes advantage of this clearly targeted diagnosis payment system by putting people on ventilators for no medical reason is a psychopath. Illinois Public Health Director Dr Ngozi Ezike was open about the way ‘Covid-19’ death figures were being compiled. She told a news conference while her superiors clenched their teeth:

If you were in a hospice and given a few weeks to live and you were then found to have Covid that would be counted as a Covid death. There might be a clear alternate cause, but it is still listed as a Covid death. So everyone listed as a Covid death doesn’t mean that was the cause of the death, but that they had Covid at the time of death.

Or, rather, had tested positive in a test not testing for ‘Covid-19’. UK chief scientific advisor Patrick Vallance bizarrely said the same as Ezike – Covid on the death certificate doesn’t mean Covid was the cause of death . The apparent death rate from ‘Covid-19’ can be seen in an entirely new light from this perspective of its mass diagnosis for those dying from other conditions. The centre of the Italian ‘epidemic’ in the Lombardy region is globally notorious, like Wuhan, for its filthy toxic air that produces widespread lung disease especially in old people who have been breathing in that crap all their lives. This presented phenomenal potential to re-designate people dying of pneumonia and other respiratory problems as dying of ‘Covid-19’ when they were not. To highlight the extreme nature of Lombardy mortality – 99,542 people died from all causes in Lombardy in 2018 while Lazio, the second region in terms of death-rates, had a figure of 57,289. Italian authorities revealed that 99 percent of those who have ‘died from Covid-19’ in Italy have had one, two, three or more ‘other morbidities’ or illnesses and health problems that could have ended their life. Are we getting it yet? Seventy percent were men and less than one percent of those said to have ‘died from Covid-19’ had no known other life-threatening conditions. The Italian National Health Institute revealed that the average age of the positively-‘Covid’-tested deceased in Italy is about 81. Ten percent of the deceased are over 90 with 90 percent over 70 and 80 percent had two or more chronic diseases. Half had three or more. These included cardiovascular problems, diabetes, respiratory problems and cancer. Re-designate these people as ‘death by Covid-19’ and you instantly have your ‘devastating health crisis’ in Italy which locked down the country and was used to terrify the rest of the West that this could be coming their way. A list of doctors who ‘died from Covid-19’ were published in Italy who turned out to be of the advanced age when you would expect people to die – most retired – and with no evidence that the cause of death was the dreaded ‘virus’. Once the ‘Italian disaster’ propaganda had been sold by the worldwide Cult-owned media we had Professor Walter Ricciardi, scientific advisor to the Italian minister of health, saying the country’s apparent ‘Covid’ death rates were due to Italy having the second oldest population in the world and … the manner in which hospitals record deaths :

The way in which we code deaths in our country is very generous in the sense that all the people who die in hospitals with the coronavirus are deemed to be dying of the coronavirus. On re-evaluation by the National Institute of Health, only 12 per cent of death certificates have shown a direct causality from coronavirus, while 88 per cent of patients who have died have at least one pre-morbidity – many had two or three.

That’s how it’s been done and even the twelve percent is not true when you can’t die of a ‘Covid-19’ that doesn’t exist or be diagnosed with a ‘virus’ you can’t even test for. Two-thirds of alleged ‘Covid-19’ fatalities in New York have been over 70; more than 95 percent were over 50; and some 90 percent of all fatal cases had another underlying illness making the diagnosis switch so easy. Scott Atlas, former chief of neuroradiology at Stanford University, said that more than 99 percent of those who have died in New York had an underlying condition and the rate of death for all people aged between 18 and 45 was 0.01 percent. Think about it. The reason children and younger people below old age have not been dying from the fake ‘virus’ is because they are infinitely more likely not to have ‘other morbidities’ that can be blamed on ‘Covid-19’. The same deceit is being perpetrated in other countries under the overall control of the Cult. The President of Germany’s Robert Koch Institute said that Germany counts any deceased person who is infected with coronavirus as a Covid-19 death, whether or not it actually caused the death. German virologist Dr Hendrik Streeck said: ‘In Heinsberg, for example, a 78-year-old man with previous illnesses died of heart failure, and that was without SARS-2 lung involvement. Since he was infected, he naturally appears in the Covid-19 statistics.’

Doctors and experts speak out

Stories from doctors, medical staff and families began to emerge and grow telling how patients and loved ones who died of cancer, heart disease and other fatalities were designated ‘Covid-19’ on the death certificate. This diagnosis fraud came by order of the authorities – Cult agents within the authorities – who demanded that every patient no matter what their ailment must be fake-tested for ‘Covid-19’ and if they are positive for the widespread genetic material they should have ‘Covid-19’ on their death certificate to bloat the figures. Hospital staff from many locations confirmed to us over weeks at Davidicke.com that this was happening worldwide. Eddie Large, a one-time famous comedian in Britain, went into hospital with heart failure amid longstanding heart problems, tested ‘positive’ for ‘Covid-19’ (the genetic material) and that was designated his cause of death. In fact, the media’s wording in reports of Eddie’s demise was repeated over and over to such an extent that it would not have been coincidental. They don’t say this or that person died from ‘Covid-19’, but that they died after testing positive for ‘Covid-19’. The two statements are clearly not the same and similar wording spewed from the mouths of officialdom. However, once that death has been added to the Covid-19 hoaxed figures they are morphed into this number of people have died from ‘Covid-19’ courtesy of the Johns Hopkins and other official compilations. Most doctors and medical staff have outrageously stayed silent about the deceit, but others have had a commitment to truth and their patients’ welfare and called out the conspiracy to defraud the entire human race. Their numbers have grown the longer the lockdowns and their horrific effects continued.

Dr Annie Bukacek, a board certified internal medicine physician in Kalispell, Montana, and council member and a fellow of the American College of Physicians Montana chapter, was one who exposed the magic trick. She said she questioned the official story immediately after seeing previous ‘we’re all going to die’ hypes over H1N1, Ebola, Zika, SARS and MERS come to nothing except for new vaccines tested on innocent children in Africa or the Caribbean – a speciality of Bill Gates programmes. He’s a lovely man. Bukacek described how the ‘Covid-19’ figures were being inflated by death certificate manipulation and how other patients were suffering and dying from being denied treatment, operations and consultations by a system only interested in ‘Covid-19’. Dr Scott Jensen, who exposed the Medicare incentives to diagnose for ‘Covid-19’, said in a TV interview that he had received a seven-page document by email from the US Department of Health ‘coaching’ him on how to fill out death certificates which had never happened before. He said the document told him that he didn’t need to have a laboratory test for ‘Covid-19’ to put that on the death certificate. Jensen was shocked because death certificates are supposed to deal in facts. Another doctor had his video deleted by YouTube for exposing the death figures manipulation and how numbers for other causes of death were going down in line with the Covid-19 numbers going up through redesignation. Dr Rashid Buttar, an American osteopathic physician from Charlotte, North Carolina, furiously railed against the manipulation and the doctors and medical staff staying quiet about what they knew was happening. He confirmed the death certificate charade and said that even death certificates previously written were being changed to include ‘Covid-19’.

Two California doctors, Dan Erickson and Artin Massihi, at Accelerated Urgent Care in Bakersfield, held a news conference in late April calling for their county to ‘reopen’. They explained what was really happening behind the hysterical headlines. Intensive care units in California were ‘empty, essentially’, with hospitals shutting floors, not treating patients and laying off doctors. The California health system was working at minimum capacity ‘getting rid of doctors because we just don’t have the volume’. They said that people with conditions such as heart disease and cancer were not coming to hospital out of fear of ‘Covid-19’. Everything they had ever learned about quarantine involved quarantining the sick . They had never seen before the quarantine of the healthy ‘where you take people without disease and without symptoms and lock them in their home’. Projection models of millions of deaths had been ‘woefully inaccurate’, they said. Dr Erickson detailed figures to show that Californians have a 0.03 chance of dying from ‘Covid’ based on the number of people who have tested positive. But hold on. They are (a) testing positive for a widespread genetic material and not ‘Covid-19, and (b) alleged deaths have been re-diagnosis of other conditions with similar symptoms (or none) to the ‘virus’. Erickson said the figures revealed there was a 0.1 percent chance of dying from ‘Covid’ in the state , not just the city, of New York, and a 0.05 percent chance in Spain, a centre of ‘Covid-19’ hysteria at one stage. ‘Covid’ even if you believe the lies was less dangerous than the flu. There was no justification for the lockdowns and economic devastation, the doctors said. Their figures were supported by a Stanford University study that put the fatality rate at between 0.1 to 0.2 percent. Take away the diagnosis deception from those figures and you are left with zero. Death estimates of the Cult-owned, Gates-run, World Health Organization were 20 to 30 times higher than the Stanford numbers simply to secure widespread lockdowns. Everyone involved must go to jail for crimes against humanity. Dr Erickson also pointed to a list of consequences of the lockdowns in increased child abuse, partner abuse, alcoholism, depression, suicide and other impacts they were seeing every day. Erickson described how immune systems become weaker and weaker the more people are locked away in homes amid hygiene obsession in which immune responses are not being developed by coming into contact with agents they need to experience to build defences and immunity. ‘The immune system needs this interaction … sheltering in place reduces your immune system and when you come out what do you think is going to happen? Disease is going to spike.’ He said that when disease spiked in this way the hospitals were not going to cope with laid off doctors and nurses. Erickson then turned to the pressure being applied to doctors to put ‘Covid-19’ on the death certificate. ‘Why are we being pressured to add Covid? To increase the numbers and make it look worse than it is? I think so.’ He said he was hearing this from physicians everywhere. The doctors’ video passed five million views in days, but never appeared on YouTube trending lists and then was deleted for ‘violating YouTube’s terms of service’. What a disgusting and fascistic organisation Google-owned YouTube has proved itself time after time to be and it comes from the top – Susan Wojcicki and those who own her. Wojcicki is clearly a Cult asset like Gates, Brin, Page, Zuckerberg and the rest of them and they must all now face the consequences in ongoing public exposure of their anti-freedom, indeed anti-human, agenda at every opportunity. How more blatant and low can you get than to delete doctors who are questioning medical policy on the basis of personal experience just to serve the interests of a global Cult with an horrific genocidal plan for humanity? Well, Wojcicki?

A hospital respiratory operative took to the Internet to expose the lies. He said there was no ventilator shortage as the hysteria-hype claimed and they were running fewer ventilators than they normally would. Any patient that came to his hospital with a respiratory problem was labelled ‘Covid-19’ and he said it didn’t matter if they were suffering from late stage lung cancer, heart disease or anything else. ‘You come in with breathing problems and you are labelled a Covid patient’ … ‘then they would die of Covid and not stage four lung cancer.’ He said they had only one person qualified to administer the test and so most patients ‘under investigation for Covid’ were never tested (which would have been irrelevant anyway). ‘… Every patient who is under Covid investigation and dies … becomes a Covid death and they are showing the numbers like a football game to scare you.’ He said the public was being shown bodies loaded on to a tractor trailer simply to scare people and he had never in his entire career seen bodies loaded on anything like that. He said ‘it just doesn’t happen’ and he wondered if they were even bodies – ‘all of this stuff is fake’. Behind him in the video made in his hospital were machines that helped patients breathe with a mask rather than putting them on a full-blown ventilator. He said that since the ‘Covid-19’ scare began they had been banned from using those machines and people had to be allowed to ‘crash’ and go straight to a ventilator. ‘That is not the traditional way we use to treat a patient – everything that we would traditionally do we are not allowed to do.’

New York intensive care doctor Cameron Kyle-Sidell said in his own video that people were being put on ventilators when their lungs were not strong enough and they were dying. Another whistleblower video communicating the experience of a New York intensive care nurse said the same. ‘People are being murdered and no-one cares’ was one line from the video and with no family allowed at the hospitals the patients were at the mercy of staff and left to rot. A second New York nurse took to the Internet in tears to describe exactly the same situation: ‘I am literally coming here every day and watching them kill them.’ She listed a catalogue of examples of how patients were either just allowed to die or directly killed by the wrong treatment or no treatment through ‘gross negligence and medical mismanagement … nobody has listened to anyone’s lungs the whole time I’ve been here.’ ‘Covid-19’ obviously went on the death certificate. She said she tried talking to management and nursing administration, but they didn’t want to know and moved her away from patients and departments that she was complaining about. It’s murder, no other word for it, to kill people knowing you are killing them, but good for the ‘Covid-19’ figures. The nurse said: ‘It’s like going to the fucking Twilight Zone – everyone here is okay with this.’ She rightly asked: ‘Am I the only one who is not a sociopath?’ The respiratory medic confirmed that they were ‘not testing for a virus’ – ‘there’s not one test that tests for a virus’. They were testing for a genetic ‘RNA sequence’ and anyone with even microscopic content from that sequence would test positive when it could come from lung cancer and many other things. ‘If this is as infectious as they are telling us … everybody would be dying and that’s not what we’re seeing – this is unbelievable, every bit of this has been created.’ He said they were not seeing lots of health workers getting sick even though they were in close contact with people who had tested positive. He was not convinced there even was a virus and ‘I’ve been doing this a long time’. Doctors were believing the lies as much as the public, but doctors were not looking at the real information. ‘They’re told something and … they got lives, they got jobs … they’re not going to look up what this test is and why they weren’t getting the infection rates – they just look up the things they’re told to look up like anyone else.’ He then said something centrally relevant to what has happened:

For the Trump supporters out there I want to ask you something. Think about this for a minute. We’re doing the same thing they’re doing in France … Italy … the UK. So does that mean Trump’s in charge of this whole thing because I really don’t think he is. I think he’s being told to do what he’s doing … this is Deep State, Illuminati stuff … they are shutting the world down.

Exactly. This video by someone specialising in respiratory care and revealing how his direct experience in a hospital was at odds with the official narrative and so was deleted a number of times by YouTube for breaching their ‘community guidelines’. What more can be said about this Cult censorship operation fronted by Susan Wojcicki? Her contempt for freedom and the most basic human rights is unimaginable. John Lee, a recently retired professor of pathology and a former consultant pathologist with the UK National Health Service (NHS), highlighted in an article for The Spectator exactly the point I have made about the careful wording of media and medical reports. They were saying that people had died ‘after testing positive for coronavirus’ and not that they had died from coronavirus:

Many UK health spokespersons have been careful to repeatedly say that the numbers quoted in the UK indicate death with the virus , not death due to the virus – this matters My emphasis. When giving evidence in parliament a few days ago, Prof. Neil Ferguson of Imperial College London said that he now expects fewer than 20,000 Covid-19 deaths in the UK but, importantly, two-thirds of these people would have died anyway. In other words, he suggests that the crude figure for ‘Covid deaths’ is three times higher than the number who have actually been killed by Covid-19. (Even the two-thirds figure is an estimate – it would not surprise me if the real proportion is higher.) …

… Unfortunately nuance tends to be lost in the numbers quoted from the database being used to track Covid-19: the Johns Hopkins Coronavirus Resource Center. It has compiled a huge database, with Covid-19 data from all over the world, updated daily – and its figures are used, world over, to track the virus. This data is not standardised and so probably not comparable, yet this important caveat is seldom expressed by the (many) graphs we see. It risks exaggerating the quality of data that we have.

Yes – on purpose. Professor Lee added that ‘Covid19’ was not a disease with unique or rare symptoms and the range of severity matched dozens of extremely common respiratory infections. He said that you cannot diagnose ‘fever’ and ‘cough’ and then diagnose ‘probable Covid-19’ with the slightest chance of accuracy. As the Off-guardian.org website said:

Italy, Germany, the United States, Northern Ireland and England. That’s five different governments, across four countries, all essentially saying it’s OK to just assume a patient died of Covid19, and then add that to the official statistics. Is that really responsible practice during a potential pandemic? Are any other countries doing the same? To what extent can we trust any official death statistics at all, at this point?

Figure 383: A graph from April 6th, 2020, which showed that lockdown was not the only possible response. Cases counted from a test not testing for ‘Covid-19’ and deaths monumentally manipulated by fixing death certificates was the real decider of how many were claimed to be ‘infected’ or ‘killed’ according to the official figures – not lockdown or otherwise.

Try zero. Off-guardian, which has done great work exposing the figures, highlighted another outrageous manipulation in which the UK government’s ‘daily death toll’ numbers were not from a single day at all. The ‘daily’ figures include alleged deaths from other days going back six weeks or more. The website gave the example of April 10th which was described as the UK’s ‘deadliest Covid19 day’. Media headlines included: ‘UK death toll jumps 980 in 24 hours in biggest rise yet’; ‘Britain records Europe’s highest single-day death toll: Number of victims jumps by 980’; and ‘980 tops Spain and Italy’s highest daily number of deaths’. In fact, the deaths attributed (wrongly) to Covid-19 on that single day were 117 for England and another 90 for other UK countries bringing the total to 204 and not 980. Off-guardian reported that the other 776 people included in the report had died ‘at seemingly random points between March 5th and April 8th’ . The website said the same was true with all ‘daily’ death figures. It is also clear that the numbers have been boosted by yet another ruse – counting the same deaths more than once. The mass of the media never acknowledged these facts and instead daily fuelled the hysteria that led people to support the lockdowns through false perceptions of what was really happening. The media claimed on March 24th that an 18-year-old in Coventry, England, was the youngest person to die from the ‘virus’ and continued to say so even after the hospital said this was not true. The youngster had died from a ‘significant’ health problem not connected to ‘Covid-19’. It didn’t matter – don’t let the facts spoil a good hoax. Other young people said to have died from the ‘virus’ turned out to have died from other causes. The death and case figures have been a complete stitch-up and you only fix the figures to deceive. When Neil Ferguson’s ridiculous ‘computer model’ figures turned out to be fantastic overestimates he and the authorities claimed that this was because of the lockdowns and house arrest that the fantastic figures ‘justified’. It was the very scenario that had been predicted they would go for by the US medical scientist I quoted earlier. Data as of April 6th in Figure 383 showed the China lockdown blueprint was not as black and white as claimed and with cases and death figures dependent on a fake test and fake cause of death what difference would lockdown or no-lockdown have made to numbers anyway?

Killing old people

The death figures from all causes in Britain and Europe remained about the same as the previous year for many weeks of the alleged global ‘crisis’ and as more people were recorded to have died from ‘Covid-19’ so miraculously death from other causes went down. There was always coming a time, however, when death figures would increase in 2020 because of all those who were sure to die from the consequences of lockdowns and cancellation of operations and consultations for almost all other illnesses and conditions. People were sitting at home in pain and in need of urgent diagnosis and treatment for a range of life-threatening problems, but they could not get to see a doctor while being discouraged to go to hospital accident and emergency because they were ‘war-zones’ over ‘Covid-19’. The truth was that the hospitals that could have treated them were near empty with hundreds of beds at major ones not being used and operating theatres like the Mary Celeste. The biggest victims of this psychopathic policy – as the Cult intended – were old people. The lockdowns to a large extent were justified by ‘protecting old people and the vulnerable’ and to ‘protect the hospitals from being overrun’ (see empty). Yet at the same time old people were being systematically killed in line with the Cult agenda I outlined earlier and in the words of one nursing home nurse they were being ‘murdered’ through denial of treatment. Almost every one of them that died because of this would have had ‘Covid-19’ on the death certificate. Old people were told to stay at home and have essential supplies delivered which would have led to a range of other potentially fatal conditions and the Cult knew that. How many were literally left alone with their partners already diseased and families living far away? The overwhelming majority of those said to have died from ‘Covid-19’ were old people merely because they are most likely to be ill and so most available to redesignate ‘Covid-19’ instead of what they really died from. One UK nursing home nurse who contacted Davidicke.com said:

I’m seeing first-hand now what’s going on at the nursing homes including mine. It’s murder, mate. I am not saying it lightly. I’m willing once this is done to go on record with the bastards. If there is any information I can give you I will help.

Well, I’ve seen first-hand now the community matrons and doctors following orders basically just denying treatments to residents on the account they have Covid. No test, no nothing. Doctors are now not coming into my home to examine anyone. I’ve had absolute murder with people begging to be placed on antibiotics.

In a few weeks you gonna see fucking dead old people all over the place. I’m done me, mate, to be honest, once this is over. This is not what I became a nurse for.

The media would naturally spin this phenomenon another way. Alex Thomson, ‘Chief Correspondent’ at Britain’s Channel 4 News, posted an article headed: ‘Coronavirus causing “devastation” in care homes as pressure grows to release full death numbers.’ He said that ‘one in five of all deaths in England and Wales in the week ending April 3rd are linked to coronavirus – with the overall death rate pushed to a record high’. Why do you think that is you excuse for a ‘journalist’? Old people were being designated positive for ‘Covid-19’ and when they died of other causes, not least from the effect of the lockdowns and denial of treatments, they were added to the death figures for ‘Covid-19’. Any idiot with an hour’s research could have worked out what was really happening, but not, it seems, Thomson and his fellow mainstream media. The problem was made worse by UK government-directed NHS hospitals ‘clearing out’ patients to free up 15,000 beds in a week with many moved to a ‘suitable rehabilitation bed or care home’. The Gates-owned World Health Organization stated in late-April, 2020, that half the ‘coronavirus-related deaths’ in Europe could be in long-term care homes. It might have added: ‘So the plan is working.’ Shortly after the WHO statement HC One, the UK’s biggest care home provider, was reporting a rise in deaths among old people at its centres that have nothing to do with coronavirus as hospitals failed to take in residents as patients. Israeli doctor Gai Peleg working in Parma, Italy, said that from what he saw and heard the instructions were not to offer access to respirator machines for patients over 60 in a who-lives-and-dies-decision. This became another common theme. These were the same old people that were being used as an excuse to lockdown the world to ‘protect them’.

They want rid of old people so the young, programmed through the new and extreme ‘education’ system all their lives, will be left at the perceptual mercy of the Cult. One legacy will be some young people turning on the old as the ones to blame for the economic disaster triggered by the reaction to the ‘crisis’. ‘This would not have happened if we didn’t have to protect old people – you know the ones responsible for climate change and Brexit.’ Some schoolchildren and others dubbed the virus the ‘boomer remover’ referring to the ‘baby boomer’ generation born approximately between 1946 and 1964 which includes me. Don’t worry, though, I have somehow fought off the impulse to be offended. How ironic that the baby boomers were the ‘flower power’, ‘counter-culture’, ‘anti-establishment’ generation now perceived by many young people as the old and ‘past-it’ Earth-destroying establishment that must be usurped. Messages by some medical staff and emails from loved ones to Davidicke.com revealed a widespread theme along with social media posts of old people being pressured to sign do not resuscitate (DNR) agreements so they could be allowed to die (and ‘Covid-19’ falsely put on the death certificate). The daughter of an 83-year-old mother said she could ‘categorically confirm that DNR notices are being placed on elderly patients, including those who are healthy and for whom there is no existing health condition to justify it’. She said this was happening to everyone including people with no ‘virus’ or underlying health conditions that threatened their life: ‘This is being done on age alone.’ She described how a ward consultant tried to coerce her mother into signing a DNR form when she was only in hospital for an orthopaedic problem:

A few days later, earlier this week, the ward matron told her that she had not been singled out, and that everybody was being treated in the same way – all the elderly patients were being required to sign these forms. And that it is a ‘rule’, something that has come down from on high, that has to be done, and has to cover all the older patients, ‘because the government says so’.

The elderly were ordered to ‘self-isolate’ – cut themselves off from society – for months for their own protection by a global state in all its expressions that clearly doesn’t give a shit about them and wants them dead. These are the same authorities that ensure that great swathes of the elderly live out their lives in poverty choosing between warmth and food as they exist on a pathetic, derisory state pension (where there is one) after paying taxes all their long years. The effect of this is to devastate their immune systems through lack of nutrients they cannot afford (or mainstream information that they need them) while consuming the cheapest, toxin-ridden excuse for ‘food’ together with toxic water and other drinks, breathing toxic air and living in a toxic irradiated atmosphere. All of these things, together with immune system-demolishing vaccines and a deluge of immune system-weakening sugar, have been allowed or instigated by the very authorities that tell us how much they care about our health and survival when a disease strikes. The starting point to see through the ‘state cares’ illusion is to realise that they don’t give a damn about you. From this all other understanding will come. With the most head-shaking predictability the UK Department of Health began adding deaths in care homes to the ‘Covid-19’ fatality figures by fraudulently designating cause of death from a long list of other conditions as ‘Covid-19’. Fascism is nothing if not predicable.

Intelligent doctors and specialists agree: You’ve been had people

A stream of medical professionals ignored by the mainstream media spoke out through alternative sources about the blatant manipulation they could see of the figures for cases and deaths and the claim that ‘Covid-19’ was some kind of new and deadly virus. Professor Dr Sucharit Bhakdi, a highly-acclaimed infectious medicine specialist in Germany, said of virus lockdowns: ‘They are grotesque, absurd and very dangerous … All these measures are leading to self-destruction and collective suicide because of nothing but a spook.’ The theme that ‘Covid-19’ was indeed a ‘spook’ was common outside the mainstream media. Doctors and specialists said there was not a medical crisis, but a political one and this included doctors in Italy as you can see in the German journalist’s video that I mentioned earlier. One Italian doctor said: ‘No one in Italy died of corona – it’s an ugly influenza.’ German doctor Wolfgang Wodarg said that without the new ‘test’ no one would notice anything different. ‘If you change the definition of pandemic you can create it’, he said, ‘If you talk about a virus spreading around the world you have a permanent pandemic.’ Dr Claus Kohnlein, another German physician, agreed. He said that without the new test there would be no ‘pandemic’: ‘I don’t believe it’s a new virus. It’s just a new test.’ Hamburg doctor Marc Fiddike said you can turn any pneumonia into a corona case and ‘you could turn a man falling down the stairs into a virus victim’. Confirming the view of other doctors he said: ‘It’s a kind of magic.’ He made the same point as the American scientist I quoted in that just because someone is sick and tests for coronavirus there are many in that ‘family’ of viruses doesn’t mean the virus is responsible for their sickness. John Ioannidis, a Professor of Medicine, Health Research and Policy and Biomedical Data Science, at Stanford University School of Medicine, described the coronavirus scare as possibly ‘a one-in a century evidence fiasco’ in response to the insane claim that the ‘virus’ was a once in a century pandemic. He said the data was not there to support the numbers of deaths and cases that were being circulated. Dr Yoram Lass, an Israeli physician and former member of the Knesset for the Israel Labor Party, pointed out that according to World Health Organization figures between 250,000 and 500,000 people died every year worldwide from seasonal flu, but this didn’t cause a meltdown of the global economy due to government reaction: ‘It is absolutely insane to have this Biblical crisis.’ He said this was the first ‘Zuckerberg epidemic’ in which social media could transmit fear all over the world at the same time.

Jaroslav Belsky, an Austrian doctor and dentist who studied for two years in a molecular biology laboratory, said that between 1,600 and 2,000 people died every day in Italy before the corona scare and this could rise to 3,000 in autumn and spring. The authorities had simply used a ‘technical trick’ to blame corona ‘in order to close the economy and ban people from moving’. He also pointed to the fact that 99 percent of people said to have ‘died from coronavirus’ in Italy had other health problems with half the fatalities having three or four. What’s more it was well known that at the end of their lives in hospital people did tend to die of an infection. Belsky said the real cause was never investigated when in fact people with influenza would test for all kinds of virus, even bacteria. ‘Only after discovering the viral load can I assume that is what sickened them.’ This is not being done with the ‘Covid-19’ hysteria – the ‘test’ doesn’t measure viral load – and so the data does not exist to justify extreme government action. ‘If you demand the data you are stamped a conspiracist,’ Belsky said. He also pointed out that staging fake epidemics was not new with avian or ‘bird’ flu projected to cost 30,000 lives per year and ending up being officially responsible for very few. He said he had heard from Italy that they were ‘testing dead people and even cancer and accident victims’. Belsky described how friends in the medical profession had sent him pictures of normal conditions in their critical care units. He also made an important point about why Germany’s death-rate ratio was so small compared with Italy. Belsky said this was because the Italian testing company was only focusing on seriously ill people while in Germany tests were done even on people with a minor cold. ‘It’s playing with numbers and emotions.’ You see how easy it is to manipulate perception by manipulating figures. Doctors and specialists also pointed out the effect of fear in making people ill in a world in terror about ‘the virus’. How many developed psychosomatic ‘symptoms’ as the ‘virus’ symptoms were pounded out in all directions by the Cult-owned media? Belsky put the hysteria into perspective when he said ‘there are up to 20,000 deaths in Germany from hospital bugs every year – even more in Italy’. None of these doctors and scientists appeared in the mainstream media which instead gave all the air-time to establishment mouthpieces like Neil deGrasse Tyson in the United States who told the ‘satirical’ (mainstream establishment) TV host Stephen Colbert: ‘I think we’re in the middle of a massive experiment worldwide – the experiment is: Will people listen to scientists?’ Not if you’re one of them, mate.

Systematically weakening natural defence

Dr Shiva Ayyadurai, an Indian-born American scientist and biological engineer at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), spoke out against the coronavirus narrative and what he called the ‘overreaction’. There was an ‘overreaction’? Oh, just a little bit. Ayyadurai’s main thrust was right on the button. Cause of death is not ‘from a virus’ but dismantled immune systems. Anyone with an immune system in some kind of order had only ‘very mild flu-like symptoms’ or even none at all. The alleged symptoms of ‘Covid-19’ (with a long list of potential causes) are manifestations in part of the immune system at work. Fever is the immune system using heat to kill a predator while coughing up mucus is the immune system ejecting toxins the body needs to get rid of. Vomiting in other circumstances is also the immune system removing threats to health before serious damage can be done. Medical website webmd.com said: ‘… higher body temperatures make it harder for bacteria and viruses to thrive in the body.’ Many symptoms which Big Pharma medicine ‘treats’ are the immune system doing its job and to suppress those actions is to potentially do great damage to health. The key to who dies from what is the state of the immune system and those with the weakest are older people and those with other medical conditions already putting pressure on immune system resources. This doesn’t have to be the case if immune systems are supported in their nutrient needs with vitamins like A, D3 and C. Some New York and other hospitals eventually began to treat ‘virus’ patients with ‘massive doses’ of vitamin C while at the same time social media platforms like Facebook and their system-serving ‘fact-checkers’ were dubbing posts about the benefits of vitamin C as ‘fake news’ and ‘false information’. Dr Ayyadurai also recommended such key vitamins to enhance immune response. Where have you seen the Mainstream Everything talk about boosting the immune system? Why would Big Pharma and the Cult want strong immune systems when the agenda of both demands sick and weak people? Dismantling immune systems is necessary to keep Big Pharma’s mega-profits rolling for a start with strong immune systems meaning less illness. Dr Ayyadurai pointed out that we have fantastic numbers of ‘viruses’ in our bodies and we are not even aware of them because the immune system keeps them in check. ‘Viruses don’t kill or harm us’, he said. If viruses did kill us then we would all clearly be long dead. He said the danger is more the immune system response to threats. Different levels of the immune system kicked in to play different roles when a threat is identified and in the overwhelming number of cases any danger was quickly snuffed out. The problem comes when the immediate immune reaction is too weak to deal with the threat and in effect the system panics and unleashes what is called a ‘cytokine storm’. Cytokines are defined as ‘a small protein released by cells that has a specific effect on the interactions between cells, on communications between cells or on the behavior of cells … They trigger inflammation and respond to infections’. This response is the key. If other levels of a weakened immune system don’t deal with a threat it unleashes in its desperation a ‘storm’ of cytokines which can be symbolised as a crazed person firing a machine gun in all directions. You can symbolise this as an intruder breaking into a house and the homeowner struggling to resist and throw them out. In the panic to survive the homeowner grabs a gun and instead of just firing at the intruder he also turns the gun on himself. The cytokine storm attacks its own body, often fatally. Sciencedaily.com puts it this way:

A cytokine storm is an overproduction of immune cells and their activating compounds (cytokines), which, in a flu infection, is often associated with a surge of activated immune cells into the lungs. The resulting lung inflammation and fluid build-up can lead to respiratory distress and can be contaminated by a secondary bacterial pneumonia – often enhancing the mortality in patients.

Death by ‘respiratory distress’ is a cytokine storm immune response that attacks the lungs and can open the way to pneumonia. If your immune system is properly operational this does not happen. Why isn’t the Mainstream Everything telling you this? For the same reason that Ayyadurai called for the arrest of three-quarters of the academics in the United States ‘who are pilfering money from our tax-dollars … by doing bogus research and research based on political leanings’.

What about 5G?

It never ceases to amaze me that billions of people believe that even though we now live in a technologically-generated electromagnetic ‘soup’ or sea, which is 200 million times the radio frequency energy naturally produced by the Earth, that somehow this will not have any, let alone profound, effects on human beings, animals, insects and the rest of the natural world. I find that to be a form of insanity and certainly a most extreme example of denial. There is an obvious relevance of some kind between current events and the roll-out in 2019 and 2020 of 5G around the world because this was made clear by the actions of Cult Internet platforms and government agencies in banning mention and debate about that connection. I have already pointed out that the common theme between the systematic deletion by Cult-owned Silicon Valley of my London Real interview and one a few days later between Dr Andrew Kaufman and my son, Jaymie, was questioning the existence of ‘Covid-19’ and not 5G which the Kaufman interview did not mention. However, there is clearly a connection of some kind confirmed by the extremes of enforced censorship. The UK government Office of Communications, or Ofcom, is the ‘regulator’ (censor) of the broadcast media and threatened any broadcaster with severe sanctions if they even engaged in discussion about a link between 5G and the ‘virus’. Ofcom is so obsessed with 5G censorship that a small community radio station was threatened by the broadcasting Stasi for having a single person on a single programme discussing a connection between 5G and ‘Covid-19’. Ofcom was created by war criminal Tony Blair so you can appreciate how bad it must be. Somehow these ridiculous people manage to equate ‘false health advice’ with ‘baseless conspiracy theories that the pandemic is linked to the rollout of 5G phone networks’. The all-knowing system-worshipping Ofcom knew they were baseless because they were ‘not aware of any reputable scientific evidence to corroborate such a contentious claim which runs contrary to all official advice, both in the UK and internationally, about coronavirus’ (in other words the 5G claim was at odds with official propaganda). Ofcom’s censors and designated media protectors of the Cult narrative said they were ‘actively monitoring television and radio stations that might be broadcasting potentially harmful views about the causes and origins of Covid-19 that have the potential to undermine people’s trust in the advice of mainstream sources of information during the crisis’ – (which have the potential to demolish the official Cult narrative). This is exactly what you would expect to hear in a fascist/communist dictatorship.

For the record and reference the chief executive of Ofcom in this period of fascistic censorship has been Melanie Dawes, a career government bureaucrat formerly with the Ministry of Housing, Communities and Local Government, the Treasury, HM Revenue and Customs, and the Cabinet Office. The establishment runs through her bloodstream. Ofcom is chaired by Terence Burns, a British economist, who was former Chief Economic Advisor and Permanent Secretary to the UK Treasury and now a senior advisor to the bank Santander UK. These are the people overseeing the censorship of the British media and blocking any discussion of a connection between ‘Covid-19’ and 5G while the UK Health Secretary Matt Hancock, a clueless but willing prisoner of his civil servants and advisors, called for social media to ban ‘5G virus conspiracy theories’. The man is so bewildered and self-deceiving that he will say he believes in ‘democracy and freedom’. YouTube, Vimeo and Facebook all deleted the video interview that I did with Brian Rose at London Real in which I mentioned the possible involvement of 5G. I did not say that it caused the ‘virus’ only that 5G had major negative effects on human health and psychology which had to be taken in account and that 5G can generate the symptoms that are being called ‘Covid-19’. Ofcom, is major promotor and facilitator of the 5G roll-out and ‘regulates’ the UK telecommunications industry (do what you like). This is a shocking conflict of interest when the promoter and facilitator of 5G and the censor of debate over 5G are the same people . They were of course on my case immediately with the pathetic mainstream media cheering in support. So there is a connection to 5G as confirmed by the vehement censorship of even discussion by Ofcom and Silicon Valley. The question is what? And is the censorship over what is happening now or what is to come? I will summarise here some of the possibilities and impacts.

Arthur Firstenberg, scientist, journalist, and author of The Invisible Rainbow: A History of Electricity and Life , said in 2018 before ‘Covid-19’ or 5G: ‘Every time we have dramatically changed the properties of the Earth’s magnetic field, which is called the magnetosphere, it had dramatic effects on health down here on Earth.’ Firstenberg writes that every ‘influenza’ epidemic since electricity was introduced has coincided with a new and more powerful level of electromagnetic radiation. He says that one example was ‘Spanish flu’ (which started in the United States) and is said to have infected an estimated 500 million people worldwide in 1918 with tens of millions killed. Some estimates were as high as 100 million. These are officially compiled figures and so must not be taken as accurate, but it’s safe to say a lot of people were affected and killed. By what is quite another question. I have pointed already to a mass-vaccine relationship to the outbreak. Here we have another possible electromagnetic field angle happening at the same time along with, it should also be added, the appalling living conditions in the wake of the First World War when immune systems would have been on their knees. Firstenberg explains that ‘Spanish flu’ began at military naval bases in America and Europe which were the first to install high-intensity radar with an initial 400 cases at the Naval Radio School of Cambridge, Massachusetts. Even though dubbed ‘flu’ a common symptom was nosebleeds (also reported with 5G) and a third of those who died did so through internal bleeding in the brain and lungs. These effects and others related to impaired blood coagulation were not at all symptoms of ‘flu’, but rather a potential effect of electromagnetic fields. Doctors were quoted as saying: ‘We have yet to receive a report of a case in which the time of coagulation was not prolonged.’ Remember the effect on the blood that was found in the teacher after a day in a classroom bathed in Wi-Fi. Another blatant red flag was that as radar was introduced worldwide ‘Spanish’ flu outbreaks followed in the same locations without contact with other sufferers at a time when there was minimal world travel compared with recent times.

Firstenberg says that by 1956/57, with the entire earth now subjected to new and powerful radar waves never before experienced, we had the outbreak of ‘Asian flu’ which is said to have started in East Asia and spread worldwide. Months after the first radiation-emitting satellite system became operational ‘Hong Kong’ flu swept across the world in 1968. Once again people were dying from internal haemorrhage. In the same way 5G began to be rolled out before the ‘Covid-19’ scare began and 5G has been rapidly expanded during the lockdowns in city after city and town after town in country after country. When large numbers of children and students return to school, college and university they will find that 5G has been installed while they were away – as will those visiting hospitals . Most businesses and employment activity was banned and yet installing 5G towers and satellites was considered ‘essential work’. This has both dramatically increased the reach and impact of 5G and prevented protests that would otherwise have happened. ‘Flu-like’ symptoms are known to be caused by exposure to intense electrical fields (EMF) – a fact that came to light as early as 1779 – and EMF is one of the triggers for cells to release exosomes, the natural immune response dubbed ‘Covid-19’. This ‘new disease’ is said to have begun in Wuhan, capital of Hubei province, which was China’s first 5G ‘smart city’ with tremendous numbers of 5G antennae installed in October, 2019, and expanded with great rapidity. Vodafone Italy made Milan in the ‘virus’ centre of Lombardy an ‘extensive 5G testbed’ working with country’s Ministry of Economic Development. There were also big vaccine programmes in Wuhan and Lombardy before the ‘pandemic’ kicked off.

Spanish biologist Bartomeu Payeras i Cifre, who has specialised in microbiology at the University of Barcelona and researched smallpox bacteria and viruses at the Hubber pharmaceutical laboratories, produced a preliminary study in April, 2020, of the connection between the main locations of ‘Covid-19’ and 5G activity. You can see it at Davidicke.com with the search words: ‘Study Shows Direct Correlation between 5G Networks and “Coronavirus” Outbreaks’. The study did not attempt to show a cause and effect between 5G and the alleged ‘Covid-19’ only that the major countries and regions where the ‘virus’ was reported to be most prevalent corresponded with 5G locations. The conclusion was that the results ‘demonstrate a clear and close relationship between the rate of coronavirus infections and 5G antenna location’. Another study focusing on American states by Dr Magda Havas, Associate Professor of Environmental and Resource Studies at Trent University in Ontario, Canada, reached similar conclusions. Border divisions in the Spanish study were said to be significant in the difference between countries with and without 5G that have a common border. The study notes the distinct case differences between the United States and Mexico and Spain and Portugal and particularly highlights the case of San Marino, the tiny republic within the land mass of Italy. San Marino became the first European country with a 5G network after being chosen as ‘an outdoor laboratory used to test the performance of network equipment and applications’ in the words of one media report. Is it just a fluke of chance that San Marino would become one of the top five countries in terms of population ratio for ‘Covid-19’ cases? The Spanish study author said that ‘a failure to act in the face of the findings of this study could be considered negligent at the very least and very possibly criminal’. Given that 5G and the ‘pandemic’ have been orchestrated by criminals no action will surely follow.

The widespread manipulation of death figures confirm that 5G cannot be blamed for the whole ‘virus’ phenomenon or there would be no need to fix the numbers on such a fundamental scale; but it is connected to the story with the most profound effects still to come. 5G and less powerful electrometric fields can seriously increase the power and consequences of toxins in the body as well as profoundly undermining the immune system – just like vaccines. Cells poisoned by 5G and other electromagnetic fields that then release exosomes (fake ‘Covid-19’) must also be taken into account and the ability of 5G to generate symptoms like those blamed on ‘Covid-19’. I have described in other books how electromagnetic fields can vastly increase the potency of toxins in the body to beyond what the immune system can cope with and especially when that system itself is being weakened by the same source. I said earlier that Wi-Fi and 5G networks are a delivery system for frequencies, but the nature of those frequencies can be altered. It is quite possible to zap one area with frequencies that devastate the immune system and poison cells with radiation which then excrete the exosome response that has been dubbed ‘Covid-19’. One other point is that 5G causes ‘accelerated degradation of genetic material’ which is what the fake ‘virus test’ identifies. With a satellite system in place already capable of targeting 5G at different locations it becomes possible to affect some areas more than others without even 5G antennas on the ground. 5G operates with narrow easily-targeted beams. Martin Pall, a former Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry and Basic Medical Sciences at Washington State University, described the effect of technological radiation and 5G on calcium channels in the cells known as the voltage-gated calcium channel (VGCC). These calcium channels regulate the entry into cells of calcium ions and an imbalance can affect many body systems including heart, brain and muscle contraction. Pall said that the predominant cause of death from ‘Covid-19’ was pneumonia which can be ‘greatly exacerbated by each of those five downstream effects of VGCC activation, excessive intracellular calcium, oxidative stress … inflammation and apoptosis a form of cell death’. UK microwave expert Barrie Trower says he trained at the Government’s Microwave Warfare Establishment in the 1960’s, worked for the Royal Navy and British Secret Service as an expert in microwave weapons, helped debrief spies trained in microwave warfare in the 1970s, and worked in the underwater bomb disposal unit which used microwaves. His degree in physics specialised in microwaves. He said before the ‘pandemic’:

All microwaves of all ‘G’s … they all reduce immune systems of all living things except for three things. One of those is bacteria and viruses. They thrive and multiply when they are microwaved. So you have a situation … where all living things are losing their immune systems but the bacterium and viruses are strengthening theirs, and 5G will only exacerbate the situation.

These are some of the effects of electromagnetic fields and the super-impact of 5G needs to be added to the mix of possibilities.

5G and oxygen

A crucial point is that at the 60 gigahertz frequency 5G interacts with oxygen molecules as the telecommunications industry freely admits. This where a connection is possible between 5G and a few extreme cases of lung malfunction wrongly attributed to ‘Covid-19’ and its relevance could become more profound ongoing. The industry is keen to transmit at 60 GHz because the way 5G interacts with oxygen allows ‘very dense deployment’ of the same frequency in the same very localised area without interference between users. It also allows for a beam of 5G at the 60 GHz frequency to target a small area or even an individual. Hold that thought with regard to what will follow. 5G interacts with oxygen molecules at 60 GHz in a way that prevents the body and blood absorbing oxygen in the volume that it should. This can lead to respiratory problems , strokes, heart attacks and many other potentially fatal conditions. Here is an explanation of the potential consequences described by those challenging 5G:

… Two atoms form the oxygen molecule and share some electrons. 60 GHz causes electrons surrounding oxygen molecules to spin, akin to how high-powered microwaves running on 2.4 impact molecules in food such as water. They’re heating, in part, by impacting those molecules to rotate or oscillate with each wave. The movement energy from the rotation of these super tiny water molecules helps heat the rest of the food.

In a similar way that 2.4 causes H20 to oscillate, 5G/60 GHz even at low power causes electrons on oxygen molecules to spin; changes to the spin frequencies on oxygen electrons impact human biology. When you breathe air into your lungs it gets oxygen into your blood, brain, tissues etc. and oxygen entering your lungs gets picked up by a very important iron containing protein called haemoglobin in your blood.

The impact of oxygen molecules spinning the electrons is that it makes the haemoglobin unable to uptake the oxygen and get it to the rest of your body. Isn’t the fact that the telecom companies are admitting that 60 GHz is absorbed by oxygen just stunning information, and shouldn’t the fact that 60 GHz even fundamentally interacts with oxygen, the most abundant and arguably most important element to all of biological life, be headline news that stops everything until we deeply test the implications of that?

The potential of this for a mass human cull is obvious. American environmental science researcher, Lena Pu, has studied the effects of 5G technology since it was publicly revealed in 2016 by the Cult-controlled Federal Communications Commission (FCC) which announced its deployment for a few years later. Pu has been environmental health consultant for the National Association for Children and Safe Technologies and has worked with military and government agencies. She points out that the entire electromagnetic microwave frequency or ‘EMF’ range triggers hundreds of biological effects. She says they are limitless because the waves of varying lengths impact on all parts of the body. Each new generation or ‘G’ increased that effect leading to the arrival of 5G which operates within the millimetre wave (MMW) range that includes 60 GHz, the resonant frequency for oxygen, and is ‘fully absorbed by the oxygen molecule’. Pu said that even at what is considered low power within FCC (fake) safety standards the 60 GHz frequency is going to affect the molecular structure of oxygen and stop it binding properly with the blood’s iron-containing protein, haemoglobin. She said that these issues include: (1) Shared electrons between the two oxygen atoms will spin at a rate that is not conducive to human uptake; (2) the orbit angle and distance of the electrons from the atomic nucleus is altered; (3) the possibility that some or all of the molecule itself is changed from O2 (oxygen) to form O3 (ozone). Dr Andrew Kaufman said he read a CIA document from 1977 which described how the frequency of 60 GHz suppressed bone marrow in mice. White blood cells produced in bone marrow are the foundation of the immune system. The document also said that oxygen take-up by mitochondria – the ‘powerhouse of the cell’ – was adversely affected by 60 GHz frequencies which can lead to devastating organ failure. The consequences can be appreciated from this explanation by the UK Medical Research Council Mitochondrial Biology Unit:

Mitochondria are organelles found in the cells of every complex organism. They produce about 90% of the chemical energy that cells need to survive. No energy; no life! So it’s easy to see why when mitochondria go wrong, serious diseases are the result, and why it is important we understand how mitochondria work.

That must surely include how 5G at 60 GHz affects mitochondria.

A case study

While researching 5G and 60 GHz Lena Pu said she came across ‘a clandestine event’ between 2016 and 2017 at a Texas junior high school. After a few months of research into what was happening, which included reading declassified reports, she realised that 5G exposures are ‘very bad news’: ‘I discovered that 5G is 25-100 times more biologically active than the frequencies that are currently being used in everything from cell phones to cell towers.’ Other ‘Gs’ were bad, but 5G was much worse. This background allowed her to quickly realise what was going on at the school where students and teaching staff had fallen ill with a ‘mystery illness’. It was obvious this was related to inside the school because they all felt better once they left the building and teachers began to hold classes outside. Pu made contact with a mother extremely alarmed at the behaviour of school administrators and established that the school was part of a pre-roll-out ‘pilot’ scheme for 5G. This was in 2017. She had found the ‘smoking gun’ to explain the mass illness. Her instincts were that Wi-Fi systems at the school must have been upgraded to include a new chip to add to the two in use up to this point communicating at 2.45 GHz and between 5 and 5.8 GHz. She went to the school’s Facebook page to look through pictures taken inside the building and saw a strange Wi-Fi router that she believed would be necessary for the delivery of 5G:

I looked through the school’s Facebook page for router images to give a clue as to the shape, style or make of the Wi-Fi routers, also known as wireless access points, and I found one that resembled a certain style … with a larger grill pattern for heat dissipation. 5G generates a lot more heat just by the nature of the frequency and power levels.

Fortunately she took a screenshot because the following day all the images were deleted from the school Facebook page. Next she tracked down the new third chip at the Samsung annual expo – a 60 GHz chip called ‘WiGig’. She said this was her second smoking gun and she found to her horror as she researched the chip the impact on the oxygen molecule. ‘I instantly knew what I was looking at and the implications … the moment I saw the government charts laying out the peak absorptive levels of oxygen and which frequency attenuates weakens, diminishes it – I have never discovered anything more shocking.’ 5G at 60 GHz that can prevent the uptake of oxygen is being installed in hospitals? What could possibly go wrong? Much of this technology comes from the East and that includes Huawei in China. Lena Pu said the 60 GHz frequency is for use in routers, Wi-Fi, cellphones, and other small devices kept close to the body. This means the skin and sweat ducts which are antennae for 5G and used by the military in this way as a weapon.

Lung effects not caused by any ‘virus’

This 5G/oxygen connection has to be even more deeply considered in the light of some intensive care doctors pointing out that the worst cases of respiratory breakdown since the ‘virus’ scare and the roll-out of 5G are not caused by an ‘infectious disease’ but by lungs showing symptoms of oxygen starvation. New York intensive care doctor Cameron Kyle-Sidell took to YouTube in his desperation to make people aware of what was happening. YouTube continually deleted uploads of the video and he was reported to have been removed from intensive care. Kyle-Sidell said they were told to prepare to treat an infectious disease called ‘Covid-19’ but that is not what they are dealing with. Instead he was seeing people with lung conditions he had never seen before and what you would expect to see with people suffering cabin depressurisation in a plane at 30,000 feet or someone dropped on the top of Everest without acclimatisation or by definition an oxygen supply. Kyle-Sidell said that ‘Covid-19 is not this disease and we are operating under a medical paradigm that is untrue’. He said that, in short, he believed they were treating the wrong disease. ‘These people are being slowly starved of oxygen’, he said. Patients would take off their oxygen masks in a state of fear and stress and while they were blue in the face on the brink of death they did not look like patients dying of pneumonia. In these rare cases something different is certainly going on and it’s not ‘Covid-19’. So what is it? The effect of 5G on oxygen intake must surely be added to the list of possibilities. It should be further noted that nearly half the ‘deaths’ attributed to Covid-19 in the United States have happened in just two places – New York and the neighbouring New Jersey which have 5G and both are awash with cellphone towers. Should this ‘virus’ spread with 5G expansion people should take serious notice and realise, too, that the impact of 5G will increase with the number of 5G devices and the wave connections they generate. Two other points to make are that some doctors have reported ‘Covid-19’ patients to have ‘mysterious and potentially lethal blood clots’ which are not dissolved by blood-thinning agents, and some patients have complained of a tingling or ‘fizzing’ sensation on or under the skin – ‘like being struck by lightning, like pins and needles all over my body’, as one woman said. Electromagnetic fields affect the blood and skin, even more so with 5G. Now think that 6G and 7G are in the pipeline if humanity does not get off its arse fast.

I have already mentioned the psychological effects of 5G and Professor Martin Pall notes that malfunctioning calcium cell-gate activity caused by technological radiation produces fear in animals and in humans. It triggers large increases in the release of ‘norepinephrine’ which is the fight or flight hormone that activates the survival response that we have seen with panic buying, support for draconian measures to ‘save us from the virus’ and other expressions of fear and distress. Electromagnetic fields at far less than 5G, but at the right frequency, can entrain with brain processing and implant thoughts and emotions to dictate behaviour. This has been known for decades and more and it takes very low energy to instigate – it’s the frequency entrainment that allows it to happen. By bouncing frequencies off the ionosphere (between about 37 and 620 miles above the Earth) whole regions of people can be affected. This has been happening for a long time through ionospheric heaters, the best known being the Pentagon/DARPA-driven HAARP in Alaska, the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program. Ionospheric heaters fire high-power radio waves at the ionosphere which begins to vibrate and divert them back to Earth at far greater power. See Everything You Need To Know for the detailed background. 5G is being installed in schools worldwide to destroy the immunity of children and Professor Pall notes that this applies to the immune systems of all things – including plants and vegetation which becomes food. During the lockdowns and hysteria the BT-owned mobile operator EE switched on its 5G network in a further 21 British towns and cities, Israel was imposing the same on its citizens and the deeply-sinister Elon Musk was launching still more SpaceX satellites in low altitude to fire 5G at the earth. The telecommunications industry was expressing delight that ‘social-distancing’ and working from home due to virus laws was increasing demand for more 5G roll-out. The Cult-owned US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) authorised the Cult-owned SpaceX amid the global lockdown to install up to a million ground antenna to connect users to its Starlink satellite internet network and what has been going on in terms of 5G roll-out and other structural changes while people were locked away at home? The ever-increasing 5G explosion will continually diminish immune systems to make them vulnerable to more and more health effects which the Cult will blame on something else. Here we have the road to mass genocide that I described earlier. People like Elon Musk, those running telecommunication companies and politicians and government officials allowing this 5G torture chamber to be created, should be jailed for life for genocidal crimes against humanity. Sitting around watching this unfold and letting Cult psychopaths destroy humanity and take over the world is hardly an option. Professor Pall warns:

And let me repeat that any effects seen with the initial ‘rollout’ of 5G radiation will be a tiny fraction of those predicted by a mature 5G system interacting with the ‘internet of things’ because any initial 5G system has very little to communicate with on initial rollout and therefore will produce only a tiny fraction of highly pulsed EMF effects of such a mature system.

If human life as we know it is going to survive – 5G must go . The global expansion of the 5G network, its increase in power and impact as more devices are connected to its frequency band, and the oxygen-changing 60 GHz have the potential to inflict enormous amounts of illness that would be blamed on other causes, including further, perhaps more extreme, waves of the illusory ‘Covid-19’. It is such a testament to the scale of child-like human perceptual programming that billions could have bought what is an obvious ‘pandemic’ Big Lie when you take the trouble to think for yourself and make the official narrative justify its claims. Balanced observations don’t register with people once the Cult has activated human survival responses channelled through the reptilian brain which is constantly scanning the world for threats to survival of all kinds – life, job, relationships, all of them. The reptilian brain doesn’t think, it reacts, and will panic-buy in a frenzy of ‘I must survive even at the expense of you’. This is the reaction mechanism that will accept any level of tyrannical imposition if it believes its chances of survival will be increased in any way and the same survival response will demonise anyone questioning, challenging and refusing to cooperate with the said imposition of tyranny.

It is vital to stay calm in these situations to stop survival mechanisms overwhelming you. Unless you are in a situation of immediate danger in which immediate reaction is required nothing good ever comes from the reptilian brain and associated survival responses taking over perception. The first casualty is always thinking straight and my god that has happened to untold numbers since the ‘pandemic’ frenzy began.

* The Gates-owned Professor Neil Ferguson who produced the computer models that led to the Gates-demanded lockdown, and the man who said (like Gates) that lockdowns must continue until a (Gates) vaccine was ready, fell from his perch with the exposure of extraordinary hypocrisy. Ferguson was forced to resign as a government advisor in the first week of May, 2020, when he was outed by a newspaper for meeting with his married lover against his own lockdown rules.

At a time that he was telling everyone to stay at home and not have anyone visit who didn’t live in the same house he enjoyed sexual trysts with his lover at his own home while she was living elsewhere with her husband and children. The girlfriend, Antonia Staats, is a climate change activist and senior campaigner at Avaaz, the global online ‘activist’ network connected to George Soros which I highlighted earlier.

Even more of a head-shaker was that Ferguson claimed to have the ‘virus’ in the same period and Staats was telling friends she suspected that her husband had ‘virus’ symptoms. This is the man who locked down countries with ludicrous ‘models’ that justified the Gates lockdown agenda and destroyed the lives and livelihoods of at least hundreds of millions of people – exactly what Gates and his Cult masters planned from the start.

CHAPTER SIXTEEN

Why is Bill Gates a psychopath?

Unthinking respect for authority is the greatest enemy of truth – Albert Einstein

Technocrat mega-billionaire Bill Gates is everywhere in the ‘pandemic’ hoax and there is no way he doesn’t know what he’s doing. This is not a man who has been manipulated into funding and fronting the ‘pandemic’ narrative and response including the punchline ‘vaccine’. Gates is a Cult operative who has bought the global ‘health’ industry willingly and enthusiastically doing whatever the Cult tells him. I look at his eyes, which never smile, and I see no one home. No life, no vibrance, no emotion. I am reminded every time of biological AI as I am with Zuckerberg, Bezos, Soros, and the rest of their Cult-serving ilk.

I should first explain the background to technocracy AI front-people like Gates (Microsoft), Zuckerberg (Facebook), Brin and Page (Google), Wojcicki (YouTube), Bezos (Amazon), Musk (SpaceX, Tesla, Neuralink), and Soros (Open Society Foundations). There are many others and their role in the structure is basically the same. They are gofers for the Cult that become very rich for being so with some strict provisos on what they do with ‘their’ (joke) companies and large swathes of their ensuing billions. The Cult is constructing the ‘Smart Grid’ technological sub-reality technocratic tyranny and they need a host of cover-stories and cover-people to hide the fact that it is all coordinated and being rolled out from underground bases and other secret projects. Notice there are no barren periods while the Cult waits for its next level of technological control to be ‘invented’. One stage seamlessly follows the next with no gaps in between. This is because the technology is developed long before we ever see it in the public arena and to hide that fact they need made-up narratives for public consumption and operatives to front-up those narratives. This is where the gofers come in to explain how technology vital to the Cult agenda came to be ‘invented’ and circulated by unconnected ‘individuals’. They become immensely rich, but there are serious strings attached. Enormous swathes of the money secured through Cult operations must be spent on advancing the Cult agenda through ‘foundations’ of fake philanthropy. They have the added benefit of securing colossal tax-exemptions. Each operative is given an area of specialisation. Soros is deployed funding the Open Society Foundations to secure fake ‘people’s revolutions’, mass migration and the emergence of the New Woke tyranny; Zuckerberg, Brin, Page and Wojcicki have been given the role of global censors protecting Cult narratives and actions from exposure; Bezos is fronting up the takeover of global commerce by the Cult’s Amazon, which has benefited fantastically from the ‘pandemic’ and the demise of at least tens of millions of potential competitors, while increasing his wealth by tens of billions during lockdowns which his newspaper, the Washington Post , said ‘must continue’; Bill Gates has been handed a series of roles which is why he has appeared so many times in the book in relation to many aspects of the Cult agenda that he is funding. His biggest specialisation is the field of Big Pharma ‘health’ and vaccinating the world.

The Gates vehicle for this Cult ‘philanthropy’ (it actually makes him an even bigger fortune) is the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation which he based on the infamous Rockefeller Foundation – a family with which he is extremely close. I have seen ancestry research that says if you go back far enough Gates is from the Rockefeller bloodline. Through this Cult-front ‘foundation’ Gates created Gavi, the ‘vaccine alliance’, in 1999 with an initial donation of $750 million and we have already seen his financial connections (many through Gavi) to all the major agenda-drivers of the ‘pandemic’ including Imperial College, Neil Ferguson, Chris Whitty, Anthony Fauci and Deborah Birx. The web that goes out from the Gates Foundation is extraordinary and includes his control of the Rockefeller-created World Health Organization (WHO) through being its second biggest funder behind only the government of the United States. If Trump carries out his threat to cut WHO funding Gates will be number one. Whatever comes out of the mouth of WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus is Gates speaking and the WHO has been the force dictating the global response to the fake ‘virus’. Before being named Director-General Tedros was chair of the Gates-founded Global Fund to ‘fight against AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria’ and a board member of the Gates-funded Gavi and another Gates-funded organisation. Gates owns him. At the same time Cult fronts like Facebook, YouTube and Google have introduced a policy of censoring or downgrading any information at odds with the World Health Organization version of events (which is why I was deleted from Facebook and YouTube).

You can see how the Web works and these Cult operatives and gofers working as one unit need to face the consequences of their actions and crimes against humanity in life sentences with their money distributed to those whose livelihoods they have mercilessly destroyed. This lack of mercy and empathy for the global population makes them all for me not only psychopaths, but super-psychopaths. But, then, if they work at any in-the-know level of the Cult they would have to be by definition. It’s compulsory. Another head-shaker for anyone who knows the game was when Gates’s missus, Melinda, who will be well aware of what is going on, announced on CNN that ‘soon Africa will have bodies out in the streets’. Africa up to this point was only marginally affected compared with the size of the continent, but Mrs Gates knew better. She said the reason the numbers were low was the lack of testing (for genetic material found in many people) and when the testing expanded so would the number of cases (exactly, that’s the whole deceit of the test). In the wake of her African prophecy the Gates-owned World Health Organization and Cult-owned United Nations declared that Africa could see up to 3.3 million deaths from ‘Covid-19’ and could become the ‘epicentre’ of the ‘pandemic’ that had been declared in the first place by the Gates-owned WHO. Was there any way to stop this, pray? Oh yes – lockdown and social distancing. The same hoax that had been perpetrated in the West was now being dumped on Africa where Gates ‘vaccine programs’ exploit poor children for their ‘trials’.

Who’s WHO? Er … Bill Gates

The World Health Organization is extraordinarily corrupt and has been since it was created by the Rockefellers and Rothschilds after World War Two. The WHO declared ‘Covid-19’ a ‘global pandemic’ in March, 2020, as it was always going to do from day one. Gates hands over hundreds of millions dollars to buy control as he has poured millions into the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) which has directed ‘virus’ policy in the United States and told doctors to diagnose anyone that moves – or doesn’t – as ‘Covid-19’ without any evidence. The CDC is funded by Big Pharma, medical insurance companies and other medical-related industries while WHO funding also massively comes from the world’s major Big Pharma drug companies. Together they and Gates run the WHO on behalf of the Cult agenda and not the world population. As a result this Microsoft technocrat, son of a supporter of eugenics, has been called ‘the world’s most powerful doctor’ and refers to himself as a ‘health expert’. Gates doesn’t actually strike me as very bright at all, but you don’t need to be when you’re just a front man. The WHO is based in Geneva, Switzerland, home to so many Cult operations, including the World Trade Organization. Geneva is reported to have a moratorium on 5G. The WHO is another agency of the United Nations and currently headed by Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, a politburo member of the tyrannical Tigray People’s Liberation Front (TPLF) which has been part of the repressive Marxist government of Ethiopia for decades. It has been widely condemned by human rights organisations for its abuse of citizens. Out of this came Tedros, amid many allegations of corruption and misappropriation of funds, to head the Cult’s World Health Organization which provides the official ‘virus’ narrative. Tedros was exposed three times for covering up cholera epidemics while health minister in Ethiopia and when he took office in Geneva he had the mass-murdering Zimbabwe dictator Robert Mugabe appointed as a WHO goodwill ambassador for public health although, naturally, not for the health of all those he had killed to stay in power. The appointment was so outrageous that Tedros was quickly forced to retract.

Tedros is one of the last people who should be WHO Director-General, but then he’s not there to serve the human population. He’s there to serve the interests of those who secured his appointment and created the World Health Organization – the Cult. Anyone think that the appointment of Tedros was made without the approval of Bill Gates? Tedros is close to China and he worked to make lockdown and social distancing the blueprint for response in the West by praising its effectiveness in China. I guess we should also expect that when the Chinese Communist Party and Tedros share the same politics. Nothing is uttered by the WHO hierarchy or emerges from the mouth of Tedros that is not the Gates agenda and the software psychopath also came out in praise of China just to emphasise the point: ‘China did a lot of things right at the beginning.’ Yes, they had a draconian lockdown which was planned from the start to be transferred to the West. Gates described his WHO fiefdom as ‘phenomenal’ when the operation is a Cult-owned farce in relation to human health. We should include in that the same bracket the controlling hierarchy of the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in the United States which, like the World Health Organization, is owned by Gates, Big Pharma and the wider Cult.

Gates and the ‘Davos’ mob – the ‘prophecy’

Figure 384:The prophets of the Bill Gates One-percent at Event 201 simulating a ‘coronavirus pandemic’ six weeks before the fake ‘pandemic’ came to public attention.

Melinda Gates said on BBC radio (Gates has given millions to the BBC) that her husband had ‘prepared for years’ for a coronavirus pandemic. Oh, I bet he had. Gates predicted a coming global pandemic that would kill many people and devastate the world economy in a TED talk in 2015. The man is a modern-day Isaiah. Then six weeks before the ‘outbreak’ in China came to public attention a ‘simulation’ of a coronavirus pandemic was run by the One-percent ‘Davos’ World Economic Forum (WEF), the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security (Fig 384 ). This was called Event 201 and included major banks, the UN, Johnson & Johnson, and officials from China and the Centers for Disease Control in the United States. Remember what the American scientist I quoted said: ‘If you want to create a totally false panic about a totally false pandemic – pick a coronavirus’. Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security ran its own ‘pandemic’ simulation in Washington called ‘Clade X’ in 2018. Since the fake ‘pandemic’ began the same Johns Hopkins operation has compiled all the fraudulent figures for ‘Covid-19’ cases and deaths repeated incessantly and unquestioningly by the media worldwide. The Johns Hopkins network of fronts has received absolutely massive funding from … Bill Gates and Big Pharma. News reports were inserted into the Gates simulation and discussions included censorship of those questioning the official line of what the public were told – all of which would be happening within weeks when the fake ‘coronavirus outbreak’ hit the news. We had headlines appearing such as ‘anti-vaccination movement could derail fight against coronavirus, experts warn’. That headline was in the UK ‘Independent ’ (of course). Cult-owned Mark Zuckerberg announced in March, 2020, that Facebook would give the Gates World Health Organization free advertisements and remove ‘false claims and conspiracy theories’ in a battle against coronavirus ‘misinformation’ (anything that challenged or questioned the official Cult narrative). Users looking for coronavirus information on Cult-controlled Facebook would see a pop-up at the top of search results directing them to the official narrative. ‘We’re focused on making sure everyone can access credible and accurate information’, said the little boy in short trousers and a t-shirt. He was equating, as always, ‘credible and accurate’ with the official story. He would later announce that Facebook would warn users even if they ‘liked, reacted or commented’ on Covid-19 ‘misinformation’ that the company has removed. This extraordinary fraud had earlier said that Facebook systematically sets out to marginalise those who question vaccine safety. Zuckerberg should absolutely be in jail because he knows what he’s doing and it was all in line with the Gates ‘simulation’ Event 201. Cult-controlled Google, Twitter and Apple naturally engaged in similar coronavirus censorship with Google-owned YouTube announcing:

With few people to review content, our automated systems will be stepping in to keep YouTube safe. More videos will be removed than normal during this time including content that does not violate community guidelines.

Passed through my Orwellian Translation Unit this meant that we are coding the AI algorithms to target all information that we can which challenges the official version of the Cult virus narrative. Where this is leading – the West becoming China – was promoted in an article in the elite-owned Atlantic magazine by two academics, Harvard Law School professor Jack Goldsmith and Andrew Keane Woods, a professor at the University of Arizona. The heading said it all: ‘Internet Speech Will Never Go Back to Normal – in the debate over freedom versus control of the global network, China was largely correct, and the U.S. was wrong.’ Classic. You Tube, Vimeo and Facebook all deleted my interview with London Real which exposed the zero evidence that ‘Covid-19’ existed. YouTube gofer Susan Wojcicki then demonetised all my YouTube videos on any subject (followed by complete deletion) and Vimeo deleted some 700 videos on the Ickonic media platform because, among other pathetic excuses, some of them questioned vaccine safety. Ickonic was restored with our own playing system within days and the banned interview has been ginormously circulated by the public outside these digital kindergartens and been translated into many languages including Spanish and Italian. This is what is possible when you don’t give up and play the victim. By the way, YouTube and Wojcicki said my interview had been banned as part of a newly-introduced rule whereby …

… Any content that disputes the existence or transmission of Covid-19, as described by the WHO and local health authorities is in violation of YouTube policies. This includes conspiracy theories which claim that the symptoms are caused by 5G.

Take that in for a moment and smell the fascism. The WHO narrative is the Gates narrative is the Cult narrative protected from challenge by the Cult’s YouTube. Golden rule: If YouTube are promoting something or someone then the Cult wants them promoted and if they are deleting them the Cult wants them deleted. We were banned for a time from Twitter for posting another ‘Covid-19’ video made by an external source and think what the censorship will be like should ultra-Zionist billionaire Paul Singer get control of that company. Add to all this the admission by General Sir Nick Carter, the UK’s Chief of the Defence Staff, that the clandestine 77th Brigade of the British Army is involved in ‘countering coronavirus misinformation online’. The unit was created in 2015 to specialise ‘non-lethal’ forms of psychological warfare and use social media to ‘fight in the information age’. Carter said the 77th Brigade had been tackling ‘false information’ about the pandemic on the Internet. A unit of the British Army, 2,000 strong, is seeking to manipulate the perceptions of British people by trashing opinions at odds with the state narrative and that of the Gates-owned World Health Organization. That is how the fast-emerging fascism works. The fake ‘pandemic’ is indeed global psychological warfare on the collective human psyche. Conversations in the Gates-World Economic Forum Event 201 ‘simulation’ were a precursor to what was about to happen for real and anyone who thinks that is a coincidence needs a massive download of reality. Bill Gates’s father, William Henry Gates Sr, was head of the Rockefeller-created Planned Parenthood (connected to insider ‘prophet’ Dr Richard Day) which began life in the eugenics movement. Boy Gates admits he was a ‘one-time’ believer in the eugenics theory of 18th/19th century cleric Thomas Malthus. The Gates Foundation pledged $100 million to ‘fight the virus’ and the Seattle Times reported as the ‘coronavirus’ hit America that a project funded by the Gates Foundation was producing home-testing kits for the disease. Gates staff said that positive results would be shared with ‘health authorities’ who would then track people’s movements. The test would involve taking a DNA sample and provide another addition to the DNA database (which all the ‘tests’ are doing). Gates is also funding the ‘vaccine’ which I will come to shortly. Billy Boy stepped down from the board of Microsoft, which he co-founded, in mid-March 2020 to ‘spend more time on philanthropic activities’ and focus on ‘global health and development, education and tackling climate change’ – all Cult endeavours. The timing of this was, shall we say, telling.

The Rockefeller prophecy

I was further alerted to a document by the Rockefeller Foundation from 2010 headed ‘Scenarios for the Future of Technology and International Development’ which included responses to an imaginary pandemic of an extremely virulent and deadly influenza strain that infected 20 percent of the world population and killed eight million in seven months. The scenario envisaged by the infamous and One-percent Rockefeller Foundation, the inspiration for the Gates Foundation, had a ‘deadly effect’ on economies with empty shops and offices devoid of both employees and customers for months on end. The document described how totalitarianism was introduced in countries of the West to ‘protect citizens from risk and exposure’:

During the pandemic, national leaders around the world flexed their authority and imposed airtight rules and restrictions, from the mandatory wearing of face masks to body-temperature checks at the entries to communal spaces like train stations and supermarkets. Even after the pandemic faded, this more authoritarian control and oversight of citizens and their activities stuck and even intensified. In order to protect themselves from the spread of increasingly global problems – from pandemics and transnational terrorism to environmental crises and rising poverty – leaders around the world took a firmer grip on power.

At first, the notion of a more controlled world gained wide acceptance and approval. Citizens willingly gave up some of their sovereignty – and their privacy – to more paternalistic states in exchange for greater safety and stability. Citizens were more tolerant, and even eager, for top-down direction and oversight, and national leaders had more latitude to impose order in the ways they saw fit.

In developed countries, this heightened oversight took many forms: biometric IDs for all citizens, for example, and tighter regulation of key industries whose stability was deemed vital to national interests. In many developed countries, enforced cooperation with a suite of new regulations and agreements slowly but steadily restored both order and, importantly, economic growth.

By mid-March, 2020, the numbers of new cases in China were reported to be falling just as they were increasing in the rest of the world and as the Rockefeller Foundation ‘scenario’ document had ‘prophesised’ China began to be praised for its authoritarian response made possible by its authoritarian non-democratic system. A Forbes magazine headline said: ‘For the US, Coronavirus lessons to be learned from China and South Korea’. This was the pre-planned perceptual preparation for the Chinese lockdown to be seen as the blueprint response when in fact the fake test and cause of death registrations would decide the number of cases and fatalities that would follow. The whole thing was a set-up orchestrated between Cult-controlled China and Cult networks in other countries. The Rockefeller ‘prophecy’ document of 2010 had said:

However, a few countries did fare better – China in particular. The Chinese government’s quick imposition and enforcement of mandatory quarantine for all citizens, as well as its instant and near-hermetic sealing off of all borders, saved millions of lives, stopping the spread of the virus far earlier than in other countries and enabling a swifter post-pandemic recovery.

The Forbes magazine article in 2020 said of China’s response ‘… those measures protected untold millions from getting the disease’. The 2011 movie Contagion also pre-empted the events that followed the ‘Covid-19 outbreak’ in another amazing Hollywood prophecy. This is a summary of the storyline in which bats were blamed to begin with:

Soon after her return from a business trip to Hong Kong China, Beth Emhoff dies from what is a flu or some other type of infection. Her young son dies later the same day. Her husband Mitch however seems immune. Thus begins the spread of a deadly infection. For doctors and administrators at the US Centers for Disease Control, several days pass before anyone realizes the extent or gravity of this new infection.

They must first identify the type of virus in question and then find a means of combating it, a process that will likely take several months. As the contagion spreads to millions of people worldwide, societal order begins to break down as people panic.

Another description of the film says:

In a flashback, days before Beth is infected in China, a bulldozer knocks down a tree, disturbing some bats. One flies over a sty and drops a piece of banana, which is eaten by a pig. The pigs are slaughtered and prepared by a chef who shakes hands with Beth in the casino, transferring the virus to her and making her Patient Zero.

What saves the day? Well, well, a vaccine and the US Centers for Disease Control chose who had the vaccine by birthdate. Oh, yes, and ‘conspiracy theorists’ were demonised. Here we have yet another Hollywood pre-emptive program and two representations of the One-percent describing a pandemic sequence with Event 201 happening with relation to an ‘imaginary’ coronavirus just before the real imaginary coronavirus ‘broke out’.

The Gates vaccine

Bill Gates wasn’t even subtle about the No-Problem-Reaction-Solution punchline of the ‘pandemic’ hoax and I guess he didn’t need to be for the billions who have bought the official story without question and have no idea about the big picture of how they are being lassoed and branded. For those of us who have tracked him and the Cult for decades he was an open book. Just as the Chinese did not consider other possible causes for the illness in Wuhan except a ‘virus’ so Gates would not have any other responses considered except lockdown, isolation and a vaccine. He talked immediately about the need for a vaccine and pledged hundreds of millions to ‘find one’ through a multitude of his funded sources. I said from the start that the vaccine Gates wanted to inject into the entirety of humanity already existed before the fake ‘pandemic’ had even started. All this funding and working to develop a vaccine to ‘save humanity’ is more psychological bullshit to have people on their knees begging to be inoculated by the time it was ‘ready’ in the wake of ‘new waves’ of the ‘virus just before vaccination was planned to begin. We were told that the vaccine could be ready in months when the normal development sequence and trials takes years. How was this possible? It already existed. They couldn’t ‘discover’ the vaccine and start mass immunisation too quickly or even the non-sceptical might ask how this could be done so quickly. They had to have some delay but they would seek to make that as short as possible. Tucker Carlson, the only US TV anchor with the intelligence and courage to ask relevant questions, made a very potent point about ‘coronavirus’ vaccines:

Scientists have never produced a single approved vaccine or anti-viral drug for any coronavirus … We spent millions of dollars and more than a decade trying to find a vaccine for the SARS virus. Scientists never developed one.

Ah, but if there is no ‘Covid-19’ virus and you are only creating the illusion of one by fixing the figures through fake diagnosis and death certificates then the vaccine, whatever the content, can appear to have worked if you change the policy on fake diagnosis and death certificates once the vaccine is introduced. Gates, the software-peddling psychopath, had placed himself above elected governments in true technocratic style to dictate vaccination policy for the whole world. He made it clear that ‘for the world at large normalcy only returns when we have vaccinated the entire global population.’ Can you imagine the scale of arrogance that it takes for the software-peddler to make that statement? It’s just a glimpse of the arrogant, narcissistic psychopathy that pervades the global Cult and its operatives. The Cult-Gates plan is to make the vaccination compulsory and failing that to stop people returning to anything like their previous lifestyle unless they agree to be vaccinated. You want to come out of lockdown? Then you have the vaccination or stay as you are. This is why they are so desperate to keep the lockdowns going in some form until the vaccine is produced. These people are undiluted evil – the absence of love. I see also the comments of some ‘experts’ that because ‘older people tend to have weaker immune responses to vaccines’ the elderly ‘might need two doses of the jab’. Gates further demands that people who have been vaccinated must be marked so that technology can pick up the signal to confirm your branding. Now we see the real reason for the Gates/Gavi ‘quantum tattoo’ that I highlighted earlier. I described how the Gates Foundation is funding the development of an ‘tattoo’ that will identify those who have and have not been vaccinated. The excuse was to identify vaccinated children in the developing world, but it is clear what the ‘tattoo’ was really for – giving the entirety of humanity the ‘Mark of the Beast’. Gates has funded research at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) to create an ‘invisible quantum tattoo’ to be embedded in the skin and read by a smartphone camera app. Sciencealert.com reported:

The invisible ‘tattoo’ accompanying the vaccine is a pattern made up of minuscule quantum dots – tiny semiconducting crystals that reflect light – that glows under infrared light. The pattern – and vaccine – gets delivered into the skin using hi-tech dissolvable microneedles made of a mixture of polymers and sugar.

Yet again Gates’s timing was perfect to sync with the ‘pandemic’ that he predicted. The Gates ‘tattoo’ is connected to the ID2020 ‘alliance’ seeking to impose a digital identity on everyone. This alliance consists of those legendary lovers of humanity Microsoft, Gavi, the Rockefeller Foundation, Accenture and IDEO.org . Add to this the technology ‘being developed’ (already developed) by facial recognition camera producers to track heartbeats, temperature and social distancing. This is one description:

Photon-X object recognition and analytics combined with VSBLTY facial recognition will provide an advanced screening tool for facilities to identify and validate that someone with a high temperature is about to enter a building. Fever, cough and difficulty breathing are some of the common symptoms of COVID-19.

The Gates vaccine or vaccines will contain other diseases for further waves of lockdown, a sterilisation agent, and possibly something to ‘target specific genotypes’ in the words of the Project for the New American Century. Crucially there will be nanotechnology microchips or ‘smart dust’ to connect the human race to the Smart Grid and mutate human DNA and genetics into synthetic biological machines which I say that people like Gates and the rest of the Cult inner core already are – biological AI. Rockefeller insider Dr Richard Day told the Pittsburgh paediatricians in 1969 about plans to inoculate diseases in vaccination programmes and that’s being going on for a long time which is one reason why so many children are getting sicker. I described the nanotechnology I believed would be in the ‘Covid-19’ vaccine in my first interview with London Real on these subjects before the lockdowns got into full swing and Gates came rapidly to the fore about his vaccine. Weeks later I watched a video interview with Celeste Solum, a former employee of FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, which has been widely exposed in my books since the mid-1990s. FEMA is a 100 percent front for the Cult and is given extraordinary powers over American society once a state of national emergency has been declared and that is what Donald Trump did on March 13th, 2020. Celeste Solum, who worked in a number of roles for FEMA including planning for pandemics, said in her interview that the fake pandemic was designed to enforce vaccinations that would include nanochips or sensors. Everyone in the world would have to be tested for ‘Covid-19’ and vast numbers will test positive for reasons I have explained. Solum said that the real reason for this was a ‘big DNA harvesting’ – ‘They want all our DNA in the big giant supercomputers.’ A series of vaccinations was planned – not only one – which will contain aborted foetal tissue and what she calls ‘the DARPA hydro-gel sensor’ which had been in development for ten years. This consists of nano-particles in a ‘gelatine form’ which once injected ‘begin to assemble’. Solum is describing what I detailed earlier about smart dust which can replicate inside the body and assemble systems to transform the nature of the body from human to a form of machine. She said the nano-particles fuse with tissue and becomes one with the body. ‘You become one with artificial intelligence and the Internet of Things’, Solum said. ‘You become your own computer interface … and you are one with the hive, the system, whatever you want to say.’ This is precisely what I have been warning about in the books for so long.

Figure 385: Exactly what it is.

Solum said that people would be forced to have this ‘sensor’ vaccination on the grounds that it will alert the authorities that you are sick before even you know you are sick. This is the real reason for the Gates vaccination and he well knows that which is why he is a super-psychopath who should be in jail for the rest of his life. More confirmation came when he said in a television interview that 700,000 people could be damaged by a global ‘Covid-19’ vaccination (and the rest) and so governments would have to agree to indemnify vaccine producers from responsibility. In that one sentence Bill Gates personified himself (Fig 385 ). Another crucial aspect of a Gates vaccine is the emerging new vaccination technique that the Cult is desperate to introduce called DNA or genetic immunisation. This has been described as ‘hacking your DNA’. It fits like a glove and it is vital to keep our eyes firmly on this. DNA vaccines are used in animals, but not yet humans. They inject a ‘plasmid’ which is defined as ‘small circular pieces of DNA mainly found in bacteria that replicate independently from the host’s chromosomal DNA’. Note that once in the body they replicate independently . Plasmids used in vaccines would be genetically-engineered and hence the term ‘synthetic DNA vaccines’. They are described as ‘mimicking’ a ‘viral infection’.

The Gates vaccine horror story by Robert F. Kennedy Jr

I mentioned earlier that Robert F. Kennedy Jr, son of the assassinated US Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy and nephew of former US President John F. Kennedy, has spoken out often and vociferously against the health effects of vaccinations. His father and JFK were murdered in the 1960s by assets of the same Cult behind the fake ‘pandemic’. Gates said that Trump told him in 2017 that he was considering ‘somebody, I think his name was Robert Kennedy Jr’ (the arrogance of it) to head an inquiry into the safety of vaccines. The software psychopath said he told Trump: ‘No, that would be a dead end, that would be a bad thing, don’t do that.’ Robert Kennedy Jr did not mince words amid the demands by Bill Gates for a ‘Covid-19’ vaccine that everyone must have worldwide. Kennedy said:

Vaccines, for Bill Gates, are a strategic philanthropy that feeds his many vaccine-related businesses (including Microsoft’s ambition to control a global vac ID enterprise) and gives him dictatorial control over global health policy – the spear tip of corporate neo-imperialism.

Kennedy went on to highlight the disastrous effects for hundreds of thousands of children of Gates vaccine programmes. He said Gates polio vaccination campaigns had paralysed 496,000 children in India between 2000 and 2017 while other Gates catastrophes included autoimmune and fertility disorders suffered by 1,200 girls with seven of them dying. He said they were among 23,000 girls from remote Indian villages vaccinated by Gates programmes in league with Glaxo Smith Kline (GSK) and Merck. This is the same shameless Gates that said ‘people who engage in anti-vaccine efforts kill children’. Kennedy accused the Gates organisation of using unethical practices to pressure girls to participate in the trial, intimidating parents, falsifying consent forms, and denying medical care to the affected. He was quoting from a case before the Indian Supreme Court. Polio, also known as poliomyelitis and infantile paralysis, is a perfect example of vaccine deceit. Polio paralysis began when lead arsenate started to be widely sprayed as an insecticide and the produce consumed. Lead arsenate spraying began in 1892 and the first US polio ‘epidemic’ came in Vermont in 1894, but the Big Pharma cartel (created by the Rockefeller family) decreed that polio is caused by … the poliovirus which ‘spreads from person to person and can infect a person’s spinal cord’. Polio continued with the introduction of DDT, another devastating poison, particularly after the Second World War until its virtual worldwide ban in the 1970s and 80s. Lead arsenate and DDT both poison the brain and nervous system which is the cause of polio paralysis and as you would expect cases of polio plummeted when DDT was reduced in use and then banned. In the meantime Big Pharma introduced a polio vaccine which was then given the credit for the reduction. ‘Vaccine-eradicated’ diseases were in decline before vaccines were introduced and diseases like scarlet fever for which there was not a vaccine declined in the same way. Dr Andrew Kaufman said: ‘If you actually go back and look for the evidence that vaccines have prevented disease you’re not going to find it.’ Today polio is caused overwhelmingly by vaccinations for polio so beloved of Gates. Robert Kennedy Jr wrote:

In 2017, the World Health Organization (WHO) reluctantly admitted that the global explosion in polio is predominantly vaccine strain. The most frightening epidemics in Congo, Afghanistan, and the Philippines, are all linked to vaccines. In fact, by 2018, 70% of global polio cases were vaccine strain.

The World Health Organization was accused in 2014 of sterilising millions of women in Kenya by using deception and the evidence was confirmed by the content of the vaccines involved. The WHO admitted its involvement for more than 10 years with the vaccine programme and similar charges were lodged by other countries including Tanzania, Nicaragua, Mexico, and the Philippines. This is the organization controlled by Gates that is not only declaring and driving the ‘pandemic’, but being protected from exposure by Zuckerberg’s Facebook, Wojcicki’s YouTube and Silicon Valley and the mainstream media in general. The Gates Foundation is connected through funding and mutual agendas to 20 pharmaceutical giants and laboratories and he is accused of directing the policy of United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), Gavi, and other groupings, and using them to both advance the vaccine agenda and silence those opposing the policy. Robert Kennedy Jr also turned his fire on the Gates-connected Trump ‘pandemic advisor’ Dr Anthony Fauci who he said had ‘poisoned an entire generation of Americans’. He accused Fauci of ‘an extensive legacy of fraud and cover-ups in his decades-long career with the federal government during which he ‘operated as a workplace tyrant and ruined the careers of countless physicians and researchers’ who had worked with integrity. Kennedy said that in at least one instance Fauci targeted a whistleblower trying to expose how the American blood supply has been infected with deadly disease strains. He said Fauci ruined the career of this physician and covered up the evidence. Kennedy claimed Fauci was using his position to secure lucrative vaccine patents. Doctors and researchers below him in the hierarchy would develop breakthrough technologies and then be dismissed to allow Fauci to seize ownership of their work. Kennedy said Fauci owned ‘many, many vaccine patents’ including one for a special protein sheet to circulate vaccine material throughout the body. He said Fauci didn’t develop this, but stole it from someone else who was fired after creating it:

Tony Fauci fired this person and he somehow ended up owning that patent, and that patent is now being used … to make vaccines for the coronavirus … that company has a 50/50 split with Tony Fauci’s agency … so Fauci’s agency will collect half the royalties on that vaccine and there’s no limit for how much the agency can collect.

Kennedy said that Fauci’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) were really subsidiaries of Big Pharma and these so-called federal agencies were corporations in disguise working with Big Pharma to generate enormous profits on the backs of sick and dying people.

The biggest cause of death – lockdown

While we are told to surrender our most basic rights in the name of protection from the ‘virus’ the death toll from the lockdown, cancelled operations and diagnosis is going to be both monumental and ongoing. Lockdown deaths are sure to be way higher than even the manipulated figures falsely attributed to ‘Covid-19’. I have described how old people are denied treatment and pressured to sign do not resuscitate forms, but it’s not just old people that are being fatally affected. Others would die from a long list of causes, including cancer and heart disease, by not being diagnosed or treated while hospitals had hundreds of empty beds and doctors and medical staff had next to nothing to do. Here’s an example relating to cancer in Britain. Multiply the same situation across the world and the figures for cancer alone will be breathtaking even without all the other causes of death from the same lack of diagnoses and treatment. Cancer specialists were warning before the end of April that thousands in the UK were missing out on cancer diagnosis with the charity Cancer Research UK reporting a decline in screening and referrals of some 2,700 fewer people every week. Richard Sullivan, professor of cancer and global health at King’s College London, said there was more fear of Covid-19 than of having cancer. What a testament that is to the power of perceptual programming. ‘A lot of services have had to scale back – we’ve seen a dramatic decrease in the amount of elective cancer surgery’, Sullivan said. ‘Years of lost life will be quite dramatic’, he continued, and there would be ‘a huge amount of avoidable mortality.’ Sarah Woolnough, executive director for policy at Cancer Research UK, said there had been a 75 percent drop in urgent referrals to hospitals by family doctors of people with suspected cancer. To think that the UK ‘Health’ Secretary, Matt Hancock, who knows nothing about ‘health’, said it was not advisable for some cancer treatments to go ahead during an epidemic because of the risks of exposure to the ‘virus’.

Professor Sullivan pointed out another consequence of the lockdown – a huge wave of people and health problems that would overwhelm hospitals when they were fully open again. This is the very situation that the lockdowns were supposed to avoid as they ‘protected’ (empty) hospitals from being overrun. Inversion, inversion, wherever you look – including keeping people out of the sun while saying that sunlight ‘kills viruses’. Sullivan said it could take up to a year to return the health service to normal even if the lockdowns stopped then in the last week of April. These were only the consequences for cancer patients. Add all the other untreated conditions and the hospital backlog worldwide was bound to be extraordinary in scale. Another clearly predictable consequence was the psychological effect of locking people away in their homes, often tiny, for weeks on end knowing that their employment or business was gone and money was running out. Despair and desperation were certain to unravel mental and bodily health and increase suicide through lack of hope and a sense of pointlessness. This was already becoming clear in the psychological trauma experienced by many Italians in their longest of lockdowns. I asked staff at food stores if they had noticed any difference in the demeanour of people since the lockdowns. They certainly had. ‘People look like they’re going to their own funeral’, one told me. The ongoing effects of this will have multiple expressions and consequences – as the Cult knew they would. Meanwhile the elite themselves ignored lockdown laws with former US President Barack Obama driven 40 miles by a government chauffeur to play golf on an empty course while his wife Michelle was voicing over a video telling the public to stay at home. Boris Johnson’s advisor (handler) Dominic Cummings flouted lockdown laws as did Professor Neil Ferguson.

Hunger Games bonanza

Figure 386: Everything I have been warning about for 30 years was potentially delivered by one ‘virus’. Pure chance? Yes, of course it was.

Figure 387: The Hunger Games Society agenda that I have been exposing for decades has advanced with incredible speed during the fake ‘pandemic’ – which is why the Cult hoaxed the ‘pandemic’. (Image Neil Hague.)

The vaccine is only one aspect – albeit crucial – of why the fake ‘pandemic’ has been orchestrated. Given what I had written in the book before we reached this stage some of the other central reasons should now be obvious given the impact of the lockdowns on human life with billions in effect under house arrest. Box after box of the long-time Cult agenda are being ticked (Fig 386 ). I have been writing since the Cult-driven economic crash of 2008 that another even more extreme financial collapse was planned to deliver still greater swathes of people into the Hunger Games Society and here we are – big time (Fig 387 ). This was the certain outcome of the lockdowns from day one and all was coldly-planned to ensure that untold numbers of businesses would never reopen again throwing both owners and employees out of work. Trillions of dollars were unleashed in ‘stimulus packages’ which as always benefited the super-rich far more than those truly in need. The richest of universities with billions in the bank were recipients of public money while even the Anti-Defamation League (ADL), the hugely-funded Israel-serving censorship operation, demanded bail-out dosh while the masses went under. Countries were heading for bankruptcy if this continued, but no matter – the lockdowns continued in an exercise in economic suicide that would open the way for the ‘new system’ that the Cult has for so long pursued. Stock markets nose-dived along with oil prices as the ‘virus’ officially expanded out of China. As stock prices dropped the Cult was buying up businesses and resources at cents on the dollar to secure even more control. Ultra-Zionist billionaire Bill Ackman told CNBC that the United States was in serious jeopardy – ‘Hell is coming’ – unless the White House closed the country. He then made a $2.6 billion profit on market bets related to closing down the country. Amazon CEO Jeff Bezos, the world’s first ‘centibillionaire’, a man who vies with Bill Gates for the title of the planet’s richest individual, asked for public donations to provide basic support to his 800,000 employees who were suffering in poverty in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic. These people have no shame.

The restaurant industry was America’s biggest private sector employer with 15.6 million jobs before the ‘virus’ shutdown and that is not including all the food and other suppliers which depend on that industry. All was banned by the Gates (Cult) front-people. Global chains and other Cult corporations circled like vultures to pick up the scraps for a pittance and further increase their monopoly. The James Beard Foundation, a New York-based culinary organisation, reported near the end of April that independent restaurants had laid off 91 percent of their hourly employees and nearly 70 percent of salaried employees as of April 13th. The Beard survey of 1,400 small and independent restaurants found that 28 percent said they didn’t believe they could survive another month of closure. Even if they did – and the same with all businesses – where was the money coming from to regenerate custom amid such colossal unemployment? Hotels, pubs, bars, restaurants, entertainment and sport were devastated and everything that in any way gathered people together. More places of potential human gathering, discourse and interaction have been lost – exactly what the Cult wants and this was emphasised by health-irrelevant ‘social distancing’. It is literal divide and rule by government diktat. UK government advisor Robert Dingwall from the New and Emerging Respiratory Virus Threats Advisory Group revealed in a radio interview that the two-metre social distancing rule was ‘conjured up out of nowhere’ and was not based on science. No, it was based on control and division and it didn’t come ‘out of nowhere’, but from the Cult. This is why it was imposed all over the world at the same time and people did what they were told because that’s all they have ever learned to do. We had, for example, the 1.3 million people in the US state of Maine kept under lock and key on the say-so of the notoriously arrogant and stupid Governor Janet Mills at a time when just 15 people had died in Maine ‘from the virus’ even with the fake diagnosis and death certificate scam. The Maine economy was devastated and unemployment soared while Mills continued to take her money as normal. US state governors became one-person dictators imposing the will of the Cult. California governor Gavin Newsom closed 43 miles of Orange County beaches at a time when Will O’Neil, the mayor of Newport Beach, was pointing out the following:

Orange County has 3.2 million people who live here. It’s bigger than 22 states … and of all of those people we have lost 50 people to this virus. That’s 0.001 percent of our population. In our local hospital we have 475 beds. They have never treated more than 25 people at any given time and yesterday they had nine people that they were treating and only one percent of their ventilators were being used.

Newson is the man who won’t enforce American immigration law, but closes 43 miles of beaches in the circumstances the mayor described. These governors serving the Cult agenda and dictatorship must all be removed at the earliest possible moment. To confirm the contempt of the Cult-controlled establishment Trump’s Gates-connected ‘virus’ advisor Anthony Fauci said shaking hands might have to become a thing of the past, but having sex with a stranger you met on the Internet was okay. These people are laughing at you.

The International Labour Organization estimated that some 1.6 billion people – nearly half the global workforce – could see their livelihoods destroyed. What does that mean? Dependency and control which is what all this is really about along with the contents of the Gates vaccine. The shutdown consequences have been especially lethal for smaller businesses which the Cult wants to delete to open the way for its corporations to control all commerce, trade and production (see Amazon which thrived during the lockdowns). Ponder the consequences when figures I saw claimed that companies with fewer than 20 staff employ about 90 percent of Americans. Rural areas not affected by even the fake version of the ‘virus’ were shutdown anyway to advance the plan for rural depopulation and enslavement in smart cities. By the closing days of April Fortune magazine was reporting that a staggering 26.5 million American workers were made unemployed by the lockdowns with the numbers rising by millions per week. Fortune said that when added to the seven million already jobless before the shutdown it would equal more than 33 million unemployed – ‘a real unemployment rate of 20.6% – which would be the highest level since 1934’. Similar surges in job losses have been happening in the UK and across the locked-down world. Of course that was going to happen. It was a prime reason for the lockdowns. To secure control of the masses in the Hunger Games Society the Cult needs to destroy independent livelihoods and the ‘pandemic’ hoax meant they could secure in weeks what would otherwise have taken years and decades. Take away access to independent businesses, employment and income and what are you left with – dependency on the state (Cult) and the Hunger Games Society that I described earlier in this book, and in previous ones, before the ‘pandemic’ deception was even played.

The New System

I have warned for decades that the plan was to impose a whole new centralised economic system for total global control. This has been pursued through the climate change hoax which demands just such a system to ‘save the world’ and the economic effects of the fake pandemic provided unlimited potential for economic catastrophe – Problem-Reaction-Solution or, in the case of the ‘virus’ and ‘climate change’, NO-Problem-Reaction-Solution. Lower-paid people – the ‘serfs’ to the Cult – would lose their jobs and their homes through their inability to pay the rent and so would people who considered themselves well-paid and in safe employment until weeks before. The Cult’s vulture banks were poised for a frenzy of home repossession that would exceed by many magnitudes the fall-out of 2008 and advance the goal of deleting privately-owned property that I described earlier. Even those that are able to hang on to property have seen the value drop to below what they paid for it so cementing them in to their current abode unable to move due to negative equity. How many more people would fall into the lower reaches of the Hunger Games pyramid as a result of their business or job disappearing in the wake of government response to the ‘virus’? Potentially – billions . Economic meltdown was not caused by a ‘virus’, but by the calculated Deep State response to a fake ‘virus’ and this prompted predictable calls for another Cult ambition – a basic (miserly) guaranteed income with all the consequences for freedom that I laid out earlier. The Cult has controlled the position of Pope for centuries and when a genuine man somehow slips through like Pope John Paul I (Albino Luciani) in 1978 he was murdered through poisoning after the Freemasonically-significant 33 days in office while he was planning to purge the Vatican of Cult influences. He has been followed by the exceedingly ungenuine Pope John Paul II, Benedict and now Francis who predictably called for a guaranteed income as the lockdown consequences struck home just as he has called for world government and a transformation of global society to meet the ‘challenge of climate change’. If Pope Francis wants it, the Cult wants it, because the Cult owns him. Italy has been particularly hit by the pandemic hoax with the longest lockdown of all and remember what the Sabbatian-Frankist extremists and ‘rabbis’ said about the need to destroy ‘Edom’ – Rome, Italy and Christianity – before their ‘Messiah’ could arrive. The Cult-owned Pope Francis said of a guaranteed income:

This may be the time to consider a universal basic wage which would acknowledge and dignify the noble, essential tasks you carry out. It would ensure and concretely achieve the ideal, at once so human and so Christian, of no worker without rights.

You don’t give a damn about them Francis, you bloody fraud. The barely survivable ‘guaranteed income’ (so long as you do what the government tells you) is part of a long-planned new economic, cashless, digital system of total centralised control that I have been warning about for decades. Cash has been systematically demonised during the fake ‘pandemic’ hysteria on the grounds that handling money can pass on the ‘disease’ (see insanity). The Cult-owned, Gates-controlled, World Health Organization advised everyone to use contactless digital technology instead of cash to protect themselves from the ‘virus’. Better have a cashless society, then, eh? It’s so bloody transparent. John Howells, chief executive of Link, which runs Britain’s 70,000 cashpoints, said the ‘virus’ has dramatically sped up the switch from cash to card and online payments and that cash could be almost killed off by the end of the summer as shoppers switch to using cards and never go back. Bill Gates’s Microsoft owns the patent for a ‘cryptocurrency system using body activity data’. The patent states: ‘Instead of massive computation work required by some conventional cryptocurrency systems, data generated is based on the body activity of the user …’ A cryptocurrency is ‘a digital currency in which encryption techniques are used to regulate the generation of units of currency and verify the transfer of funds, operating independently of a central bank’. Many in the alternative media believed that cryptocurrency was the key to bringing down the elite system when in fact the Cult has been behind it all along. China, the blueprint for the world, responded to the ‘pandemic’ by launching a digital currency and ‘blockchain’ (transaction record) system for ‘trials’. Cult and Rockefeller insider Dr Richard Day told those paediatricians in 1969 that this very economic system was coming. He is quoted here by paediatrician Lawrence Dunegan:

The bringing in of the new system he said probably would occur on a weekend in the winter. Everything would shut down on Friday evening and Monday morning when everybody wakened there would be an announcement that the New System was in place. During the process in getting the United States ready for these changes everybody would be busier with less leisure time and less opportunity to really look about and see what was going on around them.

Ticking all the boxes

The Climate Cult and New Wokeness, manipulated by the same force behind the pandemic, disgustingly exploited the ‘virus’ economic crash to impose the Green New Deal, racism and migrant agendas with the utterly ludicrous Nancy Pelosi-led Democrats insisting that any government financial support must be dependent on companies employing diversity officers and accepting carbon emission targets. New Woke New York Mayor Bill de Blasio linked the ‘pandemic’ to ‘structural racism’. We are truly dealing with heartless psychopathy here and you watch the Climate Cult use the economic fall-out of the ‘virus’ response to push for deindustrialisation and the Cult’s new economic system. The Gate-Davos World Economic Forum published the most pathetically predictable article headed: ‘How COVID-19 might help us win the fight against climate change’. You don’t say. The author was Victoria Crawford, Project Lead, Environmental Resilience, at the World Economic Forum Geneva. She said:

While we are reeling in the shock of what is happening around us and coming to terms with our new reality, we could seize this moment as a unique window of opportunity to re-build our society and economy as we want it. With scientists warning we have 10 years left to avoid the worst consequences of climate change, this could offer an opportunity to fix the climate crisis before it’s too late. A number of shifts brought on by the COVID-19 emergency lay the groundwork for the transformation required.

Which is, of course, one reason why the virus hoax was perpetrated. Calls soon began for the Marxist, technocratic, ‘Green New Deal’ to be the foundation of any economic recovery and the almost permanently scowling puppet-child that is Greta Thunberg pronounced: ‘Whether we like it or not the world has changed, it looks completely different from how it did a few months ago, and it will probably not look the same again, and we are going to have to choose a new way forward.’ Oh, and what way would that be, Greta? Ahh , your way – or rather the way of the adults that control you from the shadows. ‘If one single virus can destroy economies in a matter of weeks, it shows we are not thinking long term and we are not taking these risks into account’, said the saviour of the world. Shakes head, moves on. New York congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, a face of the Green New Deal, surveyed the economic devastation faced by Americans and said of the oil price collapse: ‘You absolutely love to see it. This along with record low interest rates means it’s the right time for a worker-led mass investment in green infrastructure to save our planet.’ The narcissism and lack of self-awareness is breathtaking. Brian May, guitarist with the band Queen, cited eating meat as the cause of the ‘virus’ as he promoted veganism. May said he had gone into protective isolation early because he ‘saw it coming’. I wonder how many have seen him coming? New Woke Germany closed its border to visitors from Europe, but migrants claiming asylum from the Middle East and Africa were still allowed to enter. Something similar was naturally happening in Sweden. Efforts to stop migrants continuing to enter the United States to take well-paid jobs until Americans recovered from the economic hurricane were blocked – of course they were. One Cult agenda could not be allowed to get in the way of another and every opportunity was taken to cash-in on the manipulated panic. George Soros demanded that prisoners be released from jail because of the ‘pandemic’ to advance his efforts to create the ‘jungle environment’ described in Cult documents and thousands in jail for serious crime were set free. Typical of the New Woke mentality planned to be unleashed in the wake of the ‘pandemic’ is British actor Idris Elba who told TV host Oprah Winfrey that the Earth had created the virus to, in effect, punish humanity:

We’ve damaged our world. And, you know, it’s no surprise that our world is reacting to the human race. It’s no surprise that a virus has been created that is going to slow us down and ultimately make us think differently about our world and ourselves … For me, that’s a standout thing that’s very obvious. This is almost the world’s cry out to say ‘Hey! You’re kicking me! What you’re doing is not good. So I’ll get rid of you!’

Get the message – humans are dangerous and so much so the government says you need to stay six feet away from any of them. Humans are to be feared. They are horrible. The ridiculous Elba also told Winfrey that he had tested positive with coronavirus and was ‘recovering well’ without developing any symptoms. The rather obvious contradiction between the Earth getting rid of humans with a virus from which he was ‘recovering well’ with no symptoms seemed to pass him by, but then the New Woke mind is good at that. Maybe the Earth is just crap at mass human genocide and leaves it to the Cult. Another ticked box has been the Cult assault on religion (any community group working in mutual support) with churches closed by law – some never to reopen again. This drove a juggernaut through the freedoms enshrined in the American Constitution and the Bill of Rights which were shredded by the Cult and its fascistic operatives and in doing so their political goons were acting illegally.

The sequence

The major Cult centre of China came out of the ‘pandemic’ better than anyone even though the ‘virus’ is supposed to have started there. Look at the sequence of events and you can make that because it started there. It was vital for the pandemic scam to work for the lockdown response blueprint to be secured from the beginning as described in the Rockefeller Foundation pandemic scenario document of 2010. The frenzy about a deadly virus circulating in Wuhan was met with dramatic fascistic lockdowns by the Cult-controlled Chinese authorities with people locked in their homes to die of starvation and others pulled off the streets or from their homes who ended up who knows where? The cases and deaths reported by the Chinese from the ‘new virus’ suddenly and miraculously started to recede down to a reported nothing . This is what can happen when your ‘pandemic’ is the result of fake diagnosis in a city notorious for respiratory disease because of its profoundly toxic air. Add to this that Wuhan was the first 5G ‘smart city’ and the potential to fake a health crisis is limitless. I stress that I am not talking about fake as in no one died, but as in what they died from and what was causing their symptoms – potentially everything from long exposure to toxic air to particular 5G frequencies. The key was to set in place the perception of the most effective way to respond to the ‘virus’ when it was said to have spread to the West and Tedros, the Gates-stooge at the World Health Organization, was immediately on-message praising China for its actions and pointing to the Chinese response as how the West should act when the ‘deadly virus’ arrived. For the Cult deception to succeed this had to be severe lockdowns and the closure of businesses that would collapse the world economy and independent livelihoods. Just as this was being imposed in the West China began its economic recovery to secure more control and power over the ailing Western world. Locked-down Wuhan became locked-down target West (Figs 388 and 389 ).

Figure 388: What happened in China would be repeated in other countries – exactly as planned once the blueprint response was created.

Figure 389: Teeming tourists in Venice.

Figure 390: ‘Social distancing’.

Figure 391: This is how it works and the ‘pandemic’ is a classic example.

Italy was the next media focus of attention to terrify the population in the West, and their out-of-the-loop politicians, with what could be coming to every country. This terror was underpinned by the outrageous death projections pouring off the computers at Imperial College. What they didn’t tell you is that the centre of the Italian ‘epidemic’ of ‘Covid-19’ was a mirror of Wuhan in terms of infamously toxic air, the subsequent respiratory disease, and exceedingly high death rates. This was a region also recently introduced to 5G. The Italian government locked down the entire country from March 9th, 2020, as cases and deaths increased through fraudulent diagnosis of lung disease by other causes as ‘Covid-19’. Public gatherings of every kind were banned including sporting events and all except essential and approved travel. People had to show forms at checkpoints explaining why they were travelling and there were fines of $200 for being outside ‘for no reason’. There were threats of long jail sentences for anyone who knowingly had the ‘virus’ (tested positive for genetic material, not the virus) failing to isolate and ‘infecting’ others who subsequently died. Law enforcement roamed the empty streets with surveillance drones ensuring compliance with house arrest (Fig 390 ). It was like a scene – appropriately – from a Hollywood dystopian sci-fi movie and the same sequence followed in other lockdown countries with fines or jail for those leaving their homes without authorisation. What happened in Italy further embedded the belief that lockdowns were imperative to ‘save us’ and other countries followed one by one like dominoes falling as they followed the same centrally-dictated Cult script. It’s all a mind game. It is amazing how few people and key positions you need to control to dictate policy throughout an entire pyramidal system, be that in terms of government policy or top-down instructions to doctors and medical staff. This is done through a combination of Cult psychopaths (the very few) and clueless people who carry out the policy without question or challenge (Fig 391 ).

Follow the money – dependency

Economies were affected even more seriously by so much global production and supply being handed to China decade after decade by major Cult corporations to take advantage of slave labour while jobs were deleted at home. There is, irony of ironies, an almost total dependence on China for American drugs including antibiotics – a reported 96 percent of which are sourced to China. Similar dependency will be found in other countries. ABC News reported that around 90 percent of the active ingredients used by American companies in drug manufacturing come from China and some say more. The government-controlled (everything is) official Chinese news service published an article as the ‘virus’ expanded gloating at the country’s control over drug supplies to the United States and speculated on what would happen to Americans if China cut off those supplies. Why would America be so stupid as to become dependent for drugs and other basic products on a country we are told is the ‘enemy’? It’s not American stupidity in terms of the public, but Cult design through its Big Pharma cartel and compliant politicians while the Cult-controlled media provide cover for the Chinese dictators. The New Woke American media and other extremists said that to call the outbreak the ‘Chinese virus’ or ‘Wuhan virus’ was ‘racism’. Presidential candidate Joe Biden said referring to the coronavirus as a ‘foreign virus’ was ‘xenophobia’. Criticism of China is racist when the Chinese system is incredibly racist. Observe the New Woke/media theme of protecting the Chinese technocracy whether the subject is the fake ‘virus’ or ‘climate change’. Similar US and global dependency is being manipulated by the hour on Israeli smart and cyber technology with dependency on both China and Israel connected to the same planned outcome. In the end China is supposed to win this economic and possibly even full-blown ‘war’, not the United States, with Sabbatian-Frankists out of Israel systematically destroying America to ensure a global society based on the Chinese model. I say ‘China’ is supposed to win, but I don’t mean the country or its people. The Chinese model is planned to globally win with the Cult out of Israel at the helm, not the current Chinese dictatorship which answers to the Cult anyway. Look how much stronger China is now in relation to the West than it was before the ‘virus’ began in China. Claims about a bioweapon released from the Wuhan lab further fuels the fire for conflict with China which is the Cult plan. This does not mean that a bioweapon release (or the appearance of one using 60 GHz 5G) is not part of the Cult plan at some point. When the ‘prophet’ Bill Gates says that a bioweapon could be his ‘pandemic 2’ to follow what he calls ‘pandemic 1’ it’s important to take note.

Survival response triggered? Yep – now we can do anything

The pandemic scenario is more psychological manipulation playing off the public’s fear of death and the unknown to elicit the desired reaction and support for tyranny. An added bonus is that humanity’s innate fear of death and the unknown means that large swathes of the population have no problem with the most authoritarian response so long as they believe it will protect them from death and disease. Once the ‘virus’ hysteria was unleashed what followed was easily predictable as events and actions took on a life and momentum of their own with extreme authoritarian action taken to ‘protect the people’ amid public fear and panic. Israel, for example, changed the law to allow phones of coronavirus cases to be legally tracked and Google, Apple and other Cult fronts announced they were sharing user location data with governments to track the movements of citizens, detect gatherings and enforce social distancing compliance. France was among the first governments to demand this and others followed. In Britain, Europe, North America and across the world the population was faced with the full imposition of the state (the Cult global state in fact) through police and military – the combination planned for the Hunger Games global society. India began giving indelible hand stamps to people suspected of having the virus. Reuters reported that the Trump White House ordered federal health officials to treat top-level coronavirus meetings as classified which Reuters described as ‘an unusual step that has restricted information and hampered the US government’s response to the contagion, according to four Trump administration officials’. The classification was apparently ordered in mid-January, 2020, by the National Security Council (NSC) and government officials speaking anonymously were quoted as saying that this prevented experts in the field from taking part in meetings. Other reports have made it clear when dots are connected that the NSC was directing the response to the ‘virus’ along with the Pentagon and intelligence community which together with government administrators and law enforcement form the fascistic Deep State (owned by the Cult). This should have red flags flying from every pole. Every opportunity was taken to advance all aspects of the Cult agenda I have been exposing for decades. This included restrictions on legally buying guns in the United States with many gun stores forcibly shut down and the ultra-Zionist-owned New York Time s somehow managing to blame Christians for the ‘outbreak’. Clueless politicians just trotted along behind Cult agents and agencies doing whatever they were told.

Divide and rule made literal

Figure 392: News report on panic buying. What happens when the reptilian brain survival instinct kicks-in. Never mind the rest of you it’s all about ME.

Nothing divides a community faster than the fear that others may be carriers of a disease and could give it to you. People have been driven further apart and into further mistrust through what has been dubbed ‘social distancing’ which is defined as ‘reducing the contact people have with each other’ to include ‘reducing socialising in public places such as entertainment or sports events, reducing our use of non-essential public transport or recommending more home working.’ Populations were ordered to stay six feet from each other and not gather in a group of more than two unless they lived in the same home. A quick-step version of the Totalitarian Tiptoe was evident as they swiftly moved through ever more authoritarian measures which had not been considered necessary only days before. I call it the push-the-gate technique. You push the first gate and if there is no resistance you move on to the next one and push that. If there is no resistance you go on to the next, and so on. People were standing in line into the distance outside supermarkets on a one-in, one-out, basis no matter if the sun was shining or it was pouring with rain and blowing a gale (great for health). People just complied without question or challenge. The brainless controlled by the heartless just announced the next stage of the tyranny and like laboratory animals the great majority did whatever they were told. They may be the brainless controlled by the heartless but they are in positions of authority and so we must do what they say. Thus, in a sentence, you have the foundation of human control since humans came into existence. A predictable public response followed as panic buying (the survival response) emptied shops of food and other products (Fig 392 ). I went to a local supermarket which had been normal two days earlier and as I went to walk in a guy on the door who wasn’t usually there said that I had to go to the back of the queue. There was so much space between people that I didn’t even notice a queue. What queue? I asked. He pointed and there rolling back as far as I could see was this line of people all six feet apart – and this was in a quiet time in the middle of the day. Goodness knows what it was like in the busy periods. I never went back again to find out. Why was this suddenly necessary when it had not been considered to be so throughout the ‘virus’ hysteria right up to that day? No one seemed to be asking. How easy it is to impose anything in the face of unquestioning compliance (Fig 393 ).

The police-military state

Figure 393: Freedom deleted – it is so easy. (Image by Neil Hague.)

Draconian laws enforcing these impositions that suspended freedom and democracy were predicted to go on for months, even more than a year, and drive people apart in exactly the way the Cult requires to connect them ever more powerfully in wave-connection relationship with AI technology through which human interaction is conducted during ‘social distancing’. The psychology is again that humans are dangerous (see ‘global warming’) and AI technology is safe . We should not forget either that while billions can clearly be locked away under house arrest on a global scale their only other means of communication – the Internet – is controlled by Cult agencies and can be switched off any time they choose. And a few people can’t control the world?? Have no illusions that this is part of the plan at some point if we go on acting like rabbits frozen by the headlights of an oncoming truck. Democracy suspended, freedom deleted, but, hey, what’s the problem? We have surely learned from the experience what some of us have been pointing out all along: The police and military are not there to protect human rights and freedom. They are there to impose the will of the state (the few) on the rest of humanity. There are genuine people in the police and military and I most certainly acknowledge that, but alongside them are idiots and psychopaths who have been orgasmic in the new era of unchecked power. To think that some of the moronic people in uniform that have been caught on phone cameras have actually been given power over people’s lives. Police (and military in some countries) set up roadblocks to question people on where they were going and why. It was straight from the Nazi/communist playbook for good reason – it was fascism/communism or more accurately the fast-emerging police/military state of the Hunger Games Society technocracy.

Streets were tracked by drones straight out of dystopian (pre-emptive programming) movies with some used to bark orders from the air at the public below. Police extremists like those in Derbyshire, England, New York and elsewhere even used drones to track individuals walking in the countryside far from any other human being. In the case of New York and other American states the drones were gifted by China which would have access to the data. The UK’s Derbyshire police, led by Chief Constable, Peter Goodman, were clearly overcome with excitement at the near-unlimited powers they were given by ‘emergency laws’. Goodman’s legendary New Woke intellect includes removing Derbyshire Constabulary’s male voice choir from any association with his force because they refused to accept women members. It’s a male- voice choir with a particular sound, but don’t waste your breath telling Goodman as he continues to seek help in working that out. Goodman’s Derbyshire officers even poured black dye in a beauty spot called the Blue Lagoon to ‘deter visitors’ from going there and stopped and warned my son, Jaymie, for walking his dog miles away from the next nearest person. They insisted that he walked the dog in his village where there were a lot more people. This made no sense, but it wasn’t meant to. Endless and constant examples of such imbecility were imposed to get people used to unquestioned compliance like training a dog not to shit in the house. We even had Nick Adderley, Chief Constable of Northamptonshire in the English Midlands, threatening to have his officers check supermarket trolleys to see if people were buying ‘non-essential’ items. The level of fascistic idiocy required to make such a statement defies my imagination and at least he was quickly slapped back by political and public reaction. Manchester police connected ‘dangerous people’ with anyone posting ‘conspiracy theories’ online. The UK government decreed that people could only leave their homes as little as possible to buy food and to exercise once a day. How could exercising outside 10 times a day be any more ‘dangerous’ than going out once if you don’t go near anyone else? Of course it isn’t and how much brain power is required to see that? People were told not to go out in their cars for ‘non-essential’ travel when the idea that driving alone in a car could possibly pass on a ‘virus’ to anyone is sheer lunacy. The whole nonsensical charade was only to program compliance. I have been out whenever I choose and I have asked for a uniform or dark suit to explain to me how doing that while not going within six feet of anyone can be any more danger than doing so once. I have said I will stop doing that if they can give me a rational, intelligent, credible explanation for why there are added dangers. I am still waiting. Police in ‘free Germany’ arrested a medical lawyer Beate Bahner, in the southern state of Baden-Württemberg for launching a legal challenge to the lockdown with their version of the Supreme Court and she was held in a mental facility. The Nazis never went away. They just changed their disguise – until now.

This is what happens when you put power-crazed psychopaths and idiots in uniform. The Cult knows that when you give fascist power to the power-crazy they will exploit that and take it to extremes. Psychopaths are naturally attracted to positions of power over others and while there are many decent, genuine police officers there are a very large number of psychopaths in uniform worldwide and this has become obvious in the lockdowns. The authorities and their police enforcers went further by setting up networks for the public to report anyone ‘violating lockdown laws’ just like the infamous Stasi in Communist East Germany. This was instigated everywhere. Eric Garcetti, the ridiculous and fascistic mayor of Los Angeles, urged the public to ‘snitch’ on those that ‘violated’ stay-at-home laws and promised that those that did would be rewarded. He talked about ‘hunting down’ those that did not comply with his Nazi-like dictates. None of this must be forgotten and enemies of freedom like Garcetti, Goodman, Adderley, and the long, long list of politicians, officials and law enforcement personnel who have deleted not only human rights, but independent livelihoods, must be held to account and removed from office. They have all shown they cannot be trusted with the most basic freedoms and rights. With so much of the human race little more than software programs responding to ‘enter’ extraordinary numbers of people were insisting on the deletion of their own freedom and quite willing to report neighbours and others for violating even the fine detail of the fascism. Some even reported neighbours for going into their own garden more than once. You have to be utterly and totally unconscious to do that, but you see how tenuous freedom really is when even those who should be demanding it are willing to aid its destruction. Cue Morpheus:

The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you’re inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.

How right that has been shown to be during current events. One woman told the media how she was ‘named and shamed’ by neighbours on Facebook for not joining in the weekly mass clapping for health workers, most of whom were working hard every day trying to find things to do in near-empty hospitals. She said she missed the (concocted) clapping after a ‘rough night with my son’ and was told she ‘didn’t deserve to use the NHS if I or my family get ill’. What a bunch of utter numbskulls. Tell them anything and they will believe it so long as you have a position of authority. All that consciousness always available and yet so little accessed.

The media makes fascism possible (as it did in Germany)

Figure 394: How the few control the many and the global media.

Another group that must be held to account are the mainstream media without which the scam could not have succeeded. Fear and chaos are the Cult’s currency of control and the ‘virus’ propaganda triggered that in unlimited abundance. What people believe about a ‘danger’ is all that matters and the media was deployed as always to terrify the population. I say ‘deployed’, but most didn’t need ‘deploying’ when their unresearched ignorance did the job without any encouragement. One guy I heard typified the media approach in general worldwide. I switched on the car radio just twice during the hysteria to a show on the UK’s TalkRadio station presented by a bloke called Mike Graham who refers to his slot as the Independent Republic of Mike Graham . I wonder how ‘independent’, as in ‘not of the system’, that the following could be considered. Within seconds of turning on the first time Mr Graham announced that ‘Covid-19’ was ‘the greatest health crisis the world has ever seen’. That would include the Black Death would it, Mr Graham, which wiped out up to 60 per cent of Europe’s entire population? What utter garbage. The second time I heard him Graham was immediately into a rant about people whinging over the loss of freedom and talk of troops imposing a lockdown. If that was what the government said must happen we should just accept it, pronounced the ‘independent’ Mr Graham (Fig 394 ). This is the same chap who I heard a few months earlier saying that not allowing unvaccinated children to go to school was ‘fair enough’. Former CNN host Piers Morgan, a legend in his own mind, screamed (he always screams) that Britain must go into lockdown to ‘save lives’ because that is what the experts say. Who are these experts, Mr Morgan? What is their background? Do they have an agenda? Who are they connected to? Does what they say about the ‘virus’ actually make sense in the world of fact rather than unthinking emotion? Such questions would not have breached his ‘I am right’ narcissism, but the consequences for the population, in terms of livelihoods and freedom, have been utterly catastrophic. Morgan and Graham were fine, though, because they were designated by the government to be doing ‘essential work’ which I define in this case as propaganda. The Morgans and Grahams live in the permanent illusion (like most of their profession) that they are ‘journalists’ and we had best leave them to their self-delusion and move on. Press-enter people should not be journalists because press-enter people cannot be journalists. Proper journalists don’t press enter – they question everything. Instead we have fake ‘journalists’ helping to perceptually program great swathes of the global population that also question nothing.

Even more sinister than the merchants of repeated government propaganda are those in the media who have actively worked to undermine and censor those outside the mainstream who are willing to engage in real journalism. The BBC has been among the worst which will shock very few and none with a mind of their own. The Corporation is funded by a compulsory annual ‘licence fee’ so the public can be forced to provide the funds for this department of government to program the same public with the official version of everything. Licencefee payers are funding their own perceptional programming and they may consider that it’s time to stop. First of all you simply cannot be a journalist by any proper definition and work for the BBC and the mainstream in general, but especially with organisations like the BBC. A proper journalist looks at all claims and information and then investigates to see if they stand up to scrutiny. Those findings are then communicated without any spin or censorship. By contrast the BBC does not employ journalists. They employ parrots of the government narrative. BBC and other mainstream ‘journalists’ must operate within clearly defined parameters which means there is a huge array of possibility that they cannot investigate, pursue or communicate. To do so would see the information blocked before ever going to air or getting in a newspaper. If something did slip through in a live situation it would be career suicide. I should also define what I mean by ‘official’ and ‘government’ narrative. The BBC often claims to be accused of bias by both Left and Right and so accusations of systematic bias to one side cannot be justified. Oh, but it can . I am not saying the BBC is institutionally biased to a political government, but to the permanent government or Cult government. Often the Cult narrative will coincide with the political government of the day, as with the unquestioning repetition of the official ‘pandemic’ story; but at other times the BBC will be at odds with the political government like it was with the Boris Johnson government over Brexit and is with any government that does not slavishly sing from the climate change song sheet. I cannot think of a single aspect of the Cult agenda – orchestrated through the permanent government – that the BBC has not promoted while censoring or marginalising alterative views.

All these strands came together in a report by a BBC ‘journalist’ called Leo Kelion about YouTube deleting my interview with London Real during the ‘virus’ hysteria. First of all he took the 5G angle which was only a relatively small part of the conversation and tried to link what I said with people who were claimed to have damaged 5G masts in a protest against the affects. Kelion then said that I ‘falsely claimed’ there is a link between 5G and the ‘health crisis’. This was the ‘crisis’ happening amid empty hospitals that he would not have dared to acknowledge. He had no idea if it was ‘false’ or not and he merely entrained his ‘mind’ as always with establishment sources. If Kelion ever did research the subject properly and see through his own ‘fake news’ he would never be allowed to say so on the BBC and if he tried he would be out the door. He knows that and behaves like a good little boy with an eye on the mortgage. Meanwhile, Ofcom, the government broadcast regulator, had threatened any outlet that allowed even discussion of the possible link between 5G and the ‘virus’. Why? Because there is one, that’s why. Kelion and his like would not dream of rising from their knees and ceasing to worship and pay homage to the government appointed Ofcom chief, the patron saint of censorship and freedom deletion, Melanie Dawes. He’s a good lad, a perfect BBC asset – he does what he’s told and knows his place. Most sinister, however, was the way he described how YouTube ‘changed its rules after the BBC questioned why the video was permitted’. He questioned ‘why the video was permitted ’??An excuse-for-a-journalist working for a publicly-funded broadcaster played a part in the censorship of freedom of speech?? Extraordinary. No one who seeks to censor freedom of expression or asks why it was not done can even come close to being a journalist. Real journalists are in the frontline of demanding freedom for everyone – including those they don’t agree with. The BBC ‘competitor’ known as ITV (Independent Television, I kid you not) did something similar. It said that ‘shortly after ITV News contacted Facebook, the video was removed for breaking misinformation rules’. I guess that was just a coincidence was it? Fake journalists help to get real journalism silenced. ITV mirrored the BBC line with ‘Facebook has followed YouTube in removing a video of conspiracy theorist David Icke falsely linking coronavirus and 5G’. What research had the writer done on the subject? None. How did ITV or Facebook know what was ‘misinformation? Facebook had the answer: ‘The World Health Organization (WHO) are providing us with clear guidance on what misinformation in relation to Covid-19 could lead to real-world harm.’ What can you do except laugh? Newspapers covered the story in much the same way including a ‘journalist’ on the London Sun , Charlotte Edwards. The Sun is owned by Rupert Murdoch (as is Mike Graham’s TalkRadio) and Murdoch newspapers in Australia played a major role in getting me banned from the country by an Immigration Minister, David Coleman, who admitted in ‘his’ judgement that I had done nothing wrong on any of my previous long list of speaking tours. Edwards said that I made ‘the false claim that a coronavirus vaccine will include nanotechnology microchips’. Ms Edwards does not have a clue if the statement is false or not. I have been researching the subject for 30 years – she has not been researching it for 30 seconds. This is still more confirmation that the mainstream media does not employ real journalists and they most certainly will never be employed by anything to do with Murdoch. Then the (Gates-connected) Comcast, NBCUniversal-owned CNBC in the United States bragged that its intervention had led to Spotify deleting one of my ‘virus’ interviews. All this effort by the ‘all-mighty Elite’ just to stop ‘little me’. Actually, to go to these lengths over one man shows that they are not ‘mighty’ at all as they desperately sought to remove all trace of me while at every stage they were giving me more credibility and gathering ever more support for my work. No amount of evil can prevail over one open heart.

Banned by YouTube and Facebook – the sequence

The classic ‘coming out’ of a ‘journalist’ censor was an Israel-obsessed bloke called Nick Cohen on the London Guardian website who writes a column for its sister paper, the Observer . These are the most New Woke of UK papers along with the hilariously-named Independent . The Guardian and Observer take every permanent government narrative and repeat it as Gospel truth while promoting themselves as ‘radical’ and ‘of the Left’. Among the funders of the Guardian group is Bill Gates who also gives money to the BBC, ABC and National Public Radio in the United States, and a list of other media. This Nick Cohen chap said with no evidence whatsoever that I was a danger to public health and that I should be banned from YouTube and social media and then went on to repeat the permanent government narrative in archetypal Guardian/Observer fashion. He’s entitled to his opinion – he just doesn’t think that others should be given the same freedom. I support his right to free speech while he wants to delete mine. Which of us is an agent of tyranny, one could legitimately ask? Cohen described what I say as ‘toxic lies’ and called for government censor Ofcom to be given the power to censor YouTube content in the same way that it does with UK broadcasters. He also lamented the fact that a video of mine entitled ‘Is there a virus?’ was still allowed to be seen by the public. The man writing this is under the bizarre impression that he is a ‘journalist’. Anyone buying the Guardian or Observer is not taking themselves seriously and the reason newspapers are now struggling to survive is that ever-larger swathes of the public have both sussed the real role of mainstream newspapers and media and gone beyond them in terms of understanding the world. Their days are over and they have been their own executioner. Suicide I think they call it. One other point relates to Cult-asset Wikipedia and the relentless recorded visits to my page during the ‘pandemic’ by the ‘notorious’ Wikipedia ‘editor’ known as ‘Philip Andrew Cross’. Don’t fall for the ‘people’s encyclopaedia’ crap – Wikipedia is controlled by very few people. One Internet article described ‘Cross’ in this way:

He’s the obsessive, at it night-and-day, 365-days a year Wikipedia editor and online stalker whose account is used to pursue personal and political vendettas, but who, despite great publicity in the spring of 2018 about his activities, which included articles in many media outlets and a BBC World Service radio documentary, is still persecuting people – (or allowing people to be persecuted from his account), on a daily basis.

At the time of writing the Philip Cross account had made a staggering 159,607 Wikipedia edits in a fifteen-year period. Incredibly the Cross account did not take a single day off from editing Wikipedia from 29th August 2013 to 14th May 2018. Not even on five consecutive Christmas Days …

Well, old ‘Cross’(clearly more than one person) seemed to be obsessed with my page when I began to challenge the ‘virus’ narrative and to give you an example ‘he’ took just 19 minutes after Nick Cohen tweeted his ‘ban Icke’ article for it to be added to my Wikipedia page. They think they are so clever when they’re really hilarious. I just laugh and hope that one day, through trial and error, they might get a life. Cohen headed his tweet with archetypal New Woke self-delusion and inversion: ‘The liberal case for banning David Icke’ (my emphasis). You see what I mean about hilarious. When you have been researching the global conspiracy as long as I have, you recognise recurring patterns and sequences. Cohen’s article felt to me like the start of something aimed at getting me deleted from mainstream platforms. He is an ultra-Zionist who sees ‘anti-Semitism’ everywhere and has attacked Jewish people with a mind of their own about Israel. The Canary website dubbed Cohen a ‘rancid hate-goblin’ for doing so. The label ‘anti-Semite’ is constantly used to silence those getting too close to the truth and it is the calling card of the Jew-hating Sabbatian-Frankist network of the Cult. I am not saying that people like Cohen know they are serving the interests of the Sabbatian-Frankists – I would certainly not credit him with the intelligence or awareness to know that; but in his obsession with labelling critics of the Sabbatian-Frankist government of Israel as ‘anti-Semites’ this is what he is doing and there is a whole vast network doing the same in various levels of knowledge of the agenda they are serving from zero to totally in the loop.

Pretty much immediately after Cohen’s demand that I be deleted from YouTube and social media platforms came the ‘campaign’ to secure the same end by a strange group called The Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH). This is a man and a dog organisation registered as a private limited British company while using the American spelling of ‘Center’ in its title. The CCDH is funded by the ultra-Zionist Pears Foundation which is a big red flag to me and its patron is a D-list UK ‘celebrity’, another ultra-Zionist sees-anti-Semitism-everywhere character called Rachael Riley. The Pears Foundation established the Pears Institute for the Study of Antisemitism in 2010 and has a funding partnership with the ultra-Zionist Charles and Lynn Schusterman Foundation. Lynn Schusterman was born a Rothschild. Another funder of this bunch of prats at ‘Digital Hate’ is Unbound Philanthropy which has links to George Soros and his Open Society Foundations. Unbound Philanthropy is described as a ‘New York City-based left-wing New Woke donor affinity group that primarily funds groups that support left of centre liberal expansionist immigration policies’. I guess after reading the book this far you won’t be shocked. The serious American connections to the Center for Countering Digital Hate would explain the spelling of ‘Center’ in the name of a ‘UK’ company. Taryn Higashi, Executive Director of Unbound Philanthropy, sits on a Soros Open Society Foundations advisory board and specialises in promoting immigration and ‘refugee issues’. Yet another use-‘anti-Semitism’-to-silence-your-targets operation in the UK is Hope not Hate, which I say should be more accurately called ‘Hate not Hope’. They have sought to have me censored by ironically hurling hate in my direction and they are vocal supporters of the Center for Countering Digital Hate. Purely by coincidence you understand Hate Not Hope has been funded by … Unbound Philanthropy. Further Digital Hate funders include the Barrow Cadbury Trust, Joseph Rowntree Charitable Trust and the Laura Kinsella Foundation.

Soon after Nick Cohen’s Observer article Digital Hate produced a ‘report’ on how many people had seen my information on YouTube and social media about the ‘pandemic’ and demanded that I be deleted. They estimated ‘30 million’, but they were way too low in their numbers. The ‘report’ was outrageous in its inaccuracies and manipulation of information. Among those acknowledged for their input were Dr Daniel Allington of King’s College London; Dr Rob Ford, University of Manchester, Jonathan Sebire from something called ‘Signify’, and Dr Siobhain McAndrew, University of Bristol, who is a director of the Center for Countering Digital Hate. Signify is an ‘ethical science data company’ that clearly believes that ‘ethics’ should include silencing people they don’t agree with and it apparently wants ‘to show the world that AI and big data can build social empathy and inspire better products and policies’. Meanwhile Sebire, who appeared to be obsessed with people staying at home, was showing the world he doesn’t give a damn about freedom of speech and opinion. The Digital Hate rabble announced they would now seek to have me banned from all mainstream Internet using the hashtag #DeplatformIcke. They claim to be an ‘anti-hate’ organisation and yet targeted me for what I was saying about the pandemic hoax. Ugh? Why? To serve their masters, of course, who just want me silenced by any means or excuse. Almost immediately afterwards while Digital Hate was crowing pathetically that they had ‘800 signatures’ on a petition (wow!). Facebook pulled my page with three quarters of a million followers (despite the seriously extreme shadow banning and suppression of numbers that went on for five years) and YouTube deleted my channel and all my videos. In doing so they denied nearly a million subscribers from seeing them. The ‘petition’ was signed by such intellectual giants as MP Damian Collins, as well as ‘celebrity’ TV medics Dr Christian Jessen, Dr Dawn Harper and Dr Pixie McKenna who all appear in a television series called Embarrassing Bodies . It ought to be called simply Embarrassing surely? This is the same Christian Jessen who said in a media report on March 13th, 2020, that Italian people were using the coronavirus outbreak as an excuse to have a ‘long siesta’. He said of the ‘virus’: ‘I think it’s an epidemic lived out more in the press than in reality … I mean if you think about flu right, without getting too heavy, flu kills thousands every single year.’ He added: ‘This is like a bad cold really, let’s be honest.’ He then signs a petition to have me banned for underplaying the danger of the ‘virus’. Yes, words fail me, too. D-list TV ‘celebrity’ Rachael Riley, patron of the Digital Hate group, tweeted on news of my ban:

The hate preacher was banned from Australia. Big arenas have rejected him, yet social media orgs allow him a megaphone (& pocket the profits). Facebook have finally deleted him today!!

She’s a lovely lady, so kind, so supportive of human rights, and believes passionately in freedom – for herself. She didn’t mention of course that the other bans she refers to were the result of the same lies and disinformation by the same global network. I have seen the pattern so many times of man and a dog organisations being set up to demand something and then getting what they demand. YouTube of the fascism-facilitating Susan Wojcicki said they deleted decades of my videos because they had received a ‘complaint’. Oh, you mean the one you knew was coming, Ms Wojcicki? Facebook said that I had breached its ‘community standards’ (delete anyone challenging the narrative of the deeply corrupt Gates WHO) by posting ‘health misinformation that could cause physical harm’. It was straight out of the Event 201 ‘simulation’ run by the Gates Foundation six weeks before the ‘virus pandemic’ began.

The ‘Digital Hate’ silence-Icke network

People who support my work worldwide in the now hundreds of millions at least were naturally furious and the Center for Countering Digital Hate Twitter page was inundated. A supporter began to investigate the organisation, nominally headed by ‘chief executive’ Imran Ahmed. Their website included an ‘Our People’ section that consisted only of images of Ahmed with one of Rachel Riley taking a selfie with him. The organisation has many connections and the citizen journalist uncovered that two of its directors (they keep changing) – plus CEO Ahmed – were people with extremely close connections to the UK Labour Party of ‘leader’ Keir Starmer, who I said earlier lives on his knees with his tongue extended pointing to Tel Aviv. One of the Digital Hate directors named by the group is Morgan McSweeney – campaign manager to Starmer in his bid for the leadership. McSweeney is a central player in Labour Together Ltd, ‘a group of committed Labour members, supporters and politicians’, based at the same address as the Center for Countering Digital Hate – Langley House, Park Road, East Finchley, London. The Labour Party was hijacked by ultra-Zionism and Sabbatian-Frankists during the spineless lack of leadership of the previous incumbent, Jeremy backbone-deleted Corbyn. Labour Together’s leading light and director is the ultra-Zionist Trevor Chinn, funder of ultra-Zionist arse-licker Labour figures like Tony Blair, Ruth Smeeth, Liz Kendall, Tom Watson and Keir Starmer. The Labour Party is further controlled by a group called Momentum which is the work of Zionists Jon Lansman, James Schneider and Adam Klug. Momentum has also campaigned to have me silenced and produced a video claiming that criticism and exposure of the House of Rothschild is ‘anti-Semitism’. Exposure of a global elite banking family is a no-go area to a group that supposed to represent the working class? But you get what is really going on. I say ‘group’. In fact all these ‘groups’ that I’ve mentioned, including ‘Digital Hate’, are private limited companies.

Another Digital Hate director is Kirsty McNeil who was a Senior Advisor at 10 Downing Street for three years and a speechwriter for Labour Party Prime Minister Gordon Brown. Having unfortunately heard some of his speeches she obviously wasn’t very good. She is now Executive Director of Policy, Advocacy and Campaign at Save the Children UK and a director of the Holocaust Educational Trust. It turns out that ‘Chief Executive’ Imran Ahmed has ‘worked as a political advisor to senior Labour politicians from across Labour’s political spectrum for eight years, including in three elections and two referendums’. He wrote a book with Labour MP for Wallasey, Angela Eagle, called The New Serfdom which I guess must include censoring those that challenge The System. The emergence of the Center for Countering Digital Hate involved a further recurring pattern. The first mention appears to have come predictably in the Guardian on September 18th, 2019, in an article headlined: ‘The Best Way to Deal With Online Trolls, Do Like Rachel Riley and Starve Them of Oxygen’. Another appeared on the BBC website – equally predictably. One commentator said: ‘It certainly is remarkable that major news outlets would be interested in the launch of a brand new NGO with no track record, which means that the CCDH is clearly very well connected.’ Oh, just a little bit. It is part of a vast worldwide web of censorship – see Postscript for more on this.

The BBC and others allowed this rabble to attack me without ever asking for a reply or setting up a debate with me. The same is true of the entire mainstream media even throughout the furore about what I was saying and the multiple bans that were happening. I could be attacked and demonised at will without even a right of reply. What gutless and compromised people they are who masquerade as ‘journalists’. The Brain of Britain that is TalkRadio’s ‘independent’ Mike Graham attacked me for ‘scaremongering’ over what I was saying about the pandemic scam and its goal of global control. Naturally he never had me on to debate with him. Rupert Murdoch and Ofcom’s Melanie Dawes would have smacked his bum. To show just how out of touch and meaningless the mainstream media has become with its falling audiences a third interview I did with London Real about the ‘virus’ and the reason it was being hoaxed got a massive audience worldwide – said to be more than a million – when streamed through non-YouTube sources. Ironically the interview was also streamed live on YouTube and apparently attracted the biggest live-stream audience in the world on the platform that day before Susan Wojcicki adjusted her spinning knicker gussets, screamed very loudly, and had it pulled. Next the ultra-Zionist and Labour Party-dominated Center for Countering Digital Hate produced another ‘report’ demanding that London Real and others who have even interviewed me should be deleted in the same way and all videos with me on any other YouTube channel be taken down. Fascism, anyone? This is the road to Orwell’s ‘unperson’ – someone whose existence was erased from all records. This is how terrified the Cult is of me and with good reason. I am their worst nightmare and every day they confirm that with their desperation to silence me.

Neocon NewsGuard

The Digital Hate group didn’t manage to get Twitter to pull my account and so along came another elite censorship front called ‘NewsGuard’. I received this email from a Kendrick McDonald, NewsGuard’s ‘Deputy Editor of Rapid Response’. When I had finished laughing at such a ludicrous title I got round to read what it said:

My name is Kendrick and I’m a reporter with NewsGuard, a service that reviews the credibility and transparency of websites. I’m reaching out because we are publishing a report highlighting Twitter accounts with high follower counts who have shared what we have found to be COVID-19 misinformation to their large audiences.

We are including David Icke’s Twitter account based on posts reviewed by NewsGuard that have falsely connected 5G technology to the spread of coronavirus.

If David Icke has an on-the-record comment in response, or if you have one on his behalf, please let me know as soon as possible. We intend to publish our report the morning of Thursday, May 7 (EST).

I pointed out that being a ‘reporter’ or ‘journalist’ and working for NewsGuard was a contradiction in terms and it was simply not possible to do both. I asked him to send me the ‘evidence’ he had – with sources – that what I posted on Twitter was disinformation and I would not accept as a ‘source’ that ‘the authorities said’. As the book goes to print nearly two months later I am still waiting. Americans Gordon Crovitz and Steven Brill co-founded NewsGuard. Crovitz is former publisher of The Wall Street Journal and Executive Vice President of Dow Jones, current member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and on the board of the American Association of Rhodes Scholars. I mentioned the CFR earlier in the book as a Cult front within the London-based Round Table secret society network and Rhodes Scholars are named after Cecil Rhodes, the Rothschild agent who was the first head of the Round Table and plundered southern Africa for the Rothschilds. Rhodes Scholarships to Oxford University are awarded to those handpicked to serve the elite as adults. Bill Clinton has been among them. Gordon Crovitz has connections to the Neocon American Enterprise Institute with its close associations in mutual ideology and personnel with the 9/11 and ‘war on terror’ Project for the New American Century. Steven Brill is a Zionist lawyer, journalist, and ‘entrepreneur’. He and Crovitz say they created NewsGuard to stop ‘fake news’ when the real reason is to protect the real fake news by downgrading and demonising websites that expose the real fake news spewing from the official narratives by the minute. Hence NewsGuard squeezed out from under its stone to target me. The following day after the NewsGuard contact a fulfilment company called James and James in Northampton, England, which had been delivering my books to customers for five years with not a problem suddenly told us they were cancelling the contract. They sent us an email out of nowhere that was not even addressed ‘Dear Jaymie’ when my son had worked directly with them the whole five years. The email was from ‘CEO’ James Hyde, co-owner with another bloke called James Strachan. It said:

Dear Sir/Madam,

Whilst we appreciate the rights of free speech within the UK, our business does not support the views held by David Icke and does not wish to be associated with those points of view, or David Icke Books in general.

I wonder how many customers would want to work with a company that would deliver their product – in this case books – for five years and then tell them out of the blue that they are no longer going to do so because ‘our business does not support the views held by you and does not wish to be associated with those points of view, or you in general’. So why did they not think this for five years and only in the middle of a war to silence me and my work coming from all angles? Well, obviously the question answers itself and it is the very spinelessness and lack of integrity displayed by this pair that allows the few to control the many. The Answer was not published and they had no idea what the content was anyway and so they were ‘not supporting’ views in books they had actually been delivering for five years . Pressure had been put on them and they dissolved like a snowball in the sunshine out of pure self-interest – end of story. They couldn’t even be honest about it. Only a few weeks earlier James and James had secured investment of £11 million from a company called LDC, part of Lloyds Banking Group. The chairman of Lloyds Banking Group is Conservative Party politician Lord Norman Blackwell who serves on the board of Ofcom that has sought through its CEO Melanie Dawes to silence me and exposure of 5G which it enthusiastically promotes in an extraordinary conflict of interest. Are these two James chaps really saying that their company will only fulfil orders for books and other products with which they personally agree? Maybe other potential customers might ask if that is the attitude they want to be associated with. I wish I had a pound for every time I have seen the words ‘whilst we appreciate the rights of free speech’ being followed by support for destroying them. They will have to live with that decision now for the rest of their lives. I wish them well because I couldn’t.

In the same period that I was being banned and deleted in all directions by Cult diktat the super intelligence that is Polly Boiko of Russian station RT re-emerged seven months after she interviewed me for a broadcast ‘in a few days’ which had never seen the light of day. She wrote an article on the RT website giving an account of our meeting all those months earlier, but still without using the interview. She couldn’t believe that the establishment was really frightened of me while at the same time somehow ignoring the fact that the establishment was engaged in a frenzy of deletion of my work. Boiko’s most memorable line in her patronising garbage was this: ‘…from the secret web controlling our every move to the perils of vaccines (there aren’t any perils, by the way).’ Those words were actually written by a ‘journalist’ while the Vaccine Court in the United States alone had already paid out $4.2 billion in vaccine injury and death compensation against a ridiculously high bar to prove your case. These are the people telling you what is going on in the world, ladies and gentlemen. Yeah, I weep, too.

By contrast one mainstream television station called London Live did run an interview that I did with London Real at the start of the ‘pandemic’ scare in Britain which YouTube had not then deleted. Well, their fellow ‘journalists’ in the mainstream and the regulator Ofcom, so beloved of Nick Cohen, simply could not move for severely twisted knickers and running in all directions at the same time while shouting ‘fire’. Ofcom ‘imposed a sanction’ on the London Live station for broadcasting ‘potentially harmful content about the coronavirus pandemic’ by which they meant that my interview actually broadcast potentially harmful content about the mendacious official story – which Ofcom exists to defend and clearly Nick Cohen, too. The government censor said: ‘While Ofcom acknowledges that Icke has a right to hold and express these views it doesn’t, they risked causing significant harm to viewers who may have been particularly vulnerable at the time of broadcast.’ What harm would that be, oh Goddess of Censorship, Melanie Dawes? She doesn’t say. Ofcom said that it was ‘particularly concerned’ by my comments ‘casting doubt on the motives behind official health advice to protect the public from the virus’ – a line that ‘journalist’ Cohen also emphasised. No one must ever cast doubt on the motives of officialdom even though their actions have destroyed the lives and livelihoods of billions and their lie after lie that a child could take apart. In that one sentence Ms Dawes and Ofcom you have revealed all we need to know about you and what your job really is. The same goes for Gates, Zuckerberg, Brin, Page, Wojcicki, Levinson and Cook at Apple, Musk, Soros, Bezos, the bloody lot of them. One other thing to mention is the role of clickbait sites claimed to be part of the ‘alternative’ media which make up stories using made up ‘writers’ quoting made up people and are easily discredited by elite-serving ‘fact-checkers’. In doing so, they discredit in the eyes of many the genuine alternative media. Two of the worst are Los Angeles-based Yournewswire.com and NewsPunch.com (owned by the same people) which turn out knowingly fake stories credited to a ‘writer’ called ‘Baxter Dmitry’ who doesn’t exist. To think that those that own those sites would do this given what humanity is facing is beyond my comprehension.

What next?

The question of where we go from here unless people wake up fast was laid out earlier in the book even before the ‘pandemic’ hoax broke cover in China and I will focus here on the ‘what next?’ in relation to the ‘virus’ deceit. Having secured so much of its global Orwellian nightmare since the turn of 2020 the Cult will want to retain as much of its new police-military state as possible even when public pressure, defiance of the lockdown, and ever-gathering revelations about the nature of the hoax, force some respite from the worst extremes. They will certainly seek to limit gatherings to avoid mass protest with YouTube and Silicon Valley censoring footage of any protests on the grounds of ‘encouraging illegal activity’. The Cult makes the laws and then bans challenge to them or even videos recording any challenge. ‘New waves’ of the ‘virus’ will follow and especially just before the Gates vaccine is ready to be imposed globally. These may even appear again to come out of China. ‘Researchers’ in Cult-owned China said the ‘virus’ they have never isolated would keep ‘returning in waves every year just like the flu’. We’d better have permanent lockdown then, right? Watch for protesters against the lockdowns being blamed for subsequent ‘waves’. You will hear claims about the ‘virus’ mutating into other strains and that ‘recovering’ from the ‘virus’ does not infer immunity so making the case that everyone must be vaccinated even those who have ‘had the disease’. People do not have ‘immunity’ to ‘Covid-19’ because there is no ‘Covid-19’ and how can they not keep testing positive when the test is for a genetic code in their body and not a ‘disease’? How do you develop immunity to a genetic code that is not a ‘disease’? See how much control you have of a situation when you invent a ‘virus’ that doesn’t exist. Gates has already revealed the Cult strategy with his arrogant pronouncement that nothing can go back to ‘normal’ until the entire human population has been injected with the long-planned, carefully-prepared and Gates-funded toxic shite and nanochips. He has been supported in this no-normal-till-a-vaccine by ultra-Zionist Ezekiel Emanuel, Vice Provost for Global Initiatives at the University of Pennsylvania and hilariously chair of the Department of Medical Ethics and Health Policy. Emanuel’s father was a member of the terrorist group Irgun which bombed and terrorised Israel into existence in 1948 and he’s the brother of former Chicago mayor Rahm Emanuel, long-time Svengali (‘a person who exercises a controlling influence on another, especially for a sinister purpose’) to President Barack Obama. Ezekiel Emanuel also seems to have a problem with old people living for as long as possible. He said the lockdowns had to continue until a vaccine was found: ‘The truth is we have no choice.’ US TV host Tucker Carlson delivered a brilliant reply:

When a political operative like Zeke Emanuel, someone with a long history of lying, begins a sentence with ‘the truth is’ you should probably be on guard. When he ends that sentence with ‘we have no choice’ you should be terrified.

Just as the pressure was mounting to end the lockdowns the Gates-funded Professor Neil Ferguson and Imperial College, who prompted the lockdowns with shockingly inaccurate computer model projections, produced more ‘models’ in an effort to stop the lockdowns being rolled back. Ferguson said at the end of April before being forced to resign over his lover’s visits that at least 100,000 could die in the UK by the end of the year if a gradual lockdown was implemented only to shield the elderly. He said it was impossible to send the young and healthy back to work while keeping the vulnerable in lockdown without seeing a huge increase in deaths. ‘Professor Ferguson said some degree of social isolation will continue to be required until a vaccine to the killer bug is released’, Mail Online reported. This man’s doom-laden interventions at just the right time to secure the lockdowns and then his attempts to stop a roll-back surely cannot be explained away purely by idiocy and he must be subject to an open and independent public inquiry for the absolute catastrophic mayhem and human devastation that his ‘models’ have created. The same goes for the Cult-controlled Johns Hopkins operation in the United States that took part in the Gates ‘simulation’ Event 201, ran its own one called Clade X and has circulated the blatantly and shockingly false death figures to media and public worldwide. The Gates crowd are pressing for a vaccine to ‘save us’ from a ‘virus’ never proved to exist and even if you do accept its existence one which has remarkably low death rates only made possible by fixing the death certificates and numbers. For the Cult mass vaccine plan to succeed, played out through Gates, this information must be kept from the great majority of the global population through ever-more severe censorship by Cult media organisations. My banned videos which are now estimated to have been seen by tens of millions worldwide thanks to circulation by ‘The People’ have helped to throw a spanner in that works and this book will contribute still further. Please circulate news of the videos and this book to as many as you can.

Food control

Another crucial aspect of the Cult plan for total control is to manipulate a global food shortage to allow them to dictate all food distribution and who gets to eat. This will be decided by the level of unquestioning compliance. So how comforting it is that the Gates Foundation is ‘partnering’ (funding) the UK Department for International Development in work on ‘food security’. Phew. The groundwork for food shortages is already well underway and includes driving independent farmers out of business and off the land – something that the ‘pandemic’ lockdowns will do in great numbers. Farmers have lost their markets by the closure of restaurants and hotels while other supply chains and markets have not replaced them. At the same time there are enormous and ever-growing numbers of hungry people. Ten thousand cars lined up overnight on one occasion alone in San Antonio, Texas, hoping to get something to eat from a food bank which was already unable to cope with demand as with others across the world. Produce rots on the trees and in the ground as farmers go under and the population goes hungry. One farmer said: ‘We are being forced to plough under vegetable crops from coast to coast.’ It’s all coldly calculated to create mass dependence and control through hunger even famine. Eventually ‘food’ is planned to be only synthetic and strictly rationed as the new synthetic human emerges thanks to nanochips from the vaccine and other sources fusing the human body with technology and AI. Guess who is partnering with Cult ‘food’ giant Tyson Foods to promote laboratory-produced synthetic ‘meat’? Yes, Bill Gates . The focussed and concerted attack on restaurants, cafes and other independent food outlets are part of this attempt to control and transform ‘food’.

Then there is 5G. The power of 5G transmissions will increase exponentially the more it is expanded and 5G devices are in use. The effect on human health and psychology will expand at the same rate. These effects, which can be made to be severe, will be dubbed ‘the virus’ – ‘Covid-19’ or others – and be used to justify further lockdowns. I still have in mind those, on the face of it, crazy increases in hospital bed capacity and mega-mortuaries when the ‘virus’ does not begin to justify that. Maybe it’s all just to ramp up the fear; or maybe it’s not. 5G at particular frequencies like 60 GHz has the potential to run riot with human health and psychology. People must demand that 5G is switched off and not take no for an answer. Pandemics are not the only dice that the Cult is going to throw – there will be shocks and challenges and reasons to fear of all kinds as they seek to sprint for their finishing line of total control; but we can be bigger and more powerful than they are. We simply have to make that choice.

A peaceful revolution of mass non-cooperation with our own enslavement is urgently required to state the very obvious. Indeed ‘urgent’ understates speed at which we must respond. As I write protest and defiance of lockdown is beginning to mount, but we have to demand and accept nothing less than truly independent inquiries into what has happened and all those involved brought to book and sent to jail for the rest of their ‘human’ lives. Ultra-Zionist Democrat Adam Schiff has already made moves to hijack any inquiry in the United States in the way that happened after 9/11 when those involved in those attacks also oversaw the ‘inquiry’ into them (see The Trigger ). Schiff needs to be told this is not happening this time around and he can fuck off. Gates should not only be jailed, but have his mega-billions confiscated and shared out among those whose lives and livelihoods he and those he represents have destroyed. It is not only time for The People just ‘to sing’ as in Les Misérables , but to roar. Peacefully, yes, but ROAR in non-cooperation with our own enslavement. Nothing less will do.

* See Postscript for ‘virus’ updates and this is best read before the final chapter.

CHAPTER SEVENTEEN

What is The Answer ?

Yesterday I was clever, so I wanted to change the world. Today I am wise, so I am changing myself – Rumi

T he Answer has multiple strands, but one central core. Change what is happening at the core and everything else must change. This cause and effect is so simple that it will be dismissed by many in the belief that The Answer to the apparent complexity of human control must be equally complex. No, no, no. That’s what the Cult wants us to think.

Figure 395: Locked away in the human eggshell of solidified perception. (Image by Neil Hague.)

The control system itself is not really complex, anyway, when you break it down to fundamentals. Its foundation is the manipulation of human perception and emotion into low-vibrational states and the entanglement of the waves emitted by those states with the frequency band controlled by the Cult. Through this connection the Cult further impacts on human perception and emotion in an ongoing feedback loop. Gotcha (Fig 395 ). That’s it really. All the perceived complexities are spin offs from that connection through entanglement. These include everything from psychopathy, conflict and division to depression, anxiety and addiction. All result from the Cult mentality (psychopathy), the consequences for the population (depression/anxiety), and the desperation to escape from the effect (addiction). There are two ways to deal with a problem. You can seek a solution or remove the cause. Search for solutions and you will see complexity. Identify the cause and you will see simplicity. While we are in a low-vibrational state of perception and consciousness we remain enslaved in the low-vibrational Archontic simulation. When we expand into higher-vibrational states we reconnect with levels of awareness outside the simulation which then stops dictating all our perceptions and the world as it really is – and we really are – comes into focus. Many ‘gurus’ and ‘spiritual teachers’ will tell you (often for their own benefit) that the way to achieve such expansion of consciousness is also complex. We must embark on quests, fasting, meditation, yoga, and lots of communal rituals, endless ‘workshops’, and green tea. I beg to differ. All those things are fine if people choose to go that way and I’m sure they can be helpful to many; but expanding your consciousness to breach the firewalls of the Cult is far simpler and requires just one change – your self-identity.

What you think you are makes you what you are in terms of life experience, behaviour, perception, emotion and the nature of the waves that you emit as frequency projections of what you think you are. Self-identity is the Cult’s Holy Grail because it knows that everything else comes from that. For centuries it has used religion to sell a self-identity of powerless subordinates to a demanding ‘god’ (the Cult and its unseen masters). Do what your ‘god’ wants or face the fires of hell and our agents (most unknowingly) in long frocks will tell you what ‘god’ wants, or rather what we want. Many versions of what I call the ‘God Program’ have been created and subdivided. This again presents the illusion of complexity when the God Program is deadly simple whatever name may appear on the temple door or ‘holy book’. Observe any religion and it’s the same blueprint: A version of ‘god’ or the ‘gods’ is invented through a holy book, text or legend, and men in frocks, now sometimes women, tell you what ‘god’ or the ‘gods’ demand and the consequences of disobedience. Christianity, Islam, Judaism, and Hinduism are all the same in their foundation structure and method of operation. Jewish influence on society and self-identity is way beyond its 0.2 percent of the world population and a key reason is the perceptual influence of its religion, especially on Christianity. Fear is the currency of control and religions are vehicles to frighten the population into compliance through fear of the consequences of not acquiescing to what your ‘God’ (the Cult) demands you must be and do.

When many began to reject religion other self-identities were employed to ensnare perception and dictate low-frequency wave transmissions. The Cult unleashed mainstream ‘science’ to tell us that we are a cosmic accident of ‘evolution’ and we don’t exist before conception or after death. There is no other ‘you’ except the one that you see in the mirror and identify with through a series of labels given and learned during an apparently meaningless lifetime of minutes or decades in which you make the journey from cradle to grave. Er, that’s it. If you accept this ridiculous concept you are accepting the narrowest band of self-identity that will hold you fast within the firewalls of the simulation. Today even those self-identities and labels are being subdivided and sub-sub-subdivided into ever greater myopia as New Woke drowns in the five-sense illusion of pansexual, polysexual, monosexual, allosexual, androsexual, gynosexual, asexual, emisexual, grey asexual, perioriented, varioriented, heteronormative, cishet, polyamorous, monoamorous and queer to sadly name only a few. With each new sub-identity the Bubble gets ever smaller and the vibrational disconnect with the True ‘I’ ever more profound. The Cult knows how we interact with reality while the target population in general does not and it mercilessly exploits this perceptual superiority. All human self-identity prisons are dependent on the flies in The Web not questioning their current sense of reality. The illusions are peddled by Cult advocates and unknowing promotors seeking to impose their reality on others through techniques of overt or covert compulsion. It’s not enough for me to believe what I do – you must believe it, too, because I am right ! You’ll see this recurring mentality and technique throughout history in almost every culture and setting. Silicon Valley censorship is doing the same today in the latest incarnation. Nazi book-burning has become the digital book-burning of Cult-owned Big Tech. The Cult manipulates minds into smaller and smaller self-identities and many of those that succumb make it their life’s work to impose them on everyone else.

Limits of mind are only limits of perception

Figure 396: What you believe you will experience.

Figure 397: Ditch the labels – they are not YOU. They are only brief happenings that YOU are experiencing.

Figure 398: The One is always speaking to you. Burst the Bubble and you will hear.

The consequences of the self-identity label illusion are catastrophic for human and spiritual freedom for another reason. Your sense of self dictates the scale of consciousness, or True Self, that you can access. Perceptual myopia becomes awareness myopia in another feedback loop of ongoing ignorance (Fig 396 ). Believe that you are only your labels and the scale of accessed consciousness reflects that sense of limitation. Your scale of accessed consciousness feeds-back this sense of limitation to confirm that you are only your labels. Round and round the garden it goes often for an entire human lifetime. The Cult, working for its ‘gods’, has structured society to achieve this end. There is, you will be delighted to know, a way to break this cycle: Change your self-identity. Ask most people who they are and they will give you a list of labels – gender, race, job, age, birthplace, life history; but the labels are not who we are. People define themselves by the job they do when it doesn’t matter if you are sweeping the streets (vital work by the way) or a movie star (less than vital work). You are the same All That Is having different experiences. It’s just a job – it’s not YOU ! Labels are only a series of experiences happening in little more than a blink of an eye (Fig 397 ). I am heading into my 70s and a human life flies by so fast. It seems only yesterday that I was in love with Janice in class 3A and dreaming of being a footballer. When you compare that with the infinity of no-time forever a human life as it is perceived hardly exists. Yet within this fragment of illusory ‘time’ our identity with labels directs and dictates everything. I-am-a this. I-am-a that. To re-word a song of the 1960s: I-am-a in the morning, I-am-a in the evening … all over this land. I-am-a is the human perceptual Bubble that manifests as a vibrational Bubble. We are not an ‘I-am-a’ anything. We just are. The One is always speaking to you. Burst the Bubble and you will hear (Fig 398 ).

If people feel they need an I-am-a then how about I-am-a All That Is, Has Been and Ever Can Be ? Even that is a name and so can only partially describe the force with no name and all names. How about a self-identity that says I am a point of attention within Infinite Forever having a brief experience as something called ‘human’ in the awareness that ‘human’ is merely the filtering and processing of information into a particular sense of reality? How about the size of my point of attention, whether myopic or infinite, is down to me and how much of my mind I am prepared to open? Now we’re bloody talking. Shift your self-identity from I am my labels to I am an expression of the Infinite One and everything starts to change. I can say this with confidence because that is what happened to me. Everything I have done since I consciously began to awaken from the human coma in 1990 has come from that transformation of self-identity. No questing, fasting, meditation, yoga, communal rituals, endless ‘workshops’, or green tea opened my mind to expanded awareness. I remembered step-by-step who I really am and who we all really are and that transformation of self-identity transformed everything. Anyone can start the process anytime by ditching the identification with labels and seeing them as transitory experiences of the True Self. The One in awareness of itself talks to us in the silence beyond words and the synchronicity or language of life. We only have to listen.

Figure 399: Little Me only exists in a programmed mind.

Figure 400: All ‘awakening’ really is.

Figure 401: What you believe you will experience.

The transformation of perceived self from Little Me to Infinite Me immediately starts to unravel the firewalls of self-identity perception that have been holding the Bubble together. You realise there never has been a Little Me only a programmed perception of one (Fig 399 ). Your consciousness begins to move and stir from its density – its perceptual stagnation. You can’t create a Bubble unless you believe you are a Bubble. You can’t be entrapped in limitation unless you believe you are limited. You are not. You are All-Possibility, All-Potential, which the Cult is desperate for you to forget. ‘Waking up’ is only remembering what you’ve always known on the other side of the firewall (Fig 400 ). Now with your entrapped awareness freeing itself from the Bubble-wrap of label self-identity your perceptions expand as your consciousness expands. In fact, it is not even your consciousness expanding. It is your point of attention expanding into ever greater swathes of Infinite Awareness (Fig 401 overleaf). Little Me is expanding into Big Me and ultimately Infinite Me. I am not saying that changing your sense of self will bring immediate ‘enlightenment’. Self-identity with All That Is has to be a being and not just an intellectual concept. Many people are convinced of their own awakeness and enlightenment when they are prisoners of an intellectual sense of infinite identity. It’s not them ; it’s still an intellectual concept external to them. You can observe this in the New Age movement and pseudo-spiritual movements where the mind convinces itself that it is something it’s not. Intellectual ‘awakeness’ does not match its words with its actions and New Wokeness is the prime example. A New Ager once told me that she had given herself ‘permission’ to see more of her young relatives. Permission? Who is giving who ‘permission’ or what is giving what? Expanded consciousness does not give itself permission to do anything. It just does it .

Consciousness in awareness of the True ‘I’, as opposed to having a concept of the True ‘I’, is an integration or wholeness that you might call Isness . Even that is a label too far, but you get my point. It just is and doesn’t require labels to identify itself to itself. It moves as one ‘unit’ rather than different parts that require ‘permission’ from each other. The intellect thinks while Isness knows as a conscious expression of that which does know . By knowing I don’t mean in the form of names and dates, or touch it, taste it, see it, smell it, hear it, ‘proof’. Isness knowing comes without words, for it exists beyond the human firewall where words are not necessary. Words are concepts of the simulation that are used to overcome induced limits of awareness that deny direct communication through consciousness. Words draw people into the five senses while knowing beyond words takes us home. Is it really a coincidence that near-death experiencers, and those that claim extraterrestrial interaction, say that communication was not by word, but by knowing? Again and again we have the theme of ‘he communicated to me without words – I just knew what he was saying to me.’ Even such examples of telepathy are only a low level of knowing without words and not the full-blown Isness that I am describing. We refer to knowing in the human experience as ‘intuition’ and this is predictably dismissed by Cult-controlled mainstream science which polices the realm of the intellect to keep expanded consciousness at bay while mostly having no idea that it’s doing so. Why should we consider nonsense like expanded awareness outside the intellectual brain when my intellect is convinced that I am right?

Unravelling the fake self

Figure 402: ‘Human’ is only a point of attention – state of focus – but it does not have to be myopic. You can be ‘in’ this world but not of it. (Image by Neil Hague.)

Figure 403: The True ‘I’. Everything else is illusion.

The first stage of The Answer is to change self-identity from ‘I am my labels’ to ‘I am a unique point of attention within All That Is ’ (Fig 402 ). This stage is itself often done in smaller stages as the Bubble is picked away little by little although it can just go bang as it did for me on that hill in Peru in 1991. I know from the experience how challenging that can be when your sense of reality transforms in a comparative instant. Most people do it in steps and that is far easier although awakening needs to pick up its pace in the light of events. Expanded self-identity translates into expanded awareness as we access more and more of Infinite Awareness (intuitive knowing, insight, wisdom and love in its true sense) and our perceptions of reality consequently expand. It may begin with a feeling that the world is not as it seems to be in the sense that events are not happening for the reasons we hear on the news. At this point you might be considered a ‘conspiracy theorist’ and this is where expansion ends for many. To see that daily happenings have other sinister explanations can still be achieved by consciousness confined in a Bubble – albeit a bigger one – within the simulation. The consciousness shift involved will change the waves that such people transmit and they entangle with like-waves in what is called the alternative or independent media. They will also entangle with that they wish to investigate and uncover which leads to synchronistic ‘coincidences’ in which information drops in your lap or arrives by ‘amazing chance’. Energy flows where attention goes and when you focus your attention on something this is what happens – you connect with it. If this is the limit of a perceptual shift then consciousness expansion will not reach a state of ‘I am Infinity’. It will be more like: ‘I am more aware of what is going on than the rest of the public who I shall refer to as “Sheeple”.’ This level of awakening will likely still relate predominantly to the realm of the five senses and even follow a religion or seek understanding through only mainstream science. They will see people like me as strange, weird and ‘nutters’ in the same way that the mainstream media does. For those who continue the process and expand ever closer to ‘I am All That Is ’ – as a being and not just a concept – the firewalls of the simulation are eventually breached and amazing changes happen in their wavefield. Perception of self and reality is consequently transformed to one of Isness . I am not a body. I am awareness, a state of being aware. Everything else is only the experience of that awareness. All the life history, dramas, upsets, challenges, good times and bad, are only brief and transitory experiences of the True ‘I’ – a state of being aware (Fig 403 ). The ‘I’ is and it isn’t. It exists and it is non-existent. It is All-Possibility and No-Possibility. What it is for you is your choice. As you expand into self-awareness the simulation is not the only source of perception and reality. You are now connecting with consciousness beyond the firewalls and increasingly as the process continues you are in the world in terms of your five senses, but not of the world in terms of your perception of everything. This is why those who begin to awaken from the Bubble suddenly find their lives are peppered with ‘coincidences’, synchronicity and ‘bits of luck’. These are only detailed possibilities that were denied before by the perceptual self-identity limitations of Label Me. The most powerful interaction with The Field is when we know rather than think or hope. Don’t think it – know it. Don’t hope it – know it. Hope is a complete waste of space. Hope projects you into a ‘future’ that doesn’t exist like kicking a can down the street instead of picking it up. Knowing operates in the NOW which is the only ‘moment’ in which anything can happen. The Cult is quite happy for you to have ‘hope’. It knows that can never manifest when ‘hope’ is attached to the non-existent ‘future’. We must have hope? We must know and knowing comes from the heart. As you expand to breach the simulation myopia of random events, or ‘dots’, you begin to see the patterns and connections. The staggering scale and nature of human control becomes ever clearer. You see that manipulated wars which much of the alternative media believes to be about oil are actually part of a fantastic beyond-Orwellian conspiracy which has its origins not only off-planet, but in unseen bands of frequency.

When you reach this stage and share your views you will likely be seen as crazy and a sandwich short of a picnic. Your perceptions that come from outside the simulation are being judged by those still entranced by illusions within the simulation. If you are a public figure you will be mercilessly ridiculed and attacked by the media, including much of the ‘alternative’, and otherwise it will be friends, workmates and even family. If you have truly expanded your awareness to this extent you won’t care what anyone says about you. Expanded awareness knows that whatever is thrown at you is only another temporary experience that doesn’t matter in the great scheme of Infinite Forever. You will also understand why you are being treated this way. People have been through a lifetime of perceptual programming that ingrains a myopic view of self and reality. When you question that programming don’t expect a round of applause. I have been asked if I knew what ridicule and abuse would follow when I went public with my views about the world and of course I did. I had worked in the media and seen what happens to those in the public eye who step off the Postage Stamp. I was sprinting away from it and so yes I knew what the reaction would be. I just didn’t care . I am not the David Icke that they abuse and ridicule. I am the consciousness having the experience called David Icke. ‘I’ am that which is also observing the experience. Only when I become the experience and self-identify with that do the ‘slings and arrows of outrageous fortune’ kick in and trigger emotional response. Negative reaction is something that cannot be avoided when you are challenging the very core of perceived human reality. It goes with the territory and we either want to address the domination of the Cult or we don’t. If we do there are challenges to face and if your consciousness is expanded enough into ‘I am All That Is ’ you will say ‘bring it on’. While low-vibrational responses will be hurled our way we don’t have to entangle with them and experience their effect. This happens when we react with low-vibrational emotion to low-vibration emotional attacks. There is wave synchronicity and a feedback loop is secured. The perception of being consciousness having a human experience disconnects you from press-enter human responses. You don’t see reality like the majority do and you don’t behave in the predictable way. Human programming and ingrained insecurity fears the reaction of others. Expanded awareness doesn’t give a fuck. Its focus is on doing what it believes to be right and not winning a popularity contest or being feted by the Mainstream Everything. Attacks by the system created and controlled by the Cult are confirmation you are on the right track. It is to be celebrated, not feared, and you can observe the madness from your own point of One- connected peace (Fig 404 overleaf).

Figure 404: With a connection to The One you can observe the insanity and not be affected. (Image by Gareth Icke.)

Expanded awareness understands that it is not what is done to us which impacts upon our lives so much as how we respond – or don’t. If someone directs abuse at you and you become upset and offended the abuser has impacted on your life only because of your reaction which you have the power to dictate and control. It wasn’t what was said that hurt you. It was you allowing yourself to be hurt by caring about what was said. If the same abuse was directed at me and I couldn’t care less – let alone be upset and offended – the abuser has not affected my life or emotional state in any way except perhaps to feel sad for anyone that gets off on trying to hurt others. Kids are committing suicide over what others posted on social media. They have been so dismantled by insecurity they feel they can’t go on in the face of abuse from idiots, sociopaths and psychopaths. This is what the Cult and its Silicon Valley gangsters are doing to the young. If the system really cared about young people (it doesn’t) the emphasis would not be on censoring opinions and views. It would be encouraging and helping people not to be upset and offended by the words of others. ‘I think you are useless, ugly and horrible!!’ And – your point is? I am supposed to be hurt by the opinion of someone who is so imbalanced and mentally disturbed that they glory in hurting others? I think not, mate, now you have a nice day and I hope that at some point you’ll get a life. Bye. Not being offended and hurt breaks the feedback loop that abusers seek with abuse leading to upset leading to more abuse. The abuser is actually vampiring the energy of the abused and this can happen when the abused makes a wave entanglement through the resulting upset and offence. No response breaks the wavefield circuit. Abuse is not the problem, it’s the reaction , and the more people are upset the more it encourages the abusers to further abuse. The Cult wants people to be upset and offended to justify censorship of alternative information and opinion which is still another way New Woke serves the agenda of human control. The Cult seeks to break the human spirit and then censor hysterically to ‘protect’ those it has broken from being upset and offended. I did say they were psychopaths, right?

Fear is the control system

Figure 405: ‘Death’ which is so frightening to humans is only a shift in your point of attention.

Fear is a very a low-frequency state that acts as an anchor to consciousness expansion. We talk about being ‘frozen with fear’ and while on the surface there are fight-or-flight biological reasons for that it is a reflection of how fear slows the oscillation rate of the wavefield self and pulls us into density. The Cult seeks to spread fear everywhere – fear of death, fear of the unknown, fear of the ‘future’, and fear of the consequences of not conforming to its demands (see mass lockdown house arrest). It is confirmation of global programming and biological (wavefield) press-enter encoding that people in almost every culture tend to react in the same way in similar circumstances – witness all the cultures and religions that all succumbed as one to lockdown house arrest all over the world. You see there is nothing to fear when your consciousness expands into awareness outside the simulation and your true nature comes into view. Death? Well, that’s coming for the body at some point anyway. Do we really want to stay in this micro-band of frequency forever? Blimey, perish the thought. Expanded awareness does not fear death which it knows is simply a transfer of attention. Oh, no, I’m terrified!! Save me doctor!! We actually don’t ‘come’ here and then ‘go’ somewhere else. We withdraw our attention from the focus of the five senses and with that we are where we have always have been. ‘Death’ is like removing a virtual reality headset and the Cult’s game is to control the nature of that virtual attention we call a human life (Fig 405 ). I have no wish to ditch the headset before I have done all that I can. Once that point is reached I’ll welcome it and be joyous in the freedom from limitation that follows. Fear of the future? What – fear of something that doesn’t exist?? How crazy is that? We live in the Infinite NOW and our experiences are created and visually strung together by our state of perception. Little Me will have a very different ‘future’ to Infinite Me purely by different perceptions leading to different wave frequencies entangling with different wavefields that are people, places, experiences and ways of life. We control our ‘future’ if only we realised that. Okay, what about fear of the consequences of not conforming? What is the opposite of not conforming? It’s conforming and that’s how we got into this mess by conforming to religious dogma, ‘science’ dogma, Postage Stamp dogma. How perfectly the definition of ‘dogma’ describes them all: ‘A fixed, especially religious, belief or set of beliefs that people are expected to accept without any doubts.’ If we go on doing that there will be far more to instigate fear as the Cult surges to its endgame than if we face this up now. Our own perceptual and wavefield state will dictate any ‘consequences’ anyway and one thing is for sure: If people fall into the frequency of fear they will entangle with the vibrations of the Cult that uses fear as a weapon. What you fear you make a frequency connection with and attract what you fear. Know that you are in control of your life and not the Cult or random chance. This is the revelation they want to keep from you.

The process of consciousness expansion is not about ‘seeking enlightenment’. We are already ‘enlightened’ in the sense that we are and have always been All That Is . Expansion of awareness means to delete the perceptual programs that form the firewalls which block the influence of our greater awareness on five-sense-focused Body-Mind. ‘Awakening’ is not to become something new; it is to remove the barriers to what we already are. Perceptual programs are like low-vibrational onion skins entrapping our ‘human self’ in the Bubble. Perceptual programs are the Bubble. Persian mystic Rumi said: ‘Your task is not to seek for love, but merely to seek and find all the barriers within yourself that you have built against it.’ Expansion of awareness can only happen when the mind opens and to do that all current beliefs and preconceived ideas have to be set aside. Imagine you have cleared your home of all extraneous clutter or started with a blank sheet of paper. Nothing is ruled in and nothing ruled out. Using a computer analogy you prepare to reboot or ‘shut down and restart’ and enter the realm of anything is possible. This is as it should be when you are All-Possibility . What you allow on to that piece of paper – your revised sense of reality – is now decided by what you intuitively know to be right and what can be supported by the facts as they appear to be. This is no longer decided by repetition of the same information or by what some system-appointed, system-programmed, academic or scientist tells you; nor by some newsreader or excuse for a journalist. Expanding consciousness remains light on its feet and constantly ready to move. It does not allow new perceptions to solidify in the way of the old. It is aware that what we perceive in any moment is only what we perceive in that moment and certainly not all there is to know. Once you believe you’ve ‘got it’ in totality you are confirming that you don’t. At any point we only know some of what there is to know until consciousness is fully expanded to perceive all consciousness and that requires the full-blown awareness of The One . Awareness expands with the understanding voiced by Greek philosopher Socrates when he said that wisdom is knowing how little we know. The full quote says: ‘The only true wisdom is in knowing you know nothing.’ Awareness of that keeps the mind constantly open to other possibilities and wise enough to see that within Infinite Forever the possibilities are by definition Infinite.

One step, two step

Opening minds cease to be slaves to the program the more their consciousness expands and awakening people don’t see the world and reality as the majority do. We can observe this theme throughout perceived human history with open minds standing out from mass conformity and targeted by the Cult enforcing that conformity. The difference today is that the number of minds awakening from the coma is heading towards potentially world-changing proportions although you won’t know that if you watch the mainstream news. They’ll be the last to see it. What I am saying here can be broken down into fundamentals. You don’t have to know all the facts and details to awaken from the Big Sleep. Remember those song lyrics at the start of the book about not knowing all the answers but being set free by asking the questions. There are only two things to remember above all others:

(1): Your perceptions transmit frequencies reflecting those perceptions and they will entangle with wavefields of like-frequency. In this way we create our own reality and this is the wave-basis of what is referred to as ‘karma’ – ‘the totality of a person’s actions in any one of the successive states of that person’s existence, thought of as determining the fate of the next stage‘. My own definition of wave entanglement ‘karma’ would be: What you believe you perceive and what you perceive you experience. Take control of your perceptions and you take control of your life.

(2): Open your heart and you open to The One – a move that will expand your awareness faster than any other action. I’ll have more on this shortly.

Those two things alone will change your life and collectively change human reality which is only a holographic manifestation of humanity’s perception of reality. By perception I mean conscious and subconscious perception. Both generate the wavefields that entangle with perceptually-connected frequencies and I’ll come to the subconscious in a second. If you give your power away you won’t only entangle with others willing to give their power away to form the human herd mentality. You will also entangle with those that want to seize that power – the Cult. Willing to give away and wanting to take that power generates a compatible and symbiotic frequency alignment. Reflect on other symbiotic alignments that appear on the surface to be opposites and you’ll see how we attract what we transmit. Fear of being violently attacked has a symbiotic wavefield relationship (conscious and subconscious) with those that wish to violently attack. In this way one person will be attacked the first time they walk through a park at night while others will make the same journey night after night and never be attacked. Before New Woke presses the fury button I am not blaming the ‘victim’. It is nothing to do with blame. I am explaining the unseen wavefield relationships that lead to events in the world of the seen. Blaming self and others for what happens to us is a mug’s game. Self-blame drives us deeper into self-loathing and low-frequency states while making no difference to what we blame ourselves for. Acknowledging behaviour and changing is how you take a negative and transform that into a positive. But, then, is it really always a negative? Or is it an experience that allowed us to see something that otherwise we would not have seen and presented the chance to learn, change, and see through the illusions that we believe to be real? Life often gives us (we give ourselves through wave entanglement) our greatest gifts brilliantly disguised as our worst nightmare. Blaming others for our fate is equally destructive and there is no more profound way to concede our power to others. When we say he or she is responsible for what happened to us we are saying they have power over our lives and we don’t. What happened was the result of wave entanglement and that takes two to tango.

I am not saying for a second that people don’t act badly towards others and they should take the consequences for those actions that can include wave entanglement with a prison cell. I am making the point that if we leave it there the experience can go on being repeated. If our wavefield frequencies (perceptions) don’t change then the same old entanglements must go on generating the same old experiences. I reported for the BBC decades ago on what were then dubbed ‘battered wives hostels’ where women were given protection from violent partners. Some of the women had been through two, three, even four, partners who were violent. The men should be dealt with who do that, but why did those women keep attracting the same type of violent people? That question has to be addressed to stop it happening and in this case lack of self-esteem will be at the core of it. Lack of self-esteem has a symbiotic frequency relationship with a desire for power over others and crushing self-esteem. See the humanity-Cult relationship. Notice how many women who have the living shit kicked out of them by violent men blame themselves (lack of self-esteem) for what happened. When we take responsibility for attracting what we experience we stop giving our power away – it’s all their fault – and we take it back. We are saying that we are in control of our experience and not someone else. We can change the road we travel and who with and not go on repeating the same wave-patterns of behaviour and experience. To do this we need to realise that we can control our perceptions which control our wavefields which attract our experience. I have highlighted in detail in my books including this one, how the Cult manipulates humanity, but it is humanity that allows that manipulation to prevail. It’s no good focusing everything on the Cult and ignoring the essential role played in human enslavement by humans themselves. A key to The Answer is for humanity to take responsibility for that and change direction.

Subconscious perception

The Cult is programming the subconscious mind individually and collectively in the knowledge that corresponding experience will follow. Manipulate the population to fear something and a symbiotic frequency connection will be secured to make what is feared more likely to manifest. Who will manifest it? The targets will. The point about the sub conscious is vital to understand. Our conscious mind is only a fraction of Body-Mind which mostly operates in what is un conscious to the conscious if you get what I mean. It is unconscious to the human conscious although itself very much conscious in its own realm of operation. Here’s a quote from earlier:

Every second, 11 million sensations crackle along these brain pathways … The brain is confronted with an alarming array of images, sounds and smells which it rigorously filters down until it is left with a manageable list of around 40. Thus 40 sensations per second make up what we perceive as reality.

When you think that 40 sensations a second form the perception of the conscious mind and the other 10,999,960 are absorbed by the subconscious it is clear why the subconscious is central to dictating our perceptions, wavefield state and entanglements. Experiences, traumas and other happenings long forgotten by the conscious mind go on affecting subconscious wavefields and generating anything but random events that happen to us. I mentioned earlier how important it is to consciously acknowledge why we attract certain people and experiences or why we have certain fears or health problems. They will invariably be connected to subconscious emotional patterns vibrating away in our wavefields that the conscious mind no longer even thinks about. Maybe a boy or girl you had a crush on at primary school suddenly dumped you out of nowhere and decades later you are married with kids and can’t understand why you have a constant fear of your partner walking out on you at any time when there is no conscious reason to believe that will happen. The possibilities are endless. When you make the conscious connection between an experience, fear or health affect, and the source of them in the subconscious, the emotional field is balanced, the wavefield changes, and the experience ceases to repeat along with the fear and health effect. Explore the patterns and see if you can identify the trigger. Some people have eye problems because there is something they don’t – or once did not – want to see. Others have health affects in the throat through a subconscious fear of speaking their truth. I have seen many examples of such patterns over the years and how they were deleted by conscious acknowledgement of the source and cause and effect.

Figure 406: A subliminal message that most cannot see at first becomes crystal clear every time once awareness is transferred from the subconscious to the conscious.

Subconscious connection to both perception and experience is why the Cult focuses so much of its manipulation on subconscious or subliminal programming which includes placing its symbols everywhere as I have already mentioned. Subliminal means ‘below-threshold’ – below the threshold of the conscious mind – and that allows images and information to by-pass the conscious to be absorbed by the subconscious. Advertisements are awash with them for this reason. Conscious awareness that subliminal manipulation is all around us blocks its effect and the principle is the same as being unconsciously manipulated by people around you which can only be stopped when you become consciously aware of it. The subconscious is the stadium in which the Cult game is played. There is a subliminal message in Figure 406 which apparently only about five percent of people see first time. Once you become aware of the subliminal insert that’s the first thing you see whenever you look at the image again because the conscious mind has been made aware of what is there. This is the power of conscious awareness to override subconscious programs (the subliminal in the image is the word ‘sex’). The principle applies to smartphone and 5G frequencies. If you are not aware of their wave affects you are open to have your subconscious accessed by their wavefields and it’s the same if you do know about the dangers and fear them. A combination of acknowledging that those waves exist and what they are designed to do, plus the conscious knowing that you are more powerful than they are, is the best defence – as it is against all wavefields, technological or otherwise, including people, food, drink, pollution, disease, whatever. The body is an expression of the mind.

My almost constant daydreaming is the exploration of deeper levels of unconscious awareness and making them conscious. Bringing reality into a conscious state is vital when keeping us unconscious is the Cult means of manipulation. I don’t mean to see everything through the five senses (which are mostly expressing patterns of unconsciousness). The five senses are irrelevant to this. I simply mean to become conscious of information and patterns of programming that are normally unconscious to humanity in general. Expanding awareness can lead to people healing themselves through the mind as they understand the connections. All illness is a wavefield distortion and the mind is constantly transmitting perceptual frequencies that impact on that field. What you believe you perceive and what you perceive you experience applies just as powerfully with health. If you believe a drug or treatment will heal you the mind transmits that perceptual frequency into the wavefield and balances the imbalance that is causing the problem. The treatment itself may not have had this effect at all. If you believe powerfully enough that it will cure you then belief in the treatment will heal you when the treatment alone would not. This is the ‘placebo’ effect and it can lead to spontaneous healing which baffles mainstream medicine that doesn’t understand what the body is or how it works as an extension of the mind. In reverse we can think ourselves dead if we believe the words of a doctor who tells us we have a certain amount of time to live. Most people do die within that time and not because the doctor’s prediction was necessarily accurate. Some have died within the doctor’s prognosis only for an autopsy to reveal they did not have what the doctor told them was going to kill them ‘within six months’. We all have to go some time or we would be here forever (nightmare), but we have far more power over when that is than most people even begin to believe. This can extend to deciding when we will leave even before we get here by encoding the body oscillation with an end point. We may see this as someone just ‘dropping dead out of nowhere’. I mean he was always so fit and healthy. There is more to ‘Heaven and Earth’ than ever we are allowed to know – unless we choose to know and make it our business to know.

Truth Vibrations

Figure 407: Truth Vibrations and the Great Awakening.

It is important to be aware that other sources of consciousness and awareness well beyond the energetic density and limitation of the Cult are at work in a quest to tease humanity out of its perceptual coma. There are people in the ‘world’ representing that awareness – symbolically sons and daughters of The One – just as Cult operatives represent their non-human ‘gods’. In the early months of my own awakening in 1990, which went ‘nuclear’ on the hill in Peru in 1991, I met synchronistically a series of professional psychics. I made a conscious decision to meet only one of them, Betty Shine, while the others passed through my life ‘coincidentally’ one after the other. The common theme they said they were asked to pass on to me was that a ‘vibrational change’ was coming that is also called ‘The Rebalancing’. This energetic change would (1) begin to wake up humanity from what I would call today the illusion; and (2) would bring to the surface ‘all that had been hidden’. I called the first book that I wrote after my awakening began Truth Vibrations to describe the effect of this awakening frequency. I didn’t just take what the psychics said and believe it without question although the common theme was compelling. It certainly felt right, but I waited and observed. Not much seemed to be happening for years and then it began. Today incredible and ever-increasing numbers of people are questioning reality and the nature of world events like never before. It won’t seem like that if you only watch the mainstream media. I have been travelling the world year after year outside the Mainstream Everything and I can tell you that while it is still far from the majority human perception is stirring across all walks of life and the ‘pandemic’ lockdowns have caused vast numbers of new people to question the world and what is happening who never did before. It is happening on many levels and, of course, not always as full-blown awakening. The questioning, however, is now so fast gathering pace and people are opening their minds to possibilities they would never have considered before. I meet them all the time when I go out and when I’m travelling and as someone who remembers what it was like 30 years ago I can see the scale of change that is happening. Even what I would term ‘System People’ are looking afresh at themselves and reality. The part about bringing to the surface all that had been hidden is spectacularly happening. Consider what we know now about the manipulation of the world and the forces behind that compared with when I was told in 1990 about the Truth Vibrations and what they would do. The frenzy of censorship by Silicon Valley and other Cult sources is to a large extent a desperate attempt to thwart this awakening and so is the AI-brain connection and Smart Grid. Unfortunately for the Cult they are dealing with levels of awareness far more powerful than it and its masters will ever be in their current state of perception and thus frequency. An understanding of the wave nature of reality and wave entanglement explains how the Truth Vibrations impact on human awareness (Fig 407 ). They are a high-frequency information field that change the wavefield oscillation of those they connect with. I was told that the first people to be affected would be the most awake (or least asleep) and eventually even those solid-gold asleep at the time would feel the effect. This does not mean that we can just sit back and wait for these frequencies to transform everything for better. They are a frequency band and we have to sync with it to be maximally impacted. How do we do that? We open our hearts.

With all One’s heart

Figure 408: The Answer.

I talked earlier about the heart as the most potent connection to The One way beyond the frequency band of the simulation. The more our heart vortex opens the greater the energetic gateway through which we access love in its prime sense, wisdom, knowing, intelligence, and potentially Infinite Awareness in totality (Fig 408 ). We feel intuition and love in the centre of the chest for this reason and near-death survivors have described how when out-of-body they experience the same love (although much more intensely) that we can feel in the body through the heart. One said:

There was all this light and love and rejuvenation … I felt myself expand within this light like there were no borders and I was just in this light and part of the light … I felt like I was home. I felt … weightless … you don’t realise how much you carry in this world low-vibrational emotional density and you don’t realise until it’s gone how light and weightless and free we are and expansive and part of something large, huge. It’s home and you know it is … It felt like we are all part of one thing.

Figure 409:The Answer.

Our heart vortex is our connection to The One and that’s why such love is felt through an open heart (Fig 409 ). The Cult works so hard to close the heart for its own ends by generating fear, anxiety, depression, hatred, resentment, guilt and other low-vibration emotions that lead to the phrase ‘my heart aches’. These emotions move the focus of attention and perception from the heart to the gut and create a feedback loop between the belly’s low-vibrational emotion centre and the head/brain. This oscillation generates perception that is overwhelmingly emotion-dominated and New Woke is a collective example of that. The belly vortex centre should be a phenomenal source of energetic power when in a state of balance and that potential creative power is also diminished by the chaotic impact of low-vibrational emotion. The Cult knows exactly what it’s doing, that’s for sure. Emotional reaction is constantly mistaken for a heart response thanks to the manipulated misunderstanding of what love really is. Attraction by itself is not love and neither is virtue-signalled emotion. Love in the sense that I am describing is balance – the balance of all forces into wholeness when all constituent parts become One and none dominates the other. Each contributes to the whole and none seeks to usurp it. Compassion and empathy only for some people is not love in its Infinite sense. Compassion and empathy for all , not a few, is what I mean by The One. Nor is this love only about compassion and empathy. It is wisdom, fairness, justice and Infinite Intelligence. In its dot-connected wholeness love comes from a perspective of dot-connected awareness. Love is therefore streetwise and sees everything from all angles.

The head can process information into a perception that is emotionally influenced by the gut and this can trigger a form of compassion and empathy with the planet, migrants, those that identify as LGBTTQQFAGPBDSM, or those offended by what someone has said. This is only one aspect of Infinite Love and if that’s the only level that people access, even if it is to an extent heart-centred, they are babes in arms to the Cult. There is nothing more manipulatable than genuineness that isn’t streetwise and this is how New Wokeness becomes a puppet on the strings of the Cult. Firstly much of New Woke is emotion-based, not heart-based, and where the heart is involved only the aspects of perceived love that suit the Wokeness become part of the perceptual process. For example: ‘I “love” and have compassion and empathy for those of colour and transgender people, but I absolutely hate white men.’ This is not the love of The On e and neither is it compassion and empathy in its purest definition. The One love will have empathy with people of colour, transgender, and white men. The circumstances they face illicit the empathy, not the colour or sexuality. Love sees things as they are and does not seek to portray what they are in other terms to serve some personal or collective agenda. Love will have empathy for migrants fleeing war while challenging those migrants running child trafficking gangs. It will have empathy with the kids. I observe the behaviour and responses of New Wokeness and ultra-Zionism and I see hate, not love, while they ironically rail against the perceived ‘hate’ of others. That’s head-gut, not heart, and it’s also projection – ‘an unconscious self-defence mechanism characterised by a person unconsciously attributing their own issues onto someone or something else as a form of delusion and denial’ and ‘a way to blame others for your own negative thoughts by repressing them and attributing them to someone else’.

Heart love is not human love

When the heart opens to the point where we connect with The One the very idea of judging people by their illusory human labels or self-identifying with them becomes ridiculous and that includes even the term ‘human’. We are not ‘human’. That’s just a brief experience. We are a point of attention within Infinite Awareness and when we delete our Cult-induced perceptual programs we can live that level of self. I don’t mean that we merge our uniqueness into a collective ‘blob’. We should glory in our uniqueness and sense of personal sovereignty while knowing that we are more than that. We are a unique point of attention and we are All That Is, Has Been And Ever Can Be . We should celebrate both, but the idea that Infinite Awareness would self-identity the True ‘I’ with being human, or even worse with the ever-increasing sub-divisions of ‘human’, seems insane to a genuinely open heart. The heart understands why people do become their labels amid whole lifetimes of perceptual indoctrination. To understand, however, is not to meekly accept in the face of knock-on consequences for all. Empathy is not always about saying what others would like to hear and often it is the opposite. Protecting children from all challenge which later leaves them at the mercy of the adult world is not empathy or love in its widest sense. How can children and young people – or anyone else – learn and grow from the consequences of their actions if they never face the consequences? This creates emotionally weak people that the Cult has for breakfast, dinner and tea. Empathy and love is not handing children a smartphone on demand out of illusory ‘kindness’ when the consequences for the child long-term can be disastrous. Love will tell people what they don’t want to hear even when it knows the reaction will be negative or abusive. Love does what it believes to be right and does not seek or need the emotional sustenance of praise or a dopamine rush. What I have said about New Wokeness, climate change, mass migration, political correctness, transgender/vegan activists and the ‘virus’ hoax will be met with much hostility. I know that, but I don’t care. What I care about is ensuring the people who attack me don’t live the rest of their lives in a global dystopia. Is that love? Or is love telling them what they want to hear to gather more Facebook likes? There are many levels of heart awakening and it’s an ongoing process with Cult frequencies pulling the other way until the line is crossed when the influence of the Cult is no more. By then your self-identity has transformed from Label Self to Infinite Self and with that you disentangle your wavefield from The Program and its influence on your perceptions (Fig 410 ).

Figure 410: The Answer.

You no longer fear speaking your truth and no scale of intimidation will silence you or impact on the way you live your life. You no longer fear death or see a human experience as who you are. You no longer fear anything except perhaps as a brief biological reaction until expanded awareness kicks back with the perspective of The One. The perceptual feedback loop moves from gut-brain to heart-brain and the way you see the world, people and events comes from a dramatically different point of attention. You are The One observing through human eyes and you see Oneness, not apartness, unity, not division. You know that labels are the illusions of a deeply manipulated world. From this perspective comes compassion for people who are still where you once were and even those that are nasty to you and wish you harm. Forgive them for they literally know not what they do.

Heart knows ‘The System’ is a basket case

You are not long underway in the process of opening heart and mind before all the perceptual pillars of human reality are crumbling. The idea that it matters what religion someone follows or the colour of their skin becomes laughable. How that affects their behaviour towards themselves and others may rightly need to be challenged for its negative impact, but the religious or racial background in itself is of no relevance to an awakening heart. When all is said and done and the veil is lifted I am you; you are me; I am everything; and everything is me – and you . Following the rules, regulations and imposed beliefs of any religion is a head-shaker to an opening heart. How can I confine myself to the limits of a ‘holy book’ often written by who knows who, who knows when, and in who knows what circumstances, when I am All That Is and my home is the limitless realm of Infinite Possibility and Infinite Forever? What? I mean – what? Infinite Forever, All That Is , should allow its perceptions and experiences to be dictated by a priest, bishop, pope, rabbi or imam?? EXCUSE ME? These are not representatives of ‘God’. They are largely men appointed by men within man-made structures of earthly power and control. Change men to women with the same view of reality and it would be just the same. Religions are earthly structures created for earthy reasons and nothing whatsoever to do with reality as it is or awareness that we are. Do what we tell you or the ‘God’ that we claim to represent will condemn you forever. Give us your mind and power. We have been appointed by ‘God’ to rule over you, tell you what to think and play you off against those of other religions run by people just like us with a different (often only slightly) set of rules and limitations. You believe you are ‘God’, an expression of All That Is ? BLASPHEMER! We are told to accept that within the microscopic perceptual confines of visible light, a smear of 0.005 percent of the Universe, all we need to know to understand self and reality is written, with laughable levels of contradiction, between the covers of a single book or set of books. On the say-so of those books, emerging from the mists of ‘history’, relating to eras long gone and mistranslated over centuries or thousands of years, our lives and interactions with others must be dictated. On the say-so of some religious icon that often little or nothing is known about we must fall to our knees, face Mecca, wail at a wall, worship a bloke in a frock, or dip in the Ganges. I read this description of a Ganges Hindu ritual:

This impressive religious ritual is held in India every twelve years for 55 days where up to 100 million pilgrims attend for the world’s largest religious gathering. The Ganges is the most sacred site for the majority of Hindus, and is a primary destination for kamya. Hindus believe the goddess Ganga lived in the river.

Some Hindus believe that during a battle between demons and gods, the kumbh, or pot that contained sacred nectar, spilled four drops of water onto Earth, blessing four cities. The Ganges River flows through these locations. Hindus who bathe in the river or drink from the waters believe they garner good luck. They also believe the river can wash sins away for those who bathe in it. If Hindus spread the ashes of a deceased person on the river, they believe it improves that person’s karma, allowing them to achieve salvation faster.

Why do Hindus believe the goddess Ganga lived in the river? Why do they believe that a pot that contained sacred nectar spilled four drops of water onto Earth, blessing four cities? Why do they believe the river can wash sins away or allow the dead to achieve salvation faster? For no other reason than this is what they have been indoctrinated to believe since they were children with serious pressure and consequences for not believing or believing something else. Young people are told who they will marry and the caste system of discrimination dictated by birth all come from this through rules decided thousands of years ago. You find this recurring theme in all major religions. Why do Christians believe what they do about ‘Jesus’? Same . Why do Muslims believe they must submit their will to ‘Allah’ and obey the dictates of Muhammad? Same. Why do Jews believe they are the Chosen People and a Jewish King will come and gather all Jews to live in Israel? Same. If Christians were born into a Jewish family, or a Jew into Islam, or a Muslim into Christianity, they would believe something different just as vehemently as they believe what they do today. How many people born into Islam convert to the Jewish religion, or vice-versa? How many Christians, Jews or Hindus become Muslims or one of the others? They overwhelmingly follow the religion they were born into because religion is perceptual indoctrination policed by fear and guilt and by threatened or actual consequences. How well this definition of Islam and Muslim, a word meaning ‘one who submits’, captures the whole nature of religion:

Islam is a complete, holistic way of living that covers every aspect of life. Islam leaves no stone unturned as it teaches mankind on how to behave in every area of life: individual, social, material, moral, ethical, legal, cultural, political, economical, and global.

Think about that and all religions are pretty much the same. Religion tells you, a point of attention within All That Is , how to behave ‘in every area of life: individual, social, material, moral, ethical, legal, cultural, political, economic, and global’. Forget the ‘teaches’ bit. They are talking about imposition and indoctrination either directly or psychologically. The Cult loves religion for all these reasons and created them as a perceptual and behavioural Alcatraz. You can’t make your own direct connection with All That Is. You have to do so through an earthly figure representing earthly interests to maintain your perceptions in the earthly realm. Here is my definition of religion: ‘Intergenerational illusion indoctrinated into subsequent generations by those who had it indoctrinated into them.’ Religion is yet another perceptual motion machine.

The same religious-control blueprint can be seen with Scientism, New Wokeness, the Climate Cult and Gaia or Earth worship. The theology is decided and then indoctrinated and imposed by repetition and the exclusion, demonisation, and censorship of other possibilities. In that sentence I have described every expression of the God Program from ancient faiths to the Climate Cult and all have their own heroes to focus the attention of the congregation – Jesus, Abraham, Moses, Muhammad, Krishna, Shiva, and Greta Thunberg. Opening hearts can see through the God Program and part of The Answer – a big part – is the rejection of myopic religion which hijacks perception and parks it in a cul-de-sac for entire lifetimes. Heart is our connection to the love that is All Possibility and will never concede its Infinity to programmed myopia. It demands the right and the self-respect to explore its own truth within the infinity of the possible and will not be imprisoned by the beliefs of others no matter what the level of intimidation. I say up yours to all versions of the God Program that seek to impose perception including the theological dogma of ‘science’ and New Wokeness. They are all firewalls to Infinite Forever. Those words ‘that seek to impose perception’ are important. What people choose to believe is none of my business and like all of us people take the consequences, nice and not so nice, of wave entanglements those beliefs attract. I am challenging the imposition of those beliefs on others in all the ways I have described. Humanity cannot be free until this imposition is stopped and people awakened by the power of the heart reject perceptual tyranny. If you could see the wavefields of all those who unquestionably follow the dogma of the God Program, in its obvious and less obvious religious forms, they would all be oscillating to the same rhythm. The names on the door may be different, but they are the same perceptual/vibrational state. Freedom by dramatic contrast beats to a different drum.

In search of certainty amid Infinite Uncertainty

The foundation of the God Program oscillation is a need for certainty and a need to worship an external force in pursuit of certainty. Both are the offspring of insecurity. You cannot have certainty within All Possibility. We need to come to terms with this. The consequences of not doing so are extremely destructive. Most of human life is spent trying to eliminate uncertainty to placate insecurity and fear of the unknown. People cling to religious belief ‘certainty’ and delete any other possibility that would mean a state of uncertainty. Religions of New Woke and the controlling core of mainstream science seek the security of certainty and reject other possibilities. Ignorance can bring a sense of certainty and hence: ‘Shut up, I don’t want to hear it.’ What you don’t know, or refuse to know, will not impinge on your self-assembled sense of certainty. Many vehemently reject without a glance information exposing events as they are when their sense of security-promoting certainty is dependent on not knowing. Reality must eventually dawn, of course, and by then we are so far along the road to tyranny, and people so mentally and emotionally ill-equipped to respond, that it’s game over. Children and young people are being specifically programmed by schools, universities and society in general to fear uncertainty and not to take risks of any kind. This is the real reason why playground games and childhood pleasures – throwing snowballs, climbing trees, leapfrog, marbles, tag and even skipping – are being increasingly banned by the Thought and Behaviour Police under terms such as ‘Health and Safety’. When I was young, hardly in ancient times, these activities and so many more since banned were part of growing up. If you fell over you learned not to do again what caused you to fall over. You learned from experience and what happens when the experience is taken away? You don’t. These activities that were enjoyed outside under the sky in child-to-child interaction have been replaced on purpose by faceless, isolating and behaviour-modifying videogames and social media. Parents are frightened into stopping their kids from going outside alone or with friends. This drives the process of isolation and fearing uncertainty by eliminating every minuscule risk. Fear of uncertainty and risk is squeezing the options and creativity of the young and hands protection from uncertainty to the World State. Those in fear of uncertainty look to the authorities to give them perceived certainty by taking away their freedoms and those of the entire population to secure certainty through automaton predictability. What are lockdowns and social distancing except the manipulation of certainty? The more that violence and chaos can be infused into society the more solidified becomes this perceptual state. The obsession with uncertainty has even infested professional football with a technology called ‘VAR’ which assesses every goal in such fine detail that they have been disallowed, often after a long wait, by the position of a player’s armpit. Replace human decision-making uncertainty with the certainty (it’s not) of technology. Welcome to the technocracy.

Love yourself and you’ll love the world

How many who talk of the need for love, compassion and empathy for others have love, compassion and empathy for themselves? They are invariably the one left out. How can I love myself – that’s narcissism isn’t it? Quite the opposite is true. Not loving and having respect for yourself is what leads to narcissism which is a face people put to the world to hide from themselves and others the lack of self-love, self-security and self-respect. Those with open hearts aware that all is One don’t need to present a fake face to the world. Why would they want to influence another’s view of them? What would be the point to a heart that knows its true identity is All That Is ? Some other questions: Why would the heart desire others to be impressed by a false image of itself? Why would it measure self-worth in Facebook likes and emojis? Who is there to impress when you are already everything ? Why would you even want to impress? The intent or desire to impress means that you are changing your real self to meet the perceptual requirements of others. Seek popularity as a goal in itself and it will destroy your uniqueness. You are you – not them. So be you and not them. You are a unique expression of The One . It doesn’t matter what face you present – real or fake – some people won’t like it and often through their own lack of worth. I feel unworthy and I am going to attack you so you feel the same. Are we going to let our sense of worth be defined by others or ourselves? I say to young people devastated by social media abuse: Don’t let anyone define you except yourself . You are a unique expression of All That Is – unique – and why would you want to be like anyone else? I don’t look right, wear the right clothes, have the right trainers, or say the right things? Who gives a shit? It doesn’t matter. You only make it appear to matter if you give a shit. Don’t. You are you and no one else. Some don’t like that? Well, tough. They should be what they choose to be and you should extend to yourself that same right and self-respect.

The more you allow yourself to be intimidated by others the more you wave-entangle with them and have them disrupt even further your well-being. I was subjected to mass public ridicule and abuse for decades by people who now read my books, watch my videos and stop me in the street to talk about my information. Walk your own truth, speak your own truth, worship nothing and no one, and if your truth has validity the world will eventually come to you and not the other way round. The herd mentality created the society we live in today and walking away from the herd will set us free. Cooperation and respect for each other does not require perceptual cloning. Is the real nature of respect to ‘respect’ only those that agree with you? Or is it to respect another’s right to a different opinion and lifestyle? The question answers itself. Oh, but what about if people are wrong? The freedom to be wrong (overwhelmingly subjective) is fundamental to all freedom. Once you lose the freedom to be wrong it means that some force is deciding what is right or wrong. We see where that leads with the mass-censorship of ‘fake news’ that is often not fake at all and only what the authorities don’t want people to see. If someone is factually incorrect in what they say about us, and that misrepresentation impacts upon our lives, it is right that we refute that if we believe it is necessary (it usually isn’t); but responding to all criticism, ridicule and abuse gives it a power it does not deserve and reveals extremes of insecurity. I see this in mega-tweeter Donald Trump who presents to the world the face of a narcissist full of bravado and confidence. I see a frightened little boy using narcissism and extreme levels of bravado and apparent confidence to hide that frightened little boy from himself and others. See how quickly and vehemently he responds to irrelevant criticism. This is the opposite of real security which I define as not caring what people say about you. I don’t mean not to care about anything and we should listen to all views to see if they have validity. I mean not to care what the world thinks of you. That is a freedom and security that has no need for external confirmation of itself. It does not relate its identity to human labels or seek to impose them or compete for superiority with the labels of others. It is the freedom that knows itself .

Intimidate the heart? No chance

Heart awareness is The Answer and from that all else comes both the perceptual and the practical. The heart in its true power is not subject to the debilitating petrification of fear and all the limitations that go with that. ‘Debilitate’ comes from the Latin ‘debilis’ which means ‘weak’ and that’s what fear does. It makes us weak and this is why Cult control is based on fear. It can freeze the human wavefield into density and close the heart vortex that connects us to The One . Fear is the currency of the Cult and its unseen ‘gods’ while open hearts without fear are the currency of freedom. They cannot control without fear and they don’t understand anyone who is not in fear. It bewilders them because they are themselves consumed by it. With their hearts closed to love, and without the influence of The One , the Cult and its ‘gods’ are terrified little playground bullies. They are all mouth and full of it until someone without fear stands up and waits for them to blink. Then their backbone starts to shiver for they know that they need humanity more than we need them. We actually don’t need them at all while they are dependent on us for our creativity and as a power source of low-vibrational energy. The Cult even more than humans wants to control everything and eliminate all chance – all uncertainty. No one is more terrified of the unknown, the unpredictable, than the Cult and its ‘gods’. When humanity wakes up it’s over for the Cult and it knows that.

This is evident in its desperation to censor all opposition no matter how small. To the Cult with its staggering levels of insecurity and fear a kid in his bedroom posting conspiracy information becomes a potentially lethal enemy that must be eliminated. Get Zuckerberg on the phone – fast! The extremes to which Israel and its ultra-Zionist apologists go to stop all criticism and exposure are displaying the extremes of their insecurity and fear of uncertainty. They wake up with that fear in their belly and go to bed in the same state while spending the time in between trying to convince themselves they are untouchable and humanity will never see what is going on. They know they’re not untouchable and they constantly zip around with a fire hose in search of informational danger. Get Brin, Page and Wojcicki on the phone – fast! Then I want Bezos and Gates. The Cult’s technocracy with control of everything by AI and technology is as much about eliminating uncertainty and the unknown as it is for control for its own sake. We are supposed to fear these people and think them so powerful when they are pathetic really. I prefer to smile in their face and laugh at their ludicrousness. To say I don’t fear them is to understate the case a thousand fold and then some. The heart knows that Cult power is the perception of Cult power. If it was truly powerful it would not have to work 24/7 to diminish the power of others to secure its will. I feel sad for them, lost in their illusions that only survive by enslaving humanity in even smaller illusions. The heart breaks through those illusions and does not succumb to fear. On both counts the heart and the love it connects us with are The Answer.

Figure 411: The Answer.

Figure 412: You are not the eyes of the body unless the program has you. You are the eyes of Infinitity. The eyes of The One.

We are awareness, indestructible eternal awareness. What is there to fear? Whatever happens in a human experience we are and will always be indestructible eternal awareness. Today is the first day of the rest of our Forever just like ‘yesterday’ and the day before (Fig 411 ). Everything changes when you open your heart and your heart opens your mind. Old entanglements disperse, including with addictions, and new connections take their place at a higher frequency. Your life starts to change to mirror that (Fig 412 ). The heart in its wisdom observes how the control system works and refuses to cooperate with what allows it to function. It knows that divide and rule is the foundation of mass control and will not embark on conflict with those of another view. It will make its points; communicate its information and opinions, without falling into low-vibrational hatred and a desire to censor. The heart sees that among the pillars of control are smartphones and 5G. Heart wisdom then finds a bin to dump the smartphone and starts or joins mass movements highlighting the real consequences of 5G. It will do everything necessary short of violence against people to ensure the 5G grid cannot function. Instead of venerating Silicon Valley players like Bill Gates, Elon Musk, Mark Zuckerberg, Larry Page, Sergey Brin, Susan Wojcicki and Jeff Bezos it will challenge them and expose them for crimes against humanity and the deletion of freedom. Heart wisdom will absolutely not agree to be connected to AI and will communicate at every opportunity what AI is really about. It will ditch the Bluetooth, Apple watches and all AI wireless-connected gadgets on the body. It will certainly refuse vaccines, microchipping and anything to do with the Smart Grid including smart meters, autonomous vehicles and appliances wherever possible wirelessly connected to the Internet. Computers can serve humanity if not linked to the AI control grid and the Internet of Things which also has to go to secure human freedom. Hearts will challenge every 5G transmitter outside every home either as a whole or where directly affected. Heart wisdom won’t buy any device that allows surveillance and behaviour modification. In an open heart society personal assistants like Echo would disappear through lack of sales as would ‘Ring’ and cameras in the home that allow real-time surveillance of everything you do. Heart-open parents would refuse en masse to send their children to school until the Wi-Fi was switched off and where possible refuse to send them to school at all where they are perceptually programmed every day. If they go to school because of family circumstances open-heart parents would be balancing the programming at home with other information and questioning. I used to tell my kids – ‘Remember that just because a teacher tells you something doesn’t mean it’s true. Question everything.’

Heart is the maverick

Figure 413: The Answer.

Heart wisdom will not allow others to dictate its perception or impose their will. The heart is the maverick that goes its own way while never seeking to force its way on others. Heart wisdom truly celebrates diversity in the knowledge that Oneness is All Possibility to be explored and experienced. The heart never wants to censor others which it knows are expressions of itself and it is well aware that limits of free expression always lead to heart-closing tyranny. Limits of free expression are the very antithesis of heart consciousness. The heart is freedom. Nor is the heart offended by whatever people say. It knows that it doesn’t matter unless we make it matter by the act of being offended. You are All That Is, Has Been And Ever Can Be and you are upset at being called names by another part of yourself? How daft is that? To be offended is to give your power away, reveal your insecurity and provide the excuse for freedom to be deleted. Heart in awareness of itself doesn’t do insecurity. It has the ultimate security in self-realisation of its infinite nature. Call me what you like and I will carry on as if nothing has happened. We are going to be hurt by the words of others when those words are a statement about them not us? Whatever we say is a statement about ourselves and that’s something abusers cannot grasp. Smile in the face of abuse and you immediately dismantle its power and intent. To be offended is to give power to that you have allowed to offend you. The heart has compassion and empathy for those that peddle in abuse and intimidation. It knows that by definition they are disconnected from True ‘I’. The Cult deserves our compassion and empathy while we vehemently refuse to play its game. How about waking up every morning in the empathy-deleted, compassion-deleted state of permanent hatred (for self and others) that is necessary to serve the Cult? Imagine being its non-human controllers – what a thought. The heart doesn’t hate the Cult for the heart cannot hate and anyway the Cult is drowning in hate and the last thing it needs is any more. Heart seeks cooperation, not competition, on all the fundamentals of freedom, justice and fairness, and does not desire power over others. It wants everyone in their own power and not subjugated by the imposed power of others. Without fear the heart always does and says what it believes to be right and will not self-censor through fear of consequences. It will consider the best way to achieve that without walking into traps, but it will never allow fear of consequences to silence itself or stand by disinterested or trembling while freedom is eliminated. The heart also laughs – this is crucial – and has the self-security to be able to laugh at itself. You can’t truly laugh and feel fear at the same moment and the world is so outrageously crazy that laughter is the antidote to taking everything too seriously. We are All That Is, Has Been And Ever Can Be who think we are Bill the baker and Kate at the call centre. That alone is hysterical (Fig 413 ).

Opening the heart and being the heart

How do we open our hearts? We become them. We self-identify with them. ‘What do you mean?’ may come the reply, ‘What do you mean by the heart?’ It is The One . ‘What is The One ?’ It is All That Is, Has Been and Ever Can Be, All Possibility, All Potential, All Knowing . ‘Where do I find that?’ In your heart – they are the same. The One – True ‘I’ – has always been there while the head and the gut have been driving perception, reaction and self-identity. It is there now with its arms open for everyone, ‘saint’ and ‘sinner’ alike. There is no Day of Judgement. What we are we attract until we change what we are and attract something else. The heart is the circuit-breaker of human feedback loops. Self-identify with your heart and you will feel its gathering influence. When you feel low-vibrational emotions shift your attention to the heart before you react and it will pass. Your heart will tell you what matters and what doesn’t. Your very focus of attention on the energetic heart will make you aware of a strengthening vibration in the centre of the chest which gets stronger and stronger as you delete perceptual programs. You are transferring your point of attention (identity) from the head to the heart. Eventually you become the heart and it becomes you. I mentioned earlier how the therapist asked people to describe their problems from the head and then the heart and how in her words it was like talking to two different people (Fig 414 ). This is what happens when we become the heart. We become different people and expand beyond the self-identity as a ‘person’ (persona – the actor’s mask). We realise we have been living a fake identity in a world of illusion and the power of the Cult depends entirely on that fake identity and world of illusion. This is why the heart is The Answer and it will transform human interaction (Figs 415 and 416 ). Alice says in Wonderland: ‘I can’t go back to yesterday because I was a different person then.’ Once your heart opens the message is the same.

Figure 414: The Answer.

Figure 415: The Problem.

Figure 416: The Answer.

Questions worth asking in our daily experience as we journey into the heart awareness are ‘what would The One do?’ and ‘what does my heart say?’ Never mind what the human mind would do in the given situation. What would The One do speaking through my heart? It would respond with compassion, empathy, love and wisdom for all concerned. This does not mean lying down and letting others walk all over you. It means that sometimes people need to be challenged for them to attract the experiences that will set them free. It means that we need that, too, which is why we find that our greatest gifts often emerging from our worst nightmares. When you come from the heart challenges to what you see as unfairness and injustice are not delivered with hatred and desire to hurt; but neither will you blink when you look them in the eye. To challenge and expose is not to hate and wish harm. Or it doesn’t have to be. Another reality filter is what I call deathbed perception. You are lying on your deathbed with ten minutes to live. What matters to you now? Think of all the upsets, fear, emotional trauma, hatred, anger, resentment, anxiety and conflict in your life that mattered so deeply to you at the time. Does it matter now in the departure lounge of a human life? Does it matter that you worshipped a different deity or ‘god’ to somebody else? Or that others had different opinions to you and voted for a politician you didn’t agree with? Or that your children went their own way instead of doing what you demanded? Or that your children spilt their dinner on the floor or failed to do exactly what you said? Or that someone was late for a meeting when they were stuck in traffic? What about the colour of your skin and your sexuality in relation to others? Does that matter now? Does it matter what labels you gave yourself and insisted on giving to others? How about the hostility you had for fellow expressions of All That Is for supporting a different soccer team? What about how vehemently you competed with others and resented how they reached a few notches higher on the greasy pole of eternal irrelevance? Does it matter that you ‘won’ and made lots of money to which you are about to wave goodbye? The answer to all these questions for the overwhelming majority will be ‘no’. None of it matters. They were all illusions. What does matter to deathbed perception? How much you loved and were loved. How much joy you had and how often you laughed. How much joy you gave to others and how you worked together in harmony and mutual support.

Knowing what matters

Many people in retirement go through these reflections. What was it all about? They worked all their life to be a ‘winner’. They worked long hours and missed their kids growing up. They sent them to the best residential schools to be winners like them so they could also ask in their retirement: ‘What was it all about?’ Oh, but they had to compete and cuss and spit and kick their way to ‘success’. Life is about dog eats dog, right? Well, only if you choose it to be. There are other choices – within All Possibility there always are. They might not be the choice the Cult would like you to make, but they are there for the making. You are not dependent on The System. You are dependent on your wavefield state that will engage you with frequency reflections of itself. If you think you have to serve The System you will entangle with The System to manifest the illusion that you have to serve The System. Go your own way knowing you will attract all you need and you will entangle with all that you need without serving The System. Go your own way while fearing the consequences and you will entangle with the consequences. The perspective of deathbed perception is to see at any point in your life what matters long before you are lying there waiting for ‘God’. Look through those same eyes, perceive through that same heart, and see what really matters behind the smokescreens and diversions of human labels and perceptions of ‘success’. It is to love and be loved. It is love for self and all other expressions of The One which is love. Symbols of human ‘success’ are merely what we are told they are – big money, big houses, big cars, big fame. I have met many people with all of those things and none have been happy, joyful and at peace with themselves. I know a guy who has spent his life screwing other people for their money and property. He then contracted cancer, had his bowel removed, and when he recovered went back to screwing people for their money and property. The more we don’t get it the more extreme the experiences we attract until we do. He has no bowel and has had at least one heart attack and still considers himself a ‘winner’ like all psychopaths and criminals do by the fact that he has parted lots of people from their money and property. It is perceptual insanity and often the truth comes from the mouths of the very young before perception programs and cynicism have kicked in. An Internet video of a six-year-old recorded her advice to her mother after conflict with her father. She said she only wanted people to love each other. If we didn’t there would only be ‘monsters’:

I just want everyone to be friends. And if I can be nice, I think all of us can be nice, too. I want you, my dad, everyone to be friends. I want everyone to be smiling … My heart, it’s something. Everyone else’s heart is something, too. And if we live in a world where everyone’s being mean everyone’s going to be a monster in their future … I just want everything to be settled down. Nothing else. I want everything to be as good as possible.

Figure 417:The question.

Figure 418: The Answer. (Image Neil Hague.)

At the time of writing that video has been watched by 40 million people. You know why? We all want that, too. The world is full of people who behind their upsets, traumas, competition, resentment, hatred and psychopathy just want to be loved. What is ‘evil’ except the absence of love? The Cult has sucked so much love from the world and we need to put it back – that is The Answer. We still see an abundance of love in so many guises despite the Cult’s best efforts and we can all open our hearts to limitless love whenever we make that choice (Fig 417 ). The Cult’s endgame is to entangle humanity with machines and AI so completely that all love is extinguished and with that any powerful connection to The One and True ‘I’. It seeks to isolate mind and perception so that ET can’t phone home. It is working to create a new post-human through AI, drugs, the Smart Grid, 5G and 6G, synthetic biology and digital ‘avatars’ in which heart centres are closed and minds no more than computer software. We are staring this reality in the face and we have to deal with it as the number one priority without delay. How do we prevent the post-human end of humanity? We go beyond human (Fig 418 ). We remember who we are and what we are and live our lives with that self-identity. Do that and everything follows. We change ourselves and we change our lives. If enough of us do that we together change ‘the world’. Things don’t change until we change them. Or, rather, change ourselves. Rumi, the Persian poet and mystic, could see beyond The Program in the 13th century as his open heart connected him with The One . He described himself in these terms:

Not Christian or Jew or Muslim, not Hindu, Buddhist, Sufi, or Zen. Not any religion or cultural system. I am not from the east or the west, not out of the ocean or up from the ground, not natural or ethereal, not composed of elements at all. I do not exist, am not an entity in this world or the next, did not descend from Adam and Eve or any origin story. My place is the placeless, a trace of the traceless … neither body or soul.

Figure 419:The Answer.

Rumi was speaking in the 13th century and 800 years later in our illusion of ‘time’ I am saying exactly the same in my own way. For it is not about ‘time’ and ‘evolution’ through ‘time’. It is only the scale of awareness that we choose to connect with. That awareness was there when Rumi was ‘here’ and it is there now. It is always there for anyone who opens their heart to communicate with its wisdom (Fig 419 ). Rumi was not ahead of his ‘time’. How could he be when there is no time? True ‘I’ is beyond ‘time’ and all its illusions. He put it like this:

The very center of your heart is where life begins – the most beautiful place on earth; Love is the bridge between you and everything.

He knew with that connection that ‘goodbyes are only for those who love with their eyes because for those who love with heart and soul there is no such thing as separation’. He knew that freedom is not freeing others or being freed by others. It is freeing yourself : ‘I want to sing like the birds sing, not worrying about who hears or what they think.’ What Rumi tapped into anyone can and it lies in the silence where all is One – ‘There is a voice that doesn’t use words. Listen.’

Open your heart to The Silence. The Answer is waiting there.

Postscript

T he desperation of The System to silence my exposure of the ‘pandemic’ hoax reached still new levels of extremism just before this book went to print when British Member of Parliament Damian Collins demanded that it be made illegal for me to challenge the official story. As definitions of fascism go, I think that’s pretty good.

Figure 1: The silence-Icke-obsessed Damian Collins MP.

Conservative MP Collins, a former chairman of the House of Commons Digital, Culture, Media and Sport Committee, is clearly obsessed with silencing me and any questioning of the official Gates/Cult-controlled World Health Organization narrative being repeated like parrots by governments and technocrat dark suits across the world. Why is Damian Collins so obsessively knicker-twisted with one man having a different opinion of the ‘pandemic’ to the entirety of the global governmental system, entirety of the global mainstream media and entirety of Cult-owned Silicon Valley? One man! Well, how about because I am telling the truth and that’s what they fear more than anything in all existence? Collins could debate me, which is what the ‘free world’ is supposed to be all about, but he won’t because he hasn’t got the guts (Fig 1 ). He just wants to silence me and impose his will on the enormous numbers of people worldwide that want to hear what I have to say. What Collins appears to be terrified of is another person’s right to an opinion . Why could that be do you think? He called for new ‘requirements in law’ to stop people like me ‘persistently spreading disinformation online’ which means that, by definition, the authorities would decree what is ‘disinformation’. I think I read that somewhere in Nineteen Eighty-Four . ‘If there is a certain channel, group or individual that is persistently pushing this information out then that sort of malicious abuse of social media in a public health emergency should be an offence’, said a man so breathtakingly arrogant that he believes he should be the arbiter of what you see and don’t see. Even before he called for my view on the ‘pandemic’ to be against the law – mirroring what happened in Nazi Germany and happens in the tyranny that is China – he had already launched a ‘fact-checking service’ (excuse me, my belly hurts) called Infotagion on March 30th, 2020, ‘to combat falsehoods during the pandemic’. No – to target information that questions the official story and here we have a man utterly consumed by having the public hear only the already thoroughly-discredited World Health Organization (Gates) bullshit. This is an example of Collins/Infotagion ‘fact-checking’:

Claim: Healthy food and exercise can build natural immunity to COVID-19. Answer: False. Avoiding contact with carriers of the illness is the only way to prevent infection.

The idea that boosting the immune system cannot be a defence against all illness is obviously bordering on the insane given that the immune system exists to protect us from illness. The only possible reason such a suggestion can be claimed to be false is because the official story wants you to believe that only by lockdown and social distancing can you prevent infection. Collins therefore, in this example alone, does not run Infotagion to stop ‘misinformation’, but to spread it in defence of the official Gates-WHO-government line. This is confirmed by the Collins government-supported Infotagion website which declares first that it is ‘independent’ and then that its information is ‘sourced from WHO, UK and other official government advice’. I love it – ‘independent’ and just repeating the official version of everything. Infotagion was created ‘in partnership’ with marketing company Iconic Labs which urges clients to respond to the fact that ‘LGBT+ consumers are more prominent than ever – with up to half of 18 to 25-year-olds saying they are not totally heterosexual’. Iconic Labs was created by Liam Harrington, John Quinlan and Sam Asante. Enemy of Freedom Collins said: ‘Disinformation can kill people.’ Yes it can – look at how many have already died and the legions that will die from the disinformation which led to the lockdowns that Collins is so determined to protect from exposure. What can be more obvious disinformation than to claim that boosting the immune system is not a protection against disease?? Collins said he was introduced to Iconic Labs to launch Infotagion by David Sefton who resigned as Iconic Labs chairman over ‘rumour and market speculation’ about his role in Anglo African Oil & Gas from which he resigned in July, 2019. Journalist Tom Winnifrith wrote in early 2020:

… David Sefton was forced to quit Anglo African Oil & Gas (AAOG) after revelations on this website about horrific undeclared conflicts of interest, obscene expenses and other matters. Here we are on January 30th 2020 and after massive pressure about misleading RNS statements, related party deals and other matters I get to claim his scalp again, this time at insolvent Iconic (ICON).

Iconic is holding its AGM today in Sheffield, something guaranteed to ensure no-one turns up to ask awkward questions. Sefton was up for re-election but has decided over Christmas that he will be leaving the company with immediate effect after the GM. It now has no independent directors but since it also has no cash and no future that is not really an issue.

Damian Collins was one of the signatories to the demand by the ultra-Zionist-funded, Labour Party-dominated Center for Countering Digital Hate for me to be banned by Facebook and YouTube. The Labour Party and the Collins Conservative Party of Boris Johnson are supposed to be political ‘enemies’, but on all the Cult objectives – not least draconian censorship – they seem be in total agreement. Dr Daniel Allington, a senior lecturer in social and cultural artificial intelligence at King’s College London, was also quoted in the same media article about Collins demanding my work be made illegal. Allington was acknowledged by the Center for Countering Digital Hate for his help in the ‘report’ that had me deleted from Facebook and YouTube. He said he had undertaken ‘research’ and found that people who believe ‘coronavirus conspiracy theories’ are more likely to flout lockdown rules. He undertook ‘research’?? Anyone with a brain cell could have told him that and saved him the trouble. Allington was focused on me getting silenced rather than ‘celebrities’. It was pointed out that some celebrities have posted views about the ‘pandemic’ that questioned the official story, including British boxer Amir Khan, but Allington wasn’t too bothered about them:

I am not sure I want to regulate what someone like Amir Khan says, but then you have someone like David Icke, or (conspiracy theory site) London Real, and their business is creating content which goes online, which they are able to monetise.

Figure 2: An Orwell quote that perfectly describes the censorship war against me and my work.

Well, actually, Allington, I don’t get money for the videos we post on public platforms and maybe you should fact-check yourself. Why is Damian Collins obsessed with silencing my information about the ‘pandemic’ which you have read at length in this book? Who is this man and who is he connected with? These are legitimate questions given that he is a member of the UK Parliament who is supposed to be defending freedom and democracy, but clearly has contempt for both (Fig 2 ). I hope voters in his Folkestone and Hythe constituency have the self-respect and the respect for their own freedom to note his shocking behaviour at the next election and that the public call out this blatant enemy of freedom at every opportunity. Collins worked for seven years for M&C Saatchi, ‘an international advertising agency‘, or more accurately a spin machine operation that was created in 1995 as a rival to Saatchi and Saatchi which ran spin campaigns for Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher and the Conservative Party. The CEO and co-founder of M&C Saatchi is David Kershaw, an ultra-Zionist board member of the vehemently and long-time anti-Icke Jewish Chronicle with its laughable editor Stephen Pollard which went into voluntary liquidation in April, 2020, before being bought by a consortium of investors. Damian Collins and his ‘Infotagion’ has ‘partnered’ with Kershaw’s M&C Saatchi and Iconic Labs to target ‘misinformation’ about the ‘virus pandemic’ which as always means any information that counters the Cult narrative peddled through the Gates World Health Organization. You will have noticed how many times the ultra-Zionist neoconservative or ‘Neocon’ network in the United States has appeared in this book and I have exposed this at far greater length in some of my others, most notably The Trigger . The Sabbatian-Frankist Neocon web spawned the Project for the New American Century and its closely-aligned American Enterprise Institute. Damian Collins is on the board of British Neocon arm, the Israel-worshipping Henry Jackson Society, and signed its Statement of Principles. Fellow board members include UK government minister Michael Gove and ultra-Zionists Adam Levin and Alan Mendoza. Levin is a trustee of UK Lawyers for Israel, the ‘lawfare’ operation that targets Palestinian supporters promoting the Boycott Divestment and Sanctions (BDS) movement by lodging complaints with regulatory bodies and threats of legal action. Collins clearly has some lovely friends. Among the international patrons of the Henry Jackson Society are ultra-Zionist Project for the New American Century stalwarts William Kristol, a co-founder, Richard Perle and former CIA Director James Woolsey. I don’t know about you, but I kind of get the picture of the circles in which Damian Collins operates and his targeting of me and my information should therefore hardly come as any surprise.

The ‘Hate’ censorship network

A citizen journalist and visitor to DavidIcke.com began investigating the Collins-supported Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH) after it claimed credit for having me banned from Facebook and YouTube (I’m sure they were both kicking and screaming before agreeing to do so). Well, what a web he opened up both sides of the Atlantic with funders, supporters and associations. Among the CCDH directors listed is Simon Clark from the Center for American Progress, a One-percent New Woke front that centrally influences the US Democratic Party. It’s founder, first president and CEO was the infamous political manipulator John Podesta who was White House Chief of Staff to President Bill Clinton and chairman of the 2016 presidential campaign of Hillary Clinton. What’s that they say about knowing someone by the company they keep? Major funders of the Center for American Progress include George Soros and fellow Zionists Peter Lewis, Steve Bing and Herbert Sandler. Center for American Progress senior fellow Simon Clark is a board member of the Icke-targeting Hope not Hate (Hate not Hope) which supported Digital Hate (so much hate) in its efforts to have me banned in the same way that Damian Collins works so hard to do. His wife, Diana Shaw Clark, is Chair of National Finance Committee for J Street, the Israel lobby group and funder of American politicians. Digital Hate director Simon Clark is an advisor to the Scowcroft Group, the ’international business advisory firm’ of Brent Scowcroft who was US National Security Advisor to far-right Presidents Gerald Ford and ‘Father’ George Bush. How compliant and on message must Scowcroft have been to have served the hate-filled psychopaths Ford and Bush? Scowcroft appeared in many of my earlier books and he was vice-chairman of the absolutely notorious Kissinger Associates of ultra-Zionist Neocon Henry Kissinger, a front man for the Cult virtually his entire adult life and a war criminal on a breathtaking scale. Is it only me that thinks it strange that Simon Clark would be rubbing shoulders with such people while having close connections to self-styled ‘left-wing’, ‘progressive’ organisations like the Center for American Progress and Center for Countering Digital Hate? This is even more relevant with Clark’s LinkedIn profile claiming that he ‘started the Center for American Progress’s work on combating far right extremism’. So why the close association with a company headed by Brent Scowcroft given his role with right wing mega-terrorists like Father Bush and Henry Kissinger who are responsible for death and destruction – terrorism – on a gargantuan scale overwhelmingly in non-white countries?

Figure 3: From left to right: Morgan McSweeney (Digital Hate and Labour Party); Imran Ahmed (Digital Hate and Labour Party); Damian Collins (Infotagion, Henry Jackson Society and Conservative Party); Kirsty McNeil (Digital Hate, Labour Party, Save the Children, Coalition for Global Prosperity); Rachael ‘you’re an anti-Semite’ Riley (Digital Hate).

I might ask a similar question of other central characters in Digital Hate. I said in the body of the book that the group (a limited company) involved Labour Party ‘left-wing’ (joke) figures such as Imran Ahmed, Kirsty McNeil and Morgan McSweeney, plus academics obsessed with censorship; but clearly these Labour activists are in full agreement in the one-party state with right-wing Conservative Neocon MP Damian Collins when it comes to silencing me. Collins demands that my information and my right to express it be made illegal while Digital Hate has sought not only to have me deleted from all Internet platforms, but also all the interviews with me from any other source with those who interviewed me also banned. Well-known people like singer Robbie Williams who speak out in any way in support of me are targeted for abuse by Internet purveyors of hate. System-servers are terrified of me because they are terrified of the truth and thus their gussets spin like aircraft propellers at the thought of anyone hearing what I have to say. So again why ? So again comes back the same answer as with Collins – they fear one man’s opinion despite all their ‘powerful’ connections because the official story of the ‘virus’ is so full of holes and contradictions that only the fiercest of censorship can defend it from being demolished. Digital Hate director Kirsty McNeil, who has been so keen to censor me, sits on the board of a Gates-funded organisation called Coalition for Global Prosperity alongside Carolyn Esser from the Gates Foundation. Esser is ‘responsible for designing and executing the communications strategy for the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation in Europe and the Middle East’. Coalition for Global Prosperity pushes for mass vaccination and the silencing of ‘anti-vaxxers’ on social media. I can’t imagine, then, why Gates would fund the organisation or why Kirsty McNeil would want people like me censored. McNeil is a member of the European Council on Foreign Relations whose main funder is the Open Society Foundations of George Soros. She is also on the board of the Holocaust Educational Trust. Other Digital Hate directors are Bristol University academic Dr Siobhan McAndrew, Lord Jonny Oates, a Chief of Staff to former UK Deputy Prime Minister and now Facebook head of global affairs and communications, Nick Clegg, and Ayesha Saran, Migration Programme Manager at Digital Hate funders, the Barrow Cadbury Trust. Saran is also a trustee of the Barrow Cadbury-funded British Future, a think tank focusing on ‘identity and integration, migration and opportunity’. British Future receives funding or ‘in-kind’ support from the Soros Open Society Foundations, Facebook, BBC, European Commission and Digital Hate funders Unbound Philanthropy. Digital Hate also connects with the ultra-Zionist Community Security Trust (CST), ‘a charity that protects British Jews from antisemitism and related threats’, constantly inflates those threats and targets Jews who criticise Israel and Zionism. The cross-referencing of people and funders is a massive maze. Digital Hate is funded by the ultra-Zionist Pears Foundation and the aforementioned New York-based Unbound Philanthropy with its connections to George Soros. Unbound’s UK Program Director is Will Somerville who is also a Senior Policy Analyst for the Migration Policy Institute (MPI), a think tank based in Washington DC, and a Visiting Professor at the University of Sheffield. He is another connected to British Future. Somerville has worked at the Commission for Racial Equality, the UK Prime Minister’s Strategy Unit, Cabinet Office, and the Institute for Public Policy Research. Well connected I think is the phrase and more about the Cabinet Office shortly. Digital Hate is closely linked with the allegedly Labour Party-supporting limited company called Labour Together with its ultra-Zionist businessman director Trevor Chinn who I am sure has a heart that bleeds for the poverty-stricken and downtrodden. Chinn sits on the Executive Committee of the Britain Israel Communications and Research Centre (BICOM), a UK propaganda arm of the Israeli government. Digital Hate founding director Morgan McSweeney, the campaign manager and chief of staff for Labour Party leader, the Israel-centric Keir Starmer, is the secretary of Labour Together which is located in the same East Finchley, London, building as Digital Hate. Genuine Labour members should realise that this is the hijacked ‘party’ their subscriptions are funding. The D-list ‘TV celebrity’ patron of Digital Hate is Rachael Riley who constantly employs the slur of ‘anti-Semitism’ to demonise and silence people. Together they targeted my information and free speech believing they were damaging me when all they did was dramatically increase the number of new people looking at my work in the light of me being so vehemently targeted for censorship after I was dismissed as a ‘nutter’ for decades (Fig 3 ). The attacks further increased with attempts by hackers to bring down Davidicke.com and Ickonic.com in the same period followed by PayPal with its ultra-Zionist president and CEO Daniel H. Schulman cancelling our account. This is the same PayPal that bans Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank from using its services, but allows Jewish people in the illegally-occupied West Bank to do so. It’s not racist or anything. Attacks came from all angles and will continue to do so – that’s what happens when you speak truth to tyranny. One good thing while all this was going on came when someone edited the Wikipedia page for Digital Hate and actually told the truth amazingly. I recommend a read if it has survived in that form this far. Digital Hate was perfectly described:

The organisation campaigns for internet censorship to be enacted against rival political actors, lobbying American ‘big tech‘ firms such as YouTube, Facebook, Amazon, Twitter, Instagram and Apple to ‘deplatform‘ individuals so that they cannot present their views to the general public.

That’s correct, but ‘rival political actors’ doesn’t mean rival political party ‘actors’. It means rival versions of world events with Neocon Conservative Damian Collins and ‘left-wing’ (joke again) members of the Labour Party all forming the same playground bully gang against me. The recurring background can be seen with professional censors NewsGuard which produced an ‘Icke-must-be-deleted’ report to Twitter. NewsGuard was co-founded by ultra-Zionist Neocon Americans Gordon Crovitz and Steven Brill with the same intention as Digital Hate and the Infotagion of Damian Collins – to silence those who challenge the official narrative they all represent and are desperate to protect. Add the fact that the UK Government’s full-time ‘advisor’ on ‘anti-Semitism’ (using the slur of anti-Semitism to censor and demonise critics of Israel’s Sabbatian-Frankist regime) is former Labour Party MP John Mann who is an ultra-Zionist to his DNA. There must be a common theme and pattern in these people and organisations, but I’m damned if I can see it. I’m sure you can, though. There is no way all these characters and organisations do not lock into this same enormous network which includes many ‘charities’ operating as front operations. Imran Ahmed from the Center for Countering Digital Hate was appointed to the Steering Committee of the UK Government’s Commission on Countering Extremism Task Force headed by a Sara Khan (Ahmed seems to do a lot of ‘countering’). It calls itself ‘independent’ which, of course is the usual garbage and it is really there to impose censorship by hurling hate at its targets while claiming to be ‘anti-hate’. See the hate-filled comments about me by Digital Hate and company, plus Damian Collins. While this rabble was seeking to silence all challenge to the official narrative doctors and funeral directors continued to report that death certificates were being faked with ‘Covid-19’ as the cause when it played no part. Project Veritas, with a long record of exposing official lies, spoke with funeral directors who confirmed this. One in Williston Park, New York, said: ‘Basically, every death certificate that comes across our desk now has Covid on it.’ Every director contacted said ‘Covid-19’ deaths are being inflated and every death in New York was being recorded as a Covid death with or without testing to confirm (not that this would be any use). Joseph Antioco of Schafer Funeral Home said: ‘They are putting Covid on a lot of death certificates for people who are going to their hospital with any kind of respiratory distress, respiratory problems, pneumonia, the flu …’ Yes, exactly, and the web of censorship I am exposing here is working to stop the world knowing that. What does that say about them?

UK government’s worldwide Psyop ‘team’

The UK Cabinet Office is a department of the British Government that ‘supports the Prime Minister and Cabinet of the United Kingdom‘ and has 2,000 staff ‘coordinating the delivery of government objectives via other departments’. Okay, so one of the objectives must be to manipulate the behaviour of the British public and those in a long list of countries worldwide because the Cabinet Office is part-owner, with ‘innovation charity’ Nesta, of the Behavioural Insights Team (BIT). This is also known as the ‘nudge unit’, a term that comes from a 2009 book by ultra-Zionists Cass Sunstein, an advisor to President Obama, and Richard Thaler called Nudge: Improving Decisions About Health, Wealth, and Happiness. Thaler, a proponent of something called ‘behavioral economics’, is an ‘academic affiliate’ of the Cabinet Office Behavioural Insights Team whose role is to ‘nudge’ (manipulate the behaviour) of its targets and has played a prime role in doing just that with regard to the ‘pandemic’ hoax. Other leading names in the development of behavioural economics are ultra-Zionists Daniel Kahneman and Robert J. Shiller – all three are recipients of the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences for their work on behavioural economics which is defined as the study of ‘the effects of psychological, cognitive, emotional, cultural and social factors on the decisions of individuals and institutions’. Cut all the bullshit and it means studying the psychological factors to manipulate or ‘nudge’ behaviour. The Behavioural Insights Team, a limited company at the heart of government, was established in 2010 and operates worldwide with several universities, including Harvard, Oxford, Cambridge, University College London (UCL) and Pennsylvania. It brags how it has ‘trained’ 20,000 civil servants and practitioners worldwide in ‘behavioural insights’; how it has ‘run more than 750 projects to date, including 400 randomised controlled trials in dozens of countries’; and how its work ‘spanned 31 countries in the last year alone’. BIT has an office in New York and has been ‘working with cities and their agencies, as well as other partners, across the United States and Canada, running over 25 randomized controlled trials in the first year of operation’. This ‘work’ involves manipulating human behaviour and it has been at the core of doing just that during the ‘pandemic’. The Behavioural Insights Team inflicts ‘Psyops’ on target populations. Psyops are ‘military actions designed to influence the perceptions and attitudes of individuals, groups, and foreign governments’.

How very appropriate then that in March, 2020, with the ‘virus’ scam going into overdrive, that Rachel Coyle with her six years’ experience at the Ministry of Defence should be named the new BIT Director for Europe, the Middle East and Africa to help develop pandemic strategy. The British military cyber Psyop unit 77th Brigade would have no doubt been ecstatic to have one of its own in such a key position given that the aims of both are the same – getting the public to behave as required by everything from ‘nudging’ to extreme censorship. Coyle is a senior figure from the world of intelligence and defence who specialised in China and cyber warfare – a term which includes deleting me from the Internet for the crime of challenging this web of deceit. The Behavioural Insights Team is headed by psychologist David Solomon Halpern, a visiting professor at King’s College London, who has been ‘overseeing the UK government’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic in the United Kingdom as part of the Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies, focusing on behavioural changes …’ I bet he has. The central player in the behavioural manipulation network is UK Cabinet Secretary Mark Sedwill who is also the National Security Advisor and sits atop of pyramid of related organisations. Internet site UKColumn has done some excellent work on this in its three-times weekly broadcasts and has connected Sedwill and his Behavioural Insights Team Psyop to the Foreign Office, National Security Council, the government communications headquarters (GCHQ), MI5, MI6, the 77th Brigade and Rapid Response Unit which ‘monitors digital trends to spot emerging issues, including misinformation and disinformation, and identifies the best way to respond’ – censor and lie. This ‘supports the work’ of the again Cabinet Office -based Media Monitoring Unit. The web includes the military operation jHub, the ‘innovation centre’ for the Ministry of Defence and Strategic Command, which is involved in ‘symptom tracing’ for the National Health Service. The military is ultimately driving what is happening through the so-called ‘Fusion Doctrine’ – the fusion of military and civilian law enforcement and government agencies in accordance with the ‘Hunger Games’ plan I described earlier. The UK government’s broadcast censor Ofcom and the BBC will be connected to this network, too, with censorship crucial to the control of information that the public is allowed to see and they are desperate to expand Ofcom’s censorship powers to the Internet. Are we really expected to believe that Imperial College in London which produced the Armageddon-like ‘computer models’ at just the right time to justify the lockdowns is not connected to this same network? The Chinese government, by the way, was not phased by the Imperial College ‘modelling’ disaster and during the lockdown the college signed a five-year collaboration deal with China tech giant Huawei that will see ‘Huawei’s indoor 5G network equipment and “AI cloud platform” installed at the college’s West London tech campus, as well sponsorship by the Chinese firm of Imperial’s Venture Catalyst entrepreneurship competition’. The information control and behaviour manipulation web out of Downing Street through the Cabinet Office is fantastic and every major country will be the same. The United States established a Social and Behavioral Sciences Team in 2015 through an executive order by President Fraud Obama.

Then there is a new UK Cabinet Office -connected Joint Biosecurity Centre (JBC) to provide ‘expert advice on pandemics’ and its role is described officially as: Independent (the jokes go on) analytical function to provide real-time analysis about infection outbreaks to identify and respond to outbreaks of Covid-19; and to advise the government on response to spikes in infections – ‘for example by closing schools or workplaces in local areas where infection levels have risen’. It is reported to be based at the Joint Terrorism Analysis Centre which analyses intelligence to set ‘terrorism threat levels’. Tom Hurd, the director general of the Office for Security and Counter-Terrorism, and reported to be a favourite to be the next head of MI6, was appointed to lead the new unit which will oversee the contact-tracing operation that I will describe in a second. Hurd is the son of former Foreign Secretary Douglas Hurd from a big-time insider family. Tom Hurd went to the elite Eton College and Oxford University with Boris Johnson. What I have been describing with this interconnecting nexus is the permanent government or Deep State that runs everything above and beyond the here today, gone tomorrow politicians. Compared with this Prime Ministers like Johnson are bit-part and seriously peripheral players as we have seen so clearly during the ‘pandemic’ hoax.

The ‘virus nudge’ – or rather smack in the back

A perfect example of systematic psychological manipulation from this network can be found in a paper prepared for government by the ‘behavioural science sub-group’ of the Scientific Advisory Group for Emergencies (SAGE) which is co-chaired by Sir Patrick Vallance, former executive of the massively Gates-connected GlaxoSmithKline, and Gates-funded Chief Medical Officer Christopher Whitty who have driven ‘virus’ policy while Prime Minister Johnson does whatever he is told. The paper, released for ‘discussion’ on March 23rd, 2020, is a classic agenda for behaviour control during the lockdowns. It includes under the heading ‘Persuasion’:

The perceived level of personal threat needs to be increased among those who are complacent, using hard-hitting Evaluation of options for increasing social distancing emotional messaging. To be effective this must also empower people by making clear the actions they can take to reduce the threat.

Such psychological games surrounding the primary themes of fear and threat have been used constantly and mercilessly since the ‘pandemic’ began. As I write fear of the fake ‘virus’, or one not at all dangerous to the overwhelming majority even if you still believe it exists, is being exploited to create a mass real-time surveillance system under the guise of ‘contact tracing’ that mirrors one level of the surveillance system – of course – in China. This is founded on the perception-manipulation that the ‘virus’ is ‘deadly’ and the tracking is needed via your phone for your protection (behaviour manipulation). Phone apps are being rolled out to track who you come into contact with to see if one of them has tested positive for ‘Covid-19’ with a test not testing for ‘Covid-19’. Then a government operative from an army of ‘contact tracers’ will be knocking on your door to test you with a test not testing for ‘Covid-19’ and if you are positive for a genetic material that large numbers of people have in their body as a matter of course you will be told to isolate or forced into quarantine. This system is planned to take children from families as it becomes ever-more extreme which fulfils another goal of the Cult. Targeting anyone becomes easy just by claiming you have been in contact with people who have tested positive for something not being tested for. I bet pawpaws and goats in Tanzania are trembling as I speak. It’s all long-planned with a European Commission proposal perfectly timed in late 2019 to introduce a ‘common vaccination card/passport’ for all EU citizens. Cult-owned Google, Apple and other Big Tech companies are making contact-tracing possible because they care so much about human health and one of America’s contact-tracing organisations. Partners in Health, lists the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the George Soros Open Society Foundations as official partners with Clinton daughter Chelsea on the Board of Trustees. A Rockefeller Foundation Paper published in April, 2020, detailing its ‘National Covid-19 Testing Action Plan’, called for the creation of a nationwide DNA database and mass testing and tracing for all Americans. My goodness and many people still can’t see what is going on – not least the clueless, gutless pawns in the mainstream media. It’s breathtaking how people can be so blind to the obvious.

Figure 4: What a testament to Cult psychopathy and human acquiesce.

Figure 5: Where is the self-respect?

The ‘virus’ hoax is another ‘here kitty, kitty’ with the story constantly changing to justify still more extreme deletions of freedom. First they said that lockdowns were necessary to ‘flatten the curve’, but when that happened through figure manipulation we were told that ‘normality’ could not return until there was a ‘cure or vaccine’. No other alleged disease in human history has involved isolating the healthy and now that can only stop when there is a ‘cure or vaccine’. What they mean is a vaccine to connect the population to the Smart Grid among much else. The kitty, kitty, is behaviour manipulation and we see this with social distancing and all the fine-detail rules that people think they have to conform to by law when most are only government recommendations that have no force in law. Police that have been fining and arresting people for breaking lockdown laws are being forced to admit they were policing laws that didn’t exist and they had no right to enforce. This is what happens when you do what you are told without question or personal research. In the lockdown phase announced by Boris Johnson a week before I am writing this you can have an estate agent, nanny or cleaner in your house, but not your parents or grandparents. You can see one parent or grandparent at a time, but not both together. You can meet them in a park, but not in a garden because the UK Health Secretary Prat Hancock says that this could mean walking through a house to get to the garden. I guess they would also have to pass the estate agent, nanny and cleaner on the way. I could continue with a long list of such ridiculous contradictory, makes-no-sense nonsense billowing from the empty space between the government’s ears. But while idiot officials impose this bizarre craziness there is method in the madness at the level of the Behavioural Insights Team and similar networks around the world. We are seeing grotesque images of children being prepared from the earliest age to fear and disconnect from their friends by being forced to stay in marked-off playground zones while their masked parents line up six feet apart to collect them from cross markers also six feet apart (Figs 4 and 5 ). It is child abuse imposed by unquestioning parents and teachers at the behest of the psychopaths using the fake ‘pandemic’ to do anything they choose. ‘It’s the rules’ is not a bloody good enough excuse to do this to kids who are being dehumanised by this outrage. They are training children and adults to obey fine-detail orders like domestic animals. When you have laughable and clearly contradictory rules but people still obey them you know you are getting close to total unquestioning compliance. Indeed, with large swathes of humanity they are already there. Now we have the prospect of being enslaved ongoing in small isolated groups officially known as ‘Bubbles’ – how appropriate given what I wrote earlier in the book. The antidote to this imposition by the few on the many is this: ‘Go fuck yourself – we’re not doing it.’

The plan is for the Gates ‘Covid-19’ vaccine to use a technique never before let loose on humans – DNA manipulation using synthetic DNA and an electrical pulse to open up cells for synthetic penetration. Given what I have written earlier in the book about the synthetic human agenda this fits the story as does my contention that the vaccine will include self-replicating nanotechnology. Having the Gates vaccine and allowing children to have it should become a new definition of insanity. The British government has refused to rule out making the Gates vaccine compulsory while ultra-Zionist lawyer Alan Dershowitz, a friend (like Gates) and legal defender of Jeffrey Epstein, insisted that Americans do not have the right to refuse the vaccine should federal or state governments makes it mandatory. He quoted a Supreme Court judgement in Jacobson v Massachusetts in 1905 which upheld the right of states to enforce compulsory vaccine laws. The Supreme Court, which is owned by the Cult, decreed that individual liberty is overridden by the power of the state. The court shockingly found it ‘immaterial’ that some in the medical community believed the vaccination ‘worthless or even injurious’. The state had the right to choose between opposing medical theories and to refer the decision to ‘a board composed of persons residing in the affected location who are qualified to make a determination’ (controlled by the Cult and Big Pharma which is the same thing). Courts would not intervene if the enforcement related ‘substantially to public health, morals, or safety and was not a plain, palpable invasion of rights secured by fundamental law’. Being forced to have a potentially injurious vaccine is not ‘a plain, palpable invasion of rights’? Extraordinary. The court also ruled that it is immaterial whether or not the vaccine is actually effective, so long as it is the belief of state authorities that the mandatory vaccine will promote common welfare and such enforcement is a reasonable and proper exercise of the police power. It was of ‘paramount necessity that a community have the right to protect itself from an epidemic of disease which threatens the safety of its members’– and clearly even when it doesn’t. This, ladies and gentlemen of America, is the Supreme Court precedent that still stands as psychopath Gates prepares to inflict his vaccination on everyone.

‘Outsider’ (ha, ha) Donald Trump announced that he was deploying the military to distribute the vaccine when it was ready, possibly as early as December, 2020, while the British government said its trials could lead to mass vaccination even earlier in September. The speed in which this is happening is making even vaccine proponents question how this is possible when vaccines that have caused lethal harm to children and adults take years to develop. The answer is, as I have said since the ‘pandemic’ began, that the vaccine was ready and waiting before the excuse to use it was even perpetrated. The idea that a vaccine could be developed in months for a ‘virus’ that has never been proved to exist, nor be a cause of disease, with a PCR test that doesn’t even test for ‘Covid-19’ is patently fraudulent. You have not shown it to exist, you haven’t shown it to cause a disease and you can’t test for it, but you’ve found a vaccine in months. This is nonsense and mendacity on a historic scale. They are trying to put as much delay as they can between the ‘outbreak’ and the vaccine to overcome the obvious credibility gap, but they are fearful of waiting too long because the longer the delay the more people will realise that the ‘pandemic’ has been a gigantic hoax from start to finish. Their Plan B if enough people refuse the vaccine is to not allow anyone out of lockdown rules unless they have the vaccine and that’s why we hear the mantra of ‘no return to normality’ until everyone is vaccinated. The ‘virus’ is so deadly and humanity faces such a crisis, according to the Gates script, that maybe safety may have to be compromised for speed. Gates wrote in his blog:

If we were designing the perfect vaccine, we’d want it to be completely safe and 100 percent effective. It should be a single dose that gives you lifelong protection, and it should be easy to store and transport. I hope the COVID-19 vaccine has all of those qualities, but given the timeline we’re on, it may not.

You know exactly what the vaccine is and what it contains you bloody liar. They can make the vaccine appear to work by simply changing the way they diagnose and fill in death certificates to delete ‘Covid-19’ in the same period as the vaccine, but no doubt they will also draw this out over years with successive ‘waves’ of a ‘virus’ that ‘is mutating’ and requires further vaccinations as with the flu. They are even adding new ‘symptoms’ including loss of smell or taste to make more people think they are ‘infected’ when other causes are responsible. I understand that a new symptom next week will be burping twice in 30 seconds. Apparently stop watches are going to be issued. Then there was the ‘research’ that told us that speaking could ‘spread the virus’ with a ‘substantial probability that normal speaking causes airborne virus transmission in confined environments’. So stay home and shut the fuck up.

As I close this Postscript the economic consequences of the pandemic hoax – clearly known and planned from the start – are becoming clear with destroyed companies, employment and dreams. The numbers continue to rise of people dying through delayed treatment and diagnosis, and for suicides, drug abuse, child and domestic abuse. One study said a third of Americans are showing signs of anxiety and depression while prescriptions for mood-elevating drugs have soared. Society is crumbling because that’s the whole idea. Stanford University professor Michael Levitt said lockdown saved no lives and may have cost lives (absolute certainty) while Neil Ferguson had over-estimated the death toll by ‘10 or 12 times’ – I would say by 100 percent. US states that locked down early were no differently affected on average than those that didn’t lockdown at all. Marko Kolanovic, a strategist for JP Morgan, said lockdowns failed to alter the course of the ‘pandemic’ and instead ‘destroyed millions of livelihoods’. What was not being acknowledged is that this was the plan from the start. Even the odd mainstream article has appeared calling for the (calculated) madness of lockdown to end. In the United States the fascist control has been imposed by state governor diktats which means that at that level 50 people have been dictating the lives of 330 million. Every one of them that abused that power – and so many have – must be forced out. Is it still possible in the light of all this to dismiss that the world is controlled by a ridiculously few people as long as humans acquiesce? Or that their agenda is being orchestrated by the depths of evil? Denial is no longer an option.

We are looking global fascism in the eye and we must not blink. You can recognise politicians and mainstream ‘journalists’ by the break-neck speed of their eyelids and they are the problem, not the answer. We the People have to sort this out or no one will. Come on – let’s go .

Appendix 1

Summary of what ultra-Zionist Cult insider Dr Richard Day said was going to happen to the world when he spoke at a meeting of paediatricians in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, in 1969

Population control; permission to have babies; redirecting the purpose of sex – sex without reproduction and reproduction without sex; contraception universally available to all; sex education and canalizing of youth as a tool of world government; tax-funded abortion as population control; encouraging anything-goes homosexuality; technology used for reproduction without sex; families to diminish in importance; euthanasia and the ‘demise pill’; limiting access to affordable medical care making eliminating the elderly easier; medicine would be tightly controlled; elimination of private doctors; new difficult-to-diagnose and untreatable diseases; suppressing cancer cures as a means of population control; inducing heart attacks as a form of assassination; education as a tool for accelerating the onset of puberty and evolution; blending all religions … the old religions will have to go; changing the Bible through revisions of key words; restructuring education as a tool of indoctrination; more time in schools, but pupils ‘wouldn’t learn anything’; controlling who has access to information; schools as the hub of the community; some books would just disappear from the libraries; changing laws to promote moral and social chaos; encouragement of drug abuse to create a jungle atmosphere in cities and towns; promote alcohol abuse; restrictions on travel; the need for more jails, and using hospitals as jails; no more psychological or physical security; crime used to manage society; curtailment of US industrial preeminence; shifting populations and economies – tearing out the social roots; sports as a tool of social engineering and change; sex and violence inculcated through entertainment; making boys and girls the same; implanted ID cards – microchips; food control; weather control; knowing how people respond – making them do what you want; falsified scientific research see ‘global warming’; use of terrorism; surveillance, implants, and televisions that watch you; the arrival of the totalitarian global system.

Appendix 2

Noahide Laws = human control

T he seven so-called Noahide Laws are claimed to have been given by ‘God’ to Adam and Noah and are binding on non-Jews with decapitation the main penalty for not complying. Other punishments for non-Jews include death by stoning if a man has intercourse with a Jewish betrothed woman or by strangulation if the Jewish woman has completed the marriage ceremonies, but had not yet consummated the marriage. They’re not racist or mad or anything.

‘God’ had nothing to do with the ‘Seven Laws of Noah’ and neither did ‘Adam’ and ‘Noah’. They were concocted by extremist Talmudic rabbis with the goal of imposing them on the entirety of human society. The Babylonian Talmud and Jerusalem Talmud are founded on the interpretations of rabbinical crazies and incredibly racist. The deceit claims that ‘Noah’ is the father of all post-flood humanity and so non-Jews (Gentiles) are all subject to the Noahide Laws given to him by ‘God’. ‘Noah’ was actually an invented character based on ‘flood’ heroes in many cultures long before Old Testament writers brought their composite invention to global prominence with his ‘ark’. The Noahide Laws are as follows:

1. Do not worship idols.

2. Do not curse God.

3. Establish courts of justice to impose the Noahide Laws.

4. Do not murder.

5. Do not commit adultery, bestiality, or sexual immorality.

6. Do not steal.

7. Do not eat flesh from a living animal.

The Devil here, as always, is in the detail. The key ‘law’ is the setting up of courts to impose the Noahide Laws and decree the death sentences on non-complying non-Jews or Gentiles. These courts would be controlled by Sabbatian-Frankist Death Cult ‘judges’ according to their interpretation of what constitutes ‘worship of idols’, ‘cursing god’, ‘adultery’, ‘sexual immorality’ and all the rest. Some of these ultra-Zionist extremists consider Christianity as ‘idolatry’. This is the point – non-compliance with the ‘God’ decreed by the rabbinical (Sabbatian-Frankist) ‘courts’ would simply mean non-compliance with the ‘God’ that they decide is ‘God’. These zealots contend that Israel is obligated to bring the entire world to worship the Sabbatian-Frankist ‘God’. All other worship, or no worship, would be decreed as ‘idolatry’, ‘worship of idols’ or cursing ‘God’. The fact that they would be ordering the murder of non-compliers over a list of ‘laws’ that include ‘do not murder’ matters not to them. Hypocrisy is their very lifeblood. This is not meant to make sense to anyone with an active brain cell. It is merely a calculated excuse to kill who they like when they like. There are many other ‘laws’ that apply only to Gentiles, too, and even not setting up the courts to pass death sentences is punishable by death.

You could write all this off as a form of insanity except that recognition of the Noahide Laws (including therefore the demand for the creation of Noahide ‘courts’) has been gathering in the Gentile world. President Ronald Reagan signed a proclamation in 1982 recognising ‘the eternal validity of the Seven Noahide Laws, a moral code for all of us regardless of religious faith’. The US Congress gave its support to the Noahide Laws in 1991 when establishing an ‘Education Day’ to honour the ultra-Zionist Russian Empire-born extremist racist lunatic Rabbi Menachem Mendel Schneerson, leader of the Chabad-Lubavitch movement, who said that non-Jews exist only to serve Jews. He also said:

This is what needs to be said about the body: the body of a Jewish person is of a totally different quality from the body of members of all nations of the world … The difference in the inner quality between Jews and non-Jews is ‘so great that the bodies should be considered as completely different species.’ An even greater difference exists in regard to the soul. Two contrary types of soul exist, a non-Jewish soul comes from three satanic spheres, while the Jewish soul stems from holiness.

A more racist claim you could not imagine from those who accuse the rest of the world of racism when Jewishness is not even a race, but a cultural belief system. The 1991 resolution passed by both Houses of Congress (H.J.Res.104) during the presidency of Father George Bush and included the following:

Whereas Congress recognizes the historical tradition of ethical values and principles which are the basis of civilized society and upon which our great Nation was founded;

Whereas these ethical values and principles have been the bedrock of society from the dawn of civilization, when they were known as the Seven Noahide Laws;

Whereas without these ethical values and principles the edifice of civilization stands in serious peril of returning to chaos;

Whereas society is profoundly concerned with the recent weakening of these principles that has resulted in crises that beleaguer and threaten the fabric of civilized society;

Whereas the justified preoccupation with these crises must not let the citizens of this Nation lose sight of their responsibility to transmit these historical ethical values from our distinguished past to the generations of the future;

Whereas the Lubavitch movement has fostered and promoted these ethical values and principles throughout the world.

A few things: The United States was not founded on the Noahide Laws and they have not been the ‘bedrock of society from the dawn of civilization’. They were scripted by Talmudic rabbis representing a small section of a tiny section (currently 0.2 percent) of the world population but decreed by these arrogant extremists as applying to the whole of humanity on pain of death. Congressional politicians claim that the deeply racist Chabad-Lubavitch movement has ‘fostered and promoted these ethical values and principles throughout the world’? Don’t be ridiculous. But when you are owned by the Sabbatian-Frankist Death Cult via funding and intimidation you’ll parrot any old crap that your masters tell you. The plan is to introduce a universal ‘Noahide Code’ founded on the Noahide Laws and imposed by rabbinical courts in a world government system controlled out of Jerusalem (see Smart Grid) and this ‘code’ would replace national sovereignty. The United Nations is seen as a vehicle for advancing this agenda and is ‘striving to fulfil’ many parts of the Noahide ‘universal code’. The plan is for the global Noahide Laws to be administered by the Biblical Sanhedrin as part of the Smart Grid control system and the rebuilding of ‘Solomon’s Temple’. Just by coincidence, of course, the Sanhedrin Council of the Jewish nation was reconstructed for the first time in 1,600 years on October 13th, 2004. The ceremony was held in the Israeli town of Tiberias on the Western shore of the Sea of Galilee where the council’s last meeting took place in 425 AD.

The pieces are being moved into place at ever greater speed and the symbol of the Noahide Laws is all around us today. It’s the rainbow colours depicting the rainbow of Noah in the Biblical story of the Great Flood. The now ubiquitous symbol of the rainbow (including as a symbol for medical staff support during the ‘pandemic’) is yet another ‘coincidence’?

No chance.

Index

acupuncture ref1

addiction to technology ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Adelson, Sheldon ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

advertising ref1

Agenda 21/Agenda 2030 ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Ahmed, Imran ref1 , Postscript

Aken, Stuart ref1

Akin, William ref1

Alexander, Eben ref1 , ref2

aliens ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

All That Is ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Allington, Daniel ref1

algorithms ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Amazon

censorship ref1 , ref2

climate change ref1

Covid-19 ref1 , ref2 , ref3

monopolies ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

smart assistants ref1 , ref2

Smart Grid ref1

technocracy ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Anderson, Roy ref1

Andrew, Duke of York (Prince Andrew) ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Andrews, Kehinde ref1

Angelou, Maya ref1

anti-fascist fascism ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

anti-Semitism

censorship ref1 , ref2 , ref3

climate change ref1

definition ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Holocaust denial ref1

Israel ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Protection Racket ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

Sabbatian-Frankism ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Smart Grid technology ref1

tropes ref1

Apple

climate change ref1

Covid-19 censorship ref1 , ref2

location data, sharing ref1

military control ref1

New Woke ref1 , ref2

smart assistants ref1

tax transparency ref1

technocracy ref1

Archons ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

artificial intelligence (AI)/brain connection ref1 – ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

addiction to technology ref1 , ref2

Covid-19 ref1 , ref2

date for connection ref1 , ref2

depopulation ref1

divide and rule ref1

entrainment of brain

frequencies ref1 , ref2

food ref1

5G ref1

immersive technology ref1

love ref1

Neuralink ref1

New Woke ref1

perception ref1 , ref2

pre-emotive programming ref1

Silicon Valley ref1

simulation ref1

smart assistants ref1

Smart Grid ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

social media ref1

virtual humans ref1

al-Assad, Bashar ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

astrology ref1 , ref2

astro-turfing ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

atomic mythology ref1

Attkisson, Sharyl ref1 , ref2

Auken, Ida ref1

Avaaz ref1 – ref2

awareness ref1 , ref2

Body-Mind (five-senses) Bubble ref1 , ref2

expanded awareness ref1

God ref1 , ref2

heart ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

Infinite Awareness ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

self-identity ref1 , ref2

ayahuasca experience ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Ayyadurai, Shiva ref1

B

Bank of International Settlements (BIS) ref1

banking and financial system ref1 , ref2

cash, disappearance of ref1 , ref2 , ref3

central banks ref1 , ref2

Covid-19 ref1

credit ref1 , ref2

global financial crisis of 2008 ref1 , ref2

Internet ref1

technocracy ref1

world currency ref1

Bastardi, Joe ref1

BBC ref1 , ref2 , ref3

censorship ref1 , ref2

climate change ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Covid-19 ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Beane, Silas ref1

Behavioural Insights Team Postscript

behaviour modification ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

believing is seeing ref1

Belsky, Jaroslav ref1 , ref2

Benedict XVI, Pope ref1

Bennett, Roy T ref1

Berkley, Seth ref1

Berne, Eric ref1

Berners-Lee, Mike ref1

Berners-Lee, Tim ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Bezmenov, Yuri ref1 , ref2

Bezos, Jeff ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10 , ref11

Biden, Joe ref1 , ref2

Big Pharma ref1 – ref2 , ref3 , ref4

cartelism ref1

Covid-19 ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

homeopathy ref1

polio vaccinations ref1

vaccines ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

WHO ref1

Bilderberg Group ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

billionaires see the One-percenters

bin Laden, Osama ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Birx, Deborah ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Blackwell, Norman ref1

Blair, Tony ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

bloodlines ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Bloomberg, Michael ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Blumenthal, Richard ref1

Body-Mind (five-senses)

Bubble ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

addiction ref1

astrology ref1

consciousness ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

education ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

encoding/decoding ref1 , ref2

fear ref1 , ref2

heart ref1 , ref2

Infinite Awareness ref1 , ref2 , ref3

perception ref1 , ref2

reality ref1 , ref2

self-identity ref1 , ref2

simulation ref1

vaccines ref1

vibrations ref1 , ref2

wavefields ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Boiko, Polly ref1 , ref2

Booker, Cory ref1

borders, opening the ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

born winners or losers ref1

Boyle, Francis ref1

Bradbrook, Gail ref1 , ref2

brain s ee also artificial

intelligence (AI)/brain connection

blood-brain barrier ref1

cholesterol ref1

consciousness ref1

education ref1 , ref2

heart-brain conflict ref1

hologram, as ref1

illusion, as ref1

information processor, brain as an ref1

left hemisphere ref1 , ref2

placidity ref1 , ref2

reptilian brain ref1

right hemisphere ref1 , ref2 , ref3

water ref1

Bramwell, Simon ref1

Brave New World Symphony ref1 , ref2

Brazil, David Icke’s ayahuasca experience in ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Brexit ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Brill, Steven ref1

Brin, Sergey ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10

British royal family ref1 , ref2

Brown, Floyd ref1 , ref2

Brown, Gordon ref1

Brzezinski, Zbigniew ref1

Bubble see Body-Mind (five-senses) Bubble

Bukacek, Annie ref1

Burns, Terence ref1

Bush family ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Buttar, Rashid ref1

C

Caldara, Jon ref1

Campaign against Antisemitism (CAA) ref1

capitalism ref1 , ref2

Carlson, Tucker ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

cartelism ref1 , ref2

Carter, Nick ref1

Casamitjana, Jordi ref1

cash, disappearance of ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Cefaratti, Todd ref1 , ref2

censorship ref1 , ref2

anti-Semitism ref1 , ref2

artificial intelligence (AI) ref1

climate change ref1

Covid-19 ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

5G ref1 , ref2

ghost or shadow banning ref1

Internet ref1 , ref2 , ref3

New Woke ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

no platforming ref1

One-percenters ref1

perception ref1

self-censorship ref1 , ref2

Silicon Valley ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

transgender hysteria ref1

WHO ref1 , ref2

Center for Countering Digital Hate (CCDH) ref1 , Postscript

CERN ref1 , ref2

certainty/uncertainty ref1 , ref2

Chabad-Lubavitch movement ref1

chakras ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

Charles, Prince of Wales ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

chemtrails ref1

children see young people/children

China

acupuncture ref1

Africa ref1

Covid-19 ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

Big Pharma ref1

digital currency ref1

5G ref1 , ref2

lockdown ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

racism ref1

vaccines ref1

climate change ref1 , ref2

5G ref2 , ref3 , ref4

free speech ref1

genes ref1

ghost cities ref1

guaranteed income ref1

India ref1

Internet ref1

Israel ref1

leadership ref1

live, telling people where to ref1

New Woke ref1

population control ref1

Silicon Valley ref1

smart cities ref1

Social Credit System ref1 , ref2 , ref3

surveillance dictatorship ref1

technocracy, as ref1 , ref2

United States, infiltration of ref1

vaccines ref1

Zodiac ref1

cholesterol ref1 , ref2

Christianity ref1 , ref2

destruction of Western and Christian society ref1

Gnostics ref1

New Woke ref1 , ref2

cities ref1

China, ghost cities in ref1

mega-cities, moves from rural areas to ref1 , ref2

micro-homes ref1

sanctuary cities ref1

smart cities ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Clegg, Frank ref1

Climate Cult ref1 , ref2

Agenda 21/Agenda 2030 ref1 , ref2 , ref3

children raised by the state ref1

depopulation ref1

education, dumbing down ref1

family unit, restructuring the 297

financial dictatorship, goal of ref1

human settlement zones, creation of ref1

movements, restrictions of ref1

national sovereignty, end to ref1

private property, abolition of ref1

astro-turfing ref1 , ref2 , ref3

banking and financial system ref1

carbon dioxide ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

celebrities ref1

censorship ref1

chemtrails ref1

computer models ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

Covid-19 ref1

criminal sanctions ref1

cult, traits of a ref1

deceit ref1

deniers ref1 , ref2 , ref3

economy, effect on the ref1 , ref2

electric vehicles ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 – ref7

European Green Deal ref1

extinction of human race ref1

5G ref1 , ref2

flying ref1 , ref2 , ref3

green movement ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

Hunger Games Society ref1 , ref2 , ref3

inversion, technique of ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

LED lights ref1

lithium batteries ref1

Little Ice Age ref1 , ref2

media ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Medieval Warm Period ref1 , ref2 , ref3

migrant crisis ref1

natural resources, state ownership of ref1

New Woke ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10 , ref11 , ref12

One-percenters ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

orthodoxy ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

polar bears, extinction of ref1 , ref2

population control ref1

religion ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

Rio Earth Summit 1992 ref1 , ref2

school strikes ref1 , ref2 , ref3

science ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Sun ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

UN ref1 , ref2 , ref3

veganism ref1 , ref2 , ref3

weather extremes ref1

wind turbines ref1

world government ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Clinton, Bill ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

Clinton, Hillary ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

closed loop, universe as a ref1

Club of Rome ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Cohen, Nick ref1 , ref2

Coleman, David ref1

Coleman, John ref1

Collins, Damian , ref1 – ref2 , ref3

communism/Marxism ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

computer games ref1 , ref2

computer models climate change ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

Covid-19 ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

consciousness ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

artificial intelligence (AI)/brain connection ref1

Body-Mind (five-senses) Bubble ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

expansion of consciousness ref1 , ref2

fear ref1

frequencies ref1 , ref2

heart ref1

information processor, brain as an ref1 , ref2

New Woke ref1 , ref2

perception ref1 , ref2 , ref3

reality ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

science ref1

self-identity ref1

subconscious ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

subliminal programming ref1

unconsciousness ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Cook, John ref1 , ref2

Cook, Tim ref1 , ref2

Corbyn, Jeremy ref1

coronavirus see Covid-19

Council on Foreign Relations ref1 – ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Covid-19 hoax ref1 – ref2 see also Covid-19 hoax and vaccines;

Gates, Bill and Covid-19

alternative media ref1 , ref2 , ref3

artificial intelligence (AI)/brain connection ref1 , ref2

banking system ref1

Big Pharma ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

biological weapons ref1 , ref2

cash, disappearance of ref1

catch a virus, whether you can ref1

censorship ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

China ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10 , ref11

Big Pharma ref1

digital currency ref1

lockdown ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

clapping for medical staff ref1 , ref2

climate change ref1

COBRA ref1

computer models ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

cytokine storms ref1

death rates ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10

Deep State ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

dependency on the state ref1

diagnosis fraud ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

DNR notices ref1 , ref2

economy, effect on the ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

enforcement ref1 , ref2 , ref3

exosomes ref1

fear ref1

5G ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

food shortages ref1 , ref2

frequencies ref1

guaranteed income ref1

gun grabs ref1

hospitals, empty ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

Hunger Games Society ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

immunity ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Imperial College ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

inversion, technique of ref1 , ref2

Italy ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

Johns Hopkins Coronavirus Resource Center ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

laboratory, as coming from a ref1 , ref2

lockdowns ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10 , ref11

cause of death, as biggest ref1

China ref1 , ref2

economy, effect on the ref1

enforcement ref1 , ref2

Hunger Games Society ref1

Italy ref1

media ref1

psychological effect ref1

worship, places of ref1

lung effects as not caused by virus ref1

masks ref1

mass non-cooperation ref1

media ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

misinformation/fake news ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

nanotechnology microchips ref1 , ref2 , ref3

natural defence, weakening ref1 , ref2

natural immune system response, virus as a ref1

New Woke ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Ofcom ref1 , ref2 , ref3

official story ref1 , ref2

old people ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

One-percenters ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

oxygen ref1

panic buying ref1

perceptions ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6

police-military state ref1 , ref2

population control ref1

psychological warfare ref1 , ref2

psychopaths ref1

push-the-gate technique ref1

red flags ref1

reporting networks ref1

reptilian brain ref1

SAGE ref1 , ref2

self-isolation ref1 , ref2

Smart Grid ref1

social distancing ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

social media ref1 , ref2

surveillance ref1

survival responses ref1 , ref2

technocracy ref1

tests ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9

the Web ref1

WHO ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10

Wikipedia ref1

world army ref1

Covid-19 hoax and vaccines ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Africa ref1 , ref2

Big Pharma ref1 , ref2

DNA or genetic immunisation ref1

FEMA ref1

5G ref1

Gates ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8

Africa ref1 , ref2

GAVI ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

mandatory vaccinations ref1 , ref2 , ref3

young people ref1 , ref2

GAVI ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

indemnities ref1

mandatory vaccinations ref1 , ref2 , ref3

media ref1

nanotechnology microchips ref1 , ref2

old people ref1 , ref2

tattoos ref1 , ref2

Vaccine Impact Modelling Consortium ref1

WHO ref1

young people ref1 , ref2

Crawford, Victoria ref1

credit ref1 , ref2

Cretella, Michelle ref1

Crockford, Susan ref1

Crovitz, Gordon ref1

cultural appropriation ref1 , ref2

culture, takeover of indigenous ref1 , ref2 , ref3

Curry, Judith ref1

cusp organisations ref1 – ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

cymatics ref1

D

DARPA ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5

Davies-Arai, Stephanie ref1

Davis, Devra ref1

Dawes, Melanie ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

Day, Richard ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7 , ref8 , ref9 , ref10 , ref11 , ref12 , ref13

de Blasio, Bill ref1 , ref2

death ref1 , ref2 – ref3

death cult ref1 – ref2

deathbed perceptions ref1

fear ref1

frequencies ref1

near-death experiences ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

Deep State ref1 – ref2 , ref3 , ref4 , ref5 , ref6 , ref7

deep underground military bases (DUMBs) ref1

dementia ref1 , ref2 , ref3 , ref4

democracy ref1 – ref2 , ref3